AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORP
S-1, 1996-06-06
Previous: MIM CORP, S-1, 1996-06-06
Next: DYNAMEX INC, S-1, 1996-06-06






<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
            AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 6, 1996
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-
________________________________________________________________________________
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                         ------------------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                        ------------------------------
                         AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                        ------------------------------

 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>                                         <C>
                  TEXAS                                        6141                                     75-2487218
     (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                    (PRIMARY STANDARD                            (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
      INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)          INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)               IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                              301 CONGRESS AVENUE
                              AUSTIN, TEXAS 78701
                                 (512) 435-7000
    (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                  OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------
                           ADRIAN KATZ, VICE CHAIRMAN
                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
                              301 CONGRESS AVENUE
                              AUSTIN, TEXAS 78701
                                 (512) 435-7000
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
                      GLENN S. ARDEN, ESQ.                                              STEVEN R. FINLEY, ESQ.
                        DEWEY BALLANTINE                                              GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP
                   1301 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS                                              200 PARK AVENUE
                    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019                                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10166
                         (212) 259-8000                                                     (212) 351-4000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box. [ ]
     If this Form  is filed to  register additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] _________
     If this Form is  a post-effective amendment filed  pursuant to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and  list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ] _________
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                            ------------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PROPOSED            PROPOSED
                                                                                 MAXIMUM             MAXIMUM
                                                                                 OFFERING           AGGREGATE
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                AMOUNT TO BE           PRICE              OFFERING
                   TO BE REGISTERED                         REGISTERED         PER UNIT(1)           PRICE(1)
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, no par value............................      2,271,250             $13.00           $29,526,250
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            AMOUNT OF
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                REGISTRATION
                   TO BE REGISTERED                            FEE
<S>                                                     <C>
Common Stock, no par value............................       $10,182
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated solely  for the  purpose of  calculating the  registration fee  in
    accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
                            ------------------------
     THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS  THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
            (PURSUANT TO RULE 404(a) AND ITEM 501 OF REGULATION S-K)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              ITEM                                          LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
      -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
 
<C>   <S>                                                    <C>
  1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
        Front Cover Page of Prospectus.....................  Outside Front Cover Page
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
        Prospectus.........................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
  3.  Summary Information and Risk Factors.................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
  4.  Use of Proceeds......................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price......................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
  6.  Dilution.............................................  Dilution; Risk Factors
  7.  Selling Security Holders.............................  Principal and Selling Shareholders
  8.  Plan of Distribution.................................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
  9.  Description of Securities To Be Registered...........  Prospectus Summary; Description of Capital Stock
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............  Legal Matters; Experts
 11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant...........  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Capitalization;
                                                               Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data;
                                                               Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                               Condition and Results of Operations; Business;
                                                               Management; Certain Transactions; Description of
                                                               Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for Future Sale;
                                                               Change in Accountants; Consolidated Financial
                                                               Statements
 12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
        for Securities Act Liabilities.....................  *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  Not applicable.


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 6, 1996
 
                                1,975,000 SHARES
 
                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                        ------------------------------

     Of  the shares of common stock, no  par value (the 'Common Stock'), offered
hereby, 1,750,000 shares are being sold by AutoBond Acceptance Corporation  (the
'Company'),  and  225,000 shares  are being  sold  by certain  shareholders (the
'Selling Shareholders'). See 'Principal  and Selling Shareholders.' The  Company
will  not receive  any of the  proceeds from the  sale of shares  by the Selling
Shareholders.
 
     Prior to this  offering, there has  been no public  trading market for  the
Common  Stock, and there can be no assurance that any active trading market will
develop. It is currently anticipated that the initial public offering price will
be between  $11.00 and  $13.00  per share.  See 'Underwriting'  for  information
relating  to the  factors to  be considered  in determining  the public offering
price.
 
     Application will be  made to  list the Common  Stock for  quotation on  The
Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market System ('Nasdaq') under the symbol 'ABND.'
 
     SEE  'RISK FACTORS' ON  PAGES 7 TO  13 FOR A  DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK  OFFERED
HEREBY.
                            ------------------------
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS   THE
     SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
      PASSED UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PROCEEDS
                                                                                                             TO
                                                                 PRICE TO     UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO    SELLING
                                                                  PUBLIC      DISCOUNT(1)  COMPANY(2)    SHAREHOLDERS
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
 
Per Share.....................................................       $            $             $            $
Total(3)......................................................       $            $             $            $
</TABLE>
 
(1) See   'Underwriting'  for  information  concerning  indemnification  of  the
    Underwriters and other information.
 
(2) Before deducting expenses of the offering estimated at $             payable
    by the Company.
 
(3) The  Company has granted  the Underwriters an  option, exercisable within 30
    days from the date  hereof, to purchase up  to 296,250 additional shares  of
    Common  Stock  at  the Price  to  Public  per share,  less  the Underwriting
    Discount, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. If the
    Underwriters exercise  such  option in  full,  the total  Price  to  Public,
    Underwriting  Discount and  Proceeds to Company  will be  $                ,
    $            and $             , respectively. See 'Underwriting.'
 
                            ------------------------
     The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters, when, as and if
delivered to and accepted by them, subject to their right to withdraw, cancel or
reject orders in whole or in part and subject to certain other conditions. It is
expected that  delivery of  certificates representing  the shares  will be  made
against  payment on or about               , 1996 at the office of Oppenheimer &
Co., Inc., Oppenheimer Tower, World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281.
 
                            ------------------------
OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.                            RAUSCHER PIERCE REFSNES, INC.
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1996
 
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS  BEEN FILED  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR  MAY
OFFERS  TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO  THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  THE
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL  PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                     HEADQUARTERS AND STATES OF OPERATIONS
 
                                     [MAP]
 
HEADQUARTERS * AUSTIN, TX
 
     Pictured  above is  a line drawn  map of  the 48 contiguous  states  of the
United States  of  America, with  shading  of  those states  where  the  Company
currently  operates  and  a five-pointed  star  indicating the  location  of the
Company's headquarters in Austin, Texas.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE COMMON  STOCK
OFFERED  HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The  following summary is qualified in its  entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements  and
notes   thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in   this  Prospectus.  Unless  indicated
otherwise, all  information  contained  in  this  Prospectus  (i)  reflects  the
767.8125-for-1  stock split  effected by  the Company on  June 4,  1996 and (ii)
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     AutoBond Acceptance  Corporation (the  'Company') is  a specialty  consumer
finance   company  engaged  in  acquiring,  securitizing  and  servicing  retail
installment contracts ('finance contracts') originated by automobile dealers  in
connection  with  the sale  of used  and, to  a lesser  extent, new  vehicles to
consumers with  limited  access to  traditional  sources of  credit  ('sub-prime
consumers').
 
     The  Company was  formed by  William O. Winsauer  and his  brother, John S.
Winsauer, to capitalize on William O. Winsauer's expertise in the securitization
of sub-prime finance contracts  which he developed as  the founder of  AutoBond,
Inc.  ('ABI').  From  1989 to  1994,  ABI structured  20  investment-grade rated
securitizations of sub-prime  consumer automobile  finance contract  portfolios,
aggregating  approximately  $190  million in  principal  amount,  originated and
underwritten  by  third  party  intermediaries.  The  Company  acquires  finance
contracts directly from automobile dealers, makes credit decisions using its own
underwriting  guidelines  and  credit  personnel  and  performs  the  collection
function for finance contracts using its own Collections Department. The Company
developed the  necessary expertise  and  relationships to  underwrite,  acquire,
securitize  and service  finance contracts by  assembling a  team of experienced
professionals. The Company's  senior operating management  averages 24 years  of
experience  in the consumer finance industry, with expertise in the operation of
automobile dealerships, underwriting and  acquiring consumer finance  contracts,
investment  banking and  securitizations and  collections. The  Company's credit
underwriters average thirteen years of experience in the auto finance  industry,
and its sales representatives and collection professionals average ten and seven
years of industry experience, respectively.
 
     The  Company commenced operations in August 1994 and through March 31, 1996
had acquired 4,171 finance contracts with an aggregate initial principal balance
of  $49.9  million,  of  which  $42.8  million  have  been  securitized  in  two
investment-grade  rated transactions. In  the quarter ended  March 31, 1996, the
Company underwrote  and  acquired  1,310 finance  contracts  with  an  aggregate
initial  principal balance of $15.5 million. At  March 31, 1996, the Company had
340 dealer  relationships in  eleven  states, substantially  all of  which  were
franchised  dealers of  major automobile  manufacturers. The  Company earned net
income of $873,487 for the  fiscal year ended December  31, 1995, compared to  a
loss  of $544,605 for the  period from inception through  December 31, 1994. The
Company earned net income of $1.1 million  for the three months ended March  31,
1996, compared to a loss of $150,086 for the three months ended March 31, 1995.
 
     The  Company markets a  single finance contract  acquisition program to its
dealers which  adheres  to  consistent  underwriting  guidelines  involving  the
purchase  of primarily  late-model used  vehicles. Through  March 31,  1996, the
finance contracts  acquired by  the Company  had, upon  acquisition, an  average
initial  principal balance of $11,955, a weighted average annual percentage rate
('APR') of 19.4%, a  weighted average finance  contract acquisition discount  of
8.6% and a weighted average maturity of 53.1 months.
 
     The  Company's growth strategy anticipates the acquisition of an increasing
volume of finance  contracts. The  key elements  of this  strategy include:  (i)
increasing  the number of finance contracts acquired per automobile dealer; (ii)
expanding the Company's presence within existing markets; and (iii)  penetrating
new markets that meet the Company's economic, demographic and business criteria.
 
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     To  sustain  its growth,  the Company  will continue  to pursue  a business
strategy based on the following principles:
 
     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM  -- The Company  actively recruits and  retains
     experienced  personnel at the executive, supervisory and managerial levels.
     The senior  operating  management  of  the  Company  consists  of  seasoned
     automobile  finance professionals with an average of 24 years experience in
     underwriting, collecting and financing automobile finance contracts.
 
     EFFICIENT FUNDING STRATEGIES -- Through an investment-grade rated warehouse
     facility and a quarterly securitization program, the Company increases  its
     liquidity,  redeploys its capital and reduces its exposure to interest rate
     fluctuations. The Company has also developed the ability to borrow funds on
     a non-recourse basis, collateralized by  excess spread cash flows from  its
     securitization trusts.
 
     TARGETED MARKET AND PRODUCT FOCUS -- The Company targets the sub-prime auto
     finance  market because it believes that sub-prime finance presents greater
     opportunities than does  prime lending. The  Company focuses on  late-model
     used  rather than new vehicles, as management  believes the risk of loss is
     lower on  used vehicles  due to  lower depreciation  rates, while  interest
     rates  are typically higher than on  new vehicles. In addition, the Company
     concentrates on acquiring finance contracts from dealerships franchised  by
     major automobile manufacturers.
 
     UNIFORM  UNDERWRITING  CRITERIA --  To manage  the  risk of  delinquency or
     defaults associated  with sub-prime  consumers, the  Company has  developed
     underwriting  criteria which are consistently  applied in evaluating credit
     applications. This evaluation process is  conducted on a centralized  basis
     utilizing experienced personnel.
 
     LIMITED  LOSS  EXPOSURE  -- To  reduce  its potential  losses  on defaulted
     finance contracts,  the  Company insures  each  finance contract  it  funds
     against  damage  and  fraud  to the  financed  vehicle  through  a vender's
     comprehensive single interest  physical damage insurance  policy (the  'VSI
     Policy').  In  addition,  the Company  purchases  credit  default insurance
     through a deficiency balance endorsement (the 'Credit Endorsement') to  the
     VSI Policy. Moreover, the Company limits loan-to-value ratios and applies a
     purchase price discount to the finance contracts it acquires.
 
     INTENSIVE  COLLECTION  MANAGEMENT --  The  Company believes  that intensive
     collection efforts are  essential to  ensure the  performance of  sub-prime
     finance  contracts. The  Company's collections  managers contact delinquent
     accounts frequently,  beginning  on  the  fifth  day  of  delinquency,  and
     initiate  repossession of financed  vehicles no later than  the 90th day of
     delinquency. As of March 31, 1996, a total of 59, or 1.5%, of the Company's
     finance contracts outstanding were between 60  and 90 days past due.  Since
     inception  through March  31, 1996,  the Company  repossessed approximately
     4.2% of its financed vehicles.
 
     CENTRALIZED OPERATING  STRUCTURE  --  While  the  Company  establishes  and
     maintains  relationships with dealers through sales representatives located
     in the  geographic markets  served by  the Company,  all of  the  Company's
     day-to-day  operations are centralized at  the Company's offices in Austin,
     Texas. This centralized structure allows the Company to closely monitor its
     underwriting  and  collections  operations  and  eliminates  the   expenses
     associated with full-service branch or regional offices.
 
     The  Company  is a  Texas  corporation. The  Company's  principal executive
office and mailing  address is  301 Congress  Avenue, 9th  Floor, Austin,  Texas
78701, and its telephone number is (512) 435-7000.
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Common Stock offered by the
  Company............................  1,750,000 shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling
  Shareholders.......................  225,000 shares
     Total Common Stock offered(1)...  1,975,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after
  the Offering(1)(2).................  7,456,311 shares
Use of proceeds......................  The Company intends to use the net proceeds received by it to: acquire new
                                       finance  contracts;  repay  subordinated indebtedness  of  $300,000; repay
                                       certain  outstanding   indebtedness  under   revolving  warehouse   credit
                                       facilities; and for general corporate purposes.
                                       The  Selling Shareholders have agreed to  use the net proceeds received by
                                       them to repay  in full  the outstanding  balance under  a working  capital
                                       facility  guaranteed  by  the  Company  and  certain  indebtedness  to the
                                       Company. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Certain Transactions.'
Proposed Nasdaq symbol...............  ABND
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Excludes 296,250 additional shares which may be issued pursuant to  exercise
    of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. See 'Underwriting.'
 
(2) Includes 18,811 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the
    exercise    of   outstanding   warrants.   See   'Description   of   Capital
    Stock -- Warrants.'  Excludes 300,000  shares of Common  Stock reserved  for
    issuance  pursuant to the exercise of options  to be outstanding at the time
    of the Offering. See 'Management -- Option Plan.'
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,                        MARCH 31,
                                                    -----------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                                     1994(1)        1995             1995                 1996
                                                    ----------   ----------   ------------------   ------------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT FOR
                                                                           PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
     Net interest income..........................  $       19   $      781       $          229       $          212
     Servicing fee income.........................           0            0                    0                  171
     Gain on sale of finance contracts............           0        4,656                    0                3,143
     Net income (loss) before income taxes........        (545)       1,072                 (150)               1,631
     Net income (loss)............................        (545)         873                 (150)               1,071
     Net income (loss) per share..................       (0.11)        0.17                (0.03)                0.19
     Weighted average shares outstanding..........   5,118,753    5,190,159            5,118,753            5,691,495
PORTFOLIO DATA:
     Number of finance contracts acquired.........         202        2,659                  522                1,310
     Principal balance of finance contracts
       acquired...................................  $    2,464   $   31,915       $        6,310       $       15,487
     Principal balance of finance contracts
       securitized................................  $        0   $   26,261       $            0       $       16,563
     Average initial finance contract principal
       balance....................................  $     12.2   $     12.0       $         12.1       $         11.8
     Weighted average initial contractual term
       (months)...................................        54.3         53.3                 53.2                 52.6
     Weighted average APR of finance contracts....        19.1%        19.3%                19.2%                19.7%
     Weighted average finance contract acquisition
       discount...................................         8.6%         8.8%                 8.8%                 8.6%
     Number of finance contracts outstanding (end
       of period).................................         197        2,774                  710                4,042
     Principal balance of finance contracts
       outstanding (end of period)................  $    2,459   $   31,311       $        8,540       $       44,732
OPERATING DATA:
     Number of enrolled dealers (end of period)...          50          280                   91                  340
     Number of states served (end of period)......           2            7                    4                   11
     Operating expenses as a percentage of average
       net finance contracts(2)(3)................        25.0%        10.8%                 7.1%                 3.9%
ASSET QUALITY DATA:
     Delinquencies 60+ days past due as a
       percentage of principal balance of finance
       contracts (end of period)..................        0.30%        2.30%                1.45%                2.29%
     Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
       finance contract balances(2)(3)(4).........        0.00%        0.52%                0.04%                0.92%
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MARCH 31, 1996
                                                     --------------------------------------------
                                                            ACTUAL              AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                     --------------------    --------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                     <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Finance contracts held for sale, net.........         $  2,764                $  2,764
     Excess servicing receivable, net.............            5,953                   5,953
     Total assets.................................           13,081                  31,213
     Total debt...................................            5,177                   4,529
     Shareholders' equity.........................            4,052                  23,043
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) The Company was incorporated  on June 15, 1993  and commenced operations  in
    August 1994.
(2) Averages are based on daily balances.
(3) Quarterly figures are annualized.
(4) With  respect to repossessions where full disposition proceeds have not been
    received, calculations  assume immediate  recovery of  disposition  proceeds
    (including  insurance proceeds) and realization  of loss at average historic
    loss rates.
(5) As adjusted to give effect to (i) estimated net proceeds of the Offering  of
    $18.8  million (at  an assumed initial  public offering price  of $12.00 per
    share) and (ii) the application of such net proceeds. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
 
                                       6



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An  investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree of  risk. In  addition to  the information  contained elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus,  prospective purchasers should carefully consider the following risk
factors concerning the Company and its  business in evaluating an investment  in
the Common Stock offered hereby.
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY
 
     The  Company  was incorporated  in June  1993  and commenced  operations in
August 1994 and, accordingly, has only a limited operating history. Although the
Company has  experienced substantial  growth  in dealer  relationships,  finance
contract  acquisitions and revenues, there can  be no assurance that this growth
is sustainable or that historical results  are indicative of future results.  In
addition, the Company's results of operations, financial condition and liquidity
depend,  to  a material  extent, on  the performance  of its  finance contracts.
Because of  the  Company's  limited  operating  history,  its  finance  contract
portfolio  is relatively unseasoned. Thus,  the Company's portfolio performance,
including  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience,  is  not  necessarily
indicative  of future results. Furthermore, the Company's ability to achieve and
maintain profitability on both a quarterly  and an annual basis will depend,  in
part,  upon its  ability to  implement its  business strategy  and to securitize
quarterly on  a  profitable  basis. See  'Selected  Consolidated  Financial  and
Operating Data.'
 
ABILITY OF THE COMPANY TO IMPLEMENT ITS BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The  Company's business strategy is  principally dependent upon its ability
to increase  the  number of  finance  contracts it  acquires  while  maintaining
favorable  interest  rate  spreads  and  effective  underwriting  and collection
efforts. Implementation  of this  strategy  will depend  in  large part  on  the
Company's  ability  to: (i)  expand the  number of  dealerships involved  in its
financing program and maintain  favorable relationships with these  dealerships;
(ii) increase the volume of finance contracts purchased from its dealer network;
(iii)  obtain adequate financing  on favorable terms to  fund its acquisition of
finance contracts; (iv) profitably securitize its finance contracts on a regular
basis; (v) maintain appropriate procedures, policies and systems to ensure  that
the  Company acquires finance contracts with  an acceptable level of credit risk
and loss; (vi) hire, train and  retain skilled employees; and (vii) continue  to
expand  in  the face  of increasing  competition  from other  automobile finance
companies. The  Company's failure  to obtain  or maintain  any or  all of  these
factors   could  impair   its  ability   to  implement   its  business  strategy
successfully, which  could  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the  Company's
results  of  operations and  financial condition.  See  'Business --  Growth and
Business Strategy.'
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Liquidity. The Company requires access  to significant sources and  amounts
of  cash to fund its operations and to acquire and securitize finance contracts.
As a result of the initial period required to accumulate finance contracts prior
to securitizing such contracts, until the  first quarter of 1996, the  Company's
cash requirements exceeded cash generated from operations. The Company's primary
operating  cash  requirements  include the  funding  of (i)  the  acquisition of
finance contracts prior  to securitization,  (ii) the initial  cash deposits  to
reserve  accounts  in  connection  with the  warehousing  and  securitization of
contracts in order  to obtain  lower financing  rates, (iii)  fees and  expenses
incurred  in connection with the warehousing and securitization of contracts and
(iv) ongoing  administrative  and  other operating  expenses.  The  Company  has
traditionally  obtained  these  funds in  three  ways: (a)  loans  and warehouse
financing arrangements, pursuant to which acquisitions of finance contracts  are
funded  on a temporary basis; (b) securitizations or sales of finance contracts,
pursuant to which  finance contracts are  funded on a  permanent basis; and  (c)
general  working capital, which if not obtained from operations, may be obtained
through the issuance of debt or equity.  Failure to procure funding from all  or
any  one of these sources  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company.
See 'Use of  Proceeds' and  'Management's Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources.'
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Cash  Flows Associated With Financings.  Under the financial structures the
Company has used to date in its warehousing and securitizations, certain  excess
cash  flows generated by the finance contracts are retained in a cash reserve or
'spread' account to provide liquidity and credit enhancement. While the specific
terms and  mechanics of  the cash  reserve account  can vary  depending on  each
transaction,  the relevant agreement generally provides  that the Company is not
entitled to receive  certain excess  cash flows unless  certain reserve  account
balances  have  been  attained and  the  delinquency  or losses  related  to the
contracts in  the pool  are below  certain predetermined  levels. In  the  event
delinquencies  and losses on the contracts exceed  such levels, the terms of the
warehouse facility or securitization may require increased cash reserve  account
balances to be accumulated for the particular pool or, in certain circumstances,
may  require  the  transfer  of the  Company's  collection  function  to another
servicer. The  imposition  of  any  of  the  above-referenced  conditions  could
materially adversely affect the Company's liquidity and financial condition.
 
     Dependence  on  Warehouse  Credit  Facilities.  The  Company's  two primary
sources of financing for the acquisition of finance contracts are its (i)  $20.0
million  warehouse revolving line of credit with Peoples Security Life Insurance
Company (an affiliate of  Providian Capital Management)  and (ii) $10.0  million
warehouse  revolving line of credit with Sentry Financial Corporation (together,
the 'Revolving Credit Facilities') which expire in December 1996 and July  1998,
respectively. To the extent that the Company is unable to maintain the Revolving
Credit  Facilities or is  unable to arrange  new warehouse lines  of credit, the
Company may have to curtail  its finance contract acquisition activities,  which
would  have a material adverse effect on its operations and cash position. These
warehouse lines are typically repaid with  the proceeds received by the  Company
when its finance contracts are securitized. The Company's ability to continue to
borrow  under the Revolving  Credit Facilities is  dependent upon its compliance
with the terms  thereof, including  the maintenance  by the  Company of  certain
minimum  capital  levels and  of  the VSI  Policy,  or the  establishment  of an
acceptable  self-insurance  program.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that   such
facilities  will be extended or that  substitute facilities will be available on
terms acceptable to  the Company. The  Company's ability to  obtain a  successor
facility   or  similar  financing  will  depend  on,  among  other  things,  the
willingness of  financial  organizations  to participate  in  funding  sub-prime
finance   contracts  and  the  Company's  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations. The  Company's  growth  is  dependent upon  its  ability  to  obtain
sufficient  financing under its Revolving  Credit Facilities, and any additional
or successor facilities, at rates and upon terms acceptable to the Company.  See
'Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources' and
'Business -- Funding/Securitization of Finance Contracts.'
 
     Dependence on Securitization Transactions. The Company relies significantly
on a strategy  of periodically  selling finance  contracts through  asset-backed
securitizations.  Proceeds  from  securitizations are  typically  used  to repay
borrowings under the warehouse credit facilities, thereby making such facilities
available to  acquire additional  finance contracts.  The Company's  ability  to
access  the asset-backed securities  market is affected by  a number of factors,
some of which  are beyond the  Company's control  and any of  which could  cause
substantial  delays in securitization, including, among other things, conditions
in the securities markets in general, conditions in the asset-backed  securities
market  and investor demand for sub-prime auto paper. Additionally, gain on sale
of finance contracts  represents a  significant portion of  the Company's  total
revenues  and, accordingly, net income. If the Company were unable to securitize
finance contracts or account for any  securitization as a sale transaction in  a
financial reporting period, the Company would likely incur a significant decline
in total revenues and net income or report a loss for such period. Moreover, the
Company's  ability to  borrow funds on  a non-recourse  basis, collateralized by
excess spread cash flows, is an  important factor in providing the Company  with
substantial  liquidity. If  the Company  were unable  to securitize  its finance
contracts and did not have  sufficient credit available, either under  warehouse
credit facilities or from other sources, the Company would have to sell portions
of  its portfolio directly to whole loan  buyers or curtail its finance contract
acquisition activities.  See  'Business  --  Funding/Securitization  of  Finance
Contracts.'
 
     Dependence on the VSI Policy. In order to limit potential losses on finance
contracts,  the  Company has  purchased, and  expects  to continue  to purchase,
insurance under  the VSI  Policy  (including the  Credit Endorsement)  for  each
contract  at the  time of  its acquisition. The  VSI Policy  currently in effect
includes physical damage and loss coverage with respect to the financed vehicles
as well as loss coverage
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
pursuant to the  Credit Endorsement  with respect  to unpaid  amounts under  the
related  finance  contract,  subject  in each  case  to  certain  conditions and
limitations. The protections afforded  by the VSI  Policy (including the  Credit
Endorsement)  are not complete  and depend on the  Company's compliance with the
terms and  conditions of  the policy.  Coverage under  the VSI  Policy (and  the
Credit  Endorsement) is currently required  under the Company's Revolving Credit
Facilities and its securitizations to date. There can be no assurance that  such
insurance  will be available in  the future at reasonable  rates. The VSI Policy
(including the  Credit  Endorsement)  may be  cancelled  prospectively,  without
cause,  upon 30 days' prior  written notice to the  Company and, for cause, upon
ten days' prior written  notice. The unavailability  of such insurance,  coupled
with  the absence  of alternative forms  of credit  enhancement, could adversely
affect the  Company's  ability  to profitably  acquire  and  securitize  finance
contracts. See 'Business -- Insurance.'
 
     Need  for  Additional  Capital.  The  Company's  ability  to  implement its
business  strategy  will  depend  upon   its  ability  to  continue  to   effect
securitizations or to establish alternative long-term financing arrangements and
to obtain sufficient financing under warehousing facilities on acceptable terms.
There  can be no assurance that such  financing will be available to the Company
on favorable  terms. If  such  financing were  not  available or  the  Company's
capital  requirements  exceeded anticipated  levels, then  the Company  would be
required to obtain additional equity financing, which would dilute the interests
of shareholders who  invest in this  offering. The Company  cannot estimate  the
amount  and  timing of  additional  equity financing  requirements  because such
requirements are  tied to,  among  other things,  the  growth of  the  Company's
finance  contract acquisitions which cannot  be definitively forecast for future
periods. If  the Company  were  unable to  raise  such additional  capital,  its
results  of operations and financial condition  could be adversely affected. See
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital Resources'  and  'Business  -- Financing
Program.'
 
DETERMINATION OF GAIN FROM SECURITIZATION TRANSACTIONS
 
     The gain from securitization transactions recognized by the Company in each
securitization and  the  value  of  the excess  servicing  receivables  in  each
transaction   reflect  management's   estimate  of  future   credit  losses  and
prepayments for the finance contracts included in that securitization. If actual
rates of credit loss or prepayments, or both, on such finance contracts exceeded
those estimated,  the  value  of  the  excess  servicing  receivables  would  be
impaired.  The  Company  periodically  reviews its  credit  loss  and prepayment
assumptions relative  to the  performance of  the securitized  contracts and  to
market  conditions.  If necessary,  the Company  would adjust  the value  of the
excess servicing receivables  by making  a charge  to the  provision for  credit
losses.  The Company's  results of operations  and liquidity  could be adversely
affected if credit loss  or prepayment levels  on securitized finance  contracts
substantially  exceeded  anticipated  levels. See  'Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  --  Credit  Loss
Experience' and Note 1 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The  Company's  business  is directly  related  to  sales of  new  and used
automobiles, which are affected by  employment rates, prevailing interest  rates
and  other domestic economic conditions.  Delinquencies, foreclosures and losses
generally increase  during  economic slowdowns  or  recessions. Because  of  the
Company's  focus  on sub-prime  borrowers,  the actual  rates  of delinquencies,
repossessions and losses  on such  contracts under adverse  conditions could  be
higher  than  those  currently  experienced. Any  sustained  period  of economic
slowdown or recession could  adversely affect the Company's  ability to sell  or
securitize  pools of  finance contracts. The  timing of any  economic changes is
uncertain. Decreased sales of automobiles and weakness in the economy could have
an adverse effect on the Company's business  and that of the dealers from  which
it purchases finance contracts.
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
DEFAULTS ON CONTRACTS; PREPAYMENTS
 
     The  Company is engaged  in acquiring automobile  finance contracts entered
into by dealers with sub-prime borrowers who have limited access to  traditional
sources of consumer credit. The inability of a borrower to finance an automobile
purchase  by means  of traditional  credit sources  generally is  due to various
factors, including  the borrower's  past credit  experience and  the absence  or
limited  extent of  the borrower's  credit history.  Consequently, the contracts
acquired by the Company  generally bear a higher  rate of interest than  finance
contracts of borrowers with favorable credit profiles, but also involve a higher
probability of default, may involve higher delinquency rates and involve greater
servicing costs. The Company's continued profitability depends upon, among other
things,  its ability to  evaluate the creditworthiness  of customers, to prevent
defaults through proactive collection efforts  and to minimize losses  following
defaults  with  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  repossessed  collateral  and with
insurance proceeds.  Because of  the Company's  limited operating  history,  its
finance  contract portfolio is somewhat unseasoned. Accordingly, delinquency and
loss rates in the portfolio may not fully reflect the rates that may apply  when
the  average holding  period for finance  contracts in the  portfolio is longer.
Increases in delinquency and net charge-off rates in the portfolio could have  a
material  adverse effect on the Company's  operations and profitability, and its
ability to obtain credit or securitize its finance contracts. See  'Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations' and
'Business --  Borrower Characteristics,'  '  -- Contract  Acquisition  Process,'
'  -- Funding/Securitization of  Finance Contracts' and  ' -- Contract Servicing
and Collection.'
 
     The  Company's  servicing  income  also   can  be  adversely  affected   by
prepayments  or defaults on contracts in  the servicing portfolio. The Company's
servicing revenue is based on the number of outstanding contracts. If  contracts
are  prepaid or charged-off, the Company's servicing revenue will decline to the
extent of such prepaid or charged-off contracts. There can be no assurance as to
what level  of  prepayment,  if  any,  will  occur  on  the  finance  contracts.
Prepayments  may be influenced by a  variety of economic, geographic, social and
other factors. Factors affecting prepayment  of motor vehicle finance  contracts
include  borrowers' job transfers, unemployment, casualty, trade-ins, changes in
available interest  rates,  net  equity  in the  motor  vehicles  and  servicing
decisions.
 
LOSS OF SERVICING RIGHTS AND SUSPENSION OF FUTURE RETAINED CASH FLOWS
 
     The  Company is entitled to receive servicing fee income only while it acts
as collection agent for securitized contracts. Any loss of these collection fees
could have  an  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  results  of  operations  and
financial  condition. The Company's  right to act as  collection agent under the
servicing agreements  and  as  administrator under  the  trust  agreements,  and
accordingly  to receive collection  fees, can be terminated  by the trustee upon
the occurrence of certain events of administrator termination (as defined in the
servicing   agreements   and   the   trust   agreements).   See   'Business   --
Funding/Securitization of Finance Contracts.'
 
     Under  the terms of  each of the  trust agreements, upon  the occurrence of
certain amortization events,  the Company's  rights to receive  payments of  its
collection  fees  and  payments  in  respect of  its  retained  interest  in the
securitization excess spread cash flows would be suspended unless and until  all
payments  of principal and  interest due on the  investor certificates are made.
Such  amortization  events  include   (i)  the  occurrence   of  any  event   of
administrator  termination referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph or
(ii) the institution  of certain bankruptcy  or liquidation proceedings  against
any of the securitization subsidiaries of the Company.
 
     Upon  the occurrence of certain trigger  events under the trust agreements,
the amount required  to be retained  in the cash  reserve accounts is  increased
such  that future residual cash flows would  be retained in such accounts rather
than paid  to  the  Company.  Such cash  reserve  trigger  events  include:  (i)
increases  in the net loss ratio and delinquency ratios above certain levels for
each pool of securitized finance contracts;  or (ii) the occurrence of an  event
of administrator termination resulting from a bankruptcy event of the Company.
 
     In  addition to the foregoing, the  trust agreement provides that, upon the
occurrence of any  amortization event, a  greater portion of  the excess  spread
cash  flows available for funding  the cash reserve account  be directed to such
account  than   would  be   required   in  the   absence  of   an   amortization
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
event,  and that payment to the Company  of its retained interest in such excess
spread cash flows be withheld until payments of principal and interest then  due
the   holders   of   the   investor  certificates   are   paid   in   full.  See
'Business -- Funding/Securitization of Finance Contracts.'
 
     The Company's loss of rights to collection fees under the trust  agreements
or  the occurrence of  a trigger event  that limited release  of future residual
cash flows from  the pooled contracts  and cash reserve  accounts could have  an
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
 
VARIABLE QUARTERLY EARNINGS
 
     The  Company's  revenues and  income have  fluctuated in  the past  and may
fluctuate in the future.  Several factors affecting  the Company's business  can
cause  significant  variations  in  its  quarterly  results  of  operations.  In
particular, variations in the volume of the Company's contract acquisitions, the
interest rate  spreads between  the  Company's cost  of  funds and  the  average
interest  rate of purchased contracts, the certificate rate for securitizations,
and the timing and size of  securitizations can result in significant  increases
or  decreases in the Company's revenues from quarter to quarter. Any significant
decrease in  the Company's  quarterly  revenues could  have a  material  adverse
effect  on the Company's results of  operations and its financial condition. See
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations.'
 
     In  addition,  income  in  any  quarterly period  may  be  affected  by the
revaluation of excess  servicing receivables,  which are valued  at the  present
value  of the expected future  excess spread cash flows  using the same discount
rate as was appropriate at the  time of securitization. If actual prepayment  or
default  rates  on securitized  finance contracts  exceed  those assumed  in the
Company's calculation of the gain from securitization transactions, the  Company
could  be required to record a charge to earnings. As a result of these factors,
the Company's  operating results  may  vary from  quarter  to quarter,  and  the
results  of operations for any particular quarter are not necessarily indicative
of results that  may be expected  for any subsequent  quarter or related  fiscal
year.  See  'Management's Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations' and Note 1 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The market  in  which  the  Company  operates  is  highly  competitive  and
fragmented,  consisting of many national, regional and local competitors, and is
characterized by relative ease of  entry and the recent  arrival of a number  of
new  competitors.  Existing and  potential competitors  include well-established
financial institutions, such as banks, savings and loans, small loan  companies,
industrial  thrifts, leasing  companies and  captive finance  companies owned by
automobile manufacturers and others. Many of these competitors are substantially
larger and better capitalized  than the Company and  may have other  competitive
advantages  over  the Company.  Competition by  existing and  future competitors
would result in  competitive pressures,  including reductions  in the  Company's
finance contract acquisitions or reduced interest spreads, that would materially
adversely  affect the Company's profitability. Further,  as the Company seeks to
increase its  market penetration,  its  success will  depend,  in part,  on  its
ability    to   gain   market   share    from   established   competitors.   See
'Business -- Competition.'
 
RELATIONSHIPS WITH DEALERS
 
     The Company's business depends in large  part upon its ability to  maintain
and service its relationships with automobile dealers. There can be no assurance
the  Company will be successful in  maintaining such relationships or increasing
the number of dealers with  which it does business  or that its existing  dealer
base  will continue to generate a volume  of finance contracts comparable to the
volume historically generated  by such  dealers. For the  period from  inception
through  March 31,  1996, one  dealer accounted  for 9.8%  (13.4% for  the first
quarter of 1996) of the finance contracts  acquired by the Company, and a  group
of  six dealerships  with substantial  common ownership  (including such dealer)
accounted for  13.5%  (16.6% for  the  first quarter  of  1996) of  the  finance
contracts  acquired by  the Company during  the period. See  'Business -- Dealer
Network.'
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
INTEREST RATE RISK
 
     The Company's profitability is dependent upon the difference, or  'spread,'
between  the effective rate of  interest received by the  Company on the finance
contracts it acquires and the interest rates payable either under its  warehouse
credit  facilities or on  securities issued in  securitizations. Several factors
affect the  Company's  ability to  manage  interest rate  risk.  First,  finance
contracts  are purchased at fixed rates, while amounts borrowed under certain of
the Company's credit facilities bear interest at variable rates that are subject
to frequent adjustment  to reflect prevailing  rates for short-term  borrowings.
Second, the interest rate demanded by investors in securitizations is a function
of  prevailing  market  rates for  comparable  transactions and  of  the general
interest rate  environment.  Because  the finance  contracts  purchased  by  the
Company  have  fixed rates,  the  Company bears  the  risk of  spreads narrowing
because of interest rate increases during  the period from the date the  finance
contracts  are purchased until the closing of its securitization of such finance
contracts. Narrowing  spreads would  adversely affect  the net  interest  income
earned  by the Company while  finance contracts are held  for sale. In addition,
increases in  interest rates  prior to  the securitization  or sale  of  finance
contracts  may reduce  the gain  realized by the  Company. The  Company does not
currently hedge  its interest  rate  exposure. While  the Company  may  consider
hedging strategies to attempt to limit such exposure in the future, there can be
no  assurance  that  any such  strategy,  if  adopted, will  be  successful. See
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations.'
 
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION AND EXPANSION
 
     As  of  March  31,  1996,  approximately  91.9%  of  the  Company's finance
contracts, as a percentage  of the aggregate nominal  principal balance of  such
finance  contracts, had been  originated in the State  of Texas. Such geographic
concentration could  have  an adverse  effect  on the  Company  should  negative
economic and other factors occur in Texas that would cause the finance contracts
to   experience  delinquencies  and  losses   in  excess  of  those  experienced
historically. It is  the Company's current  intention to expand  the number  and
proportion  of  finance contracts  acquired from  dealers  in states  other than
Texas. Such geographic expansion  may entail greater risks  as the Company  does
business in areas and with dealers with which it is less familiar than in Texas.
Such  expansion also  entails risks associated  with the  adequate retention and
training of sufficient personnel and the need for sufficient financing  sources.
See 'Business -- Growth and Business Strategy.'
 
REGULATION
 
     The  Company's business is  subject to numerous  federal and state consumer
laws and regulations,  which, among  other things:  (i) require  the Company  to
obtain and maintain certain licenses and qualifications; (ii) limit the interest
rates,  fees and other charges the Company  is allowed to charge; (iii) limit or
prescribe certain  other terms  of  the Company's  contracts; (iv)  require  the
Company  to provide specified disclosure; and (v) define the Company's rights to
collect on finance contracts and to  repossess and sell collateral. A change  in
existing  laws or regulations, or in the creation or enforcement thereof, or the
promulgation of any additional laws or regulations could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business. See 'Business -- Regulation.'
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY EXECUTIVES
 
     The success of the  Company's operations is  dependent upon the  experience
and  ability  of  William O.  Winsauer,  the  Chairman of  the  Board  and Chief
Executive Officer, and  Adrian Katz, the  Vice Chairman of  the Board and  Chief
Operating  Officer. The loss of  the services of Messrs.  Winsauer or Katz could
have an adverse effect on  the Company's business. In  addition, if the loss  of
either  Mr. Winsauer  or Mr.  Katz constituted a  'change in  control,' it could
result in  an amortization  event under  the trust  agreements relating  to  the
Company's securitizations, reducing future cash flows from securitizations or an
event  of funding termination under its  Providian Facility (as defined herein).
See   'Business   --   Funding/Securitization   of   Finance   Contracts'    and
'Management -- Employment Agreements.'
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
CONTROL BY CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS
 
     Upon  completion of the Offering, William O. Winsauer, John S. Winsauer and
Adrian Katz will  beneficially own an  aggregate of approximately  73.3% of  the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock (70.5% if  the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full). Accordingly, such persons, if they were to act  in
concert,  would have majority control of the Company, with the potential ability
to elect the Board  of Directors and to  approve or prevent certain  fundamental
corporate  transactions (including mergers,  consolidations and sales  of all or
substantially  all  of  the  Company's  assets).  See  'Certain   Transactions,'
'Principal and Selling Shareholders' and 'Description of Capital Stock.'
 
ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
 
     The  Company has  not paid any  dividends on  its Common Stock  to date and
currently does  not  intend to  pay  dividends in  the  future. The  payment  of
dividends,  if any, will  be contingent upon  the Company's financial condition,
results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and  other
factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. See 'Dividend Policy.'
 
NO PRIOR MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     Prior  to this Offering,  there has been  no public trading  market for the
Common Stock, and there can  be no assurance that  a regular trading market  for
the Common Stock will develop after this Offering or that, if developed, it will
be  sustained. The  Company has  applied for  quotation of  the Common  Stock on
Nasdaq, subject  to official  notice of  issuance. The  initial public  offering
price  of the Common Stock will be  determined by negotiations among the Company
and the Representatives (as defined herein)  of the Underwriters and may not  be
indicative of the price at which the Common Stock will trade after completion of
the  Offering.  In  addition,  market prices  for  securities  of  many emerging
companies have  experienced wide  fluctuations not  necessarily related  to  the
operating performance of such companies. See 'Underwriting.'
 
DILUTION
 
     Purchasers  of  Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Offering  will experience
immediate and  substantial dilution.  The  purchase price  of the  Common  Stock
offered  hereby substantially exceeds  the net tangible book  value per share of
Common Stock at March 31, 1996 (as  adjusted to give effect to the Offering)  of
$0.70  per share, resulting in immediate dilution to new investors in the amount
of $8.95 per share. See 'Dilution.'
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon consummation of the Offering,  the Company will have 7,456,311  shares
of   Common   Stock   outstanding  (7,752,561   shares   if   the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of such shares, the shares sold  in
the  Offering (other than shares  which may be purchased  by 'affiliates' of the
Company) will be  freely tradeable without  restriction or further  registration
under  the Securities  Act. The 5,481,311  remaining shares of  Common Stock are
'restricted securities,'  as that  term is  defined under  Rule 144  promulgated
under  the  Securities Act,  and may  only  be sold  pursuant to  a registration
statement  under  the  Securities  Act  or  an  applicable  exemption  from  the
registration  requirements of  the Securities Act,  including Rule  144 and 144A
thereunder. Approximately 75,000  shares of  Common Stock will  be eligible  for
sale  pursuant to Rule 144 immediately after the Offering, subject to compliance
with such Rule and the contractual  provisions described below. The Company  and
all  holders  of  Common  Stock  prior to  the  Offering  have  agreed  with the
Underwriters not to, directly  or indirectly, offer, sell,  contract to sell  or
otherwise  dispose of any securities  of the Company or  any securities that are
convertible into or exchangeable  for, or that represent  the right to  receive,
Common  Stock  prior  to  the expiration  of  180  days from  the  date  of this
Prospectus without  the prior  written consent  of Oppenheimer  & Co.,  Inc.  No
predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of
existing  shareholders or the  availability of such shares  for future sale will
have on the market price of shares of Common Stock prevailing from time to time.
The prevailing market  price of  the Common Stock  after the  Offering could  be
adversely  affected by  future sales of  substantial amounts of  Common Stock by
existing shareholders  or  the  perception  that such  sales  could  occur.  See
'Certain  Transactions,' 'Principal and  Selling Shareholders,' 'Shares Eligible
for Future Sale' and 'Underwriting.'
 
                                       13



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The  aggregate net proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock being offered
by the Company in the Offering (at  an assumed initial public offering price  of
$12.00  per  share  and  after  deducting  underwriting  discount  and estimated
offering expenses)  will be  approximately  $18.8 million  (approximately  $22.1
million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
 
     The  Company intends to apply the net  proceeds from the sale of the Common
Stock offered hereby primarily toward  the acquisition of finance contracts.  In
addition,  net proceeds will be used  (i) to prepay subordinated indebtedness of
$300,000, which bears interest  at the rate  of 10.0% per  annum and matures  in
March 1997, (ii) to repay approximately $4.2 million of the advances outstanding
under  the  Revolving  Credit Facilities,  which  currently bear  interest  at a
blended rate of  8.0375% per  annum and mature  within 120  days of  incurrence,
(iii)  to invest in short-term investment  grade securities and (iv) for general
corporate and working capital purposes.
 
     The Selling Shareholders have agreed to use the net proceeds to be received
by them from the Offering for the repayment in full of the outstanding  balance,
plus  accrued interest, of the Working  Capital Facility currently guaranteed by
the Company and for the repayment of certain other indebtedness to the  Company.
See  'Certain  Transactions'  and Note  10  to Notes  to  Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company has never paid a cash  dividend on its Common Stock and has  no
present  intention  of  paying cash  dividends  in the  foreseeable  future. The
Company's current  policy  is  to  retain earnings  to  provide  funds  for  the
operation  and expansion of its business  and for the repayment of indebtedness.
Any determination in the  future to pay dividends  will depend on the  Company's
financial  condition, capital  requirements, results  of operations, contractual
limitations and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
     At March 31,  1996, the  Company had an  aggregate of  5,687,500 shares  of
Common Stock outstanding with a net tangible book value of $3,990,829 million or
$0.70  per share.  Net tangible  book value per  share represents  the amount of
total tangible  assets less  total liabilities  of the  Company divided  by  the
number  of shares of  Common Stock outstanding. Without  taking into account any
changes in such net tangible book value after March 31, 1996, other than to give
effect to the Offering  (at an assumed initial  public offering price of  $12.00
per  share  and after  deducting  underwriting discount  and  estimated offering
expenses) and the  receipt by the  Company of the  net proceeds to  it, the  net
tangible  book value at  March 31, 1996  would have been  $22,770,829 million or
$3.05 per share.  This represents  an immediate  increase in  net tangible  book
value  of $2.35 per share to existing  shareholders and an immediate dilution in
net tangible book value of $8.95 per share to new investors purchasing shares in
the Offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>     <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share..........................................          $12.00
     Net tangible book value per share before the Offering(1)............................  $0.70
     Increase per share attributable to new investors....................................   2.35
                                                                                           -----
Net tangible book value per share after the Offering.....................................            3.05
                                                                                                   ------
Dilution per share to new investors......................................................          $ 8.95
                                                                                                   ------
                                                                                                   ------
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31,  1996,
the  difference  between  the existing  shareholders  and new  investors  in the
Offering with respect  to: (i) the  number of shares  of Common Stock  purchased
from  the Company; (ii) the  total consideration paid to  the Company; and (iii)
the average  price  per share  paid  by existing  shareholders  and by  the  new
investors  purchasing  shares  in the  Offering  (at an  assumed  initial public
offering price of $12.00  per share and  before deducting underwriting  discount
and estimated offering expenses).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION         AVERAGE
                                                    --------------------      ----------------------        PRICE
                                                     NUMBER      PERCENT        AMOUNT       PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                                    ---------    -------      -----------    -------      ---------
 
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing shareholders(2).........................   5,687,500     76.47%      $ 2,913,603     12.18%       $  0.51
New investors....................................   1,750,000     23.53        21,000,000     87.82          12.00
                                                    ---------    -------      -----------    -------
     Total.......................................   7,437,500    100.00%      $23,913,603    100.00%
                                                    ---------    -------      -----------    -------
                                                    ---------    -------      -----------    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Net  tangible book value gives effect to the exercise of all dilutive common
    stock equivalents, calculated under the treasury stock method.
 
(2) The information with  respect to net  tangible book value  per share in  the
    table  set forth  above does  not include  300,000 shares  issuable upon the
    exercise of stock options to be  outstanding as of the Offering  exercisable
    at  the assumed  initial public  offering price  of $12.00  or 18,811 shares
    issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant with an exercise  price
    of  $0.53 per share. As of May 31, 1996, 595,000 shares of Common Stock were
    reserved for issuance under the  Company's Option Plan (as defined  herein).
    See  'Management  --  Option  Plan' and  'Description  of  Capital  Stock --
    Warrants.' To the extent such options and warrants are exercised, there will
    be further dilution to the new investors.
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table  sets forth information  regarding the short-term  debt
and  capitalization of the Company  as of March 31, 1996  (i) on an actual basis
and (ii) on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 1,750,000  shares
of  Common Stock offered by  the Company (at an  assumed initial public offering
price of $12.00  per share  and after  deducting the  underwriting discount  and
estimated  offering expenses) and the application  of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                             ---------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                             ------    -----------
                                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                                  THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                                                                          <C>       <C>
Short-term Debt:
     Revolving credit agreements..........................................................   $  348      $     0
     Subordinated debt....................................................................      300            0
                                                                                             ------    -----------
     Total short-term debt................................................................   $  648      $     0
                                                                                             ------    -----------
                                                                                             ------    -----------
Long-term Debt -- Notes payable...........................................................   $4,529      $ 4,529
                                                                                             ------    -----------
Shareholders' Equity:
     Common Stock, no par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 7,437,500 shares issued and
      outstanding, actual; and 7,437,500 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(1)....   $    1      $     1
     Additional paid-in capital...........................................................    2,912       21,692
     Retained earnings....................................................................    1,400        1,400
     Deferred compensation................................................................      (50)         (50)
     Loans to shareholders................................................................     (211)           0
                                                                                             ------    -----------
          Total shareholders' equity......................................................    4,052       23,043
                                                                                             ------    -----------
          Total short-term debt and capitalization........................................   $9,229      $27,572
                                                                                             ------    -----------
                                                                                             ------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Excludes (i) 595,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under  the
    Option  Plan  and  (ii) 18,811  shares  of  Common Stock  issuable  upon the
    exercise  of  a  warrant  granted   in  connection  with  the  issuance   of
    subordinated  debt.  See 'Description  of  Capital Stock  --  Warrants,' and
    'Management -- Option Plan.'
 
                                       16


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
               SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
     The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the
Company  and its subsidiaries  for the periods  and at the  dates indicated. The
selected income statement and balance  sheet data for or at  the end of each  of
the full fiscal years presented below were derived from the financial statements
of  the  Company which  were  audited by  Coopers  & Lybrand  L.L.P. independent
auditors, as  indicated in  their  report thereon  appearing elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus,  and  are  qualified  by reference  to  such  consolidated financial
statements. The financial data as  of and for the  three months ended March  31,
1995  and March 31, 1996 have been  derived from the Company's unaudited interim
financial statements, prepared in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles, and include all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management,
necessary  for  a  fair presentation  of  the  results for  the  interim periods
presented. The operating data and selected  portfolio data are derived from  the
Company's  accounting records. Results of operations  for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for  the
fiscal  year ended December 31, 1996. The data presented below should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and  other
financial information included herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                                                     -----------------    ----------------------------------------
                                                                     1994(1)    1995             1995                  1996
                                                                     ------    -------    ------------------    ------------------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<S>                                                                  <C>       <C>        <C>                   <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
     Net interest income.........................................    $   19    $   781          $  229               $    212
     Servicing fee income........................................         0          0               0                    171
     Gain on sale of finance contracts...........................         0      4,656               0                  3,143
                                                                     ------    -------         -------             ----------
          Total revenues.........................................        19      5,437             229                  3,526
                                                                     ------    -------         -------             ----------
     Provision for credit losses.................................        45        619              25                    456
     Salaries and benefits.......................................       225      1,320             188                    789
     General and administrative..................................       245      1,463              84                    287
     Other operating expenses....................................        48        963              82                    362
                                                                     ------    -------         -------             ----------
          Total expenses.........................................       564      4,365             379                  1,895
                                                                     ------    -------         -------             ----------
     Net income (loss) before income taxes.......................      (545)     1,072            (150)                 1,631
     Provision for income taxes..................................         0        199               0                    560
                                                                     ------    -------         -------             ----------
     Net income (loss)...........................................      (545)       873            (150)                 1,071
     Net income (loss) per share.................................    $(0.11)   $  0.17          $(0.03)              $   0.19
     Weighted average shares outstanding......................... 5,118,753  5,190,159       5,118,753              5,691,495
PORTFOLIO DATA:
     Number of finance contracts acquired........................       202      2,659             522                  1,310
     Principal balance of finance contracts acquired.............    $2,464    $31,915          $6,310               $ 15,487
     Principal balance of finance contracts securitized..........    $    0    $26,261          $    0               $ 16,563
     Average initial finance contract principal balance..........    $ 12.2    $  12.0          $ 12.1               $   11.8
     Weighted average initial contractual term (months)..........      54.3       53.3            53.2                   52.6
     Weighted average APR of finance contracts...................      19.1%      19.3%           19.2%                  19.7%
     Weighted average finance contract acquisition discount......       8.6%       8.8%            8.8%                   8.6%
     Number of finance contracts outstanding (end of period).....       197      2,774             710                  4,042
     Principal balance of finance contracts (end of period)......    $2,459    $31,311          $8,540               $ 44,732
OPERATING DATA:
     Number of enrolled dealers (end of period)..................        50        280              91                    340
     Number of states served (end of period).....................         2          7               4                     11
     Operating expenses as a percentage of average net finance
       contracts(2)(3)...........................................      25.0%      10.8%            7.1%                   3.9%
</TABLE>
 
                                                  (table continued on next page)
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
(table continued from previous page)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                                                     -----------------    ----------------------------------------
                                                                     1994(1)    1995             1995                  1996
                                                                     ------    -------    ------------------    ------------------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                  <C>       <C>        <C>                   <C>
ASSET QUALITY DATA:
     Delinquencies 60+ days past due as a percentage of principal
       balance of finance contract portfolio (end of period).....      0.30%      2.30%           1.45%                  2.29%
     Net charge-offs as a percentage of average finance contract
       balances(2)(3)(4).........................................      0.00%      0.52%           0.04%                  0.92%
                                                                     ------    -------         -------             ----------
                                                                     ------    -------         -------             ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                           ----------------------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                  1994                  1995             1996
                                           ------------------    ------------------    ---------
                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>                   <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Cash and cash equivalents..........         $    0               $     93          $   670
     Cash held in escrow................              0                  1,323            1,496
     Finance contracts held for sale,
       net..............................          2,361                  4,029            2,764
     Excess servicing receivable, net...              0                  3,681            5,953
          Total assets..................          2,500                 11,065           13,081
     Revolving credit agreement.........          2,055                  1,150              348
     Subordinated debt..................              0                      0              300
          Total debt....................          2,055                  4,886            5,177
     Shareholders' equity...............           (109)                 3,026            4,052
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) The  Company was incorporated  on June 15, 1993  and commenced operations in
    August 1994.
 
(2) Averages are based on daily balances.
 
(3) Quarterly figures are annualized.
 
(4) With respect to repossessions where full disposition proceeds have not  been
    received,  calculations  assume immediate  recovery of  disposition proceeds
    (including insurance proceeds) and realization  of loss at average  historic
    loss rates.
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following analysis of the financial condition and results of operations
of  the  Company should  be  read in  conjunction  with the  preceding 'Selected
Consolidated Financial  and  Operating  Data'  and  the  Company's  Consolidated
Financial  Statements and  Notes thereto and  the other  financial data included
herein. The financial information set forth  below has been rounded in order  to
simplify  its presentation. However, the ratios  and percentages set forth below
are calculated  using  the  detailed  financial  information  contained  in  the
Financial  Statements and  the Notes  thereto, and  the financial  data included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited  results for the three months  ended
March  31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the
entire fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
 
     The Company is a specialty  consumer finance company engaged in  acquiring,
securitizing and servicing finance contracts originated by automobile dealers in
connection  with the sale of  used and new vehicles  to sub-prime consumers. The
Company has experienced  significant growth  in its  finance contract  portfolio
since it commenced operations in August 1994.
 
REVENUES
 
     The  Company's primary sources of revenues consist of three components: net
interest income, gain on sale of finance contracts and servicing and  collection
fees.
 
     Net  Interest  Income.  Net interest  income  consists  of the  sum  of two
components: (i)  the  difference  between  interest  income  earned  on  finance
contracts held for sale and interest expense incurred by the Company pursuant to
borrowings  under  its  warehouse  and other  credit  facilities;  and  (ii) the
accretion of finance contract  acquisition discounts. Other factors  influencing
net  interest  income  during  a  given fiscal  period  include  (a)  the annual
percentage rate of the finance  contracts acquired, (b) the aggregate  principal
balance of finance contracts acquired and funded through the Company's warehouse
and other credit facilities prior to securitization, (c) the length of time such
contracts  are  funded by  the warehouse  and other  credit facilities  prior to
securitization and (d) the average cost  of funds under the warehouse and  other
credit  facilities. Finance  contract acquisition  growth has  had a significant
impact on the amount of net interest income earned by the Company.
 
     Gain on Sale of Finance Contracts. Upon completion of a securitization, the
Company recognizes  a gain  on sale  of finance  contracts equal  to the  excess
servicing  receivable  plus the  difference between  the  net proceeds  from the
securitization and the cost (including the  cost of VSI Policy premiums) to  the
Company   of  the  finance  contracts  sold.  The  excess  servicing  receivable
represents the  estimated present  value  of excess  spread  cash flows  from  a
securitization  trust as reduced  by the allowance  for estimated credit losses.
Excess spread cash flows represent  the difference between the weighted  average
contract  rate earned and the rate paid  on certificates issued to the investors
in the securitization, less servicing fees and other costs over the life of  the
securitization.  Excess spread  cash flows are  computed by  taking into account
certain assumptions  regarding prepayments,  defaults, and  servicing and  other
costs.  The  Company  periodically  values the  excess  servicing  receivable by
calculating the net  present value  of the  expected future  excess spread  cash
flows  to the Company from  the securitization trust. To  the extent that market
and economic changes occur  which adversely impact  the assumptions utilized  in
determining  the excess servicing receivable, the  Company would record a charge
against servicing  fee income.  The discount  rate utilized  in determining  the
excess  servicing receivable and gain  on sale of finance  contracts is based on
the Company's estimate  of the  yield that a  third party  purchaser of  similar
financial instruments would demand. The Company has also based these assumptions
on the performance characteristics of the more seasoned ABI portfolio and of the
Company's  finance contract portfolio  to date. The  Company determines a credit
loss provision relative to each securitized portfolio based on estimated default
rates,  collateral  sale  proceeds  and  insurance  reimbursements.  If   actual
experience  differs from  these assumptions, additional  gains or  losses to the
Company would result. Moreover, if the Company were unable to securitize finance
contracts in the form  of a sale  in a financial  reporting period, the  Company
would  likely incur a  significant decline in  total revenues and  net income or
report a loss for such period.
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The gain  on  sale  of  finance contracts  is  affected  by  the  aggregate
principal  balance of  contracts securitized  and the  gross interest  spread on
those contracts. The following table  illustrates the gross interest spread  for
each of the Company's securitizations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           REMAINING     WEIGHTED
                                                          BALANCE AT     AVERAGE
                                             ORIGINAL      MARCH 31,     CONTRACT    CERTIFICATE                    GROSS
             SECURITIZATION                 BALANCE(1)       1996          RATE         RATE        RATINGS(2)    SPREAD(3)
- -----------------------------------------   ----------    -----------    --------    -----------    ----------    ---------
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                         <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>
AutoBond Receivables
  Trust 1995-A...........................    $ 26,261       $26,261(4)     18.9%         7.23%         A/A3          11.7%
AutoBond Receivables
  Trust 1996-A...........................      16,563        16,563(4)     19.7          7.15          A/A3          12.5
                                            ----------    -----------
     Total...............................    $ 42,824       $42,824
                                            ----------    -----------
                                            ----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Refers only to balances on Class A investor certificates.
 
(2) Indicates  ratings  by Fitch  Investors Service  L.P. and  Moody's Investors
    Service, respectively.
 
(3) Difference between  weighted  average  contract  rate  and  senior  Class  A
    certificate rate.
 
(4) Before expiration of the revolving period for each trust.
 
     Servicing  Fee Income. The Company earns substantially all of its servicing
fee income on  the contracts  it services  on behalf  of securitization  trusts.
Servicing  fee  income  consists  of: (i)  contractual  servicing  fees received
through securitizations, equal to $7.00 per month per contract included in  each
trust (excluding amounts paid to third-party servicers); (ii) excess spread cash
flows, reduced by the amortization of the excess servicing receivable; and (iii)
fee  income earned as servicer for such  items as late charges and documentation
fees, which are earned whether or not a securitization has occurred.
 
     Servicing fee income, excess spread cash flows and the value of the  excess
servicing  receivable may be  affected by changes in  the levels of prepayments,
defaults, delinquencies, recoveries and interest rates from those assumed by the
Company at  the time  of  securitization. To  the  extent the  assumptions  used
materially  differ  from actual  results,  the amount  of  cash received  by the
Company over the  remaining life  of the securitization  could be  significantly
affected,  and the Company would be required  to take a charge against servicing
fee income,  which  could  have  a material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
financial  condition and  operating results.  To date,  no such  charge has been
required. See 'Risk Factors -- Defaults on Contracts; Prepayments' and ' -- Loss
of Servicing Rights and Suspension of Future Retained Cash Flows.'
 
EXPENSE ALLOCATIONS
 
     The Company has  shared certain  general and  administrative expenses  with
ABI.  Historically,  each entity's  expenses have  been  allocated based  on the
estimated utilization of resources, including employees, office space, equipment
rentals and other  miscellaneous expenses. The  office, equipment and  furniture
leases  at  the  Company's  headquarters are  in  ABI's  name,  and accordingly,
approximately 75% of ABI's  lease expense for the  year ended December 31,  1995
was  allocated to the Company.  As of January 1, 1996,  the Company has been and
will be compensated for services  rendered and reimbursed for expenses  incurred
on behalf of ABI, pursuant to a management agreement. See 'Certain Transactions'
and  Note 12 to Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements. ABI has no material
current operations  other  than  to  manage  its  investments  in  ABI-sponsored
securitizations.  It is anticipated  that ABI will wind  down as the outstanding
principal of such investments is retired.
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
FINANCE CONTRACT ACQUISITION ACTIVITY
 
     The following  table sets  forth information  about the  Company's  finance
contract acquisition activity.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          PERIOD FROM                                MARCH 31,
                                                       INCEPTION THROUGH       YEAR ENDED        ------------------
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1994    DECEMBER 31, 1995     1995       1996
                                                       -----------------    -----------------    ------     -------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>                  <C>        <C>
Number of finance contracts acquired.................           202                2,659            522       1,310
Principal balance of finance contracts...............       $ 2,464              $31,915         $6,310     $15,487
Number of active dealerships(1)......................            50                  222             75         148
Number of enrolled dealerships.......................            50                  280             91         340
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Dealers  who have sold at  least one finance contract  to the Company during
    the period.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     Period-to-period comparisons of  operating results may  not be  meaningful,
and  results of operations  from prior periods  may not be  indicative of future
results. Because results of operations for 1994 are based on a five-month period
from the inception  of the  Company's operations  through December  31, 1994,  a
comparison  of those results to results of operations for fiscal 1995 may not be
meaningful. Additionally, comparisons of the three-month periods ended March 31,
1995 and 1996 may not be meaningful as there were no securitization transactions
during the first quarter of 1995.  The following discussion and analysis  should
be read in conjunction with 'Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data'
and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto.
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
 
Total Revenues
 
     Total  revenues increased $3.3 million to $3.5 million for the three months
ended March 31,  1996 from $229,000  for the comparable  period ended March  31,
1995.
 
     Net  Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $17,643 to $211,609 for
the three months ended March 31, 1996  from $229,252 for the three months  ended
March  31, 1995.  The decrease in  net interest  income was primarily  due to an
increase in  overall net  borrowing  costs and  fees associated  with  Revolving
Credit  Facilities.  The  average balance  of  finance contracts  held  for sale
increased $5.2 million  to $9.9  million for the  three months  ended March  31,
1996,  from $4.7 million  for the three-month  period ended March  31, 1995. The
average APR  of outstanding  finance  contracts was  19.7%  at March  31,  1996,
compared with 19.2% at March 31, 1995.
 
     Gain  on Sale of  Finance Contracts. For  the three months  ended March 31,
1996, gain on sale of finance contracts amounted to $3.1 million. For the  three
months  ended  March  31,  1996,  the  Company  completed  a  securitization  of
approximately $16.6 million  in principal  amount of finance  contracts and  the
gain on sale of finance contracts accounted for 89.2% of total revenues. For the
three months ended March 31, 1995, there were no securitization transactions.
 
     Servicing  Fee Income. The  Company reports servicing  fee income only with
respect to finance contracts that are transferred to a securitization trust.  In
the  three months ended  March 31, 1996,  servicing fee income  was $170,924, of
which $53,000 was collection agent fees and $117,924 arose from the amortization
of the excess servicing receivable. The Company had completed no securitizations
as of March 31,  1995 and therefore  reported no servicing  fee income for  such
period.
 
Total Expenses
 
     Total  expenses of the  Company increased $1.5 million  to $1.9 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1996  from $379,338 for the three months  ended
March  31, 1995. Although  operating expenses increased  during the three months
ended  March  31,   1996,  the   Company's  finance   contract  portfolio   grew
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
at  a faster rate than the rate of  increase in operating expenses. As a result,
operating expenses as a percentage  of average finance receivables decreased  to
20.5%  in the three months  ended March 31, 1996 from  32.4% in the three months
ended March 31, 1995.
 
     Provision for Credit Losses. The provision for credit losses recognized  on
finance  contracts purchased and securitized  or held for future securitizations
increased $431,498 to $456,498  for the three months  ended March 31, 1996  from
$25,000  for  the  three months  ended  March  31, 1995.  The  increase  was due
primarily to a significant increase in  acquisition volume and does not  reflect
any change in expected defaults as a percentage of finance contracts purchased.
 
     Salaries and Benefits. Salaries and benefits increased $601,329 to $789,219
for  the three months  ended March 31,  1996 from $187,890  for the three months
ended March 31,  1995. This increase  was due  primarily to an  increase in  the
number  of  the  Company's  employees. Salaries  and  benefits  are  expected to
increase due to compensation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer, which the
Company began paying in May 1996. See Note 13 to Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
     General and Administrative  Expenses. General  and administrative  expenses
increased  $202,982 to $286,848 for  the three months ended  March 31, 1996 from
$83,866 for  the  three months  ended  March 31,  1995.  This increase  was  due
primarily  to  growth in  the Company's  operations. General  and administrative
expenses  consist  principally  of  office,  furniture  and  equipment   leases,
professional  fees,  communications and  office  supplies, and  are  expected to
increase, upon completion of the  Offering, due to the  costs of being a  public
company.
 
     Other  Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses (consisting principally
of servicing fees, credit  bureau reports and  insurance) increased $279,588  to
$362,170  for the three months  ended March 31, 1996  from $82,582 for the three
months ended March 31, 1995. This increase was due to increased finance contract
acquisition volume.
 
Net Income
 
     In the three  months ended  March 31, 1996,  net income  increased to  $1.1
million  from a loss of $150,086 for the  three months ended March 31, 1995. The
increase was primarily attributable to the securitization transaction  completed
in  the first  quarter of  1996, while  there was  no securitization transaction
during the  first  quarter  of 1995,  as  well  as growth  in  finance  contract
acquisitions.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO PERIOD FROM AUGUST 1, 1994
(INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
Total Revenues
 
     Total revenues increased to $5.4 million for the fiscal year ended December
31,  1995 from $19,001 for the period  from inception through December 31, 1994.
Although the  Company  was  incorporated  in June  1993,  it  did  not  commence
operations  until August 1994; so the period from inception through December 31,
1994 reflects only five months of start-up operations.
 
     Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $762,093 to $781,094 for
the fiscal  year  ended December  31,  1995 from  $19,001  for the  period  from
inception  through December  31, 1994. The  increase in net  interest income was
primarily due to an  increase in average balance  of finance contracts held  for
sale. The average daily balance of outstanding finance contracts increased $13.8
million  to  $14.7 million  for the  fiscal  year ended  December 31,  1995 from
$855,640 for the period  from inception through December  31, 1994. The  average
APR  of finance contracts outstanding was 19.3% at December 31, 1995 as compared
to 19.1% at December 31, 1994.
 
     Gain on Sale of  Finance Contracts. In the  fiscal year ended December  31,
1995,  the gain on sale of finance contracts was $4.7 million, or 85.6% of total
revenues, from  the securitization  of approximately  $26.2 million  in  finance
contracts  and the sale  of finance contracts  to a third  party. For the period
from inception through December 31, 1994, there were no securitizations.
 
     Servicing Fee  Income.  The  Company  completed  its  first  securitization
transaction on December 29, 1995; therefore prior to 1996 there was no servicing
fee income collected by the Company.
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Total Expenses
 
     Total  expenses of the  Company increased $3.8 million  to $4.4 million for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 from $563,606 for the five-month  period
ended  December 31, 1994. Although operating  expenses increased during the year
ended December 31,  1995, the  Company's finance  contract portfolio  grew at  a
faster  rate  than the  rate of  increase  in operating  expenses. As  a result,
operating expenses as a percentage  of average finance receivables decreased  to
32.2%  in the year ended  December 31, 1995 from 65.7%  in the five months ended
December 31, 1994.
 
     Provision for Credit Losses. Provision for credit losses increased $574,100
to $619,100 for the fiscal  year ended December 31,  1995, from $45,000 for  the
period from inception through December 31, 1994. This increase was due primarily
to  increased acquisition  volume and  does not  reflect any  change in expected
defaults as a percentage of finance contracts purchased.
 
     Salaries and Benefits. Salaries and benefits increased $1.1 million to $1.3
million for  the fiscal  year ended  December  31, 1995  from $225,351  for  the
five-month period ended December 31, 1994. This increase was due primarily to an
increase in the number of the Company's employees.
 
     General  and Administrative  Expenses. General  and administrative expenses
increased $1.2 million to  $1.5 million for the  fiscal year ended December  31,
1995  from  $244,974 for  the five-month  period ended  December 31,  1994. This
increase was due primarily to growth in the Company's operations.
 
     Other Operating Expenses.  Other operating expenses  increased $914,736  to
$963,017  for the  fiscal year  ended December  31, 1995,  from $48,281  for the
five-month period  ended December  31,  1994, due  to  the increase  in  finance
contracts acquired.
 
Net Income
 
     Net  income increased  to $873,487 for  the fiscal year  ended December 31,
1995 from a net loss of $544,605 for the period from inception through  December
31,  1994. This  increase was  primarily attributable  to the  Company's initial
securitization transaction having been  completed in December  1995, as well  as
growth in finance contract acquisitions.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
     Finance  Contracts Held for Sale, Net. Finance contracts held for sale, net
of allowance for credit losses, decreased $5.5 million to $2.8 million at  March
31,  1996, from $8.3  million at March  31, 1995; and  increased $1.6 million to
$4.0 million at December 31, 1995, from  $2.4 million at December 31, 1994.  The
number  and principal balance  of contracts held for  sale are largely dependent
upon the timing and size of the Company's securitizations. The Company plans  to
securitize  finance contracts on  a regular quarterly  basis. See Note  1 to the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of finance contracts
held for sale and allowance for credit losses.
 
     Trust Receivable.  At  the  time a  securitization  closes,  the  Company's
securitization  subsidiary is required to fund a cash reserve account within the
trust to provide additional  credit support for  the senior trust  certificates.
Additionally, depending on the structure of the securitization, a portion of the
future  excess spread cash flows  from the trust is  required to be deposited in
the cash reserve account to increase  the initial deposit to a specified  level.
Amounts  on deposit in cash  reserve accounts are also  reflected as advances to
the relevant trust under the item 'Cash flows from investing activities' in  the
Company's  consolidated  statements  of  cash flows.  The  initial  cash reserve
deposits for the December 1995 and March 1996 securitizations were $525,220  and
$331,000,  respectively, equivalent to 2% of the initial principal amount of the
senior trust certificates. A portion of  excess spread cash flows will  increase
such reserves until they reach 6%.
 
     Excess  Servicing Receivable. The following  table provides historical data
regarding the excess servicing receivable:
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PERIOD FROM                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                               INCEPTION           YEAR ENDED                     MARCH 31,
                                          THROUGH DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------------------------
                                                  1994                1995               1995                   1996
                                          --------------------    ------------    -------------------    -------------------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                       <C>                     <C>             <C>                    <C>
Beginning balance......................            $0                $    0               $ 0                  $ 3,681
Additions..............................             0                 3,681                 0                    2,668
Amortization...........................             0                     0                 0                      396
                                                   --             ------------           -----                 -------
Ending balance.........................            $0                $3,681               $ 0                  $ 5,953
                                                   --             ------------           -----                 -------
                                                   --             ------------           -----                 -------

</TABLE>
 
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
 
     The following table  reflects the delinquency  experience of the  Company's
finance  contract portfolio at December 31, 1994  and 1995 and at March 31, 1995
and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,                           MARCH 31,
                                             ----------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                                  1994               1995               1995              1996
                                             --------------    ----------------    --------------    ---------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                          <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>
Principal balance of finance contracts
  outstanding.............................   $2,459            $31,311             $8,540            $44,732
Delinquent finance contracts(1):
     31-59 days past due..................       59    2.40%     1,392     4.44%      361    4.23%     1,915    4.28%
     60-89 days past due..................        7    0.28        458     1.46       102    1.19        759    1.70
     90 days past due and over............        0    0.00        238     0.76        21    0.25        264    0.59
                                             ------    ----    -------    -----    ------    ----    -------    ----
          Total...........................   $   66    2.68%   $ 2,088     6.67%   $  484    5.67%   $ 2,938    6.57%
                                             ------    ----    -------    -----    ------    ----    -------    ----
                                             ------    ----    -------    -----    ------    ----    -------    ----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Percentage based on  outstanding balance. Excludes  finance contracts  where
    the  underlying vehicle  is repossessed, the  borrower is  in bankruptcy, or
    there are insurance claims filed.
 
CREDIT LOSS EXPERIENCE
 
     An allowance for  credit losses is  maintained for all  contracts held  for
sale  and  for  contracts  securitized.  See  Notes  1,  3  and  4  to  Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.  The Company reports  a provision for  credit
losses  on finance contracts  held for sale and  included in each securitization
trust based on various assumptions.  Management evaluates the reasonableness  of
the  assumptions employed  by reviewing  credit loss  experience, delinquencies,
repossession trends,  the size  of the  finance contract  portfolio and  general
economic conditions and trends. If necessary, assumptions will be changed in the
future  to reflect  historical experience to  the extent  it deviates materially
from that which  was assumed.  Since inception, the  Company's assumptions  have
been  consistent and are adequate based  upon actual experience. Accordingly, no
additional charges to earnings to date  have been necessary to accommodate  more
adverse experience than anticipated.
 
     If  a  delinquency  exists  and  a  default  is  deemed  inevitable  or the
collateral is  in  jeopardy,  and  in  no event  later  than  the  90th  day  of
delinquency   (as  required  by  the  VSI  Policy),  the  Company's  Collections
Department will  initiate  the repossession  of  the financed  vehicle.  Bonded,
insured   outside  repossession   agencies  are   used  to   secure  involuntary
repossessions. In most jurisdictions,  notice to the  borrower of the  Company's
intention  to sell the  repossessed vehicle is  required, whereupon the borrower
may exercise certain rights to cure his or her default or redeem the automobile.
Following the expiration of the legally required notice period, the  repossessed
vehicle  is  sold at  a  wholesale auto  auction  (or in  limited circumstances,
through dealers),  usually  within 60  days  of the  repossession.  The  Company
closely  monitors the  condition of  vehicles set  for auction,  and procures an
appraisal under the VSI Policy prior  to sale. Liquidation proceeds are  applied
to  the borrower's  outstanding obligation under  the finance  contract and loss
deficiency claims under the  VSI Policy and Credit  Endorsement are then  filed.
The  Company reports  any remaining deficiency  as a net  charge-off against the
allowance for credit losses.
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Because of the  Company's limited operating  history, its finance  contract
portfolio  is somewhat unseasoned. Accordingly, delinquency and charge-off rates
in the portfolio may not fully reflect the rates that may apply when the average
holding period for finance  contracts in the portfolio  is longer. Increases  in
the  delinquency and/or charge-off rates in the portfolio would adversely affect
the Company's ability to obtain credit or securitize its receivables.
 
     The following table  summarizes the Company's  credit loss experience  from
inception through March 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             FOR THE PERIOD FROM
                                                                                          AUGUST 1, 1994 (INCEPTION)
                                                                                            THROUGH MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Cumulative initial finance contract principal balances acquired........................            $ 49,866
Gross charge-offs......................................................................               2,067
Recoveries(1)..........................................................................              (1,914)
                                                                                                 ----------
Net charge-offs(1).....................................................................            $    153
                                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                                 ----------
Gross charge-offs as a percentage of cumulative initial finance contract principal
  balances acquired....................................................................                4.31%
Recoveries as a percentage of gross charge-offs(1).....................................               92.60%
Net charge-offs as a percentage of cumulative initial finance contract principal
  balances acquired(1).................................................................                0.31%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) With  respect to repossessions where full disposition proceeds have not been
    received, calculations  assume immediate  recovery of  disposition  proceeds
    (including  insurance proceeds) and realization  of loss at average historic
    rates. See '  -- Net  Loss Per Repossession.'  This table  is presented  for
    industry  comparison purposes and  does not reflect  the Company's method of
    accounting for charge-offs and recoveries for financial reporting purposes.
 
REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE -- STATIC POOL ANALYSIS
 
     Because the  Company's finance  contract portfolio  is continuing  to  grow
rapidly,  management does  not manage  delinquency or losses  on the  basis of a
percentage of the Company's finance contract portfolio, because percentages  can
be  favorably affected by large balances of recently acquired finance contracts.
Management monitors actual  dollar levels of  delinquencies and charge-offs  and
analyzes the data on a 'static pool' basis.
 
     The following table provides static pool repossession frequency analysis of
the  Company's portfolio performance  from inception through  March 31, 1996. In
this table, all finance contracts have been segregated by month of  acquisition.
All  repossessions have  been segregated by  the month in  which the repossessed
contract was originally acquired by the Company. Cumulative repossessions equals
the ratio of  repossessions as a  percentage of finance  contracts acquired  for
each  segregated month. Annualized repossessions  equals an annual equivalent of
the cumulative repossession ratio for each segregated month. This table provides
information regarding  the  Company's  repossession experience  over  time.  For
example, recently acquired finance contracts demonstrate very few repossessions.
After  approximately one year of seasoning, frequency of repossessions appear to
reach a plateau. Based on industry statistics and the performance experience  of
the  ABI-sponsored securitizations, the Company  believes that finance contracts
seasoned in  excess  of  approximately  18  months  will  start  to  demonstrate
declining repossession frequency.
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       REPOSSESSION FREQUENCY
             YEAR AND MONTH OF                 REPOSSESSIONS BY    ------------------------------
                ACQUISITION                     MONTH ACQUIRED     CUMULATIVE(1)    ANNUALIZED(2)    CONTRACTS ACQUIRED
- --------------------------------------------   ----------------    -------------    -------------    ------------------
 
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>              <C>              <C>
1994
     August.................................           0                0.00%            0.00%                 1
     September..............................           1               12.50             7.50                  8
     October................................           5               16.13            10.75                 31
     November...............................           3                4.92             3.47                 61
     December...............................           8                7.92             5.94                101
1995
     January................................          15               11.90%            9.52%               126
     February...............................          17                8.99             7.71                189
     March..................................          23               11.11            10.26                207
     April..................................          16               10.13            10.13                158
     May....................................          13                6.77             7.39                192
     June...................................          17                9.94            11.93                171
     July...................................           6                5.61             7.48                107
     August.................................          10                4.13             6.20                242
     September..............................          13                4.92             8.44                264
     October................................           8                2.90             5.80                276
     November...............................           9                2.58             6.19                349
     December...............................           6                1.59             4.76                378
1996
     January................................           2                0.50%            1.99%               403
     February...............................           0                0.00             0.00                430
     March..................................           0                0.00             0.00                477
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) For  each  month, cumulative  repossession  frequency equals  the  number of
    repossessions divided by contracts acquired.
 
(2) Annualized repossession frequency converts cumulative repossession frequency
    into an  annual equivalent  (e.g., for  December 1994,  eight  repossessions
    divided  by 101 contracts  acquired, divided by  16 months outstanding times
    twelve equals an annualized repossession frequency of 5.94%).
 
NET LOSS PER REPOSSESSION
 
     Upon initiation of the repossession process, it is the Company's intent  to
complete  the  liquidation  process  as quickly  as  possible.  The  majority of
repossessed vehicles are sold at  wholesale auction. The Company is  responsible
for  the costs  of repossession, transportation  and storage.  The Company's net
charge-off per repossession equals the unpaid balance less the auction  proceeds
(net of associated costs) and less proceeds from insurance claims. The following
table   demonstrates  the  net  charge-off   per  repossessed  automobile  since
inception.
 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        FROM
                                                                                                   AUGUST 1, 1994
                                                                                                   (INCEPTION) TO
                                                                                                  MARCH 31, 1996(1)
                                                                                                  -----------------
 
<S>                                                                                               <C>
Number of finance contracts acquired...........................................................           4,171
Number of finance contracts repossessed........................................................             175
     Repossessed units disposed of.............................................................              61
     Repossessed units in inventory awaiting disposition.......................................             111
 
Cumulative gross charge-offs(1)................................................................       $ 708,888
Costs of repossession(1).......................................................................          11,193
Proceeds from auction, physical damage insurance and refunds(1)................................        (562,498)
                                                                                                  -----------------
     Net loss..................................................................................         157,583
     Deficiency insurance settlement received(1)...............................................        (104,383)
                                                                                                  -----------------
Net charge-offs(1).............................................................................       $  53,200
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                                                  -----------------
Net charge-off per unit disposed...............................................................            $872
Recoveries as a percentage of cumulative gross charge-offs.....................................            94.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Amounts are based on actual liquidation and repossession proceeds (including
    insurance proceeds) received on units for which the repossession process had
    been completed as of March 31, 1996.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Since inception, the Company  has primarily funded  its operations and  the
growth  of  its  finance contract  portfolio  through six  principal  sources of
capital: (i)  cash flows  from operating  activities; (ii)  funds provided  from
borrowers'  payments  received  under  finance contracts  held  for  sale; (iii)
borrowings under various warehouse and working capital facilities; (iv) proceeds
from securitization transactions; (v) cash  flows from servicing fees; and  (vi)
proceeds  from the issuances  of subordinated debt  and capital contributions of
principal shareholders.
 
     Cash Flows.  Significant  cash flows  related  to the  Company's  operating
activities  include the use of cash for purchases of finance contracts, and cash
provided by payments on  finance contracts and sales  of finance contracts.  For
the  year ended  December 31, 1995  and the  three months ended  March 31, 1996,
$31.2 million  and $15.2  million,  respectively, was  used  by the  Company  to
purchase  finance  contracts,  $2.9  million  and  $271,687,  respectively,  was
received as payments on finance contracts, and $27.4 million and $16.6  million,
respectively,  was received from  sales of finance  contracts, primarily through
securitizations. The Company  used $525,220  and $331,000 to  fund cash  reserve
accounts  for the securitizations completed in  the year ended December 31, 1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively.
 
     Significant activities  comprising  cash flows  from  financing  activities
include net repayments under revolving warehouse credit facilities ($904,355 for
the  year ended December 31, 1995 and  $802,535 for the three months ended March
31, 1996) and  net proceeds  from borrowings  against excess  spread cash  flows
($2.7  million for  the year ended  December 31,  1995 and $2.1  million for the
three months ended March 31, 1996).
 
     Warehouse Credit Facilities. The Company  obtains a substantial portion  of
its  working capital for the acquisition  of finance contracts through warehouse
credit facilities. Under  a warehouse  facility, the  lender generally  advances
amounts  requested  by the  borrower on  a  periodic basis,  up to  an aggregate
maximum credit limit  for the  facility, for  the acquisition  and servicing  of
finance  contracts or other similar assets. Until proceeds from a securitization
transaction are used to pay down outstanding advances, as principal payments are
received on the finance contracts, the  principal amount of the advances may  be
paid  down  incrementally or  reinvested in  additional  finance contracts  on a
revolving basis.
 
     At March 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $348,000 outstanding on  a
$10.0  million  revolving credit  facility (the  'Sentry Facility')  with Sentry
Financial Corporation ('Sentry'), which expires  on July 31, 1998. The  proceeds
from borrowings under the Sentry Facility are used to acquire finance contracts,
to  pay credit  default insurance  premiums and  to make  deposits to  a reserve
account
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
with Sentry. The Company pays a utilization fee of up to 0.21% per month on  the
average  outstanding balance under the Sentry Facility. The Sentry Facility also
requires the  Company to  pay up  to 0.62%  per quarter  on the  average  unused
balance.  Interest is payable monthly  and accrues at a  per annum rate of prime
plus 1.75% (which was approximately 10.25% at March 31, 1996).
 
     The  Sentry  Facility  contains  certain  conditions  and  imposes  certain
requirements, including, among other things, minimum net worth and cash and cash
equivalent  balances in  the reserve  accounts. Under  the Sentry  Facility, the
Company paid interest of $412,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. In April
1996, the Company agreed to pay a one-time commitment fee of $700,000 to Sentry.
The Sentry Facility is  cross-collateralized to the  Company's guarantee of  the
Sentry Working Capital Line. See 'Certain Transactions.'
 
     On  May 22, 1996, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary AutoBond
Funding Corporation II,  entered into  a $20.0 million  warehouse facility  (the
'Providian Facility') with Peoples Security Life Insurance Company (an affiliate
of  Providian Capital Management), which expires December 15, 1996. The proceeds
from the  borrowings under  the Providian  Facility are  to be  used to  acquire
finance contracts, to pay credit default insurance premiums and to make deposits
to  a reserve account. Interest is payable monthly  at a per annum rate of LIBOR
plus 2.60%  with a  maximum rate  of  11.0% and  a minimum  rate of  7.60%.  The
Providian Facility also requires the Company to pay a monthly fee on the average
unused  balance at  a per  annum rate of  0.25%. Borrowings  under the Providian
Facility are  rated  investment-grade  by a  nationally  recognized  statistical
rating  organization.  The  Providian Facility  contains  certain  covenants and
representations similar  to  those in  the  agreements governing  the  Company's
existing securitizations.
 
     The  Company's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  AutoBond  Funding  Corporation I
('AutoBond Funding'),  entered into  a warehouse  credit facility  (the  'Nomura
Facility') with Nomura Asset Capital Corporation, pursuant to a credit agreement
dated  as of June  16, 1995, with a  final maturity date of  June 16, 2005. This
facility was terminated at  the lender's option, and  no new advances were  made
after  February  6,  1996. The  Nomura  Facility provided  advances  to AutoBond
Funding up to  a maximum  aggregate principal amount  of $25.0  million for  the
acquisition  of  finance  contracts.  On March  29,  1996,  the  remaining total
outstanding balance of advances of $9.0  million, and interest of $89,000,  were
paid by AutoBond Funding. As of March 31, 1996 no advances were outstanding with
respect to the Nomura Facility.
 
     Securitization  Program.  In its  securitization transactions,  the Company
sells pools of  finance contracts to  a special purpose  subsidiary, which  then
sells the finance contracts to a trust in exchange for cash and certain retained
beneficial  interests in future  excess spread cash flows.  The trust issues two
classes of fixed income investor certificates: 'Class A Certificates,' which are
sold to investors, generally at par with a fixed coupon, and subordinated excess
spread certificates (representing a senior interest in excess spread cash  flows
from  the  finance contracts),  which are  typically  retained by  the Company's
securitization subsidiary and which  collateralize borrowings on a  non-recourse
basis.  The  Company also  funds  a cash  reserve  account that  provides credit
support to the Class A  Certificates. The Company's securitization  subsidiaries
also  retain a 'transferor's'  interest in the contracts  that is subordinate to
the interest of the investor certificateholders. The retained interests  entitle
the  Company to receive  the future cash  flows from the  trust after payment to
investors, absorption  of  losses, if  any,  that  arise from  defaults  on  the
transferred  finance contracts and payment of the other expenses and obligations
of the trust.
 
     Securitization transactions impact the Company's liquidity primarily in two
ways. First,  the application  of  proceeds toward  payment of  the  outstanding
advances under warehouse credit facilities makes additional borrowing available,
to  the extent of such  proceeds, under those facilities  for the acquisition of
additional finance  contracts. In  December  1995 and  March 1996,  the  Company
securitized  approximately  $26.2 million  and  $16.6 million,  respectively, in
nominal principal amount of finance contracts  and used the net proceeds to  pay
down  borrowings  under  its  warehouse  credit  facilities.  Second, additional
working capital is obtained through  the Company's practice of borrowing  funds,
on  a non-recourse basis, collateralized by its interest in future excess spread
cash flows from its securitization trusts.  At March 31, 1996, the Company  held
excess  servicing  receivables  of $6.0  million,  net of  allowance  for credit
losses, a portion  of which had  been pledged  to secure notes  payable of  $4.5
million.
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Subordinated  Debt. The Company  issued subordinated debt  in the principal
amount of $300,000  to an individual  investor pursuant to  a subordinated  note
dated  as of March 12, 1996. The subordinated  note has a final maturity date of
March 12, 1997 and provides for payment of interest at a per annum rate of 10.0%
and includes a warrant to purchase 18,811  shares of Common Stock at a price  of
$0.53 per share.
 
     The  Company  expects that  the proceeds  of  this Offering,  proceeds from
finance contracts, securitization  proceeds and borrowings  under its  warehouse
facilities  will  be  sufficient to  fund  expansion of  the  Company's business
through the end of 1996. The Company  has no specific plans or arrangements  for
additional  equity financings.  The Company believes  it will be  able to obtain
additional funding  through an  increase  in the  maximum amount  available  for
borrowings under its warehouse facilities and through securitizations. There can
be  no  assurance,  however,  that  the Company  will  be  able  to  obtain such
additional funding. See 'Risk Factors  --  Liquidity and Capital Resources.'
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
 
     Although the  Company  does  not  believe that  inflation  directly  has  a
material  adverse effect  on its financial  condition or  results of operations,
increases in the inflation rate generally are associated with increased interest
rates. Because the  Company borrows funds  on a floating  rate basis during  the
period  leading  up to  a securitization,  and in  many cases  purchases finance
contracts bearing a fixed rate nearly  equal but less than the maximum  interest
rate  permitted by law, increased costs of  borrowed funds could have a material
adverse impact  on the  Company's profitability.  Inflation also  can  adversely
affect the Company's operating expenses.
 
IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  114,  'Accounting  by
Creditors for Impairment of a Loan' ('SFAS 114'), does not apply to the  Company
because   the   Company's   finance   contract   portfolio   is   comprised   of
smaller-balance, homogeneous  contracts  that  are  collectively  evaluated  for
impairment.
 
     Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  'Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation' ('SFAS 123'), was  issued by the Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board in October  1995. SFAS 123 provides  for companies to recognize
compensation expense associated  with stock  based compensation  plans over  the
anticipated  service period based on the fair value  of the award on the date of
grant. SFAS 123 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995.
As allowed  under  SFAS  123,  the  Company has  elected  to  adopt  SFAS  123's
disclosure-only  alternative  and  will  continue  to  account  for  stock-based
compensation as  prescribed  by  Accounting Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,
'Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.'
 
                                       29


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     AutoBond  Acceptance Corporation  (the 'Company')  is a  specialty consumer
finance  company  engaged  in  acquiring,  securitizing  and  servicing  finance
contracts  originated by automobile dealers in  connection with the sale of used
and, to a lesser extent, new vehicles to sub-prime consumers.
 
     The Company was  formed by  William O. Winsauer  and his  brother, John  S.
Winsauer, to capitalize on William O. Winsauer's expertise in the securitization
of  sub-prime finance contracts which  he developed as the  founder of ABI. From
1989 to  1994,  ABI  structured 20  investment-grade  rated  securitizations  of
sub-prime   consumer   automobile  finance   contract   portfolios,  aggregating
approximately $190.0 million in principal amount, originated and underwritten by
third party intermediaries. The Company acquires finance contracts directly from
automobile dealers, makes credit decisions using its own underwriting guidelines
and credit  personnel, and  performs  the collection  function for  the  finance
contracts  using  its  own  Collections Department.  The  Company  developed the
necessary expertise  and relationships  to underwrite,  acquire, securitize  and
service finance contracts by assembling a team of experienced professionals. The
Company's  senior operating  management averages 24  years of  experience in the
consumer finance  industry,  with  expertise  in  the  operation  of  automobile
dealerships,  underwriting and acquiring  consumer finance contracts, investment
banking and securitizations, and collections. The Company's credit  underwriters
average thirteen years of experience in the auto finance industry, and its sales
representatives  and  collection  professionals  average  ten  and  seven years,
respectively, of industry experience.
 
     The Company commenced operations in August 1994 and through March 31,  1996
had acquired 4,171 finance contracts with an aggregate initial principal balance
of  $49.9  million,  of  which  $42.8  million  have  been  securitized  in  two
investment-grade rated transactions. In  the quarter ended  March 31, 1996,  the
Company  underwrote  and  acquired  1,310 finance  contracts  with  an aggregate
initial principal balance of $15.5 million.  At March 31, 1996, the Company  had
340  dealer  relationships in  eleven states,  substantially  all of  which were
franchised dealers of  major automobile  manufacturers. The  Company earned  net
income  of $873,487 for  the fiscal year  ended December 31,  1995 compared to a
loss of $544,605 for the period from inception to December 31, 1994. The Company
earned net income  of $1.1 million  for the  three months ended  March 31,  1996
compared to a loss of $150,086 for the three months ended March 31, 1995.
 
     The  Company markets a  single finance contract  acquisition program to its
dealers which  adheres  to  consistent  underwriting  guidelines  involving  the
purchase  of primarily  late-model used  vehicles. Through  March 31,  1996, the
finance contracts  acquired by  the Company  had, upon  acquisition, an  average
initial  principal  balance  of $11,955,  a  weighted  average APR  of  19.4%, a
weighted average finance contract  acquisition discount of  8.6% and a  weighted
average maturity of 53.1 months.
 
GROWTH AND BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The  Company's growth strategy anticipates the acquisition of an increasing
volume of finance  contracts. The  key elements  of this  strategy include:  (i)
increasing  the number of finance contracts acquired per automobile dealer; (ii)
expanding the Company's presence and  geographic scope within existing  markets;
and  (iii) penetrating markets in the midwest and mid-Atlantic regions and other
new markets that meet the Company's economic, demographic and business criteria.
 
     To sustain  its growth,  the Company  will continue  to pursue  a  business
strategy based on the following principles:
 
      EXPERIENCED  MANAGEMENT TEAM -- The  Company actively recruits and retains
      experienced  management  personnel  at  the  executive,  supervisory   and
      managerial levels. The senior operating management of the Company consists
      of  seasoned automobile finance professionals with  an average of 24 years
      experience in underwriting,  collecting and  financing automobile  finance
      contracts.
 
      EFFICIENT   FUNDING  STRATEGIES  --   Through  an  investment-grade  rated
      warehouse facility  and a  quarterly securitization  program, the  Company
      increases its liquidity, redeploys its capital and reduces its exposure to
      interest  rate fluctuations. This practice requires the Company to monitor
      and report on the performance of its portfolios of finance contracts on  a
      monthly basis. The
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
      Company  has also developed the ability  to borrow funds on a non-recourse
      basis, collateralized by its interest in excess spread cash flows from its
      securitization trusts.
 
      TARGETED MARKET AND  PRODUCT FOCUS  -- The Company  targets the  sub-prime
      auto  finance market because  it believes that  sub-prime finance presents
      greater opportunities than does prime lending. The Company focuses on late
      model used, rather than new vehicles,  as management believes the risk  of
      loss  is lower  on used  vehicles due  to lower  depreciation rates, while
      interest rates are typically higher than on new vehicles. In addition, the
      Company concentrates  on  acquiring  finance  contracts  from  dealerships
      franchised by major automobile manufacturers.
 
      UNIFORM  UNDERWRITING CRITERIA -- To manage the higher risk of delinquency
      or default associated with sub-prime consumers, the Company has  developed
      uniform  underwriting criteria that are consistently applied in evaluating
      credit applications. This evaluation process is conducted on a centralized
      basis utilizing experienced personnel.
 
      LIMITED LOSS EXPOSURE -- In addition to stringent underwriting guidelines,
      the Company obtains a VSI  Policy, including Credit Endorsement, for  each
      finance  contract it funds. The VSI Policy protects the Company's economic
      interest in the financed vehicle against damage and fraud. In the event  a
      sub-prime  consumer defaults and the underlying vehicle is repossessed and
      sold, the Credit  Endorsement reimburses  the Company  for the  difference
      between  the unpaid finance contract balance and the net proceeds received
      in connection with the sale of the vehicle. In addition, the Company  will
      not  acquire finance contracts where the amount financed exceeds a certain
      percentage  of   the  vehicle's   value,  and   the  Company   applies   a
      non-refundable   contract  acquisition  discount  when  acquiring  finance
      contracts.
 
      INTENSIVE COLLECTION  MANAGEMENT --  The Company  believes that  intensive
      collection  efforts are essential  to ensure the  performance of sub-prime
      finance contracts. The Company's  collections managers contact  delinquent
      accounts  frequently,  beginning  on  the fifth  day  of  delinquency, and
      initiate repossession of financed vehicles no  later than the 90th day  of
      delinquency.  As  of  March 31,  1996,  a total  of  59, or  1.5%,  of the
      Company's finance contracts outstanding were  between 60 and 90 days  past
      due.  Since inception through March 31,  1996, the Company has repossessed
      approximately 4.2% of its financed vehicles.
 
      CENTRALIZED OPERATING  STRUCTURE  --  While the  Company  establishes  and
      maintains relationships with dealers through sales representatives located
      in  the geographic  markets served  by the  Company, all  of the Company's
      day-to-day operations are centralized at the Company's offices in  Austin,
      Texas.  This centralized structure  allows the Company  to closely monitor
      its underwriting and  collections operations and  eliminates the  expenses
      associated with full-service branch or regional offices.
 
BORROWER CHARACTERISTICS
 
     Borrowers  under  finance  contracts  in  the  Company's  finance  contract
portfolio are generally sub-prime consumers. Sub-prime consumers are  purchasers
of  financed vehicles with  limited access to traditional  sources of credit and
are generally  individuals  with  weak  or  no  credit  histories.  Based  on  a
randomly-selected  representative sample of 107 finance contracts in the finance
contract portfolio,  the Company  has determined  the following  characteristics
with  respect to its finance contract  borrowers. The average borrower's monthly
income is  $2,605, with  an  average payment-to-income  ratio  of 13.9%  and  an
average debt-to-income ratio of 35.8%. The Company's guidelines permit a maximum
payment-to-income  ratio and debt-to-income ratio  of 22% and 50%, respectively.
The average borrower's time spent at  current residence is 42 months, while  the
average  time of  service at  current employer  is 47  months. The  average down
payment is 18.5% of the amount financed.  The age of the average borrower is  34
years.
 
CONTRACT PROFILE
 
     From  inception  to  March 31,  1996,  the Company  acquired  4,171 finance
contracts with an aggregate initial principal  balance of $49.9 million. Of  the
finance  contracts acquired, approximately 8.2% have  related to the sale of new
automobiles  and  approximately  91.8%  have   related  to  the  sale  of   used
automobiles.  The average  age of used  financed vehicles  was approximately two
years at  the time  of sale.  The finance  contracts had,  upon acquisition,  an
average initial principal balance of $11,955; a weighted
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
average  APR of 19.4%; a weighted  average finance contract acquisition discount
of 8.6%; and a weighted average contractual maturity of 53.1 months. As of March
31, 1996, the finance contracts in the finance contract portfolio had a weighted
average remaining  maturity  of  48.4 months.  Since  inception,  the  Company's
cumulative  net  charge-offs  have  been $152,600  or  0.3%  of  the portfolio's
aggregate initial principal  balance. With respect  to repossessions where  full
disposition  proceeds have  not been  received, these  cumulative net charge-off
calculations  assume  immediate  recovery  of  disposition  proceeds  (including
insurance proceeds) and realization of loss at average historic loss rates.
 
DEALER NETWORK
 
     General.  The Company  acquires finance contracts  originated by automobile
dealers in connection with the sale of late-model used and, to a lesser  extent,
new cars to sub-prime borrowers. Accordingly, the Company's business development
strategy  depends on enrolling and  promoting active participation by automobile
dealers in the Company's financing program. Dealers are selected on the basis of
geographic location, financial strength, experience and integrity of management,
stability  of  ownership,  quality  of  used  car  inventory,  participation  in
sub-prime  financing  programs,  and  the anticipated  quality  and  quantity of
finance contracts which they originate. The Company principally targets  dealers
operating  under  franchises from  major  automobile manufacturers,  rather than
independent used car dealers. The  Company believes that franchised dealers  are
generally  more  stable  and  offer  higher  quality  vehicles  than independent
dealers. This  is  due,  in  part, to  careful  initial  screening  and  ongoing
monitoring  by  the  automobile  manufacturers and  to  the  level  of financial
commitment necessary to secure and maintain a franchise. As of May 1, 1996,  the
Company  was licensed or  qualified to do  business in 12  states. Over the near
term, the Company intends to focus its proposed geographical expansion on states
in the midwest and mid-Atlantic regions.
 
     The following table sets forth information about the Company's acquisitions
from its dealer network.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   ACQUISITION OF FINANCE CONTRACTS
                                         ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                            THREE MONTHS
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        ENDED MARCH 31,
                                         ----------------------------  ----------------------
                                             1994           1995          1995        1996
                                         -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------
 
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>
Number of active dealers during
  period(1).............................          50             222          75         148
Total number of dealers subject to
  dealer agreements(2)..................          50             280          91         340
Number of active states(3)..............           2               7           3           9
Number of finance contracts acquired
  during period.........................         202           2,659         522       1,310
Aggregate principal balance of finance
  contracts acquired during period
  (dollars in thousands)................ $     2,464    $     31,915   $   6,310   $  15,487
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Based upon those dealers from  which the Company acquired finance  contracts
    during the related period.
 
(2) Aggregate  number of dealers based upon  signed agreements with dealers from
    whom the Company will accept applications for finance contracts.
 
(3) Based upon  those states  in which  the Company  acquired finance  contracts
    during the related period.
 
     Location  of Dealers. Approximately  62.7% of the  Company's dealer network
consists of dealers located in Texas, where the Company has operated since 1994.
During the  three months  ended March  31, 1996,  the Company  acquired  finance
contracts from dealers in eleven states.
 
     The  following table  summarizes, with respect  to each state  in which the
Company operates, the date operations commenced, the number of dealers with whom
the Company had dealer  agreements in such  state as of March  31, 1996 and  the
number  of finance (and  percentage of total finance)  contracts acquired by the
Company from dealers in such state during the last fiscal year and for the three
months ended March 31, 1996:
 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               FINANCE CONTRACTS ACQUIRED
                                                                           ----------------------------------
                                                           NUMBER OF         YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS
                                                          DEALERS AT        DECEMBER 31,           ENDED
                                                        MARCH 31, 1996          1995          MARCH 31, 1996
                                      DATE BUSINESS     ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
              STATES                    COMMENCED       NUMBER      %      NUMBER      %      NUMBER      %
- -----------------------------------   --------------    ------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
 
<S>                                   <C>               <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
Texas..............................   September 1994      213      62.7%   2,425      91.2%   1,208      92.2%
Oklahoma...........................    November 1994       48      14.1       94       3.5        3       0.2
Connecticut........................     January 1995       12       3.5       63       2.4        0       0.0
New Mexico.........................         May 1995       15       4.4       44       1.7       35       2.7
Utah...............................        June 1995       10       2.9       18       0.7        0       0.0
Georgia............................     October 1995       24       7.1       10       0.4       24       1.8
Arizona............................    November 1995        9       2.6        5       0.2        9       0.7
Missouri...........................     January 1996        1       0.3        0       0.0        1       0.1
Colorado...........................     January 1996        5       1.5        0       0.0       22       1.7
Maryland...........................    February 1996        2       0.6        0       0.0        7       0.5
Ohio...............................       March 1996        1       0.3        0       0.0        1       0.1
                                                        ------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
     Total.........................                       340     100.0%   2,659     100.0%   1,310     100.0%
                                                        ------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
                                                        ------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
</TABLE>
 
DEALER SOLICITATION
 
     Marketing Representatives. As of March 31, 1996, the Company utilized  nine
marketing  representatives,  seven of  which  were individuals  employed  by the
Company and two  of which  were marketing organizations  serving as  independent
representatives.  These representatives have an  average of ten years experience
in the automobile financing industry. Each marketing representative reports  to,
and  is supervised by, the Company's Vice President -- Marketing. The Company is
currently  evaluating   candidates  for   additional  marketing   representative
positions. The majority of marketing representatives are full-time employees who
reside  in the region for which  they are responsible. Marketing representatives
are compensated on the basis of a salary plus commissions based on the number of
finance contracts  purchased  by the  Company  in their  respective  areas.  The
Company  maintains  an  exclusive relationship  with  the  independent marketing
representatives and compensates such representatives on a commission basis.  All
marketing  representatives  undergo training  and  orientation at  the Company's
Austin headquarters.
 
     The Company's marketing  representatives establish financing  relationships
with new dealerships, and maintain existing dealer relationships. Each marketing
representative  endeavors to meet with the managers of the finance and insurance
('F&I') departments  at each  targeted dealership  in his  or her  territory  to
introduce  and enroll dealers in the  Company's financing program, educating the
F&I managers about the Company's underwriting philosophy, its practice of  using
experienced  underwriters (rather  than computerized  credit scoring)  to review
applications, and the Company's commitment to  a single lending program that  is
easy  for dealers to master and  administer. The marketing representatives offer
training to  dealership personnel  regarding the  Company's program  guidelines,
procedures and philosophy.
 
     After  each dealer relationship is  established, a marketing representative
continues to actively monitor the relationship with the objective of  maximizing
the  volume of  applications received  from the  dealer that  meet the Company's
underwriting standards.  Due  to  the  non-exclusive  nature  of  the  Company's
relationships  with dealers, the dealers  retain discretion to determine whether
to  seek  financing  from  the   Company  or  another  financing  source.   Each
representative submits a weekly call report describing contacts with prospective
and  existing dealers during the preceding week and a monthly competitive survey
relating to the competitive situation and possible opportunities in the  region.
The  Company provides each representative a weekly report detailing applications
received and finance  contracts purchased from  all dealers in  the region.  The
marketing  representatives regularly telephone and  visit F&I managers to remind
them of  the Company's  objectives  and to  answer  questions. To  increase  the
effectiveness  of  these  contacts,  the  marketing  representatives  can obtain
real-time information from the Company's newly installed management  information
systems,  listing  by  dealership  the  number  of  applications  submitted, the
Company's response  to  such  applications  and the  reasons  why  a  particular
application  was rejected. The Company  believes that the personal relationships
its
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
marketing representatives  establish  with the  F&I  managers are  an  important
factor  in creating and maintaining productive relationships with its dealership
customer base.
 
     The role of the marketing representatives is generally limited to marketing
the Company's financing program and maintaining relationships with the Company's
dealer network. The marketing  representatives do not  negotiate, enter into  or
modify  dealer agreements on behalf of the Company, do not participate in credit
evaluation or loan funding  decisions and do not  handle funds belonging to  the
Company or its dealers. Over the last several months, the Company has also added
marketing  professionals  in  additional states,  including  Colorado, Maryland,
Florida and Ohio. The  Company intends to  develop significant finance  contract
volume in each state in which it initiates coverage. The Company has elected not
to  establish  full  service branch  offices,  believing that  the  expenses and
administrative burden of such offices are generally unjustified. The Company has
concluded that the ability to closely monitor the critical functions of  finance
contract  approval and contract administration and collection are best performed
and controlled on a centralized basis from its Austin facility.
 
     Dealer Agreements.  Each  dealer  with  which  the  Company  establishes  a
financing  relationship enters into a  non-exclusive written dealer agreement (a
'Dealer Agreement') with  the Company,  governing the  Company's acquisition  of
finance  contracts from the  dealer. A Dealer  Agreement generally provides that
the dealer  shall indemnify  the  Company against  any damages  or  liabilities,
including  reasonable  attorney's  fees, arising  out  of  (i) any  breach  of a
representation or warranty of  the dealer set forth  in the Dealer Agreement  or
(ii)  any claim or defense that a borrower may have against a dealer relating to
a financing  contract.  Representations and  warranties  in a  Dealer  Agreement
generally  relate to such matters as whether (a) the financed automobile is free
of all liens, claims  and encumbrances except the  Company's lien, (b) the  down
payment  specified in the finance contract has been paid in full and whether any
part of the down payment  was loaned to the borrower  by the dealer and (c)  the
dealer has complied with applicable law. If the dealer violates the terms of the
Dealer  Agreement  with  respect  to  any  finance  contract,  the  dealer  must
repurchase such contract on demand for an amount equal to the unpaid balance and
all other indebtedness due to the Company from the borrower.
 
FINANCING PROGRAM
 
     Unlike certain competitors who offer  numerous marketing programs that  the
Company  believes serve to confuse dealers  and borrowers, the Company markets a
single financing  contract  acquisition  program to  its  dealers.  The  Company
believes  that  by focusing  on  a single  program,  it realizes  consistency in
achieving  its  contract  acquisition  criteria,  which  aids  the  funding  and
securitization process. The finance contracts purchased by the Company must meet
several  criteria,  including  that  each  contract:  (i)  meets  the  Company's
underwriting guidelines; (ii) is secured by a new or late-model used vehicle  of
a type on the Company's approved list; (iii) was originated in a jurisdiction in
the United States in which the Company was licensed or qualified to do business,
as  appropriate;  (iv) provides  for level  monthly payments  (collectively, the
'Scheduled Payments') that fully amortize  the amount financed over the  finance
contract's  original contractual term; (v) has an original contractual term from
24 to 60 months;  (vi) provides for  finance charges at an  APR between 14%  and
30%;  (vii) provides for  a verifiable down payment  of 10% or  more of the cash
selling price; and (viii) is not past due or does not finance a vehicle which is
in repossession at the time the finance contract is presented to the Company for
acquisition. Although the Company has in the past acquired a substantial  number
of  finance contracts for which principal  and interest are calculated according
to the Rule of 78s, the Company's present policy is to acquire primarily finance
contracts calculated using the simple interest method.
 
     The amount financed with respect to a finance contract will generally equal
the aggregate amount advanced toward the purchase price of the financed vehicle,
which equals the net selling price of the vehicle (cash selling price less  down
payment  and trade-in), plus the cost of permitted automotive accessories (e.g.,
air conditioning, standard transmission, etc.),  taxes, title and license  fees,
credit  life,  accident  and  health insurance  policies,  service  and warranty
contracts and other items customarily included in retail automobile  installment
contracts  and related costs. Thus, the amount  financed may be greater than the
Manufacturers Suggested Retail  Price ('MSRP')  for new vehicles  or the  market
value  quoted for used vehicles. Down payments must  be in cash or real value of
traded-in vehicles. Dealer-assisted or deferred down payments are not permitted.
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Company's VSI Policy limits  the net selling price  of a vehicle to  be
financed  to a maximum of  95% of the vehicle's  retail book value. In addition,
the Company's current purchase criteria limits acceptable finance contracts to a
maximum (a) net selling price of the lesser of (i) 112% of wholesale book  value
(or  dealer invoice for new vehicles) or (ii)  95% of retail book value (or MSRP
for new vehicles) and (b)  amount financed of 120% of  retail book value in  the
case  of a  used vehicle,  or 120%  of MSRP  in the  case of  a new  vehicle. In
assessing the value of a trade-in for purposes of determining the vehicle's  net
selling  price,  the Company  uses the  published  wholesale book  value without
regard to the value assigned by the dealer.
 
     The following table  sets forth  the characteristics of  a typical  finance
contract originated by a dealer and the application of the Company's acquisition
guidelines to such contract.
 
                        SAMPLE CONTRACT CHARACTERISTICS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              ITEM                  DOLLAR VALUE                               COMMENTS
- ---------------------------------   ------------   ----------------------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                 <C>            <C>
Cash selling price...............     $ 12,000
Down payment.....................       (1,800)    15% down, using real trade equity and/or cash
Net selling price................       10,200     Also defined as 'Base Advance'
Allowed add-ons:
     Tax, title and license......          700
     Credit life insurance.......          500     Rates established by state insurance departments
     Disability insurance........          700     Rates established by state insurance departments
     Service contract............        1,200
                                    ------------
Amount financed..................       13,300
                                    ------------
Acquisition discount.............       (1,130)    Typical 8.5% discount
                                    ------------
                                    ------------
Acquisition price................     $ 12,170     Advance to dealer
                                    ------------
Wholesale book (or dealer invoice
  for new vehicles):                               $10,000 (for example shown)
Retail book (or MSRP for new
  vehicles):                                       $12,000 (for example shown)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      COMPANY ACQUISITION GUIDELINES                                   EXAMPLE SHOWN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------
 
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Minimum down payment: 10% of cash selling price:                             $ 1,200    $1,800/$12,000=15%
Maximum base advance: lesser of: (1) 112% of wholesale book:                 $11,200    $10,200/$10,000=102.0%
                                      or (2) 95% of retail book:             $11,400
Maximum amount financed: 120% of retail book (used vehicle):                 $14,400    $13,300/$12,000=110.8%
</TABLE>
 
     All  of the Company's finance contracts are prepayable at any time. Finance
contracts acquired by  the Company  must prohibit the  sale or  transfer of  the
financed   vehicle  without  the   Company's  prior  consent   and  provide  for
acceleration of the  maturity of  the finance contract  in the  absence of  such
consent.  For an  approved finance contract,  the Company will  agree to acquire
such finance contract from the  originating dealer at a non-refundable  contract
acquisition discount of approximately 8.5% to 12% of the amount financed.
 
CONTRACT ACQUISITION PROCESS
 
     General. Having selected an automobile for purchase, the sub-prime consumer
typically  meets  with  the  dealership's F&I  manager  to  discuss  options for
financing the  purchase of  the vehicle.  If the  sub-prime consumer  elects  to
finance  the vehicle's  purchase through the  dealer, the  dealer will typically
submit the  borrower's credit  application to  a number  of potential  financing
sources  to  find the  most  favorable terms.  In  general, an  F&I department's
potential sources  of financing  will include  banks, thrifts,  captive  finance
companies and independent finance companies.
 
     For  the three months ended March 31, 1996, 12,550 credit applications were
submitted to the Company.  Of these 12,550 applications,  as of March 31,  1996,
approximately  36%  were approved  and  10% were  acquired  by the  Company. The
difference between the number of applications approved and the number of finance
contracts acquired  is  attributable to  a  common industry  practice  in  which
dealers  often submit credit  applications to more than  one finance company and
select on the basis of the most
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
favorable terms  offered.  The  prospective  customer may  also  decide  not  to
purchase the vehicle notwithstanding approval of the credit application.
 
     Contract  Processing.  Dealers send  credit  applications along  with other
information to the  Company's Credit  Department in Austin  via facsimile.  Upon
receipt,  the credit application and other  relevant information is entered into
the Company's  computerized  contract  administration system  by  the  Company's
credit verification personnel and a paper-based file with the original documents
is  created. Once logged into the  system, the applicant's credit bureau reports
are automatically  accessed and  retrieved  directly into  the system.  At  this
stage,  the  computer  assigns the  credit  application to  the  specific credit
manager assigned to the submitting dealer for credit evaluation.
 
     Credit Evaluation. The Company  applies uniform underwriting standards.  In
evaluating  the  applicant's creditworthiness  and the  collateral value  of the
vehicle, the credit underwriter reviews each application in accordance with  the
Company's  guidelines  and  procedures,  which take  into  account,  among other
things, the  individual's stability  of  residence, employment  history,  credit
history,  ability  to  pay,  income, discretionary  income  and  debt  ratio. In
addition, the credit underwriter evaluates the applicant's credit bureau  report
in  order to determine  if the applicant's (i)  credit quality is deteriorating,
(ii) credit  history suggests  a high  probability of  default or  (iii)  credit
experience  is  too  limited  for  the  Company  to  assess  the  probability of
performance. The  Company  also  assesses  the value  and  useful  life  of  the
automobile  that will serve as collateral  under the finance contract. Moreover,
the credit underwriters consider  the suitability of a  proposed loan under  its
financing  program in light of the (a) proposed contract term and (b) conformity
of the proposed collateral coverage to the Company's underwriting guidelines.
 
     Verification of  certain applicant-provided  information (e.g.,  employment
and residence history) is required before the Company makes its credit decision.
Such  verification  typically requires  submission of  supporting documentation,
such as a paycheck stub or other  substantiation of income, or a telephone  bill
evidencing a current address. In addition, the Company does not normally approve
any  applications  from  persons  who  have been  the  subject  of  two  or more
bankruptcy proceedings or two or more repossessions.
 
     The Company's  underwriting standards  are  applied by  experienced  credit
underwriters with a personal analysis of each application, utilizing experienced
judgment.  These  standards have  been developed  and  refined by  the Company's
senior operating management who, on average,  possess more than 24 years in  the
automobile  finance  industry.  The  Company  believes  that  having  its credit
underwriters personally review and communicate to the submitting dealership  the
decision  with  respect  to  each  application,  including  the  reasons  why  a
particular  application  may   have  been  declined,   enhances  the   Company's
relationship  with such dealers. This practice encourages F&I managers to submit
contracts meeting the Company's  underwriting standards, thereby increasing  the
Company's  operating efficiency by eliminating  the need to process applications
unlikely to be approved. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Financial Condition.'
 
     The Company's Credit Department personnel undergo ongoing internal training
programs that are scheduled on a weekly basis and are attended by such personnel
depending  on their responsibilities. All of  these personnel are located in the
Company's offices in  Austin where they  are under the  supervision of the  Vice
President  -- Credit  and the  credit manager. The  credit manager  and the Vice
President -- Credit have an aggregate of more than 30 years of experience in the
automobile finance business. In addition, the Company reviews all  repossessions
to  identify  factors that  might require  refinements  in the  Company's credit
evaluation procedures.
 
     Approval Process.  The time  from receipt  of application  to final  credit
approval  is a significant competitive factor, and the Company seeks to complete
its funding approval  decision in an  average of  two to three  hours. When  the
Company approves the purchase of a finance contract, the credit manager notifies
the  dealer  by  facsimile or  telephone.  Such notice  specifies  all pertinent
information relating to the terms of approval, including the interest rate,  the
term,  information about the  automobile to be  sold and the  amount of discount
that the Company  will deduct from  the amount financed  prior to remitting  the
funds to the dealer. The discount is not refundable to the dealer.
 
     Contract  Purchase and Funding. Upon final confirmation of the terms by the
borrower, the dealer completes the sale of the automobile to the borrower. After
the dealer delivers all required
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
documentation (including an application for title or a dealer guaranty of title,
naming the Company as  lienholder) to the Company,  the Company remits funds  to
the  dealer via overnight delivery service,  generally within 48 hours of having
received the complete loan funding package.  As a matter of policy, the  Company
takes  such  measures  as it  deems  necessary  to obtain  a  perfected security
interest in the related financed vehicles under the laws of the states in  which
such vehicles are originated. This generally involves taking the necessary steps
to  obtain a certificate  of title which  names the Company  as lienholder. Each
finance contract requires that the automobile be adequately insured and that the
Company be  named as  loss  payee, and  compliance  with these  requirements  is
verified  prior to the  remittance of funds  to the dealer.  Upon funding of the
finance contract and payment  of the required premium,  the financed vehicle  is
insured  under the  Company's VSI  Policy, which  includes coverage  of property
damages in the event that the borrower does not maintain insurance.
 
CONTRACT SERVICING AND COLLECTION
 
     Contract servicing includes contract administration and collection. Because
the Company believes that an active  collection program is essential to  success
in the sub-prime automobile financing market, the Company retains responsibility
for  finance  contract  collection.  The Company  currently  contracts  with CSC
Logic/MSA L.L.P. (a Texas limited liability partnership doing business as  'Loan
Servicing  Enterprises') ('LSE') to provide contract administration. The Company
may in the future  assume certain of the  servicing functions performed by  LSE,
but there can be no assurance that this will occur.
 
     Contract    Administration.   LSE   provides   certain   finance   contract
administration  functions  in  connection  with  warehouse  facilities  and   in
connection  with  finance  contracts sold  to  securitization  trusts, including
payment processing, statement rendering, insurance tracking, data reporting  and
customer  service  for finance  contracts. LSE  inputs newly  originated finance
contracts on the contract system  daily. Finance contract documentation is  sent
by the Company to LSE as soon as dealer funding occurs. LSE then mails a welcome
letter to the borrower and subsequently mails monthly billing statements to each
borrower  approximately ten  days prior to  each payment due  date. Any borrower
remittances are directed to a lock box. Remittances received are then posted  to
the  proper account on  the system. All borrower  remittances are reviewed under
LSE's quality control process  to assure its proper  application to the  correct
account  in the proper amount. LSE also handles account inquiries from borrowers
and performs  insurance  tracking  services.  LSE  also  sends  out  notices  to
borrowers for instances where proper collateral insurance is not documented.
 
     Contract  Collection. As collection  agent, the Company  is responsible for
pursuing collections from delinquent  borrowers. The Company utilizes  proactive
collection  procedures,  which include  making early  and frequent  contact with
delinquent borrowers, educating  borrowers as to  the importance of  maintaining
good  credit,  and employing  a consultative  and  customer service  approach to
assist the borrower in meeting his or her obligations. The Company's ability  to
monitor performance and collect payments owed by contract obligors is a function
of  its collection approach  and support systems. The  Company's approach to the
collection of delinquent contracts is to minimize repossessions and charge-offs.
The Company maintains a computerized collection system specifically designed  to
service  sub-prime automobile  finance contracts.  The Company  believes that if
problems are  identified early,  it is  possible to  correct many  delinquencies
before they deteriorate further.
 
     The   Company  currently  employs  15  people  full-time,  including  eight
collections  specialists  and  other  support  personnel,  in  the   Collections
Department.  Each employee is  devoted exclusively to  collection functions. The
Company attempts to maintain  a ratio of between  500 and 600 finance  contracts
per  collections  specialist.  As of  March  31,  1996, there  were  505 finance
contracts in  the Company's  finance contract  portfolio for  every  collections
specialist.    The   Collections    Department   is   managed    by   the   Vice
President -- Collections, who  possesses 30 years  experience in the  automotive
industry.  The Company  hires additional  collections specialists  in advance of
need to ensure adequate staffing and training.
 
     The Company's collectors have real-time computer access to LSE's  database.
Accounts  reaching  five  days past  due  are  assigned to  collectors  who have
specific  responsibility  for  those  accounts.  These  collectors  contact  the
customer  frequently, both by phone and in  writing. Accounts that reach 60 days
past due are  assigned to a  senior collector who  handles those accounts  until
resolved.  To facilitate collections  from borrowers, the  Company has increased
its utilization of Western Union's 'Quick
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Collect,' which allows  borrowers to  pay from  remote locations,  with a  check
printed at the Company's office. Consistent with the Company's internal policies
and  securitization  documents,  finance  contract  provisions,  such  as  term,
interest rate, amount, maturity  date or payment schedule  will not be  amended,
modified  or otherwise changed, except when  required by applicable law or court
order or where permitted under the VSI Policy.
 
     Payment extensions may be  granted if, in the  opinion of management,  such
extension  provides  a permanent  solution to  resolve  a temporary  problem. An
extension fee must  be paid by  the customer prior  to the extension.  Normally,
there  can  be  only one  extension  during the  first  18 months  of  a finance
contract. Additional extensions may be granted if allowed under the VSI  Policy,
although the Company's securitization documents restrict permitted extensions to
no  longer than one month and not more than once per year. Payment due dates can
be modified once during the term  of the contract to facilitate current  payment
by the customer.
 
     Repossessions  and Recoveries.  If a  delinquency exists  and a  default is
deemed inevitable or the collateral is in  jeopardy, and in no event later  than
the  90th day  of delinquency  (as required  by the  VSI Policy),  the Company's
Collections Department will initiate the  repossession of the financed  vehicle.
Bonded,  insured outside  repossession agencies  are used  to secure involuntary
repossessions. In most jurisdictions, the Company is required to give notice  to
the  borrower  of  the  Company's intention  to  sell  the  repossessed vehicle,
whereupon the borrower may exercise certain rights to cure his or her default or
redeem the automobile. Following the  expiration of the legally required  notice
period,  the repossessed  vehicle is  sold at  a wholesale  auto auction  (or in
limited  circumstances,  through  dealers),  usually  within  60  days  of   the
repossession.  The Company  closely monitors the  condition of  vehicles set for
auction, and  procures  an  appraisal  under  the  VSI  Policy  prior  to  sale.
Liquidation  proceeds are applied to the borrower's outstanding obligation under
the finance contract and loss deficiency claims under the VSI Policy and  Credit
Endorsement are then filed. See ' -- Insurance.'
 
INSURANCE
 
     Each  finance contract  requires the  borrower to  obtain comprehensive and
collision insurance  with  respect to  the  related financed  vehicle  with  the
Company  named as a loss  payee. The Company relies  on a written representation
from the selling dealer and independently  verifies that a borrower in fact  has
such  insurance in  effect when  it purchases  contracts. Each  finance contract
acquired by the Company is  covered from the moment of  its purchase by the  VSI
Policy,  including the Credit Endorsement. The VSI Policy has been issued to the
Company by Interstate Fire &  Casualty Company ('Interstate'). Interstate is  an
indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Fireman's Fund Insurance Company.
 
     Physical  Damage and  Loss Coverage.  The Company  initially relies  on the
requirement, set forth in its underwriting criteria, that each borrower maintain
adequate levels  of physical  damage loss  coverage on  the respective  financed
vehicles.  LSE tracks the  physical damage insurance  of borrowers, and contacts
borrowers in  the event  of a  lapse in  coverage or  inadequate  documentation.
Moreover,  LSE  is obligated,  as servicer,  subject  to certain  conditions and
exclusions, to assist the processing of claims under the VSI Policy.  Interstate
will  insure each financed vehicle securing a  contract against: (i) all risk of
physical loss or damage from any  external cause to financed vehicles which  the
Company  holds as collateral; (ii) any direct loss which the Company may sustain
by unintentionally  failing to  record or  file the  instrument evidencing  each
contract with the proper public officer or public office, or by failing to cause
the  proper public  officer or public  office to show  the Company's encumbrance
thereon, if such  instrument is a  certificate of title;  (iii) any direct  loss
sustained  during the term of  the VSI Policy by reason  of the inability of the
Company to locate the  borrower, the related financed  vehicle, or by reason  of
confiscation  of the financed vehicle by a  public officer or public office; and
(iv) all  risk  of  physical  loss  or damage  from  any  external  cause  to  a
repossessed financed vehicle for a period of 60 days while such financed vehicle
is (subject to certain exceptions) held by or being repossessed by the Company.
 
     The physical damage provisions of the VSI Policy generally provide coverage
for  losses sustained on the value of  the financed vehicle securing a contract,
but in no event is the coverage to exceed: (i) the cost to repair or replace the
financed vehicle with material  of like kind and  quality; (ii) the actual  cash
value of the financed vehicle at the date of loss, less its salvage value; (iii)
the  unpaid balance of the  contract; (iv) $40,000 per  financed vehicle (or, in
the case of losses or damage sustained on repossessed financed vehicles, $25,000
per   occurrence);   or   (v)    the   lesser   of    the   amounts   due    the
 
                                       38
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Company  under clauses (i)  through (iv) above,  less any amounts  due under all
other valid insurance on the damaged financed vehicle less its salvage value. No
assurance can be given  that the insurance will  cover the amount financed  with
respect to a financed vehicle.
 
     All  claim settlements for physical damage and loss coverage are subject to
a $500 deductible per loss.  There is no aggregate  limitation or other form  of
cap on the number of claims under the VSI Policy. Coverage on a financed vehicle
is  for the term of  the related contract and  is noncancellable. The VSI Policy
requires that,  prior  to  filing a  claim,  a  reasonable attempt  be  made  to
repossess  the financed vehicle and, in the case of claims on skip losses, every
professional effort  be made  to locate  the financed  vehicle and  the  related
borrower.
 
     Credit  Deficiency  Endorsement. In  addition to  physical damage  and loss
coverage, the  VSI Policy  contains  a Credit  Endorsement which  provides  that
Interstate  shall indemnify  the Company  for certain  losses incurred  due to a
deficiency balance following  the repossession and  resale of financed  vehicles
securing  defaulted finance contracts eligible  for coverage. Coverage under the
Credit Endorsement is  strictly conditioned upon  the Company's maintaining  and
adhering   to  the  credit  underwriting  criteria   set  forth  in  the  Credit
Endorsement. Losses on each eligible contract are covered in an amount equal  to
the deficiency balance resulting from the Net Payoff Balance less the sum of (i)
the  Actual  Cash Value  of  the financed  vehicle  plus (ii)  the  total amount
recoverable  from  all  other  applicable  insurance,  including  refunds   from
cancelable add-on products. The maximum coverage under the Credit Endorsement is
$15,000 per contract.
 
     'Actual  Cash Value' for the purposes of the Credit Endorsement only, means
the greater of (i) the price for  which the subject financed vehicle is sold  or
(ii)  the wholesale  market value at  the time of  the loss as  determined by an
automobile guide approved by  Interstate applicable to the  region in which  the
financed vehicle is sold.
 
     'Net  Payoff Balance' for the purposes of the Credit Endorsement, means the
outstanding principal  balance  as  of  the default  date  plus  late  fees  and
corresponding  interest no more  than 90 days  after the date  of default. In no
event shall Net Payoff  Balance include non-approved  fees, taxes, penalties  or
assessments  included in the original  instrument, or repossession, disposition,
collection, remarketing expenses and fees or taxes incurred.
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
     Management believes that  a high  level of real-time  information flow  and
analysis  is essential to manage the Company's informational and reporting needs
and to maintain the Company's competitive position. As stated above, the Company
has contracted with a third party servicer, LSE, to provide data processing  for
the  Company's portfolio of finance  contracts. LSE provides on-line information
processing services with  terminals located  in the Company's  offices that  are
connected to LSE's main computer center in Dallas.
 
     In  addition,  management  uses  customized  reports,  with  a  download of
information to personal computers, to issue investor reports and to analyze  the
Company's   finance  contract  portfolio  on   a  monthly  basis.  The  system's
flexibility  allows  the  Company  to  achieve  productivity  improvements  with
enhanced  data access.  Management believes  that it  has sufficient  systems in
place to permit significant growth  in the Company's finance contract  portfolio
without  the need for  material additional investment  in management information
systems.
 
FUNDING/SECURITIZATION OF FINANCE CONTRACTS
 
     Warehouse Credit Facilities. The Company  obtains a substantial portion  of
its  working capital for the acquisition  of finance contracts through warehouse
credit facilities. Under  a warehouse  facility, generally  the lender  advances
amounts  requested  by the  borrower on  a  periodic basis,  up to  an aggregate
maximum credit limit  for the  facility, for  the acquisition  and servicing  of
finance  contracts or other similar assets. Until proceeds from a securitization
transaction are used to pay down outstanding advances, as principal payments are
received on the finance contracts, the  principal amount of the advances may  be
paid  down  incrementally or  reinvested in  additional  finance contracts  on a
revolving basis.
 
     At March 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $348,000 outstanding under
the $10.0 million Sentry Facility, which expires on July 31, 1998. The  proceeds
from borrowings under the Sentry Facility
 
                                       39
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
are  used to acquire finance contracts, to pay credit default insurance premiums
and to  make deposits  to a  reserve account  with Sentry.  The Company  pays  a
utilization  fee of  up to  0.21% per month  on the  average outstanding balance
under the Sentry Facility. The Sentry Facility also requires the Company to  pay
up  to 0.62%  per quarter  on the  average unused  balance. Interest  is payable
monthly and  accrues  at  a per  annum  rate  of prime  plus  1.75%  (which  was
approximately 10.25% at March 31, 1996).
 
     The  Sentry  Facility  contains  certain  conditions  and  imposes  certain
requirements, including, among other things, minimum net worth and cash and cash
equivalent balances  in the  reserve  account. Under  the Sentry  Facility,  the
Company paid interest of $412,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. In April
1996,  the Company agreed to  pay a commitment fee  of $700,000 under the Sentry
Facility. The Sentry Facility is cross-collateralized to the Company's guarantee
of the Sentry Working Capital Line. See 'Certain Transactions.'
 
     On May 22, 1996 the  Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary  AutoBond
Funding  Corporation  II, entered  into  the Providian  Facility,  which expires
December 15, 1996. The proceeds from the borrowings under the Providian Facility
are to be  used to acquire  finance contracts, to  pay credit default  insurance
premiums  and to make deposits to a reserve account. Interest is payable monthly
with a delay of  15 days and  accrues at a  per annum rate  of LIBOR plus  2.60%
(which  was 8.0375%  when initially determined  on May 17,  1996). The Providian
Facility also requires the Company  to pay a monthly  fee on the average  unused
balance  at a per annum  rate of 0.25%. Borrowings  under the Providian Facility
are  rated  investment-grade  by  a  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organization.  The Providian  Facility contains  certain conditions  and imposes
certain requirements  similar  to  those  in  the  agreements  relating  to  the
Company's  existing securitizations  including, among  other things, delinquency
and default triggers.
 
     The Company's wholly-owned  subsidiary, AutoBond Funding  entered into  the
Nomura  Facility, pursuant to a credit agreement dated as of June 16, 1995, with
a final maturity  date of June  16, 2005.  This facility was  terminated at  the
lender's  option, and  no new  advances were  made after  February 6,  1996. The
Nomura Facility  provided for  advances  to AutoBond  Funding  up to  a  maximum
aggregate  principal  amount  of $25  million,  for the  acquisition  of finance
contracts. On  March  29,  1996,  the remaining  total  outstanding  balance  of
advances  of  $9.0  million, and  interest  of  $89,000, were  paid  by AutoBond
Funding. As of March 31, 1996 no  advances were outstanding with respect to  the
Nomura Facility.
 
     Securitization Program. The periodic securitization of finance contracts is
an  integral part of the Company's  business. Securitizations enable the Company
to monetize its assets and redeploy  its capital resources and warehouse  credit
facilities  for  the  purchase of  additional  finance contracts.  To  date, the
Company has completed two securitizations involving approximately $42.8  million
in aggregate principal amount of finance contracts.
 
     In  its  securitization transactions,  the Company  sells pools  of finance
contracts to  a  special  purpose  subsidiary,  which  then  sells  the  finance
contracts  to  a trust  in  exchange for  cash  and certain  retained beneficial
interests in the trust.  The trust issues two  classes of fixed income  investor
certificates: Class A Certificates which are sold to investors, generally at par
with a fixed coupon, and subordinated excess spread certificates (representing a
senior  interest in excess  spread cash flows from  the finance contracts) which
are typically  retained by  the Company's  securitization subsidiary  and  which
collateralize  borrowings on a non-recourse basis. The Company also funds a cash
reserve account that provides  credit support to the  Class A Certificates.  The
Company's  securitization subsidiaries also retain  an interest in the contracts
that is  subordinate to  the  interest of  the investor  certificateholder.  The
retained  interests entitle the Company to receive the future excess spread cash
flows from the trust after payment  to investors, absorption of losses, if  any,
that arise from defaults on the transferred finance contracts and payment of the
other expenses and obligations of the trust.
 
     Securitization transactions impact the Company's liquidity primarily in two
ways.  First,  the application  of proceeds  toward  payment of  the outstanding
advances on warehouse credit facilities makes additional borrowing available, to
the extent  of such  proceeds, under  those facilities  for the  acquisition  of
additional  finance contracts.  Second, additional  working capital  is obtained
through  the  Company's   practice  of  borrowing,   through  the  issuance   of
non-recourse  debt, against  the value  of the  senior interest  in the retained
excess spread.
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Upon each  securitization,  the  Company recognizes  the  sale  of  finance
contracts  and records a gain or loss in  an amount which takes into account the
amounts expected  to be  received as  a result  of its  retained interests.  See
'Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Revenues -- Gain on Sale of Finance Contracts.' At March 31, 1996,
the Company held  excess servicing  receivables of  $6.0 million,  a portion  of
which had been pledged to secure notes payable of $4.5 million.
 
     If the Company were unable to securitize contracts in a financial reporting
period,  the Company would incur a significant decline in total revenues and net
income or  report  a  loss for  such  period.  If the  Company  were  unable  to
securitize  its contracts and  did not have  sufficient credit available, either
under its warehouse credit facilities or  from other sources, the Company  would
have  to sell  portions of  its portfolio directly  to investors  or curtail its
finance contract  acquisition activities.  See 'Risk  Factors --  Dependence  on
Securitization  Transactions'  and  'Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and   Capital
Resources.'
 
     When  the Company securitizes finance contracts, it repays a portion of its
outstanding warehouse  indebtedness, making  such portion  available for  future
borrowing.  As  finance  contract  volume  increases,  the  Company  expects  to
securitize its assets  at least quarterly,  although there can  be no  assurance
that the Company will be able to do so.
 
     The  securitization trust  agreements and  the servicing  agreement contain
certain events of administrator termination, the occurrence of which entitle the
trustee to  terminate  the  Company's  right to  act  as  collection  agent  and
administrator.  Events  of administrator  termination  include: (i)  defaults in
payment obligations under the trust agreements; (ii) unremedied defaults in  the
performance  of  certain  terms or  covenants  under the  trust  agreements, the
servicing agreements  or related  documents; (iii)  the institution  of  certain
bankruptcy  or  liquidation  proceedings  against  the  Company;  (iv)  material
breaches by the Company of representations  and warranties made by it under  the
servicing  agreements and the sale agreements pursuant  to which it has sold the
securitized finance contracts; (v) the occurrence of a trigger event whereby the
ratio of delinquent finance contracts to total securitized finance contracts for
each transaction exceeds the percentage  set forth in the servicing  agreements;
(vi)  a  material  adverse change  in  the consolidated  financial  condition or
operations of  the Company,  or the  occurrence of  any event  which  materially
adversely  affects the  collectibility of a  material amount  of the securitized
finance contracts  or which  materially  adversely affects  the ability  of  the
Company  to collect a material amount of  the finance contracts or to perform in
all material  respects its  obligations under  the servicing  agreements,  trust
agreements and related documents; or (vii) any of the rating agencies rating the
securitization  transactions determines that the Company's serving as collection
agent under the servicing agreement  would prevent such agency from  maintaining
the required ratings on such transactions, or would result in such transactions'
being placed on negative review, suspension or downgrade.
 
     The  trust agreements contain amortization events, the occurrence of any of
which may affect  the Company's  rights to receive  payments in  respect of  the
future  excess spread  cash flows  otherwise payable  to it  until principal and
interest payments due the holders of all investor certificates are paid in full.
Such amortization events include: (i) defaults in certain payments or repurchase
obligations  under  the  trust  agreements;  (ii)  unremedied  defaults  in  the
performance   of  any  covenants   or  terms  of  the   trust  agreements  by  a
securitization  subsidiary;  (iii)  the  occurrence  of  certain  bankruptcy  or
insolvency  events  of  a securitization  subsidiary;  (iv)  unremedied material
breaches of representations  or warranties of  a securitization subsidiary;  (v)
occurrence  of  an  event  of  administrator  termination;  (vi)  failure  of  a
securitization  subsidiary  to  transfer  certain  required  amounts  of  unpaid
principal balance of finance contracts to each securitization trust or to retain
the  resulting  shortfall  in  the collection  accounts;  (vii)  failure  of any
transfer under  the trust  agreements  to create,  or  failure of  any  investor
certificates  to  evidence,  a  valid  and  perfected  first  priority undivided
ownership or security interest in the pool of securitized finance contracts  and
related   collateral;  (viii)  failure  of  the  Company  to  own,  directly  or
indirectly, 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of any securitization
subsidiary; (ix) entry of unpaid and unstayed judgments aggregating in excess of
$25,000 are entered against any securitization subsidiary; or (x) occurrence  of
a 'change in control' with respect to the Company.
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
 
     The  sub-prime  credit  market  is highly  fragmented,  consisting  of many
national, regional and local competitors, and is characterized by relative  ease
of  entry and the recent  arrival of a number  of well capitalized publicly-held
competitors.  Existing  and   potential  competitors  include   well-established
financial  institutions, such as banks, savings and loans, small loan companies,
industrial thrifts, leasing  companies and  captive finance  companies owned  by
automobile  manufacturers and others.  Many of these  financial organizations do
not consistently solicit business  in the sub-prime  credit market. The  Company
believes  that captive finance companies generally focus their marketing efforts
on  this  market  only  when  inventory  control  and/or  production  scheduling
requirements  of  their parent  organizations dictate  a  need to  enhance sales
volumes and exit the market once  such sales volumes are satisfied. The  Company
also  believes  that  increased regulatory  oversight  and  capital requirements
imposed  by  market  conditions  and  governmental  agencies  have  limited  the
activities  of many banks and savings and  loans in the sub-prime credit market.
In many cases, those organizations electing to remain in the automobile  finance
business   have  migrated  toward  higher  credit  quality  customers  to  allow
reductions in their overhead cost structures.
 
     As a result, the sub-prime credit  market is primarily serviced by  smaller
finance organizations that solicit business when and to the extent their capital
resources  permit. The Company  believes no one  of its competitors  or group of
competitors has a  dominant presence in  the market. The  Company's strategy  is
designed to capitalize on the market's relative lack of major national financing
sources.  Nonetheless,  several  of  these  competitors  have  greater financial
resources than the  Company and may  have a significantly  lower cost of  funds.
Many  of these competitors also have long-standing relationships with automobile
dealerships and  may  offer  dealerships  or  their  customers  other  forms  of
financing  or services not provided by the Company. Furthermore, during the past
two years,  a  number of  automobile  finance companies  have  completed  public
offerings  of common stock,  the proceeds of  which are being  used, at least in
part, to fund expansion  and finance increased  purchases of finance  contracts.
The   Company's  ability  to  compete  successfully  depends  largely  upon  its
relationships with  dealerships  and the  willingness  of dealerships  to  offer
finance  contracts to the Company that meet the Company's underwriting criteria.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue successfully
in the markets it serves.
 
REGULATION
 
     The Company's business is subject to regulation and licensing under various
federal, state and  local statutes and  regulations. As of  March 31, 1996,  the
Company's  business  operations were  conducted with  dealers located  in eleven
states, and, accordingly,  the laws and  regulations of such  states govern  the
Company's  operations.  Most states  where the  Company  operates (i)  limit the
interest rates, fees  and other  charges that may  be imposed  by, or  prescribe
certain  other terms  of, the finance  contracts that the  Company purchases and
(ii) define the Company's rights to repossess and sell collateral. In  addition,
the  Company is  required to  be licensed or  registered to  conduct its finance
operations in certain states in  which the Company purchases finance  contracts.
As  the Company expands its operations into other states, it will be required to
comply with the laws of such states.
 
     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantive disclosure requirements  upon lenders and servicers  involved
in  automobile financing. Some  of the federal laws  and regulations include the
Truth-in-Lending Act,  the  Equal  Credit Opportunity  Act,  the  Federal  Trade
Commission  Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the
Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the  Federal
Reserve  Board's Regulations B and Z and the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
Act.
 
     In  addition,  the   Federal  Trade  Commission   ('FTC')  has  adopted   a
holder-in-due-course  rule  which  has  the effect  of  subjecting  persons that
finance consumer  credit transactions  (and certain  related lenders  and  their
assignees)  to all claims and defenses  which the purchaser could assert against
the seller  of  the  goods  and  services.  With  respect  to  used  automobiles
specifically,  the FTC's Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles requires that all sellers
of used automobiles prepare, complete and display a Buyer's Guide which explains
the warranty coverage for  such automobiles. The Credit  Practices Rules of  the
FTC  impose  additional restrictions  on  sales contract  provisions  and credit
practices.
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Company  believes  that  it  is  in  substantial  compliance  with  all
applicable  material  laws  and  regulations. Adverse  changes  in  the  laws or
regulations to which the Company's business is subject, or in the interpretation
thereof, could have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business.  In
addition,  due  to the  consumer-oriented nature  of the  industry in  which the
Company operates and  the unclear application  of various truth-in-lending  laws
and  regulations  to  certain products  offered  by companies  in  the industry,
industry participants are sometimes named as defendants in litigation  involving
alleged  violations of federal and state  consumer lending or other similar laws
and regulation.  A  significant  judgment  against the  Company  or  within  the
industry  in connection with any litigation could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
     In the event of default by a borrower under a finance contract, the Company
is entitled  to exercise  the remedies  of  a secured  party under  the  Uniform
Commercial  Code ('UCC'). The UCC remedies of  a secured party include the right
to repossession by self-help means, unless such means would constitute a  breach
of  the peace. Unless  the borrower voluntarily  surrenders a vehicle, self-help
repossession by  an independent  repossession agent  engaged by  the Company  is
usually employed by the Company when a borrower defaults. Self-help repossession
is  accomplished by retaking possession of the vehicle. If a breach of the peace
is likely to occur,  or if applicable  state law so  requires, the Company  must
obtain  a court order from the appropriate state court and repossess the vehicle
in accordance with that order. None of the states in which the Company presently
does business has any law  that would require the Company,  in the absence of  a
probable  breach of  the peace, to  obtain a  court order before  it attempts to
repossess a vehicle.
 
     In most jurisdictions, the UCC and other state laws require a secured party
to provide an obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of  any
public  sale or the date after which any private sale of collateral may be held.
Unless the  obligor  waives  his  rights after  default,  the  obligor  in  most
circumstances  has a right to redeem the  collateral prior to actual sale (i) by
paying the  secured  party  all  unpaid installments  on  the  obligation,  plus
reasonable  expenses for repossessing, holding  and preparing the collateral for
disposition and arranging for its  sale, plus in some jurisdictions,  reasonable
attorneys'  fees or (ii)  in some states,  by paying the  secured party past-due
installments. Repossessed vehicles are generally  resold by the Company  through
wholesale auctions which are attended principally by dealers.
 
LITIGATION
 
     The  Company is currently not a  party to any material litigation, although
it is involved from time to time in routine litigation incident to its business.
 
PROPERTIES AND FACILITIES
 
     The Company's headquarters are located in approximately 18,900 square  feet
of  leased space at  301 Congress Avenue,  Austin, Texas, for  a monthly rent of
$22,838. The  lease  for such  facility  expires  in June  1998.  The  Company's
headquarters contain the Company's executive offices as well as those related to
automobile  finance  contract  acquisition.  In  addition,  the  Company  leases
approximately 520 square feet of office space at 1010 Woodman Drive, Suite  240,
Dayton,  Ohio, for its midwest  regional marketing office at  a rent of $550 per
month. The lease for the Ohio facility expires on February 28, 1998.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of March 31, 1996,  the Company employed 60  persons, none of which  was
covered  by a  collective bargaining  agreement. The  Company believes  that its
relationship with its employees is satisfactory.
 
                                       43


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The  directors, director designees  and executive officers  of the Company,
their respective  ages and  their  present positions  with  the Company  are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                      AGE                         POSITION
- ------------------------------------------   ---   -----------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                          <C>   <C>
William O. Winsauer(1)....................   36    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and
                                                     Director
Adrian Katz...............................   31    Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Operating
                                                     Officer and Director
Charley A. Pond...........................   50    President
John S. Winsauer(1).......................   33    Secretary and Director
William J. Stahl..........................   47    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John T. Dibble............................   52    Vice President -- Operations
Robert G. Barfield........................   42    Vice President -- Marketing
Alan E. Pazdernik.........................   56    Vice President -- Credit
Robert R. Giese...........................   56    Vice President -- Collections
Robert S. Kapito..........................   39    Director Designee(2)
Manuel A. Gonzalez........................   45    Director Designee(2)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Messrs. William and John Winsauer are brothers.
 
(2) Each  Director  Designee has  consented to  become a  Director on  or before
    completion of the Offering.
 
     The number  of Directors  on the  Board will  be fixed  at seven,  and  the
Company   intends  to  designate  the  sixth  and  seventh  Directors  prior  to
consummation of the  Offering. Directors  serve for annual  terms. Officers  are
elected by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board.
 
MANAGEMENT BACKGROUND
 
William O. Winsauer, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
     Mr.  Winsauer  has  been  Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since  its formation in 1993. Mr. Winsauer  has
been  involved  in arranging  and developing  various  sources of  financing for
sub-prime finance contracts since 1989. Mr.  Winsauer was the founder of ABI  in
1989  and has been the President and  sole shareholder of that company since its
founding. ABI  has no  material  current operations  other  than to  manage  its
investments  in ABI-sponsored securitizations.  In the late  1980s, Mr. Winsauer
began selling  whole  loan  packages  of contracts  originated  by  the  Gillman
Companies,  a large dealership group based in Houston, Texas and worked with his
brother, John S.  Winsauer, in certain  of the transactions  placed through  The
Westcap  Corporation in 1991  and 1992. Subsequently,  Mr. Winsauer was directly
responsible for initiating, negotiating, coordinating and completing a number of
transactions involving the  issuance of  over $235  million of  both public  and
private   asset-backed  securities   backed  by   sub-prime  automobile  finance
contracts, $190 million of which were  sponsored by ABI. Mr. Winsauer was  among
the  first  individuals  to be  involved  in  the structuring  and  marketing of
securitization transactions involving sub-prime finance contracts.
 
Adrian Katz, Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and Director
 
     Mr. Katz joined the Company in November 1995 and was elected Vice  Chairman
of  the Board  of Directors  and appointed  Chief Operating  Officer in December
1995. Immediately  prior  to that,  from  February 1995  he  was employed  as  a
managing  director  at  Smith  Barney,  Inc.  (a  broker/dealer),  where  he was
responsible   for   structuring   asset-backed,   commercial   and   residential
mortgage-backed  securities. From  1989 through 1994,  Mr. Katz  was employed by
Prudential Securities Incorporated (a
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
broker/dealer), where he was appointed a managing director in 1992 and where  he
served   as  a  co-head  of  the   Mortgage  and  Asset  Capital  Division  with
corresponding sales, trading, banking and research management  responsibilities.
From  1985 to 1989, Mr. Katz worked  for The First Boston Corporation developing
software and managing the structuring of new securitizations. Mr. Katz has  been
involved  in the  sale and financing  through securitization  of consumer assets
since 1985.
 
Charley A. Pond, President
 
     Mr. Pond  joined  the Company  in  January 1996  as  its President  and  is
responsible  for various day-to-day operations of the Company. From June 1995 to
November 1995,  Mr.  Pond  served  as President  of  AutoLend  Group,  Inc.,  an
automobile  finance company. Prior to  that, from August 1989  to June 1995, Mr.
Pond served Mercury Finance Company, an automobile finance company, as its  Vice
President  and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to his tenure at Mercury, Mr. Pond
was involved  with the  corporate finance  divisions of  several New  York-based
banks.
 
John S. Winsauer, Secretary and Director
 
     Mr.  Winsauer has served as  Secretary and a Director  of the Company since
October 1995. In addition,  Mr. Winsauer has been  a shareholder of the  Company
since  June  1993. Mr.  Winsauer's  primary responsibilities  have  included the
development and  implementation of  the  Company's computer  and  communications
systems.  From February  1993 until present,  Mr. Winsauer has  been employed by
Amherst  Securities  Group  (a   broker/dealer  previously  known  as   USArbour
Financial) as a Senior Vice President, prior to which he served as a Senior Vice
President  of  The  Westcap Corporation  (a  broker/dealer) from  1990  to 1992.
Between 1991  and  1992, in  his  position  with The  Westcap  Corporation,  Mr.
Winsauer  participated  in the  successful marketing  of whole-loan  packages of
finance contracts placed by the Gillman Companies.
 
William J. Stahl, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
     Mr. Stahl joined the Company in March 1995 as its Vice President and  Chief
Financial  Officer. From 1991 to March 1995, Mr. Stahl was Senior Vice President
and Director of  the financial strategies  group of The  Westcap Corporation,  a
broker/dealer   which   specialized  in   structured  investment   products  for
institutional investors. Mr. Stahl  is a CPA  with approximately thirteen  years
experience  in public accounting,  including six years  as a partner  in his own
firm. In addition,  Mr. Stahl has  ten years experience  with broker/dealers  of
fixed income investments as a financial analyst.
 
John T. Dibble, Vice President -- Operations
 
     Mr.  Dibble joined the Company in May  1994 as Vice President -- Operations
to manage  its underwriting  and servicing  functions. From  1990 to  1994,  Mr.
Dibble  was a Vice President with First  Interstate Bank of Texas overseeing the
collection department for the  Consumer Loan Division,  and was responsible  for
the  centralization  of  all  collection functions  for  the  bank's  network of
branches in Texas. From 1982 to 1989, he served in various management capacities
with Citicorp Acceptance, including portfolio  analysis and control, credit  and
collections, pricing and financial reporting. Mr. Dibble started his career with
Ford  Motor Credit Co., where he worked from 1969 to 1980, and has approximately
20 years of experience in various aspects of automotive sales finance management
and administration.
 
Robert G. Barfield, Vice President -- Marketing
 
     Mr. Barfield joined the Company in  1994 as Regional Marketing Manager  and
was  promoted to his present position in February 1995. Previously, Mr. Barfield
was the finance  director at Archer  Motor Co. (an  automobile dealership)  from
August  1993 to September  1994. Mr. Barfield  was General Manager  of the Gullo
Auto Center (an  automobile dealership) from  March 1992 to  August 1993 and  he
served  as General  Sales Manager  to Charlie  Thomas Auto  World (an automobile
dealership) from  January 1990  to March  1992. Mr.  Barfield has  eleven  years
experience working in the automotive finance industry.
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Alan E. Pazdernik, Vice President -- Credit
 
     Mr.   Pazdernik   joined   the   Company   in   September   1995   as  Vice
President --  Credit.  From  October  1991 until  he  joined  the  Company,  Mr.
Pazdernik was employed as Credit Manager by E-Z Plan, Inc., a company he created
to handle the internal financing of sub-prime automobile paper. Prior to October
1991,  Mr.  Pazdernik  served over  18  years  as the  Director  of  Finance and
Insurance Operations  for Red  McCombs  Automotive (an  automobile  dealership),
handling  the credit, collection, and  finance contract administration functions
for a $70  million portfolio  of automobile  finance contracts.  In his  present
capacity  with  the  Company,  Mr.  Pazdernik  manages  the  credit  and funding
departments, and has been involved in  the Company's efforts to increase  market
share in the San Antonio area.
 
Robert R. Giese, Vice President -- Collections
 
     Mr.    Giese    joined    the    Company   in    April    1994    as   Vice
President -- Collections. From 1984 to  April 1994, he served as Vice  President
in  Retail  Credit  Administration with  First  Interstate Bank  of  Texas, with
responsibility for controlling the performance of the consumer loan portfolio in
Texas. Mr.  Giese  has more  than  30 years  experience  in sales,  finance  and
banking,  including  management  experience  coordinating  credit  underwriting,
collections,  asset  disposal,  centralized  loss  recovery  and  loan   workout
functions.  His experience in sales, credit and collections supports the Company
in its management of delinquency and loss performance.
 
Robert S. Kapito -- Director Designee
 
     Mr. Kapito has been nominated and has agreed to serve as a Director of  the
Company  upon the consummation of  the offering. Since May  1990, Mr. Kapito has
been Vice Chairman  of BlackRock  Financial Management,  an investment  advisory
firm  ('BlackRock'). Mr. Kapito is a  member of BlackRock's Management Committee
and Investment Strategy Committee and Co-Head of the Portfolio Management Group.
Mr. Kapito also serves as Vice President for BlackRock's family of mutual  funds
and  for the Smith Barney Adjustable Rate Government Income Fund. Mr. Kapito has
also served since May 1987 as President of the Board of Directors of  Periwinkle
National Theatre.
 
Manuel A. Gonzalez -- Director Designee
 
     Mr.  Gonzalez has been nominated  and has agreed to  serve as a Director of
the Company  upon the  consummation  of the  Offering.  From September  1993  to
December 1994, Mr. Gonzalez was Executive Vice President of the Company and ABI.
Mr.  Gonzalez is  currently Dealer  Principal/Owner of  NorthPoint Pontiac Buick
GMC, an automobile dealership located in Kingwood, Texas. Since March 1991,  Mr.
Gonzalez  has been President of Equifirst Financial Services, Inc., a consulting
firm specializing in the automobile dealership industry. From 1988 through 1990,
Mr. Gonzalez was  Chief Financial Officer  for the Gillman  Companies, prior  to
which  he served as a Vice President at  First City Bank, Texas where he managed
the banking relationships of a large number of automobile dealers.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     Prior to consummation of  the Offering, the Board  of Directors shall  have
established a Compensation Committee and an Audit Committee comprised of outside
directors.  The Company's  bylaws provide  that each  such committee  shall have
three or more members, who serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
 
     The Compensation Committee will be responsible for administering  incentive
grants  under the Company's incentive stock  option plan (the 'Option Plan') and
reviewing and making recommendations to the  Board of Directors with respect  to
the  administration of the salaries, bonuses and other compensation of executive
officers, including  the terms  and conditions  of their  employment, and  other
compensation matters.
 
     The  Audit Committee will be responsible  for making recommendations to the
Board concerning  the  engagement  of the  Company's  independent  auditors  and
consulting  with independent auditors concerning the audit plan and, thereafter,
concerning the auditors' report and management letter.
 
                                       46
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth the  cash compensation paid by the  Company,
as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued, for the fiscal year ended
December  31, 1995  to the  Company's Chief Executive  Officer, and  each of the
other four most highly compensated executive officers of the Company:
 
                        1995 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                                                                                    OTHER ANNUAL
                   NAME AND PRESENT POSITION                       TOTAL      SALARY      BONUS     COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   --------    -------    -------    ------------
 
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
William O. Winsauer ...........................................   $      0(1) $     0    $     0      $      0(1)
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Robert G. Barfield ............................................    107,675     75,500     32,175             0
  Vice President -- Marketing
Adrian Katz ...................................................     94,492     18,750          0        75,742(2)
  Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer
John T. Dibble ................................................     95,520     90,000      5,520             0
  Vice President -- Operations
William J. Stahl ..............................................     85,000     85,000          0             0
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Although Mr. Winsauer received no compensation  in the fiscal year 1995,  he
    received  loans from  the Company in  the aggregate amount  of $132,359. See
    'Certain Transactions.'
 
(2) Stated value of compensation in the form of stock issuance.
 
     Under the  Company's  compensation  structure for  fiscal  1996,  the  five
highest  paid officers will  be as follows (annual  base salary in parentheses):
William  O.  Winsauer  ($240,000);  Charley  A.  Pond  ($180,000);  Adrian  Katz
($150,000); William J. Stahl ($120,000); and John S. Winsauer ($120,000).
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     Messrs.  William  Winsauer,  Katz  and Pond  have  entered  into employment
agreements with the Company on substantially the following terms:
 
     William O. Winsauer. Mr. Winsauer entered into an employment agreement with
the Company dated May 1, 1996. Under  the terms of this agreement, Mr.  Winsauer
has  agreed to serve as  Chief Executive Officer of the  Company for a period of
five years and, during such time, to devote his full business time and attention
to the business of the Company.  The agreement provides for compensation of  Mr.
Winsauer  at a  base salary  of $240,000  per annum,  which may  be increased or
decreased from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board, but in no event
less than $240,000 per annum. The agreement entitles Mr. Winsauer to receive the
benefits of any cash incentive  compensation as may be  granted by the Board  to
employees,  and  to  participate  in  any  executive  bonus  or  incentive  plan
established by the Board from time to time.
 
     The agreement provides Mr. Winsauer with additional benefits including  (i)
the right to participate in the Company's medical benefit plan, (ii) entitlement
to benefits under the Company's executive disability insurance coverage, (iii) a
monthly  automobile allowance  of $1,500  plus fees,  maintenance and insurance,
(iv) four weeks paid  vacation and (v) all  other benefits granted to  full-time
executive employees of the Company.
 
     The  agreement automatically terminates upon (i) the death of Mr. Winsauer,
(ii) disability of  Mr. Winsauer  which continues for  a period  of six  months,
following  expiration of such six months, (iii) termination of Mr. Winsauer 'for
cause' (which termination requires the vote of a majority of the Board) or  (iv)
the  occurrence of  the five-year expiration  date, provided,  however, that the
agreement may be extended for successive one-year intervals unless either  party
elects  to terminate the agreement  in a prior written  notice. Mr. Winsauer may
terminate his employment under the agreement for good reason as set forth below.
In the event  of Mr. Winsauer's  termination for cause,  the agreement  provides
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
that  the Company  shall pay Mr.  Winsauer his  base salary through  the date of
termination and the vested portion of  any incentive compensation plan to  which
Mr. Winsauer may be entitled.
 
     Mr.  Winsauer may  terminate his employment  under the  agreement for 'good
reason,' including: (i) removal of, or failure to re-elect Mr. Winsauer as Chief
Executive Officer; (ii) change in scope of responsibilities; (iii) reduction  in
salary;  (iv) relocation of the Company outside Austin, Texas; (v) breach by the
Company of the  agreement; (vi)  certain changes to  the Company's  compensation
plans;  (vii) failure to provide adequate insurance and pension benefits; (viii)
failure to obtain similar agreement from any successor or parent of the Company;
or (ix) termination of  Mr. Winsauer other than  by the procedures specified  in
the agreement.
 
     Other  than  following a  change in  control, and  upon termination  of Mr.
Winsauer in breach  of the  agreement or termination  by Mr.  Winsauer for  good
reason,  the Company must pay Mr. Winsauer: (i) his base salary through the date
of termination; (ii) a severance payment equal to the base salary multiplied  by
the  number of  years remaining under  the agreement;  and (iii) in  the case of
breach by the Company of the agreement, all other damages to which Mr.  Winsauer
may  be  entitled as  a result  of  such breach,  including lost  benefits under
retirement and incentive plans.
 
     In the event of Mr. Winsauer's  termination following a change in  control,
the  Company is required to pay Mr. Winsauer  an amount equal to three times the
sum of (i) his  base salary, (ii) his  annual management incentive  compensation
and  (iii) his planned level of  annual perquisites. The agreement also provides
for indemnification of Mr. Winsauer for any costs or liabilities incurred by Mr.
Winsauer in connection with his employment.
 
     Adrian Katz. Mr. Katz entered into an employment agreement with the Company
dated November 15, 1995. Under the terms of this agreement, Mr. Katz has  agreed
to  serve as  Vice Chairman  and Chief  Operating Officer  of the  Company for a
period of three years and,  during such time, to  devote his full business  time
and  attention to the business  of the Company. The  agreement grants Mr. Katz a
base salary of $12,500 per full calendar  month of service, which amount may  be
increased  from time to time at the  sole discretion of the Board. The agreement
terminates upon the death  of Mr. Katz.  In the event of  any disability of  Mr.
Katz which continues for a period of six months, the agreement may be terminated
by  the  Company  at the  expiration  of  such six-month  period.  The agreement
automatically terminates upon the discharge of Mr. Katz for cause.
 
     Mr. Katz  has  agreed  not to  disclose  certain  confidential  proprietary
information  of the Company to unauthorized  parties, except as required by law,
and to  hold such  information for  the benefit  of the  Company. The  agreement
contains  standard non-competition covenants whereby Mr.  Katz has agreed not to
conduct or  solicit business  with any  competitors or  clients of  the  Company
within  certain restricted geographic areas for  a period of two years following
the  termination  of  his  employment.  The  restriction  also  applies  to  the
solicitation  of any current or recent  employees of the Company. The restricted
areas include any territory within a 40-mile radius of an automobile  dealership
with  which the  Company has  done business  during the  term of  the agreement.
Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr. Katz received 568,750 shares of  the
Company's  Common  Stock on  January  1, 1996,  equal  to 10%  of  the Company's
outstanding shares of Common Stock following the issuance of such shares to  Mr.
Katz.
 
     Charley  A. Pond.  Mr. Pond entered  into an employment  agreement with the
Company dated February 15, 1996. Under the terms of this agreement, Mr. Pond has
agreed to serve as  President of the  Company for a period  of three years  and,
during such time, to devote his full business time and attention to the business
of the Company.
 
     The  agreement grants Mr. Pond  a base salary of  $15,000 per full calendar
month of service, which amount  may be increased from time  to time at the  sole
discretion  of the Board. In addition,  upon the Company's successful completion
of an initial public offering of its  common stock, the Company is obligated  to
pay  Mr. Pond a bonus of $90,000.  An additional performance bonus is payable to
Mr. Pond in the  event the Company  meets certain sales  and income targets  set
forth  in the agreement. Such bonus is equal  to $4,500 for each 10% increase in
the Company's sales or income over each of the specified targets. As an  officer
of  the Company, Mr. Pond  shall be entitled to  participate in its stock option
plan.
 
     The agreement terminates upon the  death of Mr. Pond.  In the event of  any
disability of Mr. Pond which continues for a period of six months, the agreement
may be terminated by the Company at the
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
expiration of such six-month period. The agreement automatically terminates upon
the  discharge of Mr. Pond for cause.  If Mr. Pond's employment with the Company
terminates prior to February 15, 1997 for any reason other than termination  for
cause  or voluntary termination by the employee, the Company is obligated to pay
Mr. Pond's salary for the remainder of the first year of the agreement.
 
     Mr. Pond  has  agreed  not to  disclose  certain  confidential  proprietary
information  of the Company to unauthorized  parties, except as required by law,
and to  hold such  information for  the benefit  of the  Company. The  agreement
contains  standard non-competition covenants whereby Mr.  Pond has agreed not to
conduct or  solicit business  with any  competitors or  clients of  the  Company
within  certain restricted geographic areas for  a period of two years following
the  termination  of  his  employment.  The  restriction  also  applies  to  the
solicitation  of any current or recent  employees of the Company. The restricted
areas include any territory within a 40-mile radius of any automobile dealership
with which the Company has done business during the term of the agreement.
 
OPTION PLAN
 
     Prior to  completion  of the  Offering,  management expects  the  Board  of
Directors  of  the Company  to  adopt and  the  shareholders of  the  Company to
approve, the  Company's proposed  1996 Stock  Option Plan  (the 'Option  Plan'),
under  which stock options  may be granted  to employees of  the Company and its
subsidiaries. The Option Plan permits the grant of stock options that qualify as
incentive stock options ('ISOs') under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue  Code
of  1986, as amended, and  nonqualified stock options ('NSOs'),  which do not so
qualify. The  Company will  authorize  and reserve  595,000  shares (8%  of  the
Company's   outstanding  shares  of  Common   Stock  without  giving  effect  to
outstanding warrants) for  issuance under  the Option  Plan. The  shares may  be
unissued  shares or treasury shares. If an  option expires or terminates for any
reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject  to
such  option will  again be available  for grant  under the Option  Plan. In the
event of certain corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations or other specified
corporate transactions affecting the Company or the Common Stock,  proportionate
adjustments shall be made to the number of shares available for grant and to the
number  of shares  and prices  under outstanding  option grants  made before the
event.
 
     The Option Plan will be administered  by the Compensation Committee of  the
Board  of Directors (the  'Committee'). Subject to the  limitations set forth in
the Option Plan,  the Committee has  the authority to  determine the persons  to
whom  options will be  granted, the time  at which options  will be granted, the
number of shares subject to each option, the exercise price of each option,  the
time  or times at which the options  will become exercisable and the duration of
the exercise  period. The  Committee may  provide for  the acceleration  of  the
exercise  period of an option  at any time prior to  its termination or upon the
occurrence of specified events, subject to  limitations set forth in the  Option
Plan.  Subject to the consent  of optionees, the Committee  has the authority to
cancel and replace  stock options previously  granted with new  options for  the
same  or a  different number  of shares  and having  a higher  or lower exercise
price, and may amend the terms of any outstanding stock option to provide for an
exercise price that is higher or lower than the current exercise price.
 
     All employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive a
grant of a stock option under the Option Plan, as selected by the Committee. The
exercise price of shares  of Common Stock subject  to options granted under  the
Option  Plan may not be less  than the fair market value  of the Common Stock on
the date of grant. Options granted  under the Option Plan will generally  become
vested  and exercisable over  a three-year period  in equal annual installments,
unless the Committee specifies a different vesting schedule. The maximum term of
options granted under the Option Plan is ten years from the date of grant.  ISOs
granted  to any employee who is a 10%  shareholder of the Company are subject to
special limitations relating to the exercise price and term of the options.  The
value  of Common Stock (determined at the time  of grant) that may be subject to
ISOs that become exercisable by any one  employee in any one year is limited  by
the Internal Revenue Code to $100,000. All options granted under the Option Plan
are  nontransferable  by  the  optionee, except  upon  the  optionee's  death in
accordance with his will or applicable law. In the event of an optionee's  death
or  permanent  and  total  disability,  outstanding  options  that  have  become
exercisable will remain exercisable for a period of one year, and the  Committee
will    have    the   discretion    to   determine    the   extent    to   which
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
any unvested options  shall become vested  and exercisable. In  the case of  any
other termination of employment, outstanding options that have previously become
vested will remain exercisable for a period of 90 days, except for a termination
'for  cause'  (as  defined),  in  which case  all  unexercised  options  will be
immediately forfeited. Under the Option Plan, the exercise price of an option is
payable in cash or,  in the discretion  of the Committee, in  Common Stock or  a
combination  of cash and  Common Stock. An optionee  must satisfy all applicable
tax withholding requirements at the time of exercise.
 
     In the event of  a 'change in  control' of the Company  (as defined in  the
Option  Plan)  each option  will  become fully  and  immediately vested  and the
optionee may surrender  the option and  receive, with respect  to each share  of
Common  Stock issuable under such option, a  payment in cash equal to the excess
of the fair  market value  of the  Common Stock  at the  time of  the change  in
control  over  the exercise  price  of the  option.  However, there  will  be no
acceleration of vesting and cash payment if the change in control is approved by
two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and provision
is made for the continuation or substitution of the options on equivalent terms.
 
     The Option Plan has a term of ten years, subject to earlier termination  or
amendment  by the Board of  Directors, and all options  granted under the Option
Plan prior to its termination remain outstanding until they have been  exercised
or are terminated in accordance with their terms. The Board may amend the Option
Plan  at  any time,  except that  shareholder approval  is required  for certain
amendments to  the  extent  necessary  for purposes  of  Rule  16b-3  under  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
     The grant of a stock option under the Option Plan will not generally result
in taxable income for the optionee, nor in a deductible compensation expense for
the Company, at the time of grant. The optionee will have no taxable income upon
exercising  an ISO (except that the alternative  minimum tax may apply), and the
Company will receive no deduction when  an ISO is exercised. Upon exercising  an
NSO, the optionee will recognize ordinary income in the amount by which the fair
market  value of the Common  Stock on the date  of exercise exceeds the exercise
price, and the Company will generally be entitled to a corresponding  deduction.
The  treatment of an  optionee's disposition of shares  of Common Stock acquired
upon the exercise of an option is  dependent upon the length of time the  shares
have  been held and whether such shares were acquired by exercising an ISO or an
NSO. Generally, there will  be no tax consequence  to the Company in  connection
with  the disposition of shares acquired under an option except that the Company
may be entitled to a deduction in  the case of a disposition of shares  acquired
upon  exercise  of an  ISO before  the  applicable ISO  holding period  has been
satisfied.
 
     The Committee will make  initial grants of stock  options under the  Option
Plan,  effective upon  the date  of the  Offering, to  certain of  the Company's
executive officers  and other  employees  to purchase  an aggregate  of  300,000
shares  of Common  Stock at  a per  share exercise  price equal  to the Offering
Price. Under this initial phase of the Option Plan, William O. Winsauer will  be
granted  options to  purchase a  total of 40,000  shares, and  John S. Winsauer,
Charley A. Pond and Adrian Katz will each be granted options to purchase  20,000
shares.  The remaining  options to  purchase 200,000  shares will  be granted to
other employees.  These  options  will  become vested  and  exercisable  over  a
three-year   period  in  equal  annual   installments  beginning  on  the  first
anniversary of the Offering date. The number of shares of Common Stock that  may
be  subject to options granted in the  future under the Option Plan to executive
officers and other employees of the Company is not determinable at this time.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     In return  for their  services to  the Company,  each of  the  non-employee
directors  will be compensated in the following manner: (i) an annual payment of
$5,000 cash; (ii) payment of $500 per meeting of the Board of Directors attended
and  $500  for   each  committee   meeting  attended   (plus  reimbursement   of
out-of-pocket  expenses); and  (iii) an option  to purchase 3,000  shares of the
Company's Common  Stock,  exercisable  at  the  initial  public  offering  price
hereunder,  on or after the  date commencing one year  following the date of the
Offering.
 
LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
     The Company's Articles  of Incorporation  provide that,  pursuant to  Texas
law,  no  director  of  the  Company  shall be  liable  to  the  Company  or its
shareholders for monetary damages for an act or
 
                                       50
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
omission in such director's capacity as a director except for (i) any breach  of
the  director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders, (ii) any act
or omission  not in  good faith  or that  involves intentional  misconduct or  a
knowing  violation of law, (iii) any transaction from which the director derived
an improper benefit, whether  or not the benefit  resulted from an action  taken
within  the scope of the director's office or (iv) any act or omission for which
the liability of a director is expressly provided for by statute. The effect  of
this provision in the Articles of Incorporation is to eliminate the right of the
Company  and its shareholders (through  shareholders' derivative suits on behalf
of the Company)  to recover monetary  damages against a  director for breach  of
fiduciary  duty as  a director (including  breaches resulting  from negligent or
grossly negligent behavior) except  in the situations  described in clauses  (i)
through  (iv) above. These provisions will not affect the liability of directors
under other laws, such as federal securities laws.
 
     Under Section 2.02-1 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, the Company can
indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities they may incur in  such
capacities,   subject  to   certain  limitations.  The   Company's  Articles  of
Incorporation provide that the Company will indemnify its directors and officers
to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     The following is a summary of certain transactions to which the Company was
or is a party and in which certain executive officers, directors or shareholders
of the Company had or have a  direct or indirect material interest. The  Company
believes that the terms contained in each of such transactions are comparable to
those  which could  have been  obtained by  the Company  from unaffiliated third
parties.
 
     William O. Winsauer entered into  a Secured Working Capital Loan  Agreement
dated as of July 31, 1995 (the 'Sentry Working Capital Line') with Sentry, which
provides  for a line of credit of up  to $2.25 million. Proceeds from the Sentry
Working Capital Line  were contributed to  the Company as  paid-in capital.  The
obligations of Mr. Winsauer under the Sentry Working Capital Line, including all
payment obligations, are guaranteed by the Company and its affiliate, ABI, whose
sole shareholder is William O. Winsauer, pursuant to a Working Capital Guarantee
and  Waiver dated as of July 31,  1995. All amounts outstanding under the Sentry
Working Capital Line  ($1,999,000 at March  31, 1996), along  with a payment  of
$89,000  made by the Company to Sentry in  April 1996 on behalf of Mr. Winsauer,
will be  paid from  the  sale of  shares  by William  Winsauer  as part  of  the
Offering. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
 
     During  1995, the  Company made  loans to William  O. Winsauer  and John S.
Winsauer in the amount  of $132,359 and $21,000,  respectively. As of March  31,
1996,  the outstanding amounts of these loans increased to $185,359 and $25,909,
respectively. Such loans bear no interest and have no repayment terms, but  will
be  repaid  out of  the proceeds  of the  sale  of Common  Stock by  the Selling
Shareholders in the Offering. To  date, the full amount  on each of these  loans
remains outstanding. See Note 10 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     The Company had net advances outstanding to ABI of $141,090 as of March 31,
1996,  which funds were utilized by ABI prior to 1996 to cover expenses incurred
in connection with the management of ABI's investments in securitization trusts.
The Company and ABI entered into a  management agreement dated as of January  1,
1996  (the  'ABI Management  Agreement') which  provides  for repayment  of such
advances together with interest at 10% per annum on or before May 31, 1998,  the
reimbursement  of  expenses incurred  on behalf  of  ABI and  for an  annual fee
payable by ABI  to the  Company for  services rendered  by it  or the  Company's
employees on behalf of ABI. The ABI Management Agreement states that the Company
shall provide the following management services for ABI on an ongoing basis: (i)
day-to-day  management  of  ABI's  portfolio  of  partnership  interests  in the
securitization trusts sponsored by ABI between 1992 and 1994, including  various
monitoring  and  reporting  functions; (ii)  certain  cash  management services,
including the advancing  of funds to  pay ABI's ordinary  business expenses  and
(iii) providing advice as to regulatory compliance. The ABI Management Agreement
also  provides that  the Company  will perform  certain accounting  functions on
behalf of ABI  including (i) maintenance  of financial books  and records,  (ii)
monitoring   of  cash  management  functions,  (iii)  preparation  of  financial
statements and  tax  returns  and  (iv)  providing  advice  in  connection  with
retention  of  independent accountants.  As  compensation for  services rendered
thereunder, the ABI Management Agreement provides that ABI shall pay the Company
an annual fee of $50,000, payable quarterly. In addition, the agreement provides
for the quarterly reimbursement of advances made by the Company of out-of-pocket
costs and expenses on behalf of ABI.
 
     The Company  entered  into  a  shareholders'  agreement  (the  'Shareholder
Agreement'), with Messrs. John and William Winsauer and Adrian Katz, dated as of
January 1, 1996. The Shareholder Agreement provides, among other things, that in
the  event any party to the  Shareholder Agreement, other than William Winsauer,
shall receive a bona fide offer to purchase  any or all of his shares of  Common
Stock of the Company, such selling shareholder shall first offer such shares for
sale  to the Company upon the same terms and  at the same price as are set forth
in the offer  received by  such selling shareholder.  In the  event the  Company
declines  to purchase such shares, the selling shareholder is obligated to offer
such shares for sale  to William Winsauer  upon the same terms  and at the  same
price.  On  or  before  the  effective date  of  the  Offering,  the Shareholder
Agreement will be terminated.
 
                                       52
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 1996 and
as adjusted to reflect the  sale of the shares of  Common Stock in the  Offering
(assuming  no  exercise of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment option),  based on
information  obtained  from  the  persons  named  below,  with  respect  to  the
beneficial  ownership of shares of Common Stock  by (i) each person known by the
Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares  of
Common Stock, (ii) each director and each officer of the Company with beneficial
ownership of Common Stock and (iii) all officers and directors as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SHARES BENEFICIALLY                        SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                       OWNED BEFORE THE                            OWNED AFTER THE
                                                           OFFERING               SHARES              OFFERING
                                                    -----------------------     OFFERED IN     -----------------------
                NAME AND ADDRESS                     NUMBER      PERCENTAGE    THE OFFERING     NUMBER      PERCENTAGE
- -------------------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    ------------    ---------    ----------
 
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>
William O. Winsauer .............................   3,839,062       67.50%        171,000      3,668,063       49.32%
  301 Congress Avenue
  Austin, Texas 78701
John S. Winsauer ................................   1,279,688       22.50          54,000      1,225,688       16.48
  301 Congress Avenue
  Austin, Texas 78701
Adrian Katz .....................................     568,750       10.00               0        568,750        7.65
  301 Congress Avenue
  Austin, Texas 78701
 
     Total (all officers and directors as a
       group)....................................   5,687,500      100.00%        225,000      5,462,501       73.45%
</TABLE>
 
                                       53


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The  Company's authorized  capital stock  consists of  25,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, no  par value,  and 5,000,000 shares  of Preferred  Stock, no  par
value.
 
     Common  Stock. As of  June 4, 1996,  there were 5,687,500  shares of Common
Stock outstanding. Holders of  Common Stock are not  entitled to any  preemptive
rights.  The Common Stock  is neither redeemable nor  convertible into any other
securities.  All  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  fully  paid   and
nonassessable.  All shares of Common Stock  are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends as may  be declared by  the Board  of Directors out  of funds  legally
available therefor.
 
     Each  holder of  Common Stock  is entitled  to one  vote for  each share of
Common Stock held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of  shareholders,
including  the  election  of  directors.  Shares of  Common  Stock  do  not have
cumulative voting rights.
 
     In the event of  a liquidation, dissolution or  winding up of the  Company,
holders  of Common Stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in all of the
assets remaining, if any, after satisfaction of all debts and liabilities of the
Company.
 
     Preferred Stock.  The  Board  of  Directors,  without  further  shareholder
action,  is authorized to issue shares of  Preferred Stock in one or more series
and to fix the  terms and provisions of  each series, including dividend  rights
and  preferences over dividends  on the Common  Stock, conversion rights, voting
rights (in addition to those provided  by law), redemption rights and the  terms
of any sinking fund therefor, and rights upon liquidation, including preferences
over  the Common Stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of a series of
Preferred Stock could  have the effect  of delaying, deferring  or preventing  a
change  of control of the  Company and could adversely  affect the rights of the
holders of  the Common  Stock. As  of  June 4,  1996 there  were no  issued  and
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and there is no current intention to issue
any Preferred Stock.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The    Transfer   Agent   and   Registrar   for   the   Common   Stock   is
                         .
 
WARRANTS
 
     The Company  currently has  one outstanding  Warrant (the  'Warrant')  with
respect  to its Common Stock, which was issued  on March 12, 1996, in favor of a
private investor  (the  'Warrant  Holder'). The  Warrant  entitles  the  Warrant
Holder,  upon its exercise,  to purchase from  the Company 18,811  shares of its
Common Stock (the 'Warrant Shares') at  $0.53 per share. The exercise price  per
share  may be adjusted over time due to  certain adjustments that are to be made
to the number of shares  constituting a 'Warrant Share'  in the event of  Common
Stock  splits,  dilutive  issuances  of  additional  Common  Stock,  issuance of
additional warrants or other rights, or issuance of securities convertible  into
Common Stock by the Company.
 
     The  Warrant provides the  Warrant Holder with  certain registration rights
that arise upon the  Company's proposal to register,  subsequent to its  initial
public  offering, its Common Stock  for sale to the  public under the Securities
Act. In such event, the Warrant obligates the Company to give written notice  to
the  Warrant Holder of  its intention to  register shares in  a public offering.
Upon the written request of the  Warrant Holder, received by the Company  within
20  days after the giving of any such  notice by the Company, to register any of
its Warrant Shares  and/or Warrant Shares  issuable upon exercise  of a  Warrant
held  by such Warrant Holder, the Company must use its best efforts to cause the
Warrant Shares  as to  which registration  shall have  been so  requested to  be
included  in the registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company, all
to the extent requisite to permit the  sale or other disposition by the  Warrant
Holder  (in  accordance  with  its  written  request)  of  such  Warrant Shares.
Alternatively,  the  Company  may  include  the  Warrant  Shares  as  to   which
registration  shall  have  been requested  by  a  Warrant Holder  in  a separate
registration statement to be filed concurrently with the registration  statement
proposed to be filed by the Company. The Warrant also provides that in the event
that  any registration statement filed by the  Company shall relate, in whole or
in part, to an underwritten public offering, the number of Warrant Shares to  be
included in such registration statement may be
 
                                       54
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
reduced  or no Warrant Holders may be  included in such registration, subject to
certain conditions, if and  to the extent that  the managing underwriters  shall
give  their written opinion  that such inclusion  would materially and adversely
affect the marketing of the securities to be sold therein by the Company. Except
as set forth above,  the Warrant sets  no limit on  the number of  registrations
that may be requested pursuant to the terms of the Warrant.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND TEXAS
CORPORATION LAW
 
GENERAL
 
     The  provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation, the Bylaws and the Texas
Business Corporation Act (the 'TBCA') described  in this section may affect  the
rights of the Company's shareholders.
 
AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
     Under the TBCA, a corporation's articles of incorporation may be amended by
the  affirmative  vote of  the holders  of two-thirds  of the  total outstanding
shares entitled to  vote thereon,  unless a different  amount, not  less than  a
majority,  is specified in the articles of incorporation. The Company's Articles
of Incorporation reduces such amount to a majority.
 
CUMULATIVE VOTING
 
     Under the  TBCA, cumulative  voting  is available  unless prohibited  by  a
corporation's articles of incorporation. The Company's Articles of Incorporation
expressly prohibits cumulative voting.
 
CLASSIFIED BOARD
 
     The  TBCA permits but does not require,  the adoption of a classified board
of directors consisting of  any number of directors  with staggered terms,  with
each  class having  a term of  office longer than  one year but  not longer than
three years. The TBCA also provides that no classification of directors shall be
effective for any corporation if any  shareholder has the right to cumulate  his
vote unless the board of directors consists of nine or more members. The Company
has not adopted a classified board of directors.
 
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
 
     The  TBCA provides  that if  a corporation's  articles of  incorporation or
bylaws so provide,  at a meeting  of shareholders called  for that purpose,  any
director  or the entire board of directors may be removed with or without cause,
by the  vote  of  the  holders  of  the  portion  of  shares  specified  in  the
corporation's  articles of incorporation or bylaws, but not less than a majority
of the  shares  entitled  to vote  at  an  election of  directors.  Neither  the
Company's  Articles of Incorporation  nor its Bylaws provide  for the removal of
directors; under the TBCA removal of directors is permitted by majority with  or
without cause.
 
INSPECTION OF SHAREHOLDER REGISTER
 
     The  TBCA permits any person who shall have been a shareholder for at least
six months immediately preceding his demand, or who is the holder of at least 5%
of the outstanding stock  of the corporation, to  examine the shareholder  list,
provided  that  a  written  demand  setting  forth  a  proper  purpose  of  such
examination is made and served on the statutory agent of the corporation.
 
RIGHT TO CALL SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
     Under the TBCA a  special meeting of shareholders  of a corporation may  be
called by the president, board of directors or shareholders as may be authorized
in  the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation or by the holders
of at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be
considered at the proposed special meeting, unless the articles of incorporation
provide for  a  lesser  or greater  percentage  (but  not more  than  50%).  The
Company's  Articles of Incorporation  do not provide  for a lesser  or a greater
percentage. In  addition,  the Company's  Bylaws  provide that  such  a  special
meeting may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the Secretary or any two directors of the Company.
 
                                       55
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
MERGERS, SALES OF ASSETS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
     Under the TBCA, shareholders have the right, subject to certain exceptions,
to  vote  on  all  mergers to  which  the  corporation is  a  party.  In certain
circumstances,  different  classes  of  securities  may  be  entitled  to   vote
separately as classes with respect to such mergers. Under the Company's Articles
of  Incorporation,  approval  of the  holders  of  at least  a  majority  of all
outstanding shares entitled to  vote is required for  a merger. The approval  of
the  shareholders of the surviving corporation in a merger is not required under
Texas law  if: (i)  the corporation  is the  sole surviving  corporation in  the
merger;   (ii)  there  is   no  amendment  to   the  corporation's  articles  of
incorporation; (iii) each shareholder holds the same number of shares after  the
merger  as  before  with identical  designations,  preferences,  limitations and
relative rights;  (iv) the  voting power  of the  shares outstanding  after  the
merger  plus the voting power of the shares issued in the merger does not exceed
the voting power of the shares outstanding prior to the merger by more than 20%;
(v) the number of shares outstanding after the merger plus the shares issued  in
the  merger does not exceed the number of shares outstanding prior to the merger
by more than 20%; and (vi) the  board of directors of the surviving  corporation
adopts a resolution approving the plan of merger.
 
     The  Company's Articles of  Incorporation further provide  that the Company
may sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of all, or substantially all,  of
its  property,  other than  in  the usual  and  regular course  of  business, or
dissolve, if  the  shareholders owning  a  majority or  more  of all  the  votes
entitled to be cast in the transaction approve the transaction. However, certain
of  the  Company's  securitization  documents  prohibit  mergers  and  sales  of
substantially all assets.
 
ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING
 
     Under the TBCA, any action to be taken by shareholders at a meeting may  be
taken  without a  meeting if  all shareholders  entitled to  vote on  the matter
consent to the action in writing. In addition, a Texas corporation's articles of
incorporation may provide  that shareholders  may take  action by  a consent  in
writing  signed by  the holders  of outstanding stock  having not  less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action
at a meeting. The Company's Articles of Incorporation contain such a provision.
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
     Under the  TBCA,  a shareholder  is  entitled  to dissent  from  and,  upon
perfection  of the shareholder's  appraisal rights, to obtain  the fair value of
his or her shares in the  event of certain corporate actions, including  certain
mergers,  share exchanges, sales of substantially all assets of the corporation,
and certain  amendments  to the  corporation's  articles of  incorporation  that
materially and adversely affect shareholder rights.
 
DIVIDENDS AND STOCK REPURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS
 
     The  TBCA  provides  that  the  board of  directors  of  a  corporation may
authorize,  and  the  corporation  may   make,  distributions  subject  to   any
restrictions in its articles of incorporation and the following limitations:
 
          (1)  A distribution may not  be made by a  corporation if after giving
     effect thereto  the  corporation would  be  insolvent or  the  distribution
     exceeds  the surplus of the corporation, provided, however, that if the net
     assets of  a corporation  are not  less  than the  amount of  the  proposed
     distribution  the corporation may make  a distribution involving a purchase
     or redemption  if made  by  the corporation  to: (a)  eliminate  fractional
     shares;   (b)  collect  or  compromise  indebtedness  owed  by  or  to  the
     corporation; (c) pay dissenting shareholders entitled to payment for  their
     shares  under  the  TBCA;  or  (d) effect  the  purchase  or  redemption of
     redeemable shares in accordance with the TBCA.
 
          (2) The corporation may make  a distribution not involving a  purchase
     or  redemption of any of  its own shares if  the corporation is a consuming
     assets corporation.
 
                                       56
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
 
     Under the TBCA, shareholders  of a corporation have  a preemptive right  to
acquire  additional,  unissued,  or  treasury  shares  of  the  corporation,  or
securities of the corporation convertible into or carrying a right to  subscribe
to  or acquire shares, except  to the extent limited or  denied by statute or by
the articles of incorporation. The Company's Articles of Incorporation expressly
deny preemptive rights.
 
DISSOLUTION
 
     The TBCA permits, and the  Company's Articles of Incorporation allow,  that
voluntary  dissolution may occur upon  the affirmative vote of  the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon consummation of the Offering,  the Company will have 7,456,311  shares
of   Common   Stock   outstanding  (7,752,561   shares   if   the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of such shares, the shares sold  in
the  Offering (other than shares  which may be purchased  by 'affiliates' of the
Company) will be  freely tradeable without  restriction or further  registration
under  the Securities  Act. The 5,481,311  remaining shares of  Common Stock are
'restricted securities,'  as that  term is  defined under  Rule 144  promulgated
under  the  Securities Act,  and may  only  be sold  pursuant to  a registration
statement  under  the  Securities  Act  or  an  applicable  exemption  from  the
registration  requirements of  the Securities Act,  including Rule  144 and 144A
thereunder. Approximately 75,000 shares  will be eligible  for sale pursuant  to
Rule  144 immediately after  the Offering, subject to  compliance with such Rule
and the contractual arrangements disclosed below.
 
     In general, under  Rule 144 as  currently in effect,  a person (or  persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned
restricted  shares  for at  least  two years  from the  later  of the  date such
restricted shares were acquired  from the Company and  (if applicable) the  date
they were acquired from an affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three-month
period  a number of  shares that does not  exceed the greater of  1% of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock (74,563 shares based on the number of  shares
to  be outstanding immediately after this  Offering, assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option) or the average weekly trading volume in the
public market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which  notice
of  the sale is filed with the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject
to certain requirements as to the manner and notice of sale and the availability
of public information concerning the Company.
 
     Affiliates may sell shares not constituting restricted shares in accordance
with the foregoing volume limitations and other restrictions, but without regard
to the two-year  holding period.  Restricted shares  held by  affiliates of  the
Company eligible for sale in the public market under Rule 144 are subject to the
foregoing volume limitations and other restrictions.
 
     Further, under Rule 144(k), if a period of at least three years has elapsed
between  the later of the date restricted  shares were acquired from the Company
and the date they were acquired from an affiliate of the Company and the  person
acquiring  such shares was not an affiliate for at least three months prior to a
proposed sale, such  person would  be entitled  to sell  the shares  immediately
without regard to volume limitations and the other conditions described above.
 
     The  Company and  all holders  of Common Stock  prior to  the Offering have
agreed not  to,  directly  or  indirectly, offer,  sell,  contract  to  sell  or
otherwise  dispose  of any  Common  Stock, including,  but  not limited  to, any
securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent  the
right  to receive, Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the  prior written  consent of  Oppenheimer &  Co., Inc.  See
'Underwriting.' No predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market
sales  of shares of existing shareholders or the availability of such shares for
future sale will have on the market  price of shares of Common Stock  prevailing
from  time  to time.  The  prevailing market  price  of Common  Stock  after the
Offering could be adversely affected by  future sales of substantial amounts  of
Common  Stock by existing  shareholders or the perception  that such sales could
occur.
 
                                       57
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting  agreement
(the  'Underwriting Agreement') among the  Company, the Selling Stockholders and
the underwriters named below (the  'Underwriters'), for whom Oppenheimer &  Co.,
Inc.   ('Oppenheimer')  and  Rauscher   Pierce  Refsnes,  Inc.   are  acting  as
representatives (the 'Representatives'),  each of  the Company  and the  Selling
Shareholders  have  agreed  to  sell  to  the  Underwriters,  and  each  of  the
Underwriters severally has agreed to purchase  from the Company and the  Selling
Shareholders, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite
its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NUMBER
                              UNDERWRITER                                 OF SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
 
<S>                                                                       <C>
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.................................................
Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc...........................................
 
                                                                          ---------
     Total.............................................................   1,975,000
                                                                          ---------
                                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The  Underwriters are committed to purchase and  pay for all such shares if
any are purchased.
 
     The Underwriters have  advised the  Company that  the Underwriters  propose
initially  to offer  the shares of  Common Stock  directly to the  public at the
initial public offering price  set forth on the  cover page of this  Prospectus,
and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $
per  share of  Common Stock.  The Underwriters may  allow, and  such dealers may
reallow, a concession not  in excess of $         per share  of Common Stock  on
sales  to certain other  dealers. After the initial  public offering, the public
offering price, concession  and reallowance  to dealers  may be  changed by  the
Underwriters.
 
     Prior  to the  Offering, there  has been no  public trading  market for the
Common Stock. Although the Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock
on Nasdaq, there can be no assurance that any active trading market will develop
for the Common Stock  or, if developed, will  be maintained. The initial  public
offering price will be determined through negotiations among the Company and the
Representatives.  The factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price will include the history of and the prospects for the industry in
which the Company competes,  the ability of the  Company's management, the  past
and  present operations of the Company,  the historical results of operations of
the Company,  the prospects  for future  earnings of  the Company,  the  general
condition  of the securities markets at the  time of the offering and the recent
market prices of securities of generally comparable companies.
 
     The Company has granted the  Underwriters an option exercisable during  the
30-day  period  after the  date of  this  Prospectus to  purchase up  to 296,250
additional shares of Common Stock, solely  to cover over-allotments, if any,  at
the  initial public offering price less  the underwriting discount, as set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
     The Company and  all holders  of Common Stock  prior to  the Offering  have
agreed  that they  will not, without  the prior written  consent of Oppenheimer,
directly or indirectly, offer, sell, grant  any option to purchase or  otherwise
dispose  (or announce the offer, sale, grant  of any option to purchase or other
disposition) of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock for a period of 180  days
after the date of this Prospectus.
 
     The  Company  and the  Selling Shareholders  have  agreed to  indemnify the
several Underwriters against  certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under
the  Securities Act, or to  contribute to payments that  the Underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                       58
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the common stock offered hereby  will
be  passed upon for the  Company by Dewey Ballantine,  New York, New York. Dewey
Ballantine will rely as  to matters of  Texas law upon the  opinion of Butler  &
Binion, L.L.P. Certain legal matters with respect to the Offering will be passed
upon for the Underwriters by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The  consolidated financial statements of the  Company at and for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995  appearing in this Prospectus and  Registration
Statement  have been audited by Coopers  & Lybrand L.L.P., independent auditors,
as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus  and
in  the Registration  Statement, and are  included in reliance  upon such report
given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS
 
     In September 1995,  in anticipation  of the commencement  of the  Company's
securitization  program and its status as  a public company, the Company's Board
of Directors appointed  Coopers &  Lybrand L.L.P. as  the Company's  independent
certified  public  accountants.  Prior  thereto,  Mann  Frankfort  Stein  & Lipp
(Houston,  Texas)  ('Mann  Frankfort')  served  as  the  Company's   independent
accountants.
 
     During the Company's fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
subsequent  interim period from  January 1, 1996 through  the date hereof, there
have been  no disagreements  with Mann  Frankfort on  any matter  of  accounting
principles  or practices, financial  statement disclosure, or  auditing scope or
procedure which, if  not resolved to  its satisfaction, would  have caused  Mann
Frankfort  to make reference  thereto in its report  on the financial statements
for the period  from September 1,  1994 to March  31, 1995. The  report of  Mann
Frankfort  on the Company's  financial statements for such  audit period did not
contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer  of opinion, nor was it qualified  or
modified  as to uncertainty,  audit scope or  accounting principles, except that
Mann Frankfort was unable  to obtain an independent  accountant's report on  the
internal  control  procedures of  LSE  and was  unable  to apply  other auditing
procedures regarding certain  finance receivables.  Accordingly, Mann  Frankfort
was  unable  at such  time  to express  an  opinion on  the  Company's financial
statements. Following receipt of such  information from LSE, Mann Frankfort  was
subsequently  able to issue an unqualified report as of October 6, 1995. Coopers
& Lybrand  L.L.P.  has since  conducted  an  audit of  the  Company's  financial
condition  and operations  for the period  covered by the  Mann Frankfort audit.
From time  to  time, Mann  Frankfort  continues to  perform  various  accounting
services on behalf of the Company.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The  Company has  filed with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
'Commission') a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (of which this Prospectus  is
a  part) under the  Securities Act of  1933, as amended  (the 'Securities Act'),
with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus  does
not  contain all of the information set  forth in the Registration Statement and
the exhibits thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents
of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete, and in  each
instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or document filed as an
exhibit  or schedule  to the Registration  Statement, each  such statement being
qualified in  all  respects  by  such  reference.  The  Registration  Statement,
including  exhibits  thereto,  may be  inspected  without charge  at  the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at the New York Regional Office located at 7 World Trade
Center,  New York, New York 10048, and at the Chicago Regional Office located at
500 West Madison  Street, Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies of  such
material  may be  obtained, at  prescribed rates,  from the  Commission's Public
Reference Section, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
     The Company  intends to  furnish to  its shareholders  with annual  reports
containing  financial statements  audited by  its independent  auditors and with
quarterly reports for the  first three quarters of  each fiscal year  containing
unaudited financial information.
 
                                       59


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................   F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996 (Unaudited).....................   F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Period From August 1, 1994 (Inception) through December 31,
  1994, the Year Ended December 31, 1995 and the Three-Month Periods Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996
  (Unaudited)..............................................................................................   F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Period From August 1, 1994 (Inception) to December
  31, 1994, the Year Ended December 31, 1995 and the Three-Month Period Ended March 31, 1996 (Unaudited)...   F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period From August 1, 1994 (Inception) to December 31, 1994,
  the Year Ended December 31, 1995 and the Three-Month Periods Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (Unaudited)...   F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
 
     We  have audited the  accompanying consolidated balance  sheets of AutoBond
Acceptance Corporation and Subsidiaries  as of December 31,  1994 and 1995,  and
the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash
flows  for the period from August 1,  1994 (Inception) through December 31, 1994
and for the  year ended December  31, 1995. These  financial statements are  the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the consolidated  financial  position  of AutoBond
Acceptance Corporation and Subsidiaries  as of December 31,  1994 and 1995,  and
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the period
from August 1, 1994 (Inception) through December 31, 1994 and for the year ended
December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Austin, Texas
May 1, 1996
 
                                      F-2



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                           1994          1995           1996
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>            <C>
                               ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents............................................                 $    92,660    $   670,003
Restricted cash......................................................   $  138,176        360,266        271,162
Cash held in escrow..................................................                   1,322,571      1,496,048
Finance contracts held for sale, net.................................    2,361,479      4,028,567      2,763,655
Excess servicing receivable, net.....................................                   3,681,028      5,952,621
Debt issuance cost...................................................                     700,000        644,000
Trust receivable.....................................................                     525,220        856,220
Prepaid expenses and other assets....................................                     354,208        427,155
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
          Total assets...............................................   $2,499,655    $11,064,520    $13,080,864
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
 
                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
     Revolving credit agreement......................................   $2,054,776    $ 1,150,421    $   347,886
     Note payable....................................................                   2,674,597      4,529,510
     Repurchase agreement............................................                   1,061,392
     Subordinated debt...............................................                                    300,000
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities........................       25,636      1,836,082      1,833,010
     Book overdraft..................................................       23,314        861,063      1,118,269
     Payable to affiliate............................................      504,534        255,597        141,090
     Deferred income taxes payable...................................                     199,000        759,000
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
          Total liabilities..........................................   $2,608,260    $ 8,038,152    $ 9,028,765
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
Shareholders' equity:
     Common stock, no par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized;
       5,118,753 shares, 5,118,753 shares and 5,687,500 shares issued
       and outstanding...............................................        1,000          1,000          1,000
     Additional paid-in capital......................................   $  451,000    $ 2,912,603    $ 2,912,603
     Deferred compensation...........................................                     (62,758)       (49,774)
     Loans to shareholders...........................................      (16,000)      (153,359)      (211,269)
     Retained earnings (accumulated deficit).........................     (544,605)       328,882      1,399,539
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
          Total shareholders' equity (deficit).......................     (108,605)     3,026,368      4,052,099
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
          Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.................   $2,499,655    $11,064,520    $13,080,864
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                        ----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                         AUGUST 1, 1994                     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                          (INCEPTION)        YEAR ENDED               31,
                                                        THROUGH DECEMBER    DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------
                                                            31, 1994            1995           1995          1996
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>             <C>           <C>
Revenues:
     Interest income.................................      $   38,197       $ 2,880,961     $  353,973    $  804,632
     Interest expense................................         (19,196)       (2,099,867 )     (124,721)     (593,023)
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
          Net interest income........................          19,001           781,094        229,252       211,609
     Gain on sale of finance contracts...............                         4,656,350                    3,142,859
     Servicing fee income............................                                                        170,924
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
               Total revenues........................          19,001         5,437,444        229,252     3,525,392
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
Expenses:
     Provision for credit losses.....................          45,000           619,100         25,000       456,498
     Salaries and benefits...........................         225,351         1,320,100        187,890       789,219
     General and administrative......................         244,974         1,462,740         83,866       286,848
     Other operating expenses........................          48,281           963,017         82,582       362,170
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
               Total expenses........................         563,606         4,364,957        379,338     1,894,735
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes....................        (544,605)        1,072,487       (150,086)    1,630,657
Provision for income taxes...........................                           199,000                      560,000
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
Net income (loss)....................................      $ (544,605)      $   873,487     $ (150,086)   $1,070,657
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
Net income (loss) per share..........................      $    (0.11)      $      0.17     $    (0.03)   $     0.19
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
Weighted average shares outstanding..................       5,118,753         5,190,159      5,118,753     5,691,495
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
                                                        ----------------    ------------    ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL
                                        -------------------     PAID-IN        DEFERRED        LOANS TO       RETAINED
                                         SHARES      AMOUNT     CAPITAL      COMPENSATION    SHAREHOLDERS     EARNINGS
                                        ---------    ------    ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------
 
<S>                                     <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Capital contributions at inception...   5,118,753    $1,000    $  451,000
Loans to shareholders................                                                         $  (16,000)
Net loss.............................                                                                        $ (544,605)
                                        ---------    ------    ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994...........   5,118,753    1,000        451,000                        (16,000)      (544,605)
Capital contributions................                           2,323,103
Loans to shareholders................                                                           (137,359)
Deferred compensation per employee
  contract...........................                             138,500     $ (138,500)
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.......................                                             75,742
Net income...........................                                                                           873,487
                                        ---------    ------    ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995...........   5,118,753    1,000      2,912,603        (62,758)       (153,359)       328,882
Stock issued per employee contract...     568,747
Loans to shareholders................                                                            (57,910)
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.......................                                             12,984
Net income...........................                                                                         1,070,657
                                        ---------    ------    ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------
Balance, March 31, 1996
  (unaudited)........................   5,687,500    $1,000    $2,912,603     $  (49,774)     $ (211,269)    $1,399,539
                                        ---------    ------    ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------
                                        ---------    ------    ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                         TOTAL
                                       ----------
<S>                                     <C>
Capital contributions at inception...  $  452,000
Loans to shareholders................     (16,000)
Net loss.............................    (544,605)
                                       ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994...........    (108,605)
Capital contributions................   2,323,103
Loans to shareholders................    (137,359)
Deferred compensation per employee
  contract...........................
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.......................      75,742
Net income...........................     873,487
                                       ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995...........   3,026,368
Stock issued per employee contract...
Loans to shareholders................     (57,910)
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.......................      12,984
Net income...........................   1,070,657
                                       ----------
Balance, March 31, 1996
  (unaudited)........................  $4,052,099
                                       ----------
                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PERIOD FROM
                                                             AUGUST 1, 1994                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                               (INCEPTION)        YEAR ENDED                 31,
                                                            THROUGH DECEMBER     DECEMBER 31,    ---------------------------
                                                                31, 1994             1995           1995            1996
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>             <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income (loss)....................................      $  (544,605)      $    873,487    $  (150,086)   $  1,070,657
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by (used in) operating activities:
        Amortization of finance contract acquisition
          discount and insurance.........................           (4,513)          (795,579)        (4,694)       (397,195)
        Amortization of deferred compensation............                              75,742                         12,984
        Provision for credit losses......................           45,000            619,100         25,000         456,498
        Deferred income taxes............................                             199,000                        560,000
        Amortization of excess servicing receivable......                                                            395,689
        Amortization of debt issuance cost...............                                                             56,000
        Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
            Restricted cash..............................         (138,176)          (222,090)      (369,485)         89,104
            Cash held in escrow..........................                          (1,322,571)                      (173,477)
            Prepaid expenses and other assets............                            (354,208)                       (72,947)
            Excess servicing receivable..................                          (4,251,426)                    (3,121,211)
            Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.....           25,636          1,110,446         11,431          (3,072)
            Payable to affiliate.........................          504,534           (248,937)      (488,417)       (114,507)
    Purchases of finance contracts.......................       (2,453,604)       (31,200,131)    (6,179,297)    (15,175,515)
    Repayments of finance contracts......................           51,638          2,880,377        239,910         271,687
    Sales of finance contracts...........................                          27,399,543                     16,563,366
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating
          activities.....................................       (2,514,090)        (5,237,247)    (6,915,638)        418,061
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Advances to AutoBond Receivables Trusts..............                            (525,220)                      (331,000)
    Loans to shareholders................................          (16,000)          (137,359)                       (57,910)
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
    Net cash used in investing activities................          (16,000)          (662,579)                      (388,910)
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit
      agreements.........................................        2,054,776           (904,355)     6,140,004        (802,535)
    Proceeds from borrowings under repurchase
      agreement..........................................                           1,061,392
    Repayments of borrowings under repurchase
      agreement..........................................                                                         (1,061,392)
    Proceeds from notes payable..........................                           2,674,597                      2,059,214
    Payments on notes payable............................                                                           (204,301)
    Proceeds from subordinated debt borrowings...........                                                            300,000
    Shareholder contributions............................          452,000          2,323,103        717,966
    Increase in book overdraft...........................           23,314            837,749         57,668         257,206
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
        Net cash provided by financing activities........        2,530,090          5,992,486      6,915,638         548,192
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents................                0             92,660              0         577,343
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.........                0                  0              0          92,660
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period...............      $         0       $     92,660    $         0    $    670,003
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
    Cash paid for interest...............................      $    19,196       $  2,099,867    $   124,721    $    537,023
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
    Cash paid for income taxes...........................      $         0       $          0    $         0    $          0
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
Non-cash financing activity:
    Accrual of debt issuance cost........................      $         0       $    700,000    $         0    $          0
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
                                                            -----------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The   financial  statements  and  following  notes,  insofar  as  they  are
applicable to  the  three-month periods  ended  March  31, 1995  and  1996,  and
transactions  subsequent to May 1,  1996, the date of  the Report of Independent
Accountants, are not covered  by the Report of  Independent Accountants. In  the
opinion  of  management, all  adjustments, consisting  of only  normal recurring
accruals necessary  to  present the  unaudited  results of  operations  for  the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, have been included.
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
     AutoBond  Acceptance Corporation  (the 'Company') was  incorporated in June
1993 and commenced  operations August  1, 1994. The  Company is  engaged in  the
business  of acquiring, securitizing and  servicing automobile finance contracts
('Finance Contracts') on new and used automobiles for individuals with  subprime
credit histories.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The  consolidated financial statements include  the accounts of the Company
and its  wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany balances  and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
RESTRICTED CASH
 
     In  accordance with the Company's  revolving credit facilities, the Company
is required to  maintain a  cash reserve with  its lenders  of 1% to  6% of  the
proceeds  received from the lender for the origination of the Finance Contracts.
Access to these funds is  restricted by the lender;  however, such funds may  be
released  in part  upon the  occurrence of  certain events  including payoffs of
Finance Contracts.
 
CASH HELD IN ESCROW
 
     Upon closing  of a  securitization transaction,  certain funds  due to  the
various  parties, including  the Company  and its  warehouse lenders, frequently
remain in escrow pending disbursement by the Trustee one to ten days  subsequent
to closing.
 
TRUST RECEIVABLE
 
     At the time a securitization closes, the Company is required to establish a
cash  reserve within the trust for future credit losses. Additionally, depending
on each securitization structure,  a portion of  the Company's future  servicing
cash  flow is required to be deposited as additional reserves for credit losses.
The December 1995 and March 1996 securitization transactions resulted in initial
cash reserves of $525,000  and $331,000, respectively,  approximating 2% of  the
Finance  Contracts sold to the trusts. The trust reserves will be increased from
excess cash  flows  until  such time  as  they  attain  a level  of  6%  of  the
outstanding principal balance.
 
FINANCE CONTRACTS HELD FOR SALE
 
     Finance  Contracts  held for  sale are  stated at  the lower  of aggregated
amortized cost,  or  market  value.  Market value  is  estimated  based  on  the
characteristics  of the  Finance Contracts held  for sale  and prevailing market
prices.
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Company  generally  acquires  Finance  Contracts  at  a  discount,  and
purchases  loss default and vender single  interest physical damage insurance on
the Finance Contracts. The purchase discount  and insurance are amortized as  an
adjustment  to  the  related  Finance  Contracts  yield  and  operating expense,
respectively, utilizing the  same basis  as that used  to record  income on  the
Finance  Contracts, over the contractual life of  the related loans. At the time
of sale,  any  remaining unamortized  amounts  are netted  against  the  Finance
Contract's  principal amount outstanding to determine the resultant gain or loss
on sale.
 
     Allowance for  credit losses  on  the Finance  Contracts  is based  on  the
Company's  historical  default rate,  the  liquidation value  of  the underlying
collateral in  the  existing  portfolio, estimates  of  repossession  costs  and
probable  recoveries  from insurance  proceeds.  The allowance  is  increased by
provisions for credit losses charged against income. Actual losses or recoveries
on  Finance  Contracts   are  charged   against  or   increase  the   allowance,
respectively. Finance Contracts held for sale include automobiles that have been
and  are  expected to  be repossessed  by the  Company. Charge-offs  against the
allowance for credit losses are recorded upon receipt of proceeds from the  sale
of the underlying collateral and from the insurance companies.
 
EXCESS SERVICING RECEIVABLE
 
     Excess  servicing receivable includes the estimated present value of future
net cash  flows from  securitized  receivables over  the  amounts due  to  other
investors  in  the  securitizations  and certain  expenses  paid  by  the entity
established in  connection  with  the securitization  transaction.  The  Finance
Contracts  sold in conjunction with  the securitization transactions are treated
as sale  transactions  in  accordance with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards ('SFAS') No. 77, Reporting by Transferors for Transfers of Receivables
with Recourse. Gain or loss is recognized on the date the Company surrenders its
control  of the  future economic  benefits relating  to the  receivables and the
investor has  placed its  cash  in the  securitization trust.  Accordingly,  all
outstanding  debt related  to the Finance  Contracts sold  to the securitization
trust is deemed to be simultaneously extinguished. The Company sells 100% of the
Finance Contracts and does  not retain any residual  interest in securitized  or
sold  Finance Contracts. The Company retains  a participation in the future cash
flows released  by the  securitization  Trustee. The  Company also  retains  the
servicing rights, and contracts with third parties to perform certain aspects of
the servicing function.
 
     The  present value discount rate utilized to determine the excess servicing
receivable is  based  on assumptions  that  market participants  would  use  for
similar  financial instruments subject to  prepayment, default, collateral value
and interest rate risks. The future net  cash flows are estimated based on  many
factors including contractual principal and interest to be received, as adjusted
for  expected prepayments, defaults,  payments to investors  on the pass-through
securities, servicing fees  and other costs  associated with the  securitization
transaction and related loans. The gain from securitization transactions include
the  excess  servicing  receivable  plus  the  difference  between  net proceeds
received on the transaction date and the net carrying value of Finance Contracts
held for sale.
 
     Allowance for credit  losses on  the excess servicing  receivable is  based
upon  the  Company's  historical  default rate,  the  liquidation  value  of the
underlying collateral  in  the  existing portfolio,  estimates  of  repossession
expenses and any recoveries expected from insurance proceeds. The carrying value
of  the excess servicing receivable is amortized over the estimated lives of the
finance contracts and is reviewed periodically to determine if differences exist
between estimated and actual credit losses and prepayment rates at each  balance
sheet  date using the  discount factor applied in  the original determination of
the excess servicing receivable. The  Company's analysis determines whether  the
excess  servicing receivable is in excess of  the present value of the estimated
remaining cash flows. The  Company does not increase  the carrying value of  the
excess servicing receivable for favorable variances from original estimates, but
to  the  extent that  actual  results exceed  the  Company's prepayment  or loss
estimates, any required decrease to the excess servicing receivable is reflected
as a reduction of current
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
period earnings. There were no material adjustments to the carrying value of the
excess servicing  receivable during  1995. Adjustments  due to  modification  of
future estimates are determined on a disaggregated basis according to each asset
securitization transaction.
 
DEBT ISSUANCE COST
 
     The  costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized to
interest expense  using the  effective interest  method over  the lives  of  the
related debt.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company uses the liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under
this  method, deferred tax assets and  liabilities are recognized for the future
tax consequences  attributable to  differences between  the financial  statement
carrying  amounts of  existing assets and  liabilities and  their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax  rates
expected  to  apply to  taxable income  in  the years  in which  those temporary
differences are expected to  be recovered or  settled. Valuation allowances  are
established,  when  necessary,  to  reduce deferred  tax  assets  to  the amount
expected to  be realized.  The provision  for income  taxes represents  the  tax
payable for the period and the change during the year in deferred tax assets and
liabilities. The Company files consolidated federal and state tax returns.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
     Earnings  per  share is  calculated using  the  weighted average  number of
common shares and common share equivalents outstanding during the year.  Primary
and  fully diluted earnings  per share are  the same for  all periods presented.
Effective May 30, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company voted to effect  a
767.8125-for-1  stock  split.  All  share  information  and  earnings  per share
calculations for the periods presented  in the financial statements herein,  and
the notes hereto, have been retroactively restated for such stock split.
 
PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES
 
     The  preparation of  consolidated financial  statements in  conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles  requires management to make  estimates
and  assumptions that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
INTEREST INCOME
 
     Interest income on Finance Contracts acquired prior to December 31, 1995 is
determined on a monthly  basis using the Rule  of 78s method which  approximates
the  effective yield method.  Subsequent to December 31,  1995, the Company uses
the simple interest  method to  determine interest income  on Finance  Contracts
acquired.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     The Company acquires Finance Contracts from a network of automobile dealers
located  in Texas, Arizona, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Connecticut, Georgia and Utah.
For the five-month period ended December  31, 1994, the year ended December  31,
1995  and the three months  ended March 31, 1996,  the Company had a significant
concentration of Finance Contracts with  borrowers in Texas, which  approximated
94%, 91% and 92% respectively, of total Finance Contracts.
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:
 
     In  October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards   No.  123,  'Accounting  for   Stock-Based
Compensation'  ('FAS  123').  FAS  123  establishes  fair  value-based financial
accounting and  reporting standards  for  all transactions  in which  a  company
acquires  goods or services by issuing its  equity instruments or by incurring a
liability to suppliers  in amounts based  on the  price of its  common stock  or
other equity instruments.
 
     During  1996, the Company adopted the disclosure-only alternative under FAS
123, and will continue to account for stock-based compensation as prescribed  by
Accounting  Principles Board  Opinion No.  25, 'Accounting  for Stock  Issued to
Employees.'
 
3. FINANCE CONTRACTS HELD FOR SALE:
 
     The following amounts are  included in Finance Contracts  held for sale  as
of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                    1994          1995          1996
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>
Principal balance of Finance Contracts held for sale..........   $2,459,424    $3,539,193    $2,220,199
Automobile inventory..........................................                    673,748       696,340
Prepaid insurance.............................................      156,095       260,155       154,854
Contract acquisition discounts................................     (209,040)     (350,827)     (211,498)
Allowance for credit losses...................................      (45,000)      (93,702)      (96,240)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                 $2,361,479    $4,028,567    $2,763,655
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
4. EXCESS SERVICING RECEIVABLE:
 
     During  December  1995,  the  Company  completed  its  first securitization
transaction since inception  through the  sale of certain  Finance Contracts  to
AutoBond  Receivable Trust 1995-A (the 'Trust'). The Finance Contracts were sold
at the outstanding principal balance of the Finance Contracts which approximated
$26.2 million  and  the  Company, through  AutoBond  Funding  Corporation  1995,
retained  a subordinated interest  (Class B Certificate) in  the Trust from cash
flows generated by  the Finance Contracts  in excess of  principal and  interest
paid  to  the Class  A Certificate  holder. At  December 31,  1995, the  Class A
Certificate had an  aggregate principal balance  of approximately $26.2  million
and  accrues interest  at 7.23%,  and the Class  B Certificate  had an aggregate
principal balance of  approximately $2.8  million and accrues  interest at  15%.
AutoBond Funding Corporation 1995 also has the right to the remaining Trust cash
flows  ('Transferor's  Interest')  after payment  on  the  Class A  and  Class B
Certificates. Such  Transferor's  Interest  included  in  the  excess  servicing
receivable  is based on a 15% discount  rate of the estimated remaining net cash
flows.
 
     The Company  is required  to  represent and  warrant certain  matters  with
respect  to the Finance  Contracts sold to the  Trust, which generally duplicate
the substance  of the  representations and  warranties made  by the  dealers  in
connection with the Company's purchase of the Finance Contracts. In the event of
a  breach  by the  Company of  any  representation or  warranty, the  Company is
obligated to repurchase the Finance Contracts from the Trust at a price equal to
the remaining principal plus accrued interest.
 
     On  March  29,  1996,  the  Company  completed  its  second  securitization
transaction through the sale of certain Finance Contracts to AutoBond Receivable
Trust  1996-A.  The Finance  Contracts were  sold  at the  outstanding principal
balance of $16.6 million.
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The excess servicing receivable is comprised of the following as of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 DECEMBER 31, 1995     MARCH 31, 1996
                                 -----------------    -----------------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                              <C>                  <C>
Class B Certificates..........      $ 2,834,502          $ 4,498,027
Transferor's Interest.........        1,416,924            2,466,506
Allowance for credit losses...         (570,398)          (1,011,912)
                                 -----------------    -----------------
                                    $ 3,681,028          $ 5,952,621
                                 -----------------    -----------------
                                 -----------------    -----------------
</TABLE>
 
5. REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENTS:
 
     Effective August  1, 1994,  the Company  entered into  a Secured  Revolving
Credit  Agreement with Sentry Financial Corporation ('Sentry') which was amended
and restated  on  July  31,  1995.  The  amended  agreement  ('Revolving  Credit
Agreement') provides for a $10,000,000 warehouse line of credit which terminates
December  31,  2000, unless  terminated earlier  by the  Company or  Sentry upon
meeting certain  defined  conditions.  The  proceeds  of  the  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  are to be used to originate and acquire Finance Contracts, to pay for
loss default insurance  premiums, to  make deposits  to a  reserve account  with
Sentry,  and  to  pay  for  fees  associated  with  the  origination  of Finance
Contracts. The  Revolving  Credit Agreement  is  collateralized by  the  Finance
Contracts  acquired  with the  outstanding borrowings,  and  a guarantee  by the
majority shareholder and an affiliate, wholly owned by the majority shareholder.
The Company pays  a utilization  fee of  up to 0.21%  per month  on the  average
outstanding  balance  of the  Revolving Credit  Agreement. The  Revolving Credit
Agreement also  requires the  Company to  pay up  to 0.62%  per quarter  on  the
average  unused balance. Interest  is payable monthly  and accrues at  a rate of
prime plus 1.75% (10.25% at December  31, 1995). The Revolving Credit  Agreement
contains  certain restrictive  covenants, including  requirements to  maintain a
certain minimum net  worth, and  cash and  cash equivalent  balances. Under  the
Revolving  Credit Agreement, the Company paid  interest of $411,915 for the year
ended December 31, 1995.
 
     Pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company is required to  pay
a  $700,000 warehouse facility fee contingent upon the successful securitization
of Finance Contracts, payable in varying  amounts after each of the first  three
securitizations.  The Company accrued  the $700,000 debt  issuance cost upon the
first securitization  in December  1995,  the date  the Company  determined  the
liability  to be probable in  accordance with FAS 5.  The $700,000 debt issuance
cost is  being amortized  as interest  expense through  December 31,  2000,  the
termination  date  of the  Revolving Credit  Agreement, utilizing  the effective
interest method.
 
     Effective June  16, 1995,  the Company  entered into  a $25,000,000  Credit
Agreement  with Nomura  Asset Capital  Corporation ('Nomura')  which allowed for
advances to the Company through June 2000 with all outstanding amounts to mature
June 2005. Advances outstanding under the facility accrued interest at the three
month LIBOR rate plus 6.75% which approximated 12.59% at December 31, 1995.  The
warehouse  facility  allowed Nomura  to terminate  the  agreement upon  120 days
notice. On October 6,  1995, the Company received  notice of Nomura's intent  to
terminate,  and all outstanding  advance amounts together  with accrued interest
were paid by the Company prior to  March 31, 1996. No advances under the  Credit
Agreement were outstanding as of each of the balance sheet dates.
 
     Effective  May 21,  1996 the  Company, through  its wholly-owned subsidiary
AutoBond Funding Corporation II, entered into a $20 million revolving  warehouse
facility  (the  'Revolving  Warehouse  Facility'),  with  Peoples  Security Life
Insurance Company (an affiliate of Providian Capital Management), which  expires
December  15,  1996.  The  proceeds  from  the  borrowings  under  the Revolving
Warehouse Facility are to  be used to acquire  Finance Contracts, to pay  credit
default  insurance premiums and to make  deposits to a reserve account. Interest
is payable  monthly at  a per  annum rate  of LIBOR  plus 2.60%.  The  Revolving
Warehouse Facility also requires the Company to pay a monthly fee on the average
unused  balance  of  0.25%  per  annum.  The  Revolving  Warehouse  Facility  is
collateralized  by  the   Finance  Contracts  acquired   with  the   outstanding
borrowings. The Revolving
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Warehouse  Facility contains  certain covenants  and representations  similar to
those in the agreements governing the Company's existing securitizations.
 
6. NOTES PAYABLE:
 
     Pursuant to  the securitization  completed in  December 1995,  the  Company
entered   into  a  term  loan  agreement   with  a  finance  company  to  borrow
approximately $2,684,000. The loan was  collateralized by the Company's Class  B
Certificate  in AutoBond  Receivable Trust 1995-A  (the 'Trust') as  well as the
Transferor's Interest in  the cash flows  of the  Trust (see Note  4). The  loan
accrued  interest at 20%  per annum payable monthly  and principal payments were
made based on principal payments received on the Class B Certificates.
 
     Effective  April  8,  1996,  the  outstanding  balance  of  $2,585,757  was
refinanced  through a  non-recourse term  loan entered  into with  a new finance
company. The term loan  is collateralized by the  Company's Class B  Certificate
(see  Note 4) and matures April 8, 2002. The term loan bears interest at 15% per
annum payable monthly. Principal and interest payments on the term loan are paid
directly by the Trustee to  the finance company and  are based on principal  and
interest payments required to be made to the Class B Certificate holder pursuant
to  the Trust. The Company can prepay the term loan in whole or part at any time
if the holder seeks to transfer such loan to a third party.
 
     Effective March 28,  1996, the Company  obtained another non-recourse  term
loan  in the amount  of $2,059,214 from an  institutional investor under similar
terms as described in the preceding paragraph. The loan is collateralized by the
Class B  Certificate  issued to  the  Company pursuant  to  the March  29,  1996
securitization  transaction. The Company may prepay the loan in whole or in part
at any time subsequent to March 28, 1997, or any time after receiving notice  by
the  investor of its intent to transfer the  loan to a third party. The maturity
date of  the  loan is  the  earlier of  March  28, 2002  or  the date  that  all
outstanding  principal and accrued interest has been  paid by the Trustee or the
Company.
 
7. REPURCHASE AGREEMENT:
 
     On December 20, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain
Finance Contracts totaling $1,061,392 to a finance company, and repurchase  such
Finance  Contracts in January 1996  for an amount equal  to the remaining unpaid
principal balance plus interest accruing at  an annual rate of 19%. The  Company
repurchased  such Finance Contracts  during January 1996  in accordance with the
terms of the agreement.
 
8. SUBORDINATED DEBT:
 
     Effective March 12, 1996, the Company received proceeds of $300,000 from an
individual for a  10% Subordinated Note  with a detachable  warrant to  purchase
18,811 shares of common stock of the Company. The note bears interest at 10% per
annum  and the principal together with accrued  interest is payable on March 12,
1997. The debt is uncollateralized and is subordinate to the other  indebtedness
and  guarantees of the  Company. The warrant  allows for the  purchase of common
stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value as of March 12,  1996,
the  date of grant. The warrant is exercisable in full or part during the period
commencing six months after the effective  date of the Company's initial  public
offering  and ending  1.5 years thereafter.  Management has  determined that the
fair value of the warrant at its issuance date was de minimis.
 
9. INCOME TAXES:
 
     The provision  for  income  taxes  for 1995  consists  of  a  deferred  tax
provision  of $199,000 and no current liability. Due to net losses incurred from
inception through December 31, 1994, the Company
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
has no provision in  1994. The reconciliation between  the provision for  income
taxes  for 1994  and 1995 and  the amounts  that would result  from applying the
Federal statutory rate is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1994         1995
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
 
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Federal tax at statutory rate of 34%..........................................   $(185,000)   $ 365,000
Nondeductible expenses........................................................       2,000       17,000
Change in valuation allowance.................................................     183,000     (183,000)
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
     Provision for income taxes...............................................   $      --    $ 199,000
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred income  tax  assets and  liabilities  reflect the  tax  effect  of
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial  reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's net deferred tax liability as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1994          1995
                                                                                          ---------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
Deferred Tax Assets:
     Allowance for credit losses.......................................................   $  15,000    $  226,000
     Other.............................................................................          --       116,000
     Net operating loss................................................................     168,000     1,042,000
                                                                                          ---------    ----------
     Gross deferred tax assets.........................................................     183,000     1,384,000
                                                                                          ---------    ----------
Deferred Tax Liability --
     Gain on securitizations...........................................................          --     1,583,000
                                                                                          ---------    ----------
Net temporary differences..............................................................     183,000      (199,000)
Valuation allowance....................................................................    (183,000)           --
                                                                                          ---------    ----------
          Net deferred tax liability...................................................   $       0    $  199,000
                                                                                          ---------    ----------
                                                                                          ---------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1995, the Company had a net operating loss carryforward  of
$3,067,000  which  will  expire beginning  in  fiscal  year 2009.  The  1994 net
operating loss carryforward was reserved in full at December 31, 1994 due to the
uncertainty of  realization  of  the  deferred asset.  In  1995,  the  valuation
allowance  was reversed to reflect the  estimated realizability of the operating
loss carryforwards.
 
10. EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
     The following  table  reconciles  the  number of  common  shares  shown  as
outstanding on the balance sheet with the number of common and common equivalent
shares used in computing primary earnings per share as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                    AUGUST 1, 1994                      THREE MONTHS
                                                                     (INCEPTION)         YEAR ENDED        ENDED
                                                                       THROUGH          DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1994         1995            1996
                                                                  ------------------    ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                                               <C>                   <C>             <C>
Common shares outstanding......................................        5,118,753          5,118,753       5,687,500
Effect of using weighted common and common equivalent shares
  outstanding..................................................                              71,406         (13,985)
Effect of shares issuable to warrant holder....................                                              17,980
                                                                  ------------------    ------------    ------------
Shares used in computing primary earnings per shares...........        5,118,753          5,190,159       5,691,495
                                                                  ------------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                  ------------------    ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     Effective May 30, 1996, the Board of Directors adopted Restated Articles of
Incorporation  which authorized 25,000,000  shares of no  par value common stock
and 5,000,000 shares of no par value preferred stock.
 
12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
 
     The Company  shares certain  general and  administrative expenses  with  an
affiliated  company. Each  entity is allocated  expenses based  on the estimated
utilization of resources  including employees, office  space, equipment  rentals
and  other miscellaneous expenses. Total expenses  allocated to the Company from
the affiliate amounted to approximately $441,000  for the period from August  1,
1994 (inception) to December 31, 1994 and $2,163,000 for the year ended December
31,  1995.  Additionally, the  Company  has paid  no  compensation to  its Chief
Executive Officer ('CEO') during any  of the periods presented herein;  however,
management expects to commence compensation payments to the CEO during 1996 (See
Note 13).
 
     The  Company has advanced approximately $153,000  to two shareholders as of
December 31,  1995  and  $211,269  as  of  March  31,  1996.  The  advances  are
non-interest  bearing amounts which have no  repayment terms and have been shown
as a reduction of shareholders' equity.
 
     The Company and ABI entered into a management agreement dated as of January
1, 1996 (the 'ABI Management Agreement') which provides for repayment by ABI  of
$141,090  of advances  outstanding as of  the effective  date in the  form of an
uncollateralized note. The note  matures on May 31,  1998 and bears interest  at
10%  payable at maturity. The Management Agreement requires ABI to pay an annual
fee of $50,000  to the  Company for  services rendered  by it  or the  Company's
employees  on  behalf of  ABI  as follows:  (i)  day-to-day management  of ABI's
portfolio of partnership interests in the securitization trusts sponsored by ABI
between 1992 and  1994, including  various monitoring  and reporting  functions,
(ii)  certain cash management services, including  the advancing of funds to pay
ABI's ordinary business  expenses and  (iii) providing advice  as to  regulatory
compliance.  The ABI  Management Agreement also  provides that  the Company will
perform certain accounting functions on behalf of ABI including (i)  maintenance
of  financial books and  records, (ii) monitoring  of cash management functions,
(iii) preparation of  financial statements  and tax returns  and (iv)  providing
advice  in connection with retention  of independent accountants. The Management
Agreement further provides for the reimbursement of advances made by the Company
for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred on behalf of ABI.
 
13. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS:
 
     During 1995  and  1996,  the Company  entered  into  three-year  employment
agreements with three officers of the Company. One employment agreement is dated
November  15, 1995 and  is effective from  such date through  November 15, 1998.
This agreement is  automatically extended  unless the Company  gives six  months
notice of its intent not to extend the terms of the agreement.
 
     The  agreement provides for  a minimum monthly  salary of $12,500, together
with shares of the  Company's common stock, issuable  January 1, 1996, equal  to
10%  of the outstanding shares  after giving effect to  the shares issued to the
employee. Half of such issued shares  are not subject to forfeiture whereas  the
remaining 50% are subject to forfeiture. Equal amounts of the forfeitable shares
bear  no risk of forfeiture  upon the officer remaining  employed as of November
15, 1996 and November 15, 1997, respectively.
 
     The Company valued  the shares to  be issued  January 1, 1996  based on  an
independent  appraisal of the  Company as of November  15, 1995, the measurement
date, and  recorded  an increase  to  additional paid-in  capital  and  deferred
compensation  of $138,500. Deferred compensation is amortized on a straight-line
basis over the  two forfeiture  periods ending  November 15,  1997 resulting  in
compensation
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
expense  of $75,742  and $12,984 for  the year  ended December 31,  1995 and the
three-month period ended March 31, 1996.
 
     The second employment agreement is dated February 15, 1996 and is effective
from such date through February 15, 1997. This agreement provides for a  minimum
monthly  salary of $15,000 and further provides for a $90,000 bonus in the event
the Company successfully completes an initial public offering prior to  February
28,  1997. Additionally, the officer is  entitled to receive a performance bonus
in the event the Company  meets certain sales and  income targets as defined  in
the  agreement, and is limited to $90,000 annually. If the officer is terminated
prior to February 15, 1997 for any reason other than a discharge by the  Company
for cause or termination initiated by the officer, then the remaining portion of
the  first year salary becomes immediately due and payable to the officer or his
beneficiary.
 
     The third employment agreement is dated May 31, 1996, and is effective from
such date for  five years.  The agreement provides  for compensation  at a  base
salary  of $240,000 per annum, which may be increased and may be decreased to an
amount of not less than $240,000, at  the discretion of the Board of  Directors.
The agreement entitles the officer to receive the benefits of any cash incentive
compensation  as may be granted by the Board to employees, and to participate in
any executive bonus or incentive plan established by the Board of Directors.
 
     The agreement provides the officer  with additional benefits including  (i)
the right to participate in the Company's medical benefit plan, (ii) entitlement
to benefits under the Company's executive disability insurance coverage, (iii) a
monthly  automobile allowance of $1,500 together with maintenance and insurance,
(iv) six weeks paid vacation  and (v) all other  benefits granted to full-  time
executive employees of the Company.
 
     The  agreement automatically terminates upon (i)  the death of the officer,
(ii) disability  of the  officer for  six continuous  months together  with  the
likelihood  that  the officer  will  be unable  to  perform his  duties  for the
following continuous six months, as determined by the Board of Directors,  (iii)
termination of the officer 'for cause' (which termination requires the vote of a
majority  of the Board) or (iv) the  occurrence of the five-year expiration date
provided, however,  the  agreement  may  be  extended  for  successive  one-year
intervals  unless  either party  elects to  terminate the  agreement in  a prior
written notice. The officer may terminate  his employment for 'good reason',  as
defined  in the agreement . In the event of the officer's termination for cause,
the agreement provides that  the Company shall pay  the officer his base  salary
through  the  date  of  termination  and the  vested  portion  of  any incentive
compensation plan to which the officer may be entitled.
 
     Other than following  a change in  control, if the  Company terminates  the
officer  in breach of the agreement, or if the officer terminates his employment
for good reason, the Company must pay  the officer: (i) his base salary  through
the  date of  termination; (ii)  a severance  payment equal  to the  base salary
multiplied by the number  of years remaining under  the agreement; and (iii)  in
the  case of breach by the Company of  the agreement, all other damages to which
the officer may be entitled as a result of such breach, including lost  benefits
under retirement and incentive plans.
 
     In  the event of  the officer's termination following  a change in control,
the Company is required to  pay the officer an amount  equal to three times  the
sum  of (i) his  base salary, (ii) his  annual management incentive compensation
and (iii) his planned level of  annual perquisites. The agreement also  provides
for  indemnification of the officer for any costs or liabilities incurred by the
officer in connection with his employment.
 
14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
     An affiliate of the  Company leases office  space, furniture, fixtures  and
equipment  under operating  leases and allocates  a significant  portion of such
costs to  the Company  based on  estimated usage  (see Note  12). The  affiliate
reports  such leases  as operating leases.  Total rent expense  allocated to the
 
                                      F-15
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Company under all  operating leases  was approximately $61,000  and $351,000  in
1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     The   aggregate  minimum  rental  commitments  of  the  affiliate  for  all
non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of more than one
year are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>
  1996........................................................   $382,888
  1997........................................................    378,488
  1998........................................................    154,250
</TABLE>
 
     The Company  has guaranteed  a working  capital line  entered into  by  the
Company's  majority shareholder. Total borrowings  of $2,250,000 under such line
of credit were contributed to the  Company as additional paid-in capital  during
the  year ended December 31, 1995.  The indebtedness of the majority shareholder
is repaid  from and  collateralized by  a  portion of  cash flows  from  Finance
Contracts  underlying  certain  securitization  transactions  completed  by  the
majority shareholder  and  affiliates owned  by  the majority  shareholder.  The
outstanding  balance  guaranteed  by  the  Company  at  December  31,  1995  was
approximately $2,000,000.  All amounts  outstanding  under the  working  capital
line,  if any,  are expected to  be prepaid  from the sale  of a  portion of the
majority shareholder's common stock upon successful completion by the Company of
an initial public offering. In April 1996, the Company made a payment of $89,000
as a principal reduction  in the working capital  line to bring the  outstanding
balance to the maximum permitted outstanding amount as of March 31, 1996.
 
15. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
     During  1995, the  Company adopted  SFAS No.  107, 'Disclosures  about Fair
Value of  Financial Instruments'  which  requires disclosure  of fair  value  of
information  for financial  instruments. The  estimated fair  value amounts have
been  determined  by  the  Company,  using  available  market  information   and
appropriate   valuation   methodologies.  However,   considerable   judgment  is
necessarily required in  interpreting market  data to develop  the estimates  of
fair  value.  Accordingly, the  estimates presented  herein are  not necessarily
indicative of the  amounts that the  Company would realize  in a current  market
exchange.   The   use  of   different   market  assumptions   and/or  estimation
methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
     The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair  value
of  each class of financial instruments for  which it is practicable to estimate
that value:
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     The carrying amount approximates fair  value because of the short  maturity
of those investments.
 
NOTE PAYABLE, REVOLVING CREDIT BORROWINGS AND REPURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
     The  fair value of  the Company's debt  is estimated based  upon the quoted
market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered  to
the  Company for debt of the  same remaining maturities and characteristics. The
revolving credit lines are variable rate  loans, resulting in a fair value  that
approximates  carrying  cost  at December  31,  1995. Additionally,  due  to the
December borrowing date, the note  payable and repurchase agreement fair  values
approximate cost at December 31, 1995.
 
FINANCE CONTRACTS HELD FOR SALE
 
     The fair value of Finance Contracts held for sale is based on the estimated
proceeds expected on securitization of the Finance Contracts held for sale.
 
                                      F-16
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
EXCESS SERVICING RECEIVABLE
 
     The  carrying amount is accounted for on a historical cost basis which, due
to the  nature  of  this  financial instrument  and  the  recent  securitization
transaction date, approximates fair value.
 
     The  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Company's  financial  instruments at
December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      CARRYING        FAIR
                                                                       AMOUNT        VALUE
                                                                     ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................   $   92,660    $   92,660
Finance Contracts held for sale...................................    4,028,567     4,213,000
Excess servicing receivable.......................................    3,681,028     3,681,028
Note payable......................................................    2,674,597     2,674,597
Revolving credit borrowings.......................................    1,150,421     1,150,421
Repurchase agreement..............................................    1,061,392     1,061,392
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
               INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................    S-2
 
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts...........................................................    S-3
</TABLE>
 
     All  other consolidated financial statement  schedules not listed have been
omitted since the required  information is either  included in the  consolidated
financial statements and the notes thereto or is not applicable or required.
 
                                      S-1
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
 
     Our  report on the consolidated financial statements of AutoBond Acceptance
Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for the period
from August 1,  1994 (inception) to  December 31,  1994 and for  the year  ended
December  31, 1995, is included  on page F-2 of  this Registration Statement. In
connection with our audits  of such consolidated  financial statements, we  have
also audited the related consolidated financial statement schedule listed on the
index on page S-1 of this Registration Statement.
 
     In  our opinion, the consolidated  financial statement schedule referred to
above,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated   financial
statements  taken as  a whole,  presents fairly,  in all  material respects, the
information required to be included therein.
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
Austin, Texas
June 6, 1996
 
                                      S-2



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            ADDITIONS
                                                           BALANCE          CHARGED TO                       BALANCE
                                                         AT BEGINNING       COSTS AND                        AT END
                                                          OF PERIOD          EXPENSES        RETIREMENTS    OF PERIOD
                                                         ------------    ----------------    -----------    ---------
 
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>                 <C>            <C>
Allowance for Credit Losses:
     Period from August 1, 1994
       (Inception) to December 31, 1994...............     $     --          $ 45,000          $    --      $  45,000
     Year ended December 31, 1995.....................     $ 45,000          $619,000          $    --      $ 664,100
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-3



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
__________________________________             _________________________________
 
  NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON OR  ANY OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER
THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST  NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS  HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  ANY
UNDERWRITER OR THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL
OR  SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY BY  ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH
OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT  AUTHORIZED, OR IN  WHICH THE  PERSON MAKING  SUCH
OFFER  OR SOLICITATION IS  NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO, OR  TO ANYONE TO  WHOM IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO  MAKE SUCH  OFFER  OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER  THE DELIVERY  OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN THE AFFAIRS  OF THE  COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE AS TO WHICH INFORMATION IS FURNISHED.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PAGE
                                                                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>
Prospectus Summary................................................................................................     3
Risk Factors......................................................................................................     7
Use of Proceeds...................................................................................................    14
Dividend Policy...................................................................................................    14
Dilution..........................................................................................................    15
Capitalization....................................................................................................    16
Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data................................................................    17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.............................    19
Business..........................................................................................................    30
Management........................................................................................................    44
Certain Transactions..............................................................................................    52
Principal and Selling Shareholders................................................................................    53
Description of Capital Stock......................................................................................    54
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...................................................................................    57
Underwriting......................................................................................................    58
Legal Matters.....................................................................................................    59
Experts...........................................................................................................    59
Change in Accountants.............................................................................................    59
Additional Information............................................................................................    59
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................................................   F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
  UNTIL                  , 1996  (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS) ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN  THE REGISTERED  SECURITIES, WHETHER  OR  NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE  REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS AND  WITH  RESPECT TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                1,975,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE
                                  CORPORATION
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                            -----------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                            -----------------------
 
                            OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
                         RAUSCHER PIERCE REFSNES, INC.
 
                                              , 1996
 
__________________________________             _________________________________





<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The  Registrant  estimates that  expenses in  connection with  the offering
described in this registration statement will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee................................   $10,182
NASD filing fee....................................................................     3,453
Printing expenses..................................................................      *
Accounting fees and expenses.......................................................      *
Legal fees and expenses............................................................      *
Nasdaq listing fees................................................................      *
Fees and expenses (including legal fees) for qualifications under state securities
  laws.............................................................................    15,000
Transfer agent's fees and expenses.................................................      *
Miscellaneous......................................................................      *
                                                                                      -------
Total..............................................................................   $  *
                                                                                      -------
                                                                                      -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  To be filed by amendment.
 
     All amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee,
the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fees are estimated.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Article 2.02-1 of the Texas Business Corporation Act provides:
 
             1. A corporation may indemnify any officer or director from
        and against any  judgments, penalties,  fines, settlements,  and
        reasonable expenses actually incurred by him in an action, suit,
        investigation  or other  proceeding to which  he is,  was, or is
        threatened to be a party; provided that it is determined by  the
        Board  of Directors, a committee thereof, special legal counsel,
        or a majority of the stockholders that such officer or director:
        (a) conducted himself in good faith; (b) (i) in the case of  his
        conduct  as a  director of the  corporation, reasonably believed
        that his conduct was in the best interest of the corporation  or
        (ii)  in  all other  cases, that  his conduct  was at  least not
        opposed to the  corporation's interest;  and (c)  in a  criminal
        case,  had  no  reasonable  cause  to  believe  his  conduct was
        unlawful. In  matters as  to which  the officer  or director  is
        found  liable to the corporation or is found liable on the basis
        that a personal  benefit was  improperly received  by him,  such
        indemnity   is  limited  to  the  reasonable  expenses  actually
        incurred. No indemnification  is permitted with  respect to  any
        proceeding  in which the officer or director is found liable for
        willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duty
        to the corporation.
 
             2. A  corporation shall  indemnify an  officer or  director
        against  reasonable expenses incurred by  him in connection with
        an action, suit, investigation, or other proceeding to which  he
        is,  was, or was threatened to be  a party if he has been wholly
        successful in its defense.
 
             3. A corporation  may advance  an officer  or director  the
        reasonable  costs of defending an action, suit, investigation or
        other proceeding in certain cases.
 
             4. A corporation shall have power to purchase and  maintain
        insurance  on behalf  of any  person who  is or  was a director,
        officer, employee  or agent  of the  corporation, or  is or  was
        serving  at  the  request  of  the  corporation  as  a director,
        officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership,
        joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any  liability
        asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or
        arising   out  of  his  status  as  such,  whether  or  not  the
        corporation would have the power  to indemnify him against  such
        liability under the provisions of this Article.
 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  provide that  the  Company will
indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
     The Company  is  in  the  process of  procuring  directors'  and  officers'
liability insurance in the amount of $5 million.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     In   December  1995  and  March  1996,  the  Company's  two  securitization
subsidiaries issued approximately $26.2 million and $16.6 million, respectively,
in Class A investor Certificates, evidencing an undivided ownership interest  in
a  pool of finance contracts with  an initial aggregate unpaid principal balance
equal to the initial principal balance of such Class A Certificates, and with an
initial gross principal balance slightly in excess of such Class A balance. Each
of the outstanding Class A Certificates  received a rating upon issuance of  'A'
from  Fitch and 'A3' from Moody's. The  certificates issued in the December 1995
and March 1996 securitizations  have final maturity dates  of April 15 and  July
15,  2002, respectively. In  each case, the Class  A Certificates were privately
placed with sophisticated  institutional investors pursuant  to Section 4(2)  of
the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended  (the 'Securities Act'). The Company has
financed on a non-recourse basis approximately 80% of the retained excess spread
from both the  1995 and  1996 securitizations  with sophisticated  institutional
investors.
 
     In  March  1996, the  Company  issued to  a  private investor,  pursuant to
Section 4(2)  of the  Securities  Act, a  Subordinated Note  (the  'Subordinated
Note')  in the amount of $300,000 and a Warrant (the 'Warrant') for the purchase
of 18,811 shares of Common Stock.  The payment obligations of the Company  under
the  Subordinated Note are subordinated to all other indebtedness of the Company
that is not specifically designated as subordinate to the Subordinated Note. The
Subordinated Note carries a per annum interest rate equal to 10% and has a final
maturity date of March 12, 1997.
 
     The Warrant entitles the  holder, upon exercise  thereof, to purchase  from
the  Company shares of its Common Stock, at  a price per share equal to the fair
market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant. The exercise price per
share may deviate from  the initial public offering  price over time as  certain
adjustments  may  be made  to the  number of  shares constituting  a purchasable
'share' resulting  from  stock  splits, issuance  of  additional  Common  Stock,
issuance  of  additional  warrants or  other  rights or  issuance  of securities
convertible into Common Stock  by the Company. The  Warrant provides the  holder
with  certain  registration rights  that arise  upon  the Company's  proposal to
register, subsequent to its initial public  offering, the Common Stock for  sale
to the public under the Securities Act.
 
     In  November 1995, the Company agreed to issue, pursuant to Section 4(2) of
the  Securities  Act,  to  Adrian  Katz  568,750  shares  of  Common  Stock   in
consideration  for  current  and future  services.  Such shares  were  issued in
January 1996.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                                                                    NUMBERED
 NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                          PAGE
- --------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------

<C>        <S>                                                                                           <C>
 1.1*      -- Underwriting Agreement
 3.1       -- Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company
 3.2       -- Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
 5.1*      -- Opinion of Dewey Ballantine
10.1*`D'   -- Pooling and Trust Agreement dated as of December 15, 1995 among AutoBond Funding
             Corporation 1995, the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
10.2       -- Servicing Agreement dated as of December 15, 1995 among AutoBond Funding Corporation
             1995, CSC Logic/MSA L.L.P., doing business as 'Loan Servicing Enterprise,' the Company
             and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
10.3*`D'   -- Loan Sale and Contribution Agreement dated as of December 15, 1995 among the Company,
             AutoBond Funding Corporation I and AutoBond Funding Corporation 1995
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                                                                    NUMBERED
 NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                          PAGE
- --------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------
<C>        <S>                                                                                           <C>
10.4*`D'   -- Amended and Restated Loan Origination, Sale and Contribution Agreement dated as of
             December 15, 1995 by and between the Company and AutoBond Funding Corporation I
10.5*`D'   -- Pooling and Trust Agreement dated as of March 28, 1996 among AutoBond Funding
             Corporation 1996-A, the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
10.6       -- Servicing Agreement dated as of March 28, 1996 among AutoBond Funding Corporation
             1996-A, CSC Logic/MSA L.L.P., doing business as 'Loan Servicing Enterprise', the Company
             and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
10.7*`D'   -- Loan Sale and Contribution Agreement dated as of March 28, 1996 among the Company,
             AutoBond Funding Corporation I and AutoBond Funding Corporation 1996-A
10.8       -- Servicing Agreement dated as of May 21, 1996 among AutoBond Funding Corporation II, CSC
             Logic/MSA L.L.P., doing business as 'Loan Servicing Enterprise', the Company and Norwest
             Bank Minnesota, National Association
10.9*`D'   -- Security Agreement dated as of May 21, 1996 among AutoBond Funding Corporation II, the
             Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
10.10*`D'  -- Credit Agreement and Side Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1996 among AutoBond Funding
             Corporation II, the Company and Peoples Life Insurance Company
10.11*`D'  -- Loan Acquisition Sale and Contribution Agreement dated as of May 21, 1996 by and between
             the Company and AutoBond Funding Corporation II
10.12      -- Second Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 31, 1995
             between Sentry Financial Corporation and the Company
10.13*`D'  -- Pledge Agreement and Non-Recourse Note dated April 8, 1996
10.14*`D'  -- Pledge Agreement and Non-Recourse Note dated March 28, 1996
10.15      -- Management Administration and Services Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 between the
             Company and AutoBond, Inc.
10.16      -- Employment Agreement dated November 15, 1995 between Adrian Katz and the Company
10.17      -- Employment Agreement dated February 15, 1996 between Charles A. Pond and the Company
10.18      -- Employment Agreement effective as of May 1, 1996 between William O. Winsauer and the
             Company
10.19      -- Vender's Comprehensive Single Interest Insurance Policy and Endorsements, issued by
             Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
10.20      -- Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of the Company dated March 12, 1996
16.1       -- Change in certifying accountant's letter
21.1       -- Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1       -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
23.2*      -- Consent of Dewey Ballantine (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3       -- Consents of Director Designees
24.1       -- Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement)
27.1       -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  To be filed by amendment
 
`D'  Confidential treatment requested
 
     (b) Financial Statements
 
                                      II-3
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
     (a)  The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted  to directors, officers and controlling persons  of
the   registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the
registrant has been advised that in  the opinion of the Securities and  Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the  payment by the registrant of  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
     (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of  1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained  in
     a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or
     (4)  or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall  be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the  Securities
     Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be  a new registration statement relating  to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Registration  Statement to be signed  on its behalf by  the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the  City of Austin, State of Texas,
on June 6, 1996.
 
                                          AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
 
                                          By:       /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                                             ...................................
                                                 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     KNOW ALL MEN BY  THESE PRESENTS, that each  person whose signature  appears
below  constitutes and appoints William O. Winsauer  and Adrian Katz and each of
them, his  true and  lawful attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full  power  of
substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any
and  all capacities  to sign  any and  all amendments  (including post-effective
amendments) to  this Registration  Statement, and  to file  the same,  with  all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and  Exchange Commission,  granting unto  said attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and authority to  do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises,
as fully to all intents and purposes as  he might or could do in person,  hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any
of them or their or his substitute  or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause  to
be done by virtue hereof.
 
     Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the  capacity
indicated on June 6, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                                   TITLE
- ------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<C>                                         <S>
         /S/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER            Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 .........................................    (Principal Executive Officer)
           WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
 
             /S/ ADRIAN KATZ                Vice Chairman of the Board, Chief Operating Officer and Director
 .........................................
               ADRIAN KATZ
 
           /S/ JOHN S. WINSAUER             Vice President and Director
 .........................................
             JOHN S. WINSAUER
 
           /S/ WILLIAM J. STAHL             Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 .........................................
             WILLIAM J. STAHL
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        SEQUENTIALLY
    EXHIBIT                                                                                               NUMBERED
     NUMBER                                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                       PAGE
    --------   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------
    <C>        <S>                                                                                      <C>
     1.1*      -- Underwriting Agreement
     3.1       -- Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company
     3.2       -- Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
     5.1*      -- Opinion of Dewey Ballantine
    10.1*`D'   --  Pooling and Trust Agreement  dated as of December  15, 1995 among AutoBond Funding
                 Corporation 1995, the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
    10.2       --  Servicing  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  15,  1995  among  AutoBond  Funding
                 Corporation   1995,  CSC  Logic/MSA  L.L.P.,   doing  business  as  'Loan  Servicing
                 Enterprise,' the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
    10.3*`D'   -- Loan  Sale and  Contribution Agreement  dated as  of December  15, 1995  among  the
                 Company, AutoBond Funding Corporation I and AutoBond Funding Corporation 1995
    10.4*`D'   --  Amended and Restated Loan Origination, Sale and Contribution Agreement dated as of
                 December 15, 1995 by and between the Company and AutoBond Funding Corporation I
    10.5*`D'   -- Pooling and  Trust Agreement  dated as  of March  28, 1996  among AutoBond  Funding
                 Corporation 1996-A, the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
    10.6       --  Servicing Agreement dated as of March  28, 1996 among AutoBond Funding Corporation
                 1996-A, CSC Logic/MSA  L.L.P., doing  business as 'Loan  Servicing Enterprise',  the
                 Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
    10.7*`D'   --  Loan Sale and Contribution Agreement dated as of March 28, 1996 among the Company,
                 AutoBond Funding Corporation I and AutoBond Funding Corporation 1996-A
    10.8       -- Servicing Agreement dated as of May 21, 1996 among AutoBond Funding Corporation II,
                 CSC Logic/MSA L.L.P., doing business as 'Loan Servicing Enterprise', the Company and
                 Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
    10.9*`D'   -- Security Agreement dated as of May 21, 1996 among AutoBond Funding Corporation  II,
                 the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
    10.10*`D'  --  Credit  Agreement and  Side Agreement,  dated as  of May  21, 1996  among AutoBond
                 Funding Corporation II, the Company and Peoples Life Insurance Company
    10.11*`D'  -- Loan Acquisition Sale and  Contribution Agreement dated as of  May 21, 1996 by  and
                 between the Company and AutoBond Funding Corporation II
    10.12      -- Second Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 31,
                 1995 between Sentry Financial Corporation and the Company
    10.13*`D'  -- Pledge Agreement and Non-Recourse Note dated April 8, 1996
    10.14*`D'  -- Pledge Agreement and Non-Recourse Note dated March 28, 1996
    10.15      --  Management  Administration and  Services  Agreement dated  as  of January  1, 1996
                 between the Company and AutoBond, Inc.
    10.16      -- Employment Agreement dated November 15, 1995 between Adrian Katz and the Company
    10.17      -- Employment  Agreement dated  February 15,  1996  between Charles  A. Pond  and  the
                 Company
    10.18      --  Employment Agreement effective as  of May 1, 1996  between William O. Winsauer and
                 the Company
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        SEQUENTIALLY
    EXHIBIT                                                                                               NUMBERED
     NUMBER                                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                       PAGE
    --------   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------
     <S>                          <C>                                                                      <C>
    10.19      -- Vender's Comprehensive Single Interest Insurance Policy and Endorsements, issued by
                 Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
    10.20      -- Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of the Company dated March 12, 1996
    16.1       -- Change in certifying accountant's letter
    21.1       -- Subsidiaries of the Company
    23.1       -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
    23.2*      -- Consent of Dewey Ballantine (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
    23.3       -- Consents of Director Designees
    24.1       -- Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement)
    27.1       -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE> 
- ------------
 
*  To be filed by amendment.
 
`D'  Confidential treatment requested.



                         STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
The dagger footnote shall be expressed as..............................`D'



<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                       RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                         AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION


                                   ARTICLE ONE

      AutoBond  Acceptance  Corporation  (the  "Corporation"),  pursuant  to the
provisions of Article 4.07 of the Texas  Business  Corporation  Act (the "Act"),
hereby adopts  restated  articles of  incorporation  which  accurately  copy the
articles of incorporation and all amendments  thereto that are in effect to date
and as further amended by such restated articles of incorporation as hereinafter
set forth and which contain no other change in any provision thereof.

                                   ARTICLE TWO

      The  articles  of  incorporation  of the  Corporation  are  amended by the
restated articles of incorporation as follows:

      FIRST: Article I is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      Name

      The name of the Corporation is AutoBond Acceptance Corporation.

      SECOND:  Article  II is hereby  amended by adding  the  following  caption
preceding the text of Article II:

                                    Duration

      THIRD:  Article  III is hereby  amended  by adding the  following  caption
preceding the text of Article III:

                                     Purpose

      Article  III is hereby  further  amended by adding to the end of the first
and only sentence of Article III the following terms:

                                   (the "Act")

      FOURTH: Article IV is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:



<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE IV

                                Authorized Shares

      Section 1. The aggregate  number of shares which the Corporation will have
authority to issue is  30,000,000 of which  25,000,000  will be shares of common
stock, no par value per share ("Common Stock"),  and 5,000,000 will be shares of
preferred stock, no par value per share ("Preferred Stock").

      Section 2. The board of directors shall have authority to establish series
of Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in
one or more series, each of which is to have a distinctive serial designation as
determined in the resolution or resolutions of the board of directors  providing
for the issuance of such Preferred Stock from time to time.

      Section 3. Each series of Preferred Stock:

            (a) may have such number of shares;

            (b) may have such voting powers,  full or limited, or may be without
      voting powers;

            (c) may be subject to  redemption  at such time or times and at such
      price;

            (d) may be entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or
      noncumulative)  at such rate or rates, on such conditions,  from such date
      or dates,  and at such  times,  and payable in  preference  to, or in such
      relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series
      of stock;

            (e) may have  such  rights  upon  the  dissolution  of,  or upon any
      distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;

            (f) may be made convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any
      other  class or classes,  or of any other  series of the same or any other
      class or classes,  of stock of the  Corporation at such price or prices or
      at such rates of exchange, and with such adjustments;

            (g) may be  entitled  to the  benefit of a sinking  fund or purchase
      fund to be applied to the purchase or  redemption of shares of such series
      in such amount or amounts;



                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



            (h) may be entitled to the benefit of  conditions  and  restrictions
      upon the creation of  indebtedness  of the  Corporation or any subsidiary,
      upon the issuance of any additional stock (including  additional shares of
      such series or of any other  series) and upon the payment of  dividends or
      the making of other  distributions  on, and the  purchase,  redemption  or
      other acquisition of any class of stock by the Corporation; and

            (i) may have such other relative, participating, optional  or  other
      special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof;

as in such instance is stated in the  resolution or  resolutions of the board of
directors  providing  for the  issuance of such  Preferred  Stock.  Except where
otherwise  set forth in such  resolution  or  resolutions,  the number of shares
comprising  such series may be increased or decreased  (but not below the number
of shares  then  outstanding)  from time to time by like  action of the board of
directors.

      Section  4.  Shares  of any  series of  Preferred  Stock  which  have been
redeemed  (whether  through the  operation  of a sinking fund or  otherwise)  or
purchased by the  Corporation,  or which, if convertible or  exchangeable,  have
been  converted  into or  exchanged  for  shares of stock of any other  class or
classes  will have the status of  authorized  and  unissued  shares of Preferred
Stock and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were  originally
a part or may be reclassified  and reissued as part of a new series of Preferred
Stock created by resolution or  resolutions of the board of directors or as part
of any other  series of  Preferred  Stock,  all  subject  to the  conditions  or
restrictions  on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions  adopted by
the board of  directors  providing  for the  issuance of any series of Preferred
Stock and to any filing required by law.

      Section 5. (a) Except as otherwise  provided by law or by the  resolutions
of the board of directors  providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred
Stock,  Common Stock will have the  exclusive  right to vote for the election of
directors  and for all other  purposes.  Each  holder of  Common  Stock  will be
entitled  to one vote for each share  held.  The right of  cumulative  voting is
hereby specifically denied.

            (b) Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolutions of the
board of directors  providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock,
the right of class voting is denied.


                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




            (c)  Subject to all of the rights of  Preferred  Stock or any series
thereof,  the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive,  when, as and
if declared by the board of directors,  out of funds legally available therefor,
dividends payable in cash, in stock or otherwise.

            (d)  Upon  any   liquidation,   dissolution  or  winding-up  of  the
Corporation,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  and  after  the  holders  of
Preferred  Stock of each series have been paid in full the amounts to which they
respectively  are entitled or a sum sufficient for such payment in full has been
set aside,  the remaining net assets of the Corporation  will be distributed pro
rata to the holders of Common Stock in accordance with their  respective  rights
and interests to the exclusion of the holders of Preferred Stock.

      FIFTH:  Article  V is  hereby  amended  by adding  the  following  caption
preceding the text of Article V:

                     Restriction on Commencement of Business

      SIXTH: Article VI is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        Provisions for Regulation of the
                       Internal Affairs of the Corporation

      Provisions for the regulation of the internal  affairs of the  Corporation
will include the  following,  but such  enumeration  is not in limitation of the
power of the  shareholders or the Board of Directors to formulate in the Bylaws,
by  resolution,  or any other  proper  manner  any other  lawful  provision  not
inconsistent with law or these articles:

      Section 1.  Bylaws.  The Board of  Directors  from time to time may alter,
amend or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws;  but the shareholders  from time
to time may alter,  amend or repeal any Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors
or may adopt new Bylaws.

      Section  2.  Denial  of  Preemptive   Rights.   The  shareholders  of  the
Corporation will not have the preemptive right to acquire  additional,  unissued
or  treasury  shares  of the  Corporation,  or  securities  of  the  Corporation
convertible into or carrying a right to subscribe to or acquire shares.



                                      - 4 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      Section 3. Voting Requirements for Certain Corporate Actions. With respect
to any  action  which may be taken by the  shareholders  where the Act  requires
greater than a majority vote,  such action shall require only the concurrence of
a majority of the shares entitled to vote.

      Section 4. Consents in Lieu of Meetings. Any action required by the Act to
be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special  meeting of shareholders
may be taken  without a meeting,  without  prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent (or  consents)  in  writing,  setting  forth the action to be taken,  is
signed by the  holders  or holder of  shares  having  not less than the  minimum
number of votes  that  would be  necessary  to take such  action at a meeting at
which the holders of all shares  entitled to vote on the action were present and
voted. In order to be effective,  such consent or consents shall comply with all
requirements of the Act.

      Section 5.  Limitation  of  Liability  of  Directors.  No  director of the
Corporation  shall be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary
damages for an act or omission in such director's  capacity as a director except
for (i) a breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the  Corporation  or its
shareholders,  (ii) an act or  omission  not in good  faith that  constitutes  a
breach of duty to the  Corporation or an act or omission  involving  intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) a transaction from which the
director  received an improper benefit (whether or not the benefit resulted from
an action taken within the scope of the  director's  office),  or (iv) an act or
omission  for which the  liability  of the  director  is  expressly  provided by
applicable statute.

      SEVENTH: Article VII is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                                   ARTICLE VII

                     Registered Office and Registered Agent

      The street address of its registered  office is 301 Congress  Avenue,  9th
Floor,  Austin, Texas 78701 and the name of its registered agent at that address
is William O. Winsauer.

      EIGHTH: Article VIII is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:





                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               Board of Directors

      Section  1.  Board of  Directors.  The Board of  Directors  consists  of 3
members. The names and addresses of the persons who presently serve as directors
of the  Corporation,  and will  serve as such until the next  annual  meeting of
shareholders, or until their successors are elected and qualified, are:

                  Name                             Address
                  ----                             -------

                  William O. Winsauer              301 Congress Avenue
                                                   9th Floor
                                                   Austin, Texas 78701

                  John S. Winsauer                 301 Congress Avenue
                                                   9th Floor
                                                   Austin, Texas 78701

                  Adrian Katz                      301 Congress Avenue
                                                   9th Floor
                                                   Austin, Texas 78701

      Section 2.  Number and  Qualification.  The number and  qualifications  of
directors  constituting  the Board of Directors of the Corporation will be fixed
or  determined  in the manner  provided  in the Bylaws of the  Corporation.  The
number of  directors  may be  increased  or  decreased  from time to time in the
manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

      NINTH: Article IX is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 Indemnification

      The Corporation  shall indemnify,  and advance expenses to, its current or
former directors,  officers, employees and agents or any person who served or is
serving at the request of the  Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other
enterprise to the full extent permitted by the Act. Such  indemnification  shall
not be  deemed  exclusive  of any  other  rights  to which  such  person  may be
entitled,  under any bylaws,  agreements,  vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise.


                                      - 6 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>





      TENTH: Articles X and XI are hereby deleted.

                                END OF AMENDMENTS

                                  ARTICLE THREE

      Each such amendment  made by the restated  articles of  incorporation  has
been  effected in  conformity  with the  provisions of the Act and such restated
articles of incorporation  and each such amendment made by the restated articles
of incorporation were duly adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on the
30th day of May, 1996.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

      The number of shares outstanding was 7,407.4074,  and the number of shares
entitled to vote on the  restated  articles of  incorporation  as so amended was
7,407.4074.  All of the  shareholders  have  signed  a  written  consent  to the
adoption of such restated  articles of  incorporation  as so amended pursuant to
Article 9.10 and any written notice required by Article 9.10 has been given.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

      The manner in which any  exchange,  reclassification  or  cancellation  of
issued shares shall be effected is as follows:

      Each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
effectiveness  (the "Effective  Time") of the restated articles of incorporation
("Old Common Stock"), by virtue of the effectiveness of the restated articles of
incorporation and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, shall be
converted into the right to receive  767.8125 shares of Common Stock  authorized
by the restated  articles of  incorporation  following the Effective  Time ("New
Common  Stock").  No  fractional  shares of New  Common  Stock  shall be issued.
Instead of any  fractional  shares of New Common Stock which would  otherwise be
issuable,  the  Corporation  shall issue the next higher whole number of shares.
For purposes of  determining  the number of shares to be issued  pursuant to the
terms  hereof,  any  shares of Old Common  Stock held by one person in  multiple
accounts shall be aggregated. Promptly after the Effective Time, the Corporation
shall  give  notice  to  each  person  who  was a  holder  of Old  Common  Stock
immediately  prior to the Effective Time,  instructions for use in effecting the
surrender of the certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time


                                      - 7 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



represented  any of such Old Common Stock.  Upon surrender to the Corporation of
such  certificates in accordance with such  instructions,  the Corporation shall
deliver to the persons entitled thereto certificates in the name of such persons
representing shares of New Common Stock to which such persons are entitled.

                                   ARTICLE SIX

      The amendment to the restated articles of incorporation  effects no change
in the amount of stated capital of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

      The articles of incorporation  and all amendments and supplements  thereto
are hereby superseded by the following restated articles of incorporation  which
accurately copy the entire text thereof and as amended as above set forth:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      Name

      The name of the Corporation is AutoBond Acceptance Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    Duration

      The period of its duration is perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                     Purpose

      The purpose for which the  Corporation is organized is the  transaction of
any and all lawful business for which a corporation  may be  incorporated  under
the Texas Business Corporation Act (the "Act").

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                Authorized Shares

      Section 1. The aggregate  number of shares which the Corporation will have
authority to issue is  30,000,000 of which  25,000,000  will be shares of common
stock, no par value per share ("Common


                                      - 8 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



Stock"), and 5,000,000 will be shares of preferred stock, no par value per share
("Preferred Stock").

      Section 2. The board of directors shall have authority to establish series
of Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in
one or more series, each of which is to have a distinctive serial designation as
determined in the resolution or resolutions of the board of directors  providing
for the issuance of such Preferred Stock from time to time.

      Section 3. Each series of Preferred Stock:

            (a) may have such number of shares;

            (b) may have such voting powers,  full or limited, or may be without
      voting powers;

            (c) may be subject to  redemption  at such time or times and at such
      price;

            (d) may be entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or
      noncumulative)  at such rate or rates, on such conditions,  from such date
      or dates,  and at such  times,  and payable in  preference  to, or in such
      relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series
      of stock;

            (e) may have  such  rights  upon  the  dissolution  of,  or upon any
      distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;

            (f) may be made convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any
      other  class or classes,  or of any other  series of the same or any other
      class or classes,  of stock of the  Corporation at such price or prices or
      at such rates of exchange, and with such adjustments;

            (g) may be  entitled  to the  benefit of a sinking  fund or purchase
      fund to be applied to the purchase or  redemption of shares of such series
      in such amount or amounts;

            (h) may be entitled to the benefit of  conditions  and  restrictions
      upon the creation of  indebtedness  of the  Corporation or any subsidiary,
      upon the issuance of any additional stock (including  additional shares of
      such series or of any other  series) and upon the payment of  dividends or
      the making of other  distributions  on, and the  purchase,  redemption  or
      other acquisition of any class of stock by the Corporation; and


                                      - 9 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




            (i) may have such other relative, participating,  optional  or other
      special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof;

as in such instance is stated in the  resolution or  resolutions of the board of
directors  providing  for the  issuance of such  Preferred  Stock.  Except where
otherwise  set forth in such  resolution  or  resolutions,  the number of shares
comprising  such series may be increased or decreased  (but not below the number
of shares  then  outstanding)  from time to time by like  action of the board of
directors.

      Section  4.  Shares  of any  series of  Preferred  Stock  which  have been
redeemed  (whether  through the  operation  of a sinking fund or  otherwise)  or
purchased by the  Corporation,  or which, if convertible or  exchangeable,  have
been  converted  into or  exchanged  for  shares of stock of any other  class or
classes  will have the status of  authorized  and  unissued  shares of Preferred
Stock and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were  originally
a part or may be reclassified  and reissued as part of a new series of Preferred
Stock created by resolution or  resolutions of the board of directors or as part
of any other  series of  Preferred  Stock,  all  subject  to the  conditions  or
restrictions  on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions  adopted by
the board of  directors  providing  for the  issuance of any series of Preferred
Stock and to any filing required by law.

      Section 5. (a) Except as otherwise  provided by law or by the  resolutions
of the board of directors  providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred
Stock,  Common Stock will have the  exclusive  right to vote for the election of
directors  and for all other  purposes.  Each  holder of  Common  Stock  will be
entitled  to one vote for each share  held.  The right of  cumulative  voting is
hereby specifically denied.

            (b) Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolutions of the
board of directors  providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock,
the right of class voting is denied.

            (c)  Subject to all of the rights of  Preferred  Stock or any series
thereof,  the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive,  when, as and
if declared by the board of directors,  out of funds legally available therefor,
dividends payable in cash, in stock or otherwise.

            (d)  Upon  any   liquidation,   dissolution  or  winding-up  of  the
Corporation,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  and  after  the  holders  of
Preferred Stock of each series have been paid in full


                                     - 10 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



the amounts to which they respectively are entitled or a sum sufficient for such
payment in full has been set aside,  the remaining net assets of the Corporation
will be distributed  pro rata to the holders of Common Stock in accordance  with
their  respective  rights  and  interests  to the  exclusion  of the  holders of
Preferred Stock.

                                    ARTICLE V

                     Restriction on Commencement of Business

      The  Corporation  will  not  commence   business  until  it  has  received
consideration  of the value of One Thousand Dollars  ($1,000.00),  consisting of
money, labor done or property actually received, for the issuance of its shares.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        Provisions for Regulation of the
                       Internal Affairs of the Corporation

      Provisions for the regulation of the internal  affairs of the  Corporation
will include the  following,  but such  enumeration  is not in limitation of the
power of the  shareholders or the Board of Directors to formulate in the Bylaws,
by  resolution,  or any other  proper  manner  any other  lawful  provision  not
inconsistent with law or these articles:

      Section 1.  Bylaws.  The Board of  Directors  from time to time may alter,
amend or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws;  but the shareholders  from time
to time may alter,  amend or repeal any Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors
or may adopt new Bylaws.

      Section  2.  Denial  of  Preemptive   Rights.   The  shareholders  of  the
Corporation will not have the preemptive right to acquire  additional,  unissued
or  treasury  shares  of the  Corporation,  or  securities  of  the  Corporation
convertible into or carrying a right to subscribe to or acquire shares.

      Section 3. Voting Requirements for Certain Corporate Actions. With respect
to any  action  which may be taken by the  shareholders  where the Act  requires
greater than a majority vote,  such action shall require only the concurrence of
a majority of the shares entitled to vote.

      Section 4. Consents in Lieu of Meetings. Any action required by the Act to
be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special  meeting of shareholders
may be taken  without a meeting,  without  prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent (or consents)


                                     - 11 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



in writing,  setting  forth the action to be taken,  is signed by the holders or
holder of shares having not less than the minimum  number of votes that would be
necessary  to take such  action at a meeting at which the  holders of all shares
entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. In order to be effective,
such consent or consents shall comply with all requirements of the Act.

      Section 5.  Limitation  of  Liability  of  Directors.  No  director of the
Corporation  shall be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary
damages for an act or omission in such director's  capacity as a director except
for (i) a breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the  Corporation  or its
shareholders,  (ii) an act or  omission  not in good  faith that  constitutes  a
breach of duty to the  Corporation or an act or omission  involving  intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) a transaction from which the
director  received an improper benefit (whether or not the benefit resulted from
an action taken within the scope of the  director's  office),  or (iv) an act or
omission  for which the  liability  of the  director  is  expressly  provided by
applicable statute.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                     Registered Office and Registered Agent

      The street address of its registered  office is 301 Congress  Avenue,  9th
Floor,  Austin, Texas 78701 and the name of its registered agent at that address
is William O. Winsauer.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               Board of Directors

      Section  1.  Board of  Directors.  The Board of  Directors  consists  of 3
members. The names and addresses of the persons who presently serve as directors
of the  Corporation,  and will  serve as such until the next  annual  meeting of
shareholders, or until their successors are elected and qualified, are:

                  Name                      Address
                  ----                      -------

                  William O. Winsauer       301 Congress Avenue
                                            9th Floor
                                            Austin, Texas 78701

                  John S. Winsauer          301 Congress Avenue
                                            9th Floor
                                            Austin, Texas 78701


                                     - 12 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                  Adrian Katz               301 Congress Avenue
                                            9th Floor
                                            Austin, Texas 78701

      Section 2.  Number and  Qualification.  The number and  qualifications  of
directors  constituting  the Board of Directors of the Corporation will be fixed
or  determined  in the manner  provided  in the Bylaws of the  Corporation.  The
number of  directors  may be  increased  or  decreased  from time to time in the
manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 Indemnification

      The Corporation  shall indemnify,  and advance expenses to, its current or
former directors,  officers, employees and agents or any person who served or is
serving at the request of the  Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other
enterprise to the full extent permitted by the Act. Such  indemnification  shall
not be  deemed  exclusive  of any  other  rights  to which  such  person  may be
entitled,  under any bylaws,  agreements,  vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise.

      In order to evidence the  foregoing,  the  undersigned  has executed these
restated articles of incorporation on this 31st day of May, 1996.


                                       AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION



                                       By: /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                                          ____________________________
                                          William O. Winsauer, Chief
                                          Executive Officer



                                     - 13 -




<PAGE>
 




<PAGE>

                         AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

                         AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION

                                 (the "Company")



                                    ARTICLE I

                                     Offices

      Section 1.1. Offices.  The principal  business office of the Company shall
be 301 Congress  Avenue,  9th Floor,  Austin,  Texas 78701. The Company may have
such other business offices within or without the State of Texas as the board of
directors may from time to time establish.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  Capital Stock

      Section 2.1. Certificate  Representing Shares. Shares of the capital stock
of the Company shall be represented by certificates in such form or forms as the
board of directors  may approve,  provided  that such form or forms shall comply
with all  applicable  requirements  of law or of the articles of  incorporation.
Such certificates shall be signed by the chief executive officer, president or a
vice president,  and by the secretary or an assistant secretary,  of the Company
and may be sealed with the seal of the Company or imprinted or otherwise  marked
with a facsimile  of such seal.  The  signature  of any or all of the  foregoing
officers of the Company may be represented by a printed  facsimile  thereof.  If
any officer whose signature,  or a facsimile  thereof,  shall have been set upon
any  certificate  shall  cease,  prior to the issuance of such  certificate,  to
occupy the position in right of which his signature,  or facsimile thereof,  was
so set upon such certificate,  the Company may nevertheless adopt and issue such
certificate with the same effect as if such officer occupied such position as of
such date of issuance;  and issuance  and  delivery of such  certificate  by the
Company shall constitute adoption thereof by the Company. The certificates shall
be  consecutively  numbered,  and as they are issued,  a record of such issuance
shall be entered in the books of the Company.

      Section  2.2.  Stock  Certificate  Book and  Shareholders  of Record.  The
secretary  of  the  Company  shall  maintain,   among  other  records,  a  stock
certificate book, the stubs which shall set forth the names and addresses of the
holders of all issued shares of the Company,  the number of shares held by each,
the number of certificates representing such shares, the date of issue of such


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



certificates,  and whether or not such shares  originate  from original issue or
from  transfer.  The names and addresses of  shareholders  as they appear on the
stock  certificate  book shall be the official list of shareholders of record of
the Company for all purposes.  The Company shall be entitled to treat the holder
of record of any shares as the owner thereof for all purposes,  and shall not be
bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares
or any  rights  deriving  from  such  shares  on the part of any  other  person,
including, but without limitation, a purchaser,  assignee, or transferee, unless
and until such other person becomes the holder of record of such shares, whether
or not the  Company  shall  have  either  actual or  constructive  notice of the
interest of such other person.

      Section 2.3.  Shareholder's  Change of Name or Address.  Each  shareholder
shall promptly  notify the secretary of the Company,  at its principal  business
office, by written notice sent by certified mail, return receipt  requested,  of
any change in name or address of the  shareholder  from that as it appears  upon
the official list of shareholders of record of the Company. The secretary of the
Company  shall  then enter  such  changes  into all  affected  Company  records,
including, but not limited to, the official list of shareholders of record.

      Section 2.4. Transfer of Stock. The shares  represented by any certificate
of the Company are  transferable  only on the books of the Company by the holder
of record  thereof or by his duly  authorized  attorney or legal  representative
upon  surrender  of the  certificate  for  such  shares,  properly  endorsed  or
assigned.  The board of directors may make such rules and regulations concerning
the issue,  transfer,  registration and replacement of certificates as they deem
desirable or necessary.

      Section 2.5.  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar.  The board of directors  may
appoint one or more transfer  agents or registrars of the shares,  or both,  and
may require all share  certificates to bear the signature of a transfer agent or
registrar, or both.

      Section 2.6. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Company may issue
a new  certificate  for  shares  of  stock  in  the  place  of  any  certificate
theretofore  issued and alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed,  but the
board of  directors  may  require  the owner of such lost,  stolen or  destroyed
certificate,  or his legal  representative,  to furnish an  affidavit as to such
loss,  theft, or destruction and to give a bond in such form and substance,  and
with such  surety or  sureties,  with  fixed or open  penalty,  as the board may
direct, in order to indemnify the Company


                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



and its transfer  agents and registrars,  if any,  against any claim that may be
made on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate.

      Section  2.7.  Fractional  Shares.  Only whole  shares of the stock of the
Company  shall  be  issued.  In case of any  transaction  by  reason  of which a
fractional  share might otherwise be issued,  the directors,  or the officers in
the exercise of powers  delegated  by the  directors,  shall take such  measures
consistent  with the law,  the  articles  of  incorporation  and  these  bylaws,
including (for example,  and not by way of limitation) the payment in cash of an
amount equal to the fair value of any fractional  share, as they may deem proper
to avoid the issuance of any fractional share.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                The Shareholders

      Section 3.1.  Annual  Meeting.  Commencing in the calendar year 1997,  the
annual  meeting of the  shareholders,  for the election of directors and for the
transaction  of such other  business as may  properly  come before the  meeting,
shall be held at the principal office of the Company,  at 10:00 a.m. local time,
on the second Tuesday in May of each year unless such day is a legal holiday, in
which case such meeting  shall be held at such hour on the first day  thereafter
which  is not a  legal  holiday;  or at  such  other  place  and  time as may be
designated  by the board of  directors.  Failure to hold any  annual  meeting or
meetings shall not work a forfeiture or dissolution of the Company.

      Section 3.2. Special Meetings.  Except as otherwise  provided by law or by
the  articles of  incorporation,  special  meetings of the  shareholders  may be
called by the chairman of the board of directors,  the chief executive  officer,
any one of the  directors,  or the  holders  of at least ten  percent of all the
shares having  voting power at such meeting,  and shall be held at the principal
office of the Company or at such other place, and at such time, as may be stated
in the notice calling such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders
entitled  to call a special  meeting is the date on which the first  shareholder
signs the notice of that meeting.  Business transacted at any special meeting of
shareholders  shall be  limited  to the  purpose  stated  in the  notice of such
meeting given in accordance with the terms of Section 3.3.

      Section  3.3.  Notice of Meetings - Waiver.  Written or printed  notice of
each meeting of shareholders, stating the place,


                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



day and hour of any meeting and, in case of a special shareholders' meeting, the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less
than ten nor more  than  sixty  days  before  the date of such  meeting,  either
personally or by mail, by or at the  direction of the chief  executive  officer,
the secretary, or the persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record
entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be
delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the  shareholder
at his address as it appears on the stock  transfer  books of the Company,  with
postage thereon prepaid. Such further or earlier notice shall be given as may be
required by law. The signing by a shareholder  of a written  waiver of notice of
any  shareholders'  meeting,  whether  before or after  the time  stated in such
waiver, shall be equivalent to the receiving by him of all notice required to be
given with respect to such  meeting.  Attendance  by a  shareholder,  whether in
person or by proxy,  at a  shareholders'  meeting  shall  constitute a waiver of
notice of such  meeting.  No notice of any  adjournment  of any meeting shall be
required.

      Section 3.4. Discharge of Notice  Requirement.  The notice provided for in
Section 3.3. of these bylaws is not required to be given to any  shareholder  if
either  notice of two  consecutive  annual  meetings and all notices of meetings
held during the period  between such annual  meetings or all payments (but in no
event less than two payments) of distributions or interest on securities, during
a 12-month  period,  have been sent by first  class mail,  to such  shareholder,
addressed  to the  address as shown on the  records of the Company and have been
returned  undeliverable.  Any action or meeting taken or held without  notice to
such a  shareholder  shall  have the same  force and effect as if the notice had
been duly given and any articles or document  filed with the  Secretary of State
pursuant to action  taken may state that notice was duly given to all persons to
whom notice was required to be given.  The  requirement  that notice be given to
such a  shareholder  shall be  reinstated  if such  shareholder  delivers to the
Company a written notice setting forth his then current address.

      Section 3.5.  Closing of Transfer  Books and Fixing  Record Date.  For the
purpose of  determining  shareholders  entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any
meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders  entitled to
receive a distribution  by the Company  (other than a  distribution  involving a
purchase  or  redemption  by the  Company  of any of its own  shares) or a share
dividend,  or in order to make a  determination  of  shareholders  for any other
proper purpose, the board of directors of the Company may provide that the stock
transfer books shall be closed


                                      - 4 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



for a stated period in no case to exceed sixty days. If the stock transfer books
shall be closed for the purpose of determining  shareholders  entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders,  such books  shall be closed for at
least the ten days  immediately  preceding such meeting.  In lieu of closing the
stock  transfer  books,  the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the
record date for any such determination of shareholders,  such date in no case to
be more than sixty days nor, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, less than
ten days  prior  to the  date on which  the  particular  action  requiring  such
determination  of  shareholders  is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are
not closed and no record  date is fixed for the  determination  of  shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders,  or shareholders
entitled  to receive a  distribution  (other  than a  distribution  involving  a
purchase or redemption by the  corporation  of any of its own shares) or a share
dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which
the resolution of the board of directors  declaring such  distribution  or share
dividend  is  adopted,  as the case may be,  shall  be the  record  date of such
determination of shareholders.  When a determination of shareholders entitled to
vote at any meeting of shareholders  has been made, as provided in this Section,
such  determination  shall apply to any  adjournment  thereof  except  where the
determination  has been made through the closing of stock transfer books and the
stated period of closing has expired.

      Section  3.6.  Distributions  and  Share  Ownership  as  of  Record  Date.
Distributions of cash,  tangible property or intangible property made or payable
by the Company,  whether in  liquidation or from  earnings,  profits,  assets or
capital,  including  all  distributions  that were  payable  but not paid to the
registered  owner of the shares,  his heirs,  successors or assigns but that are
now being held in suspense by the Company or that were paid or  delivered  by it
into an escrow  account  or to a trustee or  custodian,  shall be payable by the
Company, escrow agent, trustee or custodian to the person registered as owner of
the  shares  in  the  Company's  stock  transfer  books  as of the  record  date
determined for that  distribution,  as provided in Section 3.5. of these bylaws,
his heirs,  successors  or  assigns.  The person in whose name the shares are or
were registered in the stock transfer books of the Company as of the record date
shall be  deemed to be the owner of the  shares  registered  in his name at that
time.

      Section 3.7.  Voting List. The officer or agent having charge of the stock
transfer  books for shares of the Company  shall make,  at least ten days before
each meeting of shareholders,  a complete list of the  shareholders  entitled to
vote at such meeting


                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



or any adjournment thereof,  arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of
and the  number of shares  held by each,  which  list,  for a period of ten days
prior to such  meeting,  shall be kept on file at the  registered  office of the
Company and shall be subject to lawful inspection by any shareholder at any time
during the usual business hours.  Such list shall also be produced and kept open
at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the  inspection  of
any  shareholder  during the whole time of the  meeting.  Failure to comply with
this Section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

      Section 3.8. Quorum and Officers.  Except as otherwise provided by law, by
the articles of incorporation  or by these bylaws,  the holders of a majority of
the  shares  entitled  to vote and  represented  in  person  or by  proxy  shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders,  but the shareholders  present
at any meeting,  although representing less than a quorum, may from time to time
adjourn  the  meeting  to some  other day and hour,  without  notice  other than
announcement  at the  meeting.  The  shareholders  present  at a duly  organized
meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough  shareholders to leave less than a quorum.  The vote of the
holders of a majority of the shares  entitled to vote and thus  represented at a
meeting  at  which a quorum  is  present  shall be the act of the  shareholders'
meeting, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law. The chairman of
the board shall  preside at, and the  secretary  shall keep the records of, each
meeting of shareholders,  and in the absence of either such officer,  his duties
shall be performed by any other officer authorized by these bylaws or any person
appointed by resolution duly adopted at the meeting.

      Section 3.9. Voting at Meetings.  Each outstanding share shall be entitled
to one vote on each  matter  submitted  to a vote at a meeting  of  shareholders
except to the extent that the articles of incorporation or the laws of the State
of Texas provide otherwise.

      Section 3.10. Proxies. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy
executed   in  writing   by  the   shareholder,   or  by  his  duly   authorized
attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date
of its  execution  unless  otherwise  provided  in the proxy.  A proxy  shall be
revocable  unless  the  proxy  form  conspicuously  states  that  the  proxy  is
irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest.

      Section 3.11.  Balloting.  Upon the demand of  any  shareholder,  the vote
upon any  question  before  the  meeting  shall be by  ballot.  At each  meeting
inspectors of election may be appointed by


                                      - 6 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



the  presiding  officer of the  meeting,  and at any meeting for the election of
directors,  inspectors  shall be so appointed  on the demand of any  shareholder
present  or  represented  by proxy  and  entitled  to vote in such  election  of
directors.  No  director  or  candidate  for the  office  of  director  shall be
appointed as such inspector.  The number of votes cast by shares in the election
of directors shall be recorded in the minutes.

      Section  3.12.  Voting  Rights,   Prohibition  of  Cumulative  Voting  for
Directors.  Each outstanding  share of common stock shall be entitled to one (1)
vote upon each  matter  submitted  to a vote at a meeting  of  shareholders.  No
shareholder  shall  have the right to  cumulate  his votes for the  election  of
directors  but each share shall be entitled to one vote in the  election of each
director.  In the  case of any  contested  election  for any  directorship,  the
candidate  for such  position  receiving a  plurality  of the votes cast in such
election shall be elected to such position.

      Section  3.13.  Record of  Shareholders.  The  Company  shall  keep at its
principal business office, or the office of its transfer agents or registrars, a
record of its  shareholders,  giving the names and addresses of all shareholders
and the number and class of the shares held by each.

      Section 3.14.  Action Without Meeting.  Unless otherwise  permitted by the
articles of incorporation  of the Company,  any action required by statute to be
taken at a meeting of the  shareholders of the Company,  or any action which may
be taken at a meeting of the  shareholders,  may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and
such  consent  shall have the same force and effect as a  unanimous  vote of the
shareholders. Any such signed consent, or a signed copy thereof, shall be placed
in the minute book of the  Company.  All notices  with  respect to such  consent
required  by the  applicable  statute  shall be sent by the  Company in a timely
manner.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             The Board of Directors

      Section 4.1. Number,  Qualifications and Term. The business and affairs of
the Company  shall be managed and  controlled  by the board of  directors;  and,
subject to any restrictions imposed by law, by the articles of incorporation, or
by these  bylaws,  the board of  directors  may  exercise  all the powers of the
Company. The


                                      - 7 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



board of directors  shall consist of 3 members.  Such number may be increased or
decreased by amendment of these bylaws, provided that no decrease shall effect a
shortening  of the  term  of  any  incumbent  director.  Directors  need  not be
residents  of Texas or  shareholders  of the  Company  absent  provision  to the
contrary in the articles of incorporation or laws of the State of Texas.  Except
as otherwise  provided in Section  4.3. of these  bylaws,  each  position on the
board of  directors  shall be  filled  by  election  at the  annual  meeting  of
shareholders.  Any such election  shall be conducted in accordance  with Section
3.9. of these bylaws.  Each person elected a director shall hold office,  unless
removed in accordance  with Section 4.2. of these bylaws,  until the next annual
meeting of the shareholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected
and qualified.

      Section 4.2. Removal. Any director or the entire board of directors may be
removed  from  office,  with  or  without  cause,  at  any  special  meeting  of
shareholders  by  the  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the  shares  of the
shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting,
if notice of the  intention to act upon such matter shall have been given in the
notice  calling such meeting.  If the notice  calling such meeting shall have so
provided,  the vacancy  caused by such  removal may be filled at such meeting by
the affirmative  vote of a majority in number of the shares of the  shareholders
present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

      Section 4.3.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy  occurring in the board of directors
may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if such
remaining  directors  comprise less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A
director  elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the  unexpired  term of
his  predecessor in office.  Any position on the board of directors to be filled
by reason of an increase in the number of directors  shall be filled by the vote
of  a  majority  of  the  directors,  election  at  an  annual  meeting  of  the
shareholders,  or at a special  meeting  of  shareholders  duly  called for such
purpose,  provided  that the board of  directors  may fill no more than two such
directorships  during the period between any two successive  annual  meetings of
shareholders.

      Section 4.4. Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the board of directors
shall be held immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders,  at the
place of such  meeting,  and at such  other  times  and  places  as the board of
directors shall determine.  No notice of any kind of such regular meetings needs
to be given to either old or new members of the board of directors.


                                      - 8 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




      Section 4.5. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the board of directors
shall  be held at any  time by call of the  chairman  of the  board,  the  chief
executive officer, the secretary or any two directors.  The secretary shall give
notice  of each  special  meeting  to each  director  at his usual  business  or
residence address by mail at least three days before the meeting or in person or
by telegraph or telephone at least one day before such meeting.  If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered  when deposited in the United States mail
with  postage  thereon  prepaid.  Except as  otherwise  provided  by law, by the
articles of incorporation,  or by these bylaws, such notice need not specify the
business to be transacted  at, or the purpose of, such meeting.  No notice shall
be necessary for any adjournment of any meeting. The signing of a written waiver
of notice of any  special  meeting  by the person or  persons  entitled  to such
notice,  whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to
the  receiving of such notice.  Attendance of a director at a meeting shall also
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a
meeting for the express and announced purpose of objecting to the transaction of
any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

      Section 4.6.  Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed by these
bylaws shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of
not less than a majority  of such quorum of the  directors  shall be required in
order to  constitute  the act of the  board of  directors,  unless  the act of a
greater number shall be required by law, by the articles of  incorporation or by
these bylaws.

      Section  4.7.  Procedure  at  Meetings.  The board of  directors,  at each
regular meeting held  immediately  following the annual meeting of shareholders,
shall appoint one of their number as chairman of the board of directors. Failure
to designate a chairman of the board shall be deemed a designation  of the chief
executive  officer to perform the  functions of the  chairman of the board.  The
chairman of the board shall preside at meetings of the board.  In his absence at
any meeting,  any officer  authorized by these bylaws or any member of the board
selected by the members  present  shall  preside.  The  secretary of the Company
shall act as  secretary  at all  meetings  of the  board.  In his  absence,  the
presiding  officer of the meeting may  designate any person to act as secretary.
At meetings of the board of directors,  the business shall be transacted in such
order as the board may from time to time determine.



                                      - 9 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      Section  4.8.  Presumption  of Assent.  Any director of the Company who is
present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any  corporate
matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action  taken  unless
his  dissent  shall be entered in the  minutes of the meeting or unless he shall
file his written  dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary
of the meeting before the  adjournment  thereof or shall forward such dissent by
registered  mail  to  the  secretary  of  the  Company   immediately  after  the
adjournment of the meeting.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director
who voted in favor of such action.

      Section 4.9.  Action Without a Meeting.  Any action required by statute to
be taken at a meeting of the directors of the Company,  or which may be taken at
such meeting,  may be taken  without a meeting if a consent in writing,  setting
forth the action so taken,  shall be signed by each director entitled to vote at
such  meeting,  and such  consent  shall  have the same  force  and  effect as a
unanimous vote of the directors.  Such signed consent, or a signed copy thereof,
shall be placed in the minute book of the Company.

      Section 4.10. Compensation. Directors as such shall not receive any stated
salary for their service,  but by resolution of the board of directors,  a fixed
sum and  reimbursement  for reasonable  expenses of  attendance,  if any, may be
allowed  for  attendance  at each  regular  or  special  meeting of the board of
directors or at any meeting of the executive committee of directors,  if any, to
which such  director may be elected in  accordance  with the  following  Section
4.11; but nothing herein shall preclude any director from serving the Company in
any other capacity or receiving compensation therefor.

      Section 4.11. Executive Committee.  The board of directors,  by resolution
adopted by a majority of the full board of directors, may designate an executive
committee,  which committee shall consist of two or more of the directors of the
Company.  Such  executive  committee may exercise such authority of the board of
directors  in the  business and affairs of the Company as the board of directors
may, by resolution duly adopted, delegate to it except as prohibited by law. The
designation of such committee and the delegation  thereto of authority shall not
operate  to  relieve  the board of  directors,  or any  member  thereof,  of any
responsibility  imposed  upon  it or him by law.  Any  member  of the  executive
committee  may be removed by the board of  directors.  The  executive  committee
shall keep regular  minutes of its  proceedings and report the same to the board
of directors when required. The minutes of


                                     - 10 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



the proceedings of the executive committee shall be placed in the minute book of
the Company.  Members of the executive committee shall receive such compensation
as may be  approved  by the  board  of  directors  and  will be  reimbursed  for
reasonable  expenses  actually incurred by reason of membership on the executive
committee.

      Section 4.12.  Other  Committees.  The board of  directors,  by resolution
adopted by a majority  of the full board of  directors,  may appoint one or more
committees of two or more  directors  each.  Such  committees  may exercise such
authority  of the board of  directors in the business and affairs of the Company
as the board of directors may, by resolution duly adopted,  delegate,  except as
prohibited by law. The  designation of any committee and the delegation  thereto
of authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors,  or any member
thereof,  of any  responsibility  imposed  on it or him by law.  Any member of a
committee may be removed at any time by the board of  directors.  Members of any
such committees shall receive such  compensation as may be approved by the board
of directors and will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses actually incurred by
reason of membership on a committee.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Officers

      Section  5.1.  Number.  The  officers  of the Company  shall  consist of a
chairman of the board,  vice  chairman of the board,  chief  executive  officer,
president, chief operating officer, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and
a treasurer;  and, in addition,  such other officers and assistant  officers and
agents as may be deemed  necessary or  desirable.  Officers  shall be elected or
appointed by the board of directors.  Any two or more offices may be held by the
same person.  In its  discretion,  the board of directors may leave unfilled any
office except those of president and secretary.

      Section 5.2. Election;  Term;  Qualification.  Officers shall be chosen by
the  board of  directors  annually  at the  meeting  of the  board of  directors
following the annual shareholders' meeting. Each officer shall hold office until
his successor has been chosen and qualified, or until his death, resignation, or
removal.

      Section  5.3.  Removal.  Any officer or agent  elected or appointed by the
board of  directors  may be removed by the board of  directors  whenever  in its
judgment  the best  interests of the Company  will be served  thereby,  but such
removal shall be without


                                     - 11 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Election or
appointment  of an officer  or agent  shall not of itself  create  any  contract
rights.

      Section  5.4.  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy in any office for any cause may be
filled by the board of directors at any meeting.

      Section 5.5.  Duties.  The officers of the Company  shall have such powers
and duties,  except as modified by the board of directors,  as generally pertain
to their offices,  respectively,  as well as such powers and duties as from time
to time shall be conferred by the board of directors and by these bylaws.

      Section 5.6. Chairman of the Board. The board of directors may select from
among its members a chairman of the board who may, if so elected, preside at all
meetings of the board of  directors  and approve the minutes of all  proceedings
thereat,  and he shall be  available  to consult with and advise the officers of
the  Company  with  respect to the  conduct of the  business  and affairs of the
Company and shall have such other powers and duties as  designated in accordance
with these  bylaws and as from time to time may be  assigned to him by the board
of directors.

      Section 5.7.  Vice  Chairman of the Board.  The vice chairman of the board
shall  perform  such  duties  and have  such  powers as may from time to time be
assigned to him by the board of directors or chairman of the board.

      Section 5.8. Chief Executive  Officer.  The chief executive  officer shall
have  general  direction  of the affairs of the Company and general  supervision
over its  several  officers,  subject  however,  to the  control of the board of
directors. He shall at each annual meeting, and from time to time, report to the
shareholders  and to the board of  directors  all matters  within his  knowledge
which, in his opinion,  the interest of the Company may require to be brought to
the  notice  of  such  persons.   He  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the
shareholders,  shall  sign  and  execute  in the  name  of the  Company  (i) all
contracts or other  instruments  authorized by the board of directors,  and (ii)
all  contracts  or  instruments  in the usual and  regular  course of  business,
pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof,  except in cases when the signing and  execution
thereof  shall be  expressly  delegated  or  permitted  by the board or by these
bylaws to some other  officer or agent of the  Company;  and, in general,  shall
perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive  officer,  and such
other  duties  as from  time to time  may be  assigned  to him by the  board  of
directors or as are prescribed by these bylaws. The chief executive officer may


                                     - 12 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



sign, with the secretary or an assistant  secretary,  any or all certificates of
stock of the Company.

      Section 5.9. President.  At the request of the chief executive officer, or
in his absence or  disability,  the  president  shall  perform the duties of the
chief executive officer,  and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and
be subject to all  restrictions  upon, the chief executive  officer.  Any action
taken by the president in the  performance of the duties of the chief  executive
officer shall be  conclusive  evidence of the absence or inability to act of the
chief executive  officer at the time such action was taken.  The president shall
perform such other duties as may,  from time to time,  be assigned to him by the
board of directors or the chief executive officer.  The president may sign, with
the secretary or an assistant secretary, any or all certificates of stock of the
Company.

      Section 5.10. Chief Operating  Officer.  The chief operating officer shall
perform such duties and have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to
him by the board of directors or the chief executive officer.

      Section 5.11. The Vice Presidents.  At the request of the president, or in
his absence or disability,  the vice presidents, in the order of their election,
shall perform the duties of the president,  and, when so acting,  shall have all
the  powers of, and be subject to all  restrictions  upon,  the  president.  Any
action  taken  by a vice  president  in the  performance  of the  duties  of the
president shall be conclusive evidence of the absence or inability to act of the
president at the time such action was taken.  The vice presidents  shall perform
such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to them by the board of
directors or the president.  A vice president may sign, with the secretary or an
assistant secretary, certificates of stock of the Company.

      Section  5.12.  Secretary.  The  secretary  shall keep the  minutes of all
meetings of the  shareholders,  of the board of directors,  and of the executive
committee,  if any, of the board of directors, in one or more books provided for
such  purpose and shall see that all notices are duly given in  accordance  with
the  provisions  of these bylaws or as required by law. He shall be custodian of
the  corporate  records  and of the seal (if any) of the Company and see, if the
Company has a seal, that the seal of the Company is affixed to all documents the
execution of which on behalf of the Company  under its seal is duly  authorized;
shall have general  charge of the stock  certificate  books,  transfer books and
stock ledgers, and such other books and papers of the Company as


                                     - 13 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



the board of directors may direct,  all of which shall, at all reasonable times,
be open to the  examination of any director,  upon  application at the office of
the Company during business  hours;  and in general shall perform all duties and
exercise  all  powers  incident  to the office of the  secretary  and such other
duties and powers as the board of directors or the chief executive  officer from
time to time may assign to or confer on him.

      Section 5.13.  Treasurer.  The treasurer  shall keep complete and accurate
records of account, showing at all times the financial condition of the Company.
He shall be the  legal  custodian  of all  money,  notes,  securities  and other
valuables  which may from time to time come into the  possession of the Company.
He shall furnish at meetings of the board of directors, or whenever requested, a
statement of the  financial  condition of the  Company,  and shall  perform such
other  duties  as  these  bylaws  may  require  or the  board of  directors  may
prescribe.

      Section 5.14.  Assistant  Officers.  Any assistant  secretary or assistant
treasurer  appointed by the board of directors shall have power to perform,  and
shall  perform,  all duties  incumbent  upon the  secretary  or treasurer of the
Company,  respectively,  subject to the  general  direction  of such  respective
officers, and shall perform such other duties as these bylaws may require or the
board of directors may prescribe.

      Section 5.15. Salaries. The salaries or other compensation of the officers
shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.  No officer shall be
prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact
that he is also a director of the Company.

      Section  5.16.  Bonds of Officers.  The board of directors  may secure the
fidelity of any officer of the Company by bond or  otherwise,  on such terms and
with such surety or sureties,  conditions,  penalties or  securities as shall be
deemed proper by the board of directors.

      Section 5.17. Delegation.  The board of directors may delegate temporarily
the powers and duties of any officer of the  Company,  in case of his absence or
for any other reason, to any other officer,  and may authorize the delegation by
any  officer  of the  Company  of any of his  powers  and duties to any agent or
employee, subject to the general supervision of such officer.





                                     - 14 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  Miscellaneous

      Section 6.1.  Distributions.  Distributions,  subject to the provisions of
the articles of  incorporation  and to limitations set forth by law, if any, may
be  declared  by the board of  directors  at any  regular  or  special  meeting.
Distributions  may be in the form of a dividend,  including a share dividend,  a
purchase or redemption by the Company, directly or indirectly, of any of its own
shares or a payment  by the  Company in  liquidation  of all or a portion of its
assets. A distribution may not be made if it would render the Company  insolvent
or if it exceeds the surplus of the Company, except as otherwise allowed by law.

      Subject  to  limitations  upon the  authority  of the  board of  directors
imposed by law or by the  articles  of  incorporation,  the  declaration  of and
provision  for payment of dividends  shall be at the  discretion of the board of
directors.

      Section 6.2.  Contracts.  The chief executive officer shall have the power
and authority to execute, on behalf of the Company,  contracts or instruments in
the usual and regular course of business, and in addition the board of directors
may authorize any officer or officers,  agent or agents, of the Company to enter
into any  contract or execute and deliver any  instrument  in the name of and on
behalf of the Company, and such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances. Unless so authorized by the board of directors or by these bylaws, no
officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Company
by any  contract  or  engagement,  or to  pledge  its  credit  or to  render  it
pecuniarily liable for any purpose or in any amount.

      Section 6.3. Checks,  Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts, or other orders for
the payment of money,  notes, or other  evidences of indebtedness  issued in the
name of the Company shall be signed by such officers or employees of the Company
as  shall  from  time to time be  authorized  pursuant  to  these  bylaws  or by
resolution of the board of directors.

      Section  6.4.  Depositories.  All funds of the Company  shall be deposited
from  time to  time  to the  credit  of the  Company  in  such  banks  or  other
depositories as the board of directors may from time to time designate, and upon
such terms and conditions as shall be fixed by the board of directors. The board
of directors may from time to time authorize the opening and maintaining  within
any such depository as it may designate, of general and special


                                     - 15 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



accounts,  and may make such special rules and regulations  with respect thereto
as it may deem expedient.

      Section 6.5.  Endorsement of Stock  Certificates.  Subject to the specific
directions of the board of directors, any share or shares of stock issued by any
corporation  and  owned  by the  Company,  including  reacquired  shares  of the
Company's own stock,  may, for sale or transfer,  be endorsed in the name of the
Company by the chief executive  officer,  president or any vice  president;  and
such  endorsement may be attested or witnessed by the secretary or any assistant
secretary either with or without the affixing thereto of the corporate seal.

      Section 6.6.  Corporate Seal. The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such
form as the board of  directors  shall  approve,  and such seal,  or a facsimile
thereof,  may be impressed  on,  affixed to, or in any manner  reproduced  upon,
instruments of any nature required to be executed by officers of the Company.

      Section 6.7.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Company shall begin and
end on such dates as the board of directors at any time shall determine.

      Section  6.8.  Books and  Records.  The  Company  shall keep  correct  and
complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the  proceedings
of its  shareholders  and board of directors,  and shall keep at its  registered
office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or
registrar,  a record of its shareholders,  giving the names and addresses of all
shareholders and the number and class of the shares held by each.

      Section 6.9. Resignations. Any director or officer may resign at any time.
Such  resignations  shall be made in writing  and shall take  effect at the time
specified  therein,  or, if no time is specified,  at the time of its receipt by
the chief executive officer or secretary.  The acceptance of a resignation shall
not be  necessary  to make it  effective,  unless  expressly  so provided in the
resignation.

      Section 6.10.  Indemnification of Officers and Directors.  The Corporation
shall  indemnify,  and advance  expenses  to, its  current or former  directors,
officers,  employees  and  agents or any  person who served or is serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the full
extent permitted by the laws of the State of Texas.


                                     - 16 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



Such indemnification  shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
such person may be entitled, under any bylaws, agreements,  vote of shareholders
or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

      Section 6.11. Indemnity  Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain
insurance or another arrangement on behalf of a person who is or was a director,
officer,  employee  or  agent of the  Company  or who is or was  serving  at the
request of the Company as a director,  officer, partner,  venturer,  proprietor,
trustee,  employee,  agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, sole proprietorship,  trust, employee
benefit plan, or other  enterprise,  against any liability  asserted against him
and  incurred  by him in such  capacity  or arising  out of his status as such a
person, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him against
that  liability  under  these  bylaws or the laws of the State of Texas.  If the
insurance or other  arrangement is with a person or entity that is not regularly
engaged in the  business of  providing  insurance  coverage,  the  insurance  or
arrangement  may provide for  payment of a liability  with  respect to which the
Company  would  not  have  the  power  to  indemnify  the  person  only  if  the
shareholders of the Company approve the inclusion of coverage for the additional
liability.

      Section 6.12. Meetings by Telephone. Subject to the provisions required or
permitted  by these  bylaws  or the laws of the  State of Texas  for  notice  of
meetings,  shareholders,  members of the board of  directors,  or members of any
committee  designated by the board of directors may  participate in and hold any
meeting  required  or  permitted  under  these  bylaws by  telephone  or similar
communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section
shall  constitute  presence in person at such a meeting,  except  where a person
participates  in the  meeting  for  the  express  purpose  of  objecting  to the
transaction  of any  business  on the ground  that the  meeting is not  lawfully
called or convened.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   Amendments

      Section  7.1.  Amendments.  These  bylaws  may  be  altered,  amended,  or
repealed,  or new bylaws may be adopted, by a majority of the board of directors
at any duly held meeting of  directors,  provided  that notice of such  proposed
action shall have been


                                     - 17 -


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


contained  in  the  notice  of  any  such   meeting,   unless  the  articles  of
incorporation or the laws of the State of Texas reserve the power exclusively to
the shareholders in whole or in part, or the shareholders in amending, repealing
or adopting a particular bylaw expressly provide that the board of directors may
not amend or repeal that bylaw.  Unless the articles of incorporation or a bylaw
adopted by the shareholders  provides otherwise as to all or some portion of the
Company's  bylaws,  the holders of a majority of the shares  represented  at any
duly held meeting of the  shareholders,  provided  that notice of such  proposed
action shall have been  contained in the notice of any such meeting,  may amend,
repeal or adopt the Company's bylaws.

                            Certificate by Secretary

      The undersigned,  being the secretary of AutoBond Acceptance  Corporation,
hereby  certifies  that the  foregoing  code of bylaws  was duly  adopted by the
directors of said corporation effective on May 30, 1996.

      In Witness Whereof,  I have signed this  certification on this the ___ day
of __________, 1996.


      /s/ JOHN S. WINSAUER 
     _______________________________
                  Name: John S. Winsauer
                  Title:  Secretary



                                     - 18 -




<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                                                                  Execution Copy

================================================================================


                          SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                 among


                   AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION 1995,


                             as Transferor


                         CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P.,
             doing business as "Loan Servicing Enterprise",
                              as Servicer


                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO.,
                          as Collection Agent


                                  and


             NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                               as Trustee



                     Dated as of December 15, 1995


================================================================================

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     Page

ARTICLE I         DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION...............  2

      SECTION 1.01.     Defined Terms................................  2
      SECTION 1.02.     Rules of Interpretation...................... 11

ARTICLE II        SERVICING OF TRUST ASSETS.......................... 12

      SECTION 2.01.     Appointment of Servicer...................... 12
      SECTION 2.02.     Subservicing Agreements Between
                           Servicer and Subservicer.................. 13
      SECTION 2.03.     Representations and Warranties of
                           the Servicer.............................. 14
      SECTION 2.04.     Duties and Responsibilities of the
                           Servicer.................................. 16
      SECTION 2.05.     Fidelity Bond, Errors and Omissions
                         Insurance; Contingent Disaster
                         Relief Protection........................... 19
      SECTION 2.06.     Inspection................................... 21
      SECTION 2.07.     Possession and Payment of
                           Receivables............................... 22
      SECTION 2.08.     Monthly Servicing Fee; Servicing
                           Expenses.................................. 22
      SECTION 2.09.     Collection Agent To Maintain
                           Computer Link............................. 24
      SECTION 2.10.     Resignation or Termination of
                           Servicer.................................. 24
      SECTION 2.11.     Change in Business of the Servicer........... 25
      SECTION 2.12.     Events of Servicing Termination.............. 25
      SECTION 2.13.     Appointment of the Successor
                           Servicer.................................. 27
      SECTION 2.14.     Effect of Service Transfer................... 29
      SECTION 2.15.     Annual Reports; Statements as to
                           Compliance................................ 30
      SECTION 2.16.     Annual Independent Public
                           Accountants' Servicing Report............. 31
      SECTION 2.17.     Servicer Reports............................. 31
      SECTION 2.18.     Confidentiality.............................. 32
      SECTION 2.19.     Delivery of Documents........................ 32
      SECTION 2.20.     Standard of Care............................. 33

ARTICLE III       COLLECTION AGENT................................... 34

      SECTION 3.01.     Appointment of Collection Agent.............. 34
      SECTION 3.02.     Representations and Warranties of
                           the Collection Agent...................... 35
      SECTION 3.03.     Duties and Responsibilities of the
                           Collection Agent.......................... 37
      SECTION 3.04.     Possession of Receivables.................... 38

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                     Page

      SECTION 3.05.     Collection Agent Fee; Collection
                           Agent Expenses............................ 38
      SECTION 3.06.     Collection Agent Not to Resign;
                           Termination of Collection Agent
                           Without Cause............................. 39
      SECTION 3.07.     Events of Administrator
                           Termination............................... 40
      SECTION 3.08.     Repossession and Disposal.................... 42
      SECTION 3.09.     Standard of Care............................. 44

ARTICLE IV        LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNITIES............... 44

      SECTION 4.01.     Liabilities of Obligors...................... 44
      SECTION 4.02.     Limitation on Liability of the
                           Trustee and the Servicer.................. 44
      SECTION 4.03.     Indemnities of the Servicer and the
                           Collection Agent.......................... 45

ARTICLE V         MISCELLANEOUS...................................... 46

      SECTION 5.01.     Beneficiaries................................ 46
      SECTION 5.02.     Amendment.................................... 47
      SECTION 5.03.     Notices...................................... 47
      SECTION 5.04.     Severability of Provisions................... 48
      SECTION 5.05.     GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO
                           JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY
                           TRIAL..................................... 49
      SECTION 5.06.     Counterparts................................. 49
      SECTION 5.07.     No Proceedings............................... 49
      SECTION 5.08.     Further Assurance............................ 49
      SECTION 5.09.     Term of Agreement............................ 50


      EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A -       FORM OF TRUST RECEIPT
EXHIBIT B -       FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER REPORT
EXHIBIT C -       FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO SERVICER
EXHIBIT D -       AUTOBOND PROGRAM MANUAL

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of December 15, 1995 this "Agreement"),
among AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION 1995 (the "Transferor"), a Delaware
corporation, CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P., a Texas limited liability partnership doing
business as "Loan Servicing Enterprise," in its capacity as servicer (the
"Servicer"), AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO., a Texas corporation, individually
("AutoBond") and as collection agent (the "Collection Agent") and as
Administrator, and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national
banking association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                          W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, from time to time, the Transferor has purchased and will purchase
from time to time, pursuant to the loan sale and contribution agreement dated of
even date herewith (the "Sale Agreement"), by and among the Transferor, AutoBond
and AutoBond Funding Corporation I certain Auto Loans (as defined herein) for
conveyance to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Trust Agreement (as
defined herein) to the Trustee, on behalf of AutoBond Receivables Trust 1995-A
(the "Trust") and simultaneously therewith will assign such Receivables to the
Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Trust Agreement;

      WHEREAS, the Trustee has been appointed to hold the Auto Loans conveyed to
it pursuant to the Pooling and Trust Agreement in trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders (as defined herein) and to make certain payments with respect
thereto;

      WHEREAS, the Transferor and the Trustee desire that a servicer be
appointed to perform certain servicing and insurance tracking functions in
respect of the Auto Loans to be conveyed by the Transferor pursuant to the
Pooling and Trust Agreement;

      WHEREAS, CSC Logic/MSA L.L.P. has been requested and is willing to act as
the Servicer hereunder;

      WHEREAS, the Transferor, the Trustee and the Servicer desire that AutoBond
act as Collection Agent hereunder and AutoBond has agreed to so act; and

      WHEREAS, the rights and benefits of the Transferor hereunder (but not the
obligations) have been assigned to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein,
and for other valuable consideration, the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
covenant and agree as follows


                                ARTICLE I

                  DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION

      SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall
  have the following meanings:

      "Administrator" means AutoBond, in its capacity as Administrator under the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement and as Collection Agent hereunder and under
      the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Adverse Claim" means any claim of ownership or any lien, security
      interest, title retention, trust or other charge or encumbrance, or other
      type of preferential arrangement having the effect or purpose of creating
      a lien or interest, other than the security interest created in favor of
      the Trustee and the Certificateholders under the Pooling and Trust
      Agreement.

      "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly
      or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
      common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this
      definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means
      the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly
      or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
      contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have
      meanings correlative to the foregoing.

      "Agreement" means this Servicing Agreement, as amended or supplemented
      from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, including all
      exhibits and schedules hereto.

      "Assignment" means, collectively, with respect to any Receivable, the
      related Sale Assignment and Transfer Assignment.

      "AutoBond" means AutoBond Acceptance Co., a Texas corporation.

      "AutoBond Program Manual" means the AutoBond Program Manual attached
      hereto as Exhibit D, in effect as of the date hereof, as modified from
      time to time.

      "Auto Loan" means a fixed-rate, closed-end consumer installment automobile
      loan which finances the purchase





                                       2
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      of a new or used automobile, light-duty truck or van, which loan is
      secured by a lien and security interest in such financed vehicle in favor
      of the loan holder.

      "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday, or another
      day on which (i) commercial banks in the City of New York, the City of
      Minneapolis, Minnesota or in Texas (or in any other state in which the
      principal place of business of the Servicer, the Trustee or AutoBond is
      located) are required, or authorized by law, to close or (ii) the
      Servicer's offices in the state of Texas are closed.

      "Certificateholder" means any of the registered holders of the Class A
      Certificates or the Class B Certificate issued pursuant to the Pooling and
      Trust Agreement, and, in the place and stead of the holder of any Class B
      Certificate, any pledgee of such Class B Certificates to the extent set
      forth in Section 6.05 thereof.

      "Closing Date" means December 29, 1995.

      "Collection Account" means the segregated trust account in the name of the
      Trustee, established and maintained pursuant to Section 7.02 of the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Collection Agent" means AutoBond Acceptance Co., a Texas corporation, its
      permitted successors and assigns, in its capacity as Collection Agent or
      Administrator under the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Credit Endorsement" means the deficiency balance endorsement issued
      pursuant to the VSI Policy.

      "Cut-Off Date" means December 15, 1995, with respect to Receivables
      transferred to the Trust on the Closing Date, and with respect to
      subsequent Transfers, the last Business Day of the calendar month
      preceding such Transfer Date.

      "Dealer" means an automobile dealer who has entered into a Dealer
      Agreement with AutoBond.

      "Dealer Agreement" means each agreement between AutoBond and a Dealer,
      which provides for, among other things, origination of the Receivables.

      "Debt" means for any Person, (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed
      money or credit extended, (b) obligations of such Person evidenced by
      bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) obligations of
      such Person to pay the deferred purchase





                                        3
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      price of property or services, (d) obligations of such Person as lessee
      under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with generally
      accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases, (e)
      obligations secured by any lien or other charge upon property or assets
      owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become
      liable for the payment of such obligations, (f) obligations of such Person
      under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations
      (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise
      to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or
      obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (e)
      above, and (g) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under
      plans covered by ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder. For the
      purposes hereof, the term "guarantee" shall include any agreement, whether
      such agreement is on a contingency or otherwise, to purchase, repurchase
      or otherwise acquire Debt of any other Person, or to purchase, sell or
      lease, as lessee or lessor, property or services, in any such case
      primarily for the purpose of enabling another Person to make payment of
      Debt, or to make any payment (whether as an advance, capital contribution,
      purchase of an equity interest or otherwise) to assure a minimum equity,
      asset base, working capital or other balance sheet or financial condition,
      in connection with the Debt of another Person, or to supply funds to or in
      any manner invest in another Person in connection with Debt of such
      Person.

      "Defaulted Auto Loan" means an Auto Loan which by its terms has more than
      10% of any installment of principal or interest which is 60 or more days
      contractually past due.

      "Defaulted Receivable" means, as of the end of any Due Period, (a) a
      Defaulted Auto Loan, (b) a Receivable as to which the proceeds of the sale
      of the related Financed Vehicle have been received by the Collection Agent
      or (c) a Receivable as to which the Collection Agent has determined (or,
      so long as AutoBond is acting as Collection Agent, should have determined
      in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies) that no further
      proceeds other than from the Insurance Policies are expected to be
      received or that such Receivable is uncollectible and such determination
      was made at or prior to the last day of such Due Period.

      "Delinquency Ratio" means, as of any Determination Date, the percentage
      equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which equals the sum of (i)
      the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance amount of Auto Loans which have
      become Defaulted Auto Loans as of the end of the most recently





                                        4
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      ended calendar month minus (ii) the sum of the aggregate Unpaid Principal
      Balance of (A) all Auto Loans against which insurance claims have been
      filed as of the end of the most recently ended calendar month and (B) Auto
      Loans for which the related Financed Vehicles are subject to repossession
      as of the end of the most recently ended calendar month and which are not
      included in (A), and (b) the denominator of which equals the aggregate
      Unpaid Principal Balance of Auto Loans outstanding as of the end of the
      most recently ended calendar month, minus the amount determined pursuant
      to clause (ii) above.

      "Determination Date" means the 10th day of each month (or the next
      preceding Business Day, if such day is not a Business Day).

      "Due Period" means (a) for the initial Due Period, the period from the
      Closing Date through December 31, 1995 and (b) thereafter, each calendar
      month.

      "Electronic Ledger" means the electronic master record of the Receivables
      maintained by the Servicer.

      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
      amended.

      "Event of Administrator Termination" has the meaning specified in Section
      3.07.

      "Event of Servicing Termination" has the meaning specified in Section
      2.12.

      "Financed Vehicles" means new and used automobiles and light-duty trucks
      and vans, the purchase of which the Obligors financed by the Auto Loans.

      "Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P., its permitted successors and
      assigns.

      "Governmental Authority" means the United States of America, any state,
      local or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
      executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions
      thereof or pertaining thereto.

      "Independent Public Accountant" means any of (a) Arthur Andersen & Co.,
      (b) Deloitte & Touche, (c) Coopers & Lybrand, (d) Ernst & Young, (e) KPMG
      Peat Marwick and (f) Price Waterhouse (and any successors thereof);
      provided, that such firm is independent with respect to the Servicer, the
      Administrator, or any Subservicer, as the case may be, within the meaning
      of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.





                                        5
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Insurance Policies" means the VSI Policy and the Credit Endorsement
      issued thereunder by Interstate Fire & Casualty Company (the benefits of
      which have been assigned to the Trust as security and naming the Trustee
      on behalf of the Trust as additional named insured).

      "Loan Documents" means, with respect to an Auto Loan (i) the original
      retail installment loan contract and security agreement evidencing such
      Auto Loan, (ii) the original confirmation of title or copy of the
      application for title or letter of guaranty from the applicable Dealer, as
      the case may be, for the related Financed Vehicle, (iii) a copy of the
      credit application and (iv) the original confirmation of payment of
      premiums required under the VSI Policy.

      "Loan File" means, with respect to any Auto Loan, the original retail
      installment loan contract and security agreement evidencing the Auto Loan
      and originals or copies of such other documents and instruments relating
      to such Auto Loan and the security interest on the selected Financed
      Vehicle as specified in the AutoBond Credit and Collection Policies.

      "Lockbox" means the segregated lockbox and account established in the name
      of the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the sole purpose of receiving
      collections on the Receivables, pursuant to the Corporate Cash Management
      Services Agreement, dated December 28, 1995, between Comerica Bank - Texas
      and the Trustee.

      "Monthly Administrator Fee" means, so long as AutoBond is acting as
      Administrator under the Pooling and Trust Agreement and as Collection
      Agent hereunder, the sum of (a) a fee, payable monthly, equal to the
      product of (i) $7.00 and (ii) the total number of Auto Loans subject to
      the Trust at any time during each such month and (b) Reimbursable
      Administrator Expenses (as defined in the Pooling and Trust Agreement).

      "Monthly Servicing Fee" shall mean, payable as of the Closing Date, the
      Servicer Closing Fee, and thereafter as of any Payment Date, the sum of
      (a) an initial booking fee equal to the product of (i) $10 and (ii) the
      number of additional Auto Loans purchased by the Trust during the
      immediately preceding Due Period and (b) a servicing fee, payable monthly,
      equal to the product of (i) $7.50 and (ii) the total number of Auto Loans
      subject to the Trust at any time during such month.

      "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., its permitted successors
      and assigns.






                                        6
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Net Payoff Balance" means, in respect of any Precomputed Receivables, the
      net payoff less any accrued but unpaid late charges, as determined in
      accordance with the worksheet attached hereto as Schedule 1.

      "Net Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Precomputed Receivable,
      the Net Payoff Balance as of the due date of the last full Scheduled
      Payment or, if more recent, the due date of the last periodic payment of
      principal thereon.

      "Net Unrealized Amount" means, (a) with respect to any Auto Loan more than
      90 days contractually past due or where the Financed Vehicle is otherwise
      subject to repossession (including voluntary or involuntary, or upon
      casualty), the Unpaid Principal Balance of such Auto Loan minus the sum of
      (i) any repossession proceeds allocable to principal actually received on
      such Auto Loan, (ii) any insurance proceeds allocable to principal
      actually received from a claim with respect to such Auto Loan and (iii)
      refunds received from the cancellation of any insurance policies or
      service contracts with respect to such Auto Loan, and (b) with respect to
      any Auto Loan where the related Obligor is in bankruptcy, the amount of
      losses allocable to principal incurred thereon.

      "Obligor" means, with respect to any Receivable, the Person primarily
      obligated to make payments in respect thereto.

      "Officer's Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate
      signed by the chairman of the board, vice chairman of the board, the
      president, a vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or the manager
      or any other duly authorized officer of such Person acceptable to the
      Transferor and the Trustee.

      "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel (who may be
      counsel to the Servicer, the Collection Agent or the Transferor) which
      opinion is acceptable to the Trustee.

      "Original Principal Balance" means the Net Principal Balance of a
      Precomputed Receivable and otherwise the outstanding principal balance of
      a Receivable, in each case as of the related Cut-Off Date prior to its
      transfer to the Trust.

      "Origination Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Loan Origination,
      Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1995, between
      AutoBond and AutoBond Funding Corporation I.






                                        7
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Payment Date" means, initially, January 16, 1996 and thereafter the 15th
      day of each month, or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not
      a Business Day.

      "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a
      business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
      association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or any other entity of
      whatever nature.

      "Pooling and Trust Agreement" means the Pooling and Trust Agreement dated
      as of December 15, 1995 among the Transferor, AutoBond and the Trustee, as
      amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
      thereof.

      "Post-Sale Adjustment" has the meaning specified in Section 3.08(c).

      "Precomputed Receivable" means any Auto Loan under which earned interest
      (which may be referred to in the Auto Loan as the add-on finance charge)
      and principal is determined according to the sum of periodic balances or
      the sum of monthly balances or the sum of the digits or any equivalent
      method commonly referred to as the "Rule of 78s".

      "Quarterly Payment Date" means, initially, January 16, 1996 and
      thereafter, each third Payment Date, and including the Maturity Date.

      "Quarterly Period" means the period beginning on the first day of the
      month immediately following the end of a Quarterly Period to and including
      the last day of the third month following such prior Quarterly Period
      (except that the Quarterly Period immediately following the initial
      Cut-Off Date shall be the period of time from December 15, 1995 until
      December 31, 1995).

      "Rating Agency" means any nationally recognized statistical organization
      rating the Class A Certificates and/or the Class B Certificates, at the
      request of the Transferor; as of the date hereof, Fitch and Moody's with
      respect to the Class A Certificates and Fitch with respect to the Class B
      Certificates.

      "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any proposed action, the
      condition that the taking of such action shall not result in a withdrawal
      or downgrade by any Rating Agency of the then-current rating on the Class
      A Certificates.






                                        8
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Receivable" means a fixed rate fully amortizing closed-end consumer
      installment Auto Loan (upon which interest is calculated based upon either
      a simple interest basis or the Rule of 78s) arising from the sale of a
      Financed Vehicle and assigned to the Trust by the Transferor, and
      includes, without limitation, (a) the related Assignment, (b) all security
      interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time
      purporting to secure payment by the Obligor thereunder, including, without
      limitation, the Financed Vehicle, AutoBond's rights under the related
      Dealer Agreement, the rights of AutoBond Funding Corporation I under the
      Origination Agreement and Transferor's rights under the Sale Agreement,
      (c) all guarantees, indemnities and warranties, proceeds of insurance
      policies (including the Insurance Policies), certificates of title or
      other title documentation and other agreements or arrangements of whatever
      character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Auto
      Loan, (d) all collections and all related Loan Documents, Loan Files and
      records with respect to the foregoing, and (e) all proceeds and benefits
      of any of the foregoing.

      "Records" means all documents, books, records and other information
      (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch
      cards, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared
      and maintained by the Collection Agent, the Servicer or by or on behalf of
      the Transferor with respect to Receivables and the related Obligors.

      "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to any Person, any Vice
      President, any Assistant Vice President, any Assistant Secretary, any
      Assistant Treasurer or any other officer of such Person customarily
      performing functions similar to those performed by any of the
      above-designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter,
      any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such
      officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

      "Sale Agreement" has the meaning specified in recitals to this Agreement.

      "Sale Assignment" means the assignment substantially in the form attached
      as Exhibit A to the Sale Agreement pursuant to which a Receivable was
      purchased by the Transferor.

      "Scheduled Payment" means a payment due on a Receivable in accordance with
      its terms.






                                        9
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Service Transfer" has the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

      "Servicer" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this
      Agreement.

      "Servicer Closing Fee" means a one-time fee, payable on the Closing Date,
      in the amount of $10,000.

      "Servicer Duties" has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

      "Servicer Report" has the meaning specified in Section 2.17.

      "Servicing Officer" means any officer or employee of the Servicer involved
      in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of Receivables
      whose name appears on a list of servicing officers attached to Officer's
      Certificates furnished to the Collection Agent, the Transferor and the
      Trustee by the Servicer, as such list may be amended from time to time by
      the party furnishing any such Officer's Certificate.

      "Subservicer" means any Person with whom the Servicer enters into a
      Subservicing Agreement.

      "Subservicing Agreement" means any written contract between the Servicer
      and any Subservicer, relating to the Servicer Duties, in such form as has
      been approved by the Transferor and the Collection Agent hereunder.

      "Successor Servicer" has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a).

      "Transferor" means AutoBond Funding Corporation 1995, a Delaware
      corporation.

      "Transfer Assignment" means the instrument of transfer substantially in
      the form of Exhibit B to the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Transfer Date" means the Closing Date, and each subsequent date on which
      a transfer is made to the Trust under the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Trust" means the "AutoBond Receivables Trust 1995-A" created under the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Trustee" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this
      Agreement.






                                       10
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
      state.

      "Unpaid Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Auto Loan as of any
      Determination Date, (i) for an Auto Loan bearing interest calculable on a
      simple interest basis, the unpaid principal amount for such Auto Loan or
      (ii) for a Precomputed Receivable, the Net Principal Balance as of the end
      of the most recent Due Period; provided, that for any Auto Loan where the
      Net Unrealized Amount equals the Unpaid Principal Balance, such Unpaid
      Principal Balance shall thereafter equal zero (other than for purposes of
      calculating certain amounts and ratios hereunder and under the Pooling
      Agreement).

      "VSI Policy" means the Vendor's Single Interest Insurance Policy
      (including all endorsements thereto), issued by Interstate Fire & Casualty
      Company, insuring against risk of physical damage and other losses on the
      Financed Vehicles, a copy of which is attached as an exhibit to the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      SECTION 1.02. Rules of Interpretation. The following rules apply to this
 Agreement:

            (a) the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the
      singular;

            (b) "or" is not exclusive and "include" and "including" are not
      limiting;

            (c) a reference to any agreement or other contract includes
      permitted supplements and amendments;

            (d) a reference to a law includes any amendment or modification to
      such law and any rules or regulations issued thereunder or any law enacted
      in substitution or replacement therefor;

            (e) a reference to a person includes its permitted successors and
      assigns;

            (f) a reference to an Article, a Section, an Exhibit or a Schedule
      without further reference is to the relevant Article, Section, Exhibit or
      Schedule of this Agreement;

            (g) any right may be exercised at any time and from time to time;

            (h) the headings of the Articles and the Sections are for
      convenience and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement;





                                       11
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (i) words such as "hereunder", "hereto", "hereof" and "herein" and
      other words of like import shall, unless the context clearly indicates to
      the contrary, refer to the whole of this Agreement and not to any
      particular Article, Section, subsection or clause hereof; and

            (j) capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
      respective meanings assigned thereto in the Pooling and Trust Agreement.


                               ARTICLE II

                        SERVICING OF TRUST ASSETS

      SECTION 2.01. Appointment of Servicer. The Trustee and the Transferor
hereby appoint the Servicer, and the Servicer accepts such appointment, to
perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Trust and the Certificateholders in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, the respective Receivables, the VSI Policy and applicable law
and, to the extent consistent with such terms, in the same manner in which, and
with the same care, skill, prudence and diligence with which, it services and
administers Receivables of similar credit quality for other portfolios, if any,
giving due consideration to customary and usual standards of practice of prudent
institutional automobile loan servicers and, in each case, taking into account
its other obligations hereunder, but without regard to:

                (i) any relationship that the Servicer, any Subservicer or any
           Affiliate of the Servicer or any Subservicer may have with the
           related Obligor; or

                (ii) the ownership, or servicing for others, by the Servicer or
           any Subservicer, of any other automobile loans or property.

In the event that the Servicer believes that it is unable to comply with the
requirements of this Section 2.01 with respect to any particular Receivable as a
result of one or more of the factors described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this
Section 2.01, it may enter into a Subservicing Agreement pursuant to Section
2.02 pursuant to which a Subservicer shall perform its duties with respect to
any such Receivable. In such event, so long as such Subservicer performs such
duties on behalf of the Servicer in accordance with the requirements of this
Agreement, including this Section 2.01, then the Servicer shall be deemed to be
in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding the above, the Servicer must obtain the
written consent of the Collection Agent and the Trustee, and must give written
notice to each Rating Agency, prior to any





                                       12
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

such Subservicing Agreement. In the event that the Trustee and Collection Agent
do not consent to such a Subservicing Agreement proposed by the Servicer, the
Collection Agent and the Trustee shall have the right to remove the Servicer as
the servicer with respect to such Receivable and to appoint a Successor Servicer
with respect to such Receivable pursuant to Section 2.13.

      SECTION 2.02. Subservicing Agreements Between Servicer and Subservicer.

      (a) Upon the prior written consent of the Trustee and Collection Agent,
the Servicer may enter into Subservicing Agreements with a Subservicer for the
performance of all or a part of the Servicer Duties with respect to any
Receivable. References in this Agreement to actions taken or to be taken by the
Servicer in performance of the Servicer Duties include actions taken or to be
taken by a Subservicer on behalf of the Servicer. Each Subservicing Agreement
will be upon such terms and conditions as are not inconsistent with this
Agreement. The Servicer shall provide written notice to the Collection Agent and
the Trustee promptly upon the appointment of any Subservicer. For purposes of
this Agreement, the receipt by a Subservicer of any amount with respect to a
Receivable (other than amounts representing servicing compensation) shall be
treated as the receipt by the Servicer of such amount.

      (b) Upon the prior written consent of the Transferor, the Trustee and
Collection Agent, the Servicer shall be entitled to terminate any Subservicing
Agreement that may exist in accordance with the terms and conditions of such
Subservicing Agreement and without any limitation by virtue of this Agreement.

      (c) Notwithstanding any Subservicing Agreement, any of the provisions of
this Agreement relating to agreements or arrangements between the Servicer or a
Subservicer or reference to actions taken through a Subservicer or otherwise,
the Servicer shall remain directly obligated and directly liable to the
Transferor and the Trustee for the servicing and administering of the
Receivables in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without
diminution of such obligation or liability (including its indemnity obligations
under Section 4.03) by virtue of such Subservicing Agreements or arrangements or
by virtue of indemnification from the Subservicer or the Servicer and to the
same extent and under the same terms and conditions as if the Servicer alone
were servicing and administering the Receivables. The Servicer shall be entitled
to enter into any agreement with a Subservicer for indemnification of the
Servicer and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit or
modify such indemnification.






                                       13
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (d) Any Subservicing Agreement that may be entered into pursuant to this
Agreement and any other transaction or services relating to the Receivables
involving a Subservicer in its capacity as such that is consented to by the
Transferor and the Collection Agent shall be deemed to be between the
Subservicer and the Servicer alone and the Transferor, the Collection Agent and
the Trustee shall not be deemed parties thereto and shall have no claims,
rights, obligations, duties or liabilities with respect to the Subservicer.

      (e) If the Servicer shall for any reason no longer be the Servicer
hereunder (including by reason of any Event of Servicing Termination), the
Servicer, upon prior written consent of the Trustee, Transferor and the
Collection Agent, shall thereupon terminate each Subservicing Agreement that may
have been entered into, and neither the Transferor, the Collection Agent, the
Trustee nor the Successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed any liability
or obligation thereunder, the Servicer's interest therein or to have replaced
the Servicer as a party to any such Subservicing Agreement.

      SECTION 2.03. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer
represents and warrants to the Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Trustee and
the Certificateholders, as follows, as of the date hereof (which representations
and warranties shall be deemed repeated on each Transfer Date and on each date
on which a Servicer Report is due to be delivered hereunder as though made on
and as of such date):

                (i) It is a limited liability partnership duly organized,
      validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas
      and is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing in every
      jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires it to be so
      qualified; it or a Subservicer is or will be in compliance with the laws
      of each state to the extent necessary to perform its obligations under
      this Agreement; and it or a Subservicer has obtained all necessary
      licenses with respect to it or such Subservicer required by law to enable
      it to perform its duties herein;

               (ii)  It has the power and authority to execute,deliver and 
      perform this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

              (iii) The execution and delivery by it and the performance by it
      or a Subservicer of this Agreement, and the execution and delivery by it
      and the performance by it or a Subservicer of all other agreements,
      instruments and documents which may be delivered by it pursuant





                                       14
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      hereto, and the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) have been duly
      authorized by all necessary partnership or other action, on the part of
      it, (ii) do not contravene or cause it to be in default under (A) its
      organizational documents, (B) any contractual restriction with respect to
      any Debt of it or contained in any indenture, loan or credit agreement,
      lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note, or other material
      agreement or instrument binding it or its property or (C) any law, rule,
      regulation, order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree applicable
      to or binding it or its property, and (iii) do not result in or require
      the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its
      properties;

                (iv) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on
      behalf of it;

                (v) No consent of, or other action by, and no notice to or
      filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other party is required for
      the due execution, delivery and performance by it (either directly or
      through a Subservicer) of this Agreement or any other agreement, document
      or instrument to be delivered by it hereunder;

               (vi) This Agreement is its legal, valid and binding obligation
      enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

              (vii) There is no pending or threatened action, suit or
      proceeding, nor any injunction, writ, restraining order or other order of
      a material nature against or affecting it, its officers or directors, or
      its property, in any court or tribunal, or before any arbitrator of any
      kind or before or by any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the
      invalidity of this Agreement or any document to be delivered by it
      hereunder or (ii) seeking any determination or ruling that would
      reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect (A) the
      performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement, or (B) the
      validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any document to be
      delivered by it hereunder or (iii) which is inconsistent with the due
      consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

             (viii) Its facilities, plant, personnel, records and products
      are adequate for the performance of its duties hereunder;

               (ix) The Servicer is not in default with respect to any order or
      decree of any court or any order, regulation or demand of any federal,
      state, municipal or





                                       15
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      governmental agency, which would reasonably be expected to have
      consequences that would materially and adversely affect the condition
      (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Servicer or its properties
      or would reasonably be expected to have consequences that would materially
      and adversely affect its performance hereunder;

                (x) No certificate of an officer, statement furnished in
      writing, report or electronic medium delivered pursuant to the terms
      hereof by the Servicer contains any untrue statement of a material fact or
      omits to state any material fact to make the certificate, statement or
      report not misleading;

               (xi) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the
      ordinary course of business of the Servicer; and

              (xii) The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable shall not be
      released by the Servicer or a Subservicer in whole or in part from the
      security interest granted by the Obligor, except as contemplated herein.

It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in
this Section 2.03 shall survive the execution of this Agreement. Upon discovery
by either Transferor, Collection Agent, the Trustee or the Servicer of a breach
of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering
such breach shall give proper written notice to the other parties hereto.

      SECTION 2.04. Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer.

      (a) The Servicer shall manage, administer, monitor and service the
Receivables, including providing data management, payment processing and
customer service; provided that, prior to a resignation or termination of the
Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, the Servicer will not act as
Collection Agent. In performing its duties hereunder, the Servicer shall have
full power and authority to do or cause to be done any and all things in
connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or
desirable, within the terms of this Agreement (the "Servicer Duties"). Prior to
a resignation or termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or
3.07, the Servicer will provide the following services (together with other
activities not inconsistent with the description below and implicitly necessary
to accomplish the usual and customary activities, other than collections, of an
automobile loan servicer):

          (i)  Boarding Functions:





                                       16
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               (1)   Review for receipt of copies of Loan Files;              
               (2)   Input of new Receivable information into loan accounting
                     system; and
               (3)   Preparation and mailing of welcome letters.

         (ii)  File Maintenance/Document Control Functions:

               (1)   Retention of copies of the Loan Files;
               (2)   Tracking of customer collision insurance on Financed 
                     Vehicles and reporting to Collection Agent exposed Financed
                     Vehicles; and
               (3)   Determination of Receivables being satisfied in full.

        (iii)  Customer Service Functions:

               (1)   Preparation and transmittal of monthly
                     billing statements to Obligors;
               (2)   Response to Obligor inquiries;
               (3)   Research regarding billing statements and
                     Obligor inquiries;
               (4)   Maintenance of Obligor information; and
               (5)   Preparation and mailing of delinquency
                     notices.

         (iv)  Payment Processing Functions:

               (1)   Coordination of lockbox procedures; 
               (2)   Recording of loan payment information; and 
               (3)   Referral to Collection Agent of instances of non-sufficient
                     funds.

          (v)  Reporting Functions:

               (1)   Preparation and delivery of Servicer's
                     Report.

         (vi)  Data Processing Functions:

               (1)   Entry of data;
               (2)   Operation of data center;
               (3)   Operation of telecommunications; and
               (4)   Operation and maintenance of collection
                     system.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any of the duties set
forth above are assigned to the Collection Agent pursuant to Article III hereof,
the Servicer shall have no liability for such duty so long as the Collection
Agent continues to act in such capacity hereunder. Upon a resignation or
termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, all such
duties shall revert to the Servicer.





                                       17
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (b) The Servicer may not sue to enforce or collect upon a Receivable in
its own name, or as agent for the Trust without the prior written consent of the
Trustee.

      (c) In accordance with the standard of care in Section 2.01 the Servicer
may agree to grant to the Obligor on any Receivable any rebate, refund or
adjustment that the Servicer in good faith believes is required under the
Receivable or applicable law in connection with a prepayment in full of the
Receivable, and, pursuant to written instructions from the Collection Agent and
the Servicer, the Trustee shall remit the amount of any such rebate, refund or
adjustment to the applicable Obligors from the Collection Account. The Servicer
may not permit any rescission or cancellation of any Receivable nor may it take
any action with respect to any Receivable or Sale Assignment which would
invalidate the coverage afforded by the VSI Policy to such Receivable or the
related Financed Vehicle, or would impair the rights of the Trustee therein or
in the proceeds thereof. The Collection Agent shall not consent to any amendment
to the VSI Policy, which amendment would affect the duties and obligations of
the Servicer hereunder, without the prior consent of the Servicer (which shall
not be unreasonably withheld).

      (d) The Collection Agent (and in the case of item (i) only, the Servicer)
shall not advise the Trustee that the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable
should be released by the Trustee from the security interest granted in
connection with such Receivable in whole or in part, except:

             (i) when such Receivable has been paid in full;

            (ii) immediately upon any exchange or substitution of such Financed
      Vehicle by the Dealer or manufacturer thereof in settlement of claims as
      to defects, breach of warranties, insurance and similar matters, with a
      Financed Vehicle of equal or greater collateral value as of the date of
      such exchange in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer (subject to all
      the terms hereof including the recordation of the lien thereon and the
      requirements of the Insurance Policies); or

            (iii) in connection with a repossession of a Financed Vehicle; or

            (iv) when all Insurance Proceeds with respect to such Financed
      Vehicle have been received by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust.

The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise amend the terms of any Receivable,
except in accordance herewith.






                                       18
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (e) The Servicer shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Trust and
shall forward to the Collection Account, the Trustee or the Lockbox, as
applicable, no later than the next Business Day following receipt thereof any
payment or deposit with respect to any Receivable received by the Servicer. The
Servicer shall not assert any right of setoff or any lien with respect to such
payment or deposit.

      (f) The Servicer agrees to monitor and track each Financed Vehicle for
maintenance of required physical damage insurance in the manner required by the
VSI Policy and to notify the Collection Agent and the Trustee, as soon as
practicable but not later than 30 days after becoming initially aware, of
circumstances that would lead a reasonable person to believe that the insurance
on any Financed Vehicle is not being or will not be maintained in accordance
with applicable law and the terms of the applicable retail installment sales
contract.

      (g) Except as expressly provided herein, the Servicer shall not sell,
assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any
Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any Receivable (or any right to income in
respect thereof), or any account in which any payments with respect to any
Receivable are deposited, or assign any right to receive income in respect of
any Receivable.

      (h) The Servicer, the Transferor and the Collection Agent shall each
instruct each Obligor by written notice that all payments on Receivables shall
be mailed to the Lockbox, and, so long as AutoBond is serving as the Collection
Agent hereunder, that such payments shall be made payable to the order of
"AutoBond Acceptance Co.", in its capacity as Collection Agent.

      (i) To the extent any duty or obligation of the Servicer set forth herein
is assigned to the Collection Agent pursuant to Article III hereof, the Servicer
shall have no liability for such duty or obligation so long as the Collection
Agent continues to act in such capacity hereunder. Upon a resignation or
termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, all such
duties shall revert to the Trustee.

      SECTION 2.05. Fidelity Bond, Errors and Omissions Insurance; Contingent
Disaster Relief Protection.

      (a) The Servicer shall maintain, at its own expense, a blanket fidelity
bond and an errors and omissions insurance policy, with broad coverage with
responsible companies on all officers, employees or other Persons acting on
behalf of the Servicer in any capacity with regard to the Receivables to handle
funds, money, documents and papers relating to the





                                       19
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Receivables. Any such fidelity bond and errors and omissions insurance shall
protect and insure the Servicer against losses, including forgery, theft,
embezzlement, fraud, errors and omissions and negligent acts of such Persons and
shall be maintained in a form that would meet the requirements of prudent
institutional auto loan servicers and, in the case of the fidelity coverage in
the amount of $100,000 and in the amount of $1,000,000 in the case of Errors and
Omissions Coverage. No provision of this Section 2.05(a) requiring such fidelity
bond and errors and omissions insurance shall diminish or relieve the Servicer
from its duties and obligations as set forth in this Agreement. The Servicer
shall be deemed to have complied with this provision with respect to itself if
one of its respective Affiliates has such fidelity bond and errors and omissions
policy coverage and, by the terms of such fidelity bond and errors and omissions
policy, the coverage afforded thereunder extends to the Servicer. The Servicer
shall cause each and every Subservicer for it to maintain a policy of insurance
covering errors and omissions and a fidelity bond which would meet such
requirements. Upon request of the Transferor or the Trustee, the Servicer shall
cause to be delivered to the Trustee a certification evidencing coverage under
such fidelity bond and insurance policy. The Trustee shall have no obligation to
request any such certification or upon receipt of any such certification or of
any notice provided for in this Section 2.05(a), to approve, consent to, or
determine its compliance with, the requirements of this Section 2.05(a). Upon
receipt of any such certification or notice, the Trustee's sole responsibility
shall be to deliver copies thereof to the Certificateholders. Any such fidelity
bond or insurance policy shall (i) not be cancelled without the Servicer giving
prior written notice to the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who shall promptly
forward a copy of such notice to each Rating Agency) immediately following the
giving or receipt of such notice as is required or allowed under the terms of
such fidelity bond or insurance policy, as the case may be and (ii) not be
modified in a materially adverse manner without ten days' prior written notice
by the Servicer to the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who
shall promptly forward a copy of such notice to each Rating Agency).

      (b) The Servicer currently maintains, at its own expense, a computer
disaster recovery plan and computer disaster recovery procedures in forms
consistent with industry standards of prudent institutional receivables
servicers and shall continue to maintain, at its own expense, such a plan and
such procedures as are consistent with such standards and shall not modify amend
or revoke such procedures without giving prior written notice thereof to each
Rating Agency and the Trustee. No provision of this Section 2.05(b) requiring
such a plan and such procedures shall diminish or relieve the Servicer from its
duties and obligations as set forth in this





                                       20
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Agreement. The Servicer shall be deemed to have complied with this provision if
one of its respective Affiliates has such a plan and such procedures which also
affords protection to the Servicer. Upon request of the Transferor, the
Collection Agent or the Trustee, the Servicer shall cause to be delivered to the
Transferor, the Collection Agent or the Trustee, as the case may be, a
certification as to the existence of such a plan and such procedures. The
Trustee shall have no obligation upon receipt of any such certification or of
any notice provided for in this Section 2.05(b), to approve, consent to, or
determine its compliance with, the requirements of this Section 2.05(b).

      SECTION 2.06. Inspection.

      (a) At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall afford the
Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Trustee, the Rating Agencies, and, so long
as it is a Certificateholder, the initial Class A Certificateholder, and, so
long as it is a pledgee of the Class B Certificates, Fidelity Funding of
California, Inc., together with each of their authorized agents (including
auditors), upon reasonable notice, reasonable access (subject to the security
rules and regulations of the Servicer) during normal business hours to its
records relating to the Receivables and will cause its personnel to assist in
any examination of such records by any of such Persons; provided, that the
foregoing shall not require any of such Persons to conduct any inspection. The
examination referred to in this Section 2.06(a) will be conducted in a manner
which does not unreasonably interfere with the Servicer's normal operations or
customer or employee relations or require the Servicer to disclose or expose
confidential information related to its services hereunder or to its other
clients. Without otherwise limiting the scope of the examination, the
Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies may, using
generally accepted auditing standards, verify the status of each Receivable and
review the copies of the Loan Files, Electronic Ledger and records relating
thereto for conformity to reports prepared pursuant to Section 2.17 and
compliance with the standards represented or required to exist as to each
Receivable in this Agreement. Nothing in this section shall affect the
obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure
of information regarding the obligors, and failure of the Servicer to provide
access to information a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach
of this Section 2.06.

      (b) All information obtained by the Transferor, the Collection Agent and
the Trustee or their respective agents regarding the Obligors and the
Receivables, whether upon exercise of their respective rights under this Section
2.06 or otherwise, shall be maintained by the Transferor, the





                                       21
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Collection Agent and the Trustee and their respective agents in confidence and
shall not be disclosed to any other Person other than the Certificateholders,
except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation.

      SECTION 2.07. Possession and Payment of Receivables. 

The Servicer shall determine when a Receivable has been paid in full. The
Servicer shall notify the Trustee and the Collection Agent in writing within
five (5) Business Days as to each Receivable in connection with which such a
determination has been made. If the Servicer requires possession of any Loan
File or any documents related thereto in order to perform its duties or
obligations hereunder, prior to taking possession of any such Receivable or
documents, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee a trust receipt
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Servicer agrees to
promptly return any such Receivable and documents, possession of which the
Servicer takes in accordance with this Section 2.07, after its need for
possession thereof ceases.

      SECTION 2.08. Monthly Servicing Fee; Servicing Expenses.

      (a) On each Payment Date the Servicer shall be entitled to receive by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by
the Servicer to the Trustee from the funds on deposit in the Collection Account
an amount equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee as of such Payment Date. The
Servicer acknowledges and agrees that, so long as no Amortization Event under
the Pooling and Trust Agreement has occurred and is continuing, its right to
receive on any Payment Date the Monthly Servicing Fee is subordinate to the
right of payment on such day of any or all of the following amounts that are
payable on such date pursuant to Section 7.04(a) of the Pooling and Trust
Agreement:

                (i) the payment or allocation to the Class A Certificateholders
      of the Class A Interest due on such Payment Date.

      (b) (i) The Servicer shall be required to pay for all expenses incurred by
it in connection with its activities hereunder (including any payments to
accountants, counsel, Subservicers, or any other Person) out of the compensation
retained by or paid to it pursuant to Section 2.08(a) above, and shall not be
entitled to any extra payment or reimbursement therefor; provided, however, that
the Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to an account designated in writing by the Servicer to the
Trustee for the amount of any other expenses incurred with the prior written
consent of the Collection Agent and the Trustee. No later than ten Business Days
prior to each Payment Date, the Servicer shall provide





                                       22
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

the Transferor and the Collection Agent with a list of items eligible for
reimbursement pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, in such reasonable
detail as the Transferor and the Collection Agent may request, together with its
certification by a Servicing Officer that all such items are eligible for
reimbursement hereunder.

               (ii) During such time as the Servicer is performing the duties of
the Collection Agent under this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall be
reimbursed by the Trust for the following out of pocket costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of such duties as Collection Agent
hereunder including:

                  (A) Any reasonable compensation paid to outside legal counsel
            retained at Transferor's direction to protect the interests of
            Transferor and the Trust;

                  (B) Any reasonable compensation paid to professional
            accountants retained at Transferor's direction to review the assets
            administered under this Servicing Agreement;

                  (C) Any insurance, title, title transfer or other such fees
            arising from or related to any Receivables administered under the
            Servicing Agreement; and

                  (D) Expenses for special forms and materials, freight, tapes,
            communications, lock-box charges and other expenses approved by
            Transferor for the benefit of the Trust.

Any reimbursement to the Servicer for fees or costs pursuant to this Section
2.08(b) shall be limited to the extent of the funds available for reimbursement
of Servicer and Administrator fees and expenses under the Pooling and Trust
Agreement.

      (c) The Servicer acknowledges and agrees that if an Amortization Event
under the Pooling and Trust Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Servicer's right to receive any fees, costs and expenses owing to the Servicer
under this Agreement shall be subordinate to the right of payment of the
following amounts:

                (i) the payment or alloation to the Class A Certificateholders
      of the Class A Interest due on such Payment Date; and

               (ii) all fees, costs and expenses owing to the Trustee.





                                       23
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (d) Each of Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee covenants and
agrees that upon a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of the
occurrence of an Amortization Event under the Pooling and Trust Agreement, it
shall promptly give notice thereof to the Servicer; provided, that the Trustee
shall have no duty to inquire or to investigate the occurrence of such
Amortization Event.

      (e) Each of the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee agrees
that, without the written consent of the Servicer, it will not amend the Pooling
and Trust Agreement (i) to change the source of the payment of the Monthly
Servicing Fee and to the extent the Servicer has assumed the Collection Agent's
duties, rights and obligations hereunder, the Monthly Administrator Fee, (ii) if
such amendment would further subordinate the payment to the Servicer of the
Monthly Servicing Fee, to change the priority of payment of the Monthly
Servicing Fee, or (iii) to materially change the rights, duties and obligations
under this Agreement of the Servicer, whether as Servicer hereunder or as
Collection Agent, to the extent the Servicer has assumed the rights, duties and
obligations of the Collection Agent hereunder.

      SECTION 2.09. Collection Agent To Maintain Computer Link. Without
limitation of its obligations in respect of the other provisions of this
Agreement, and in addition to the duties of the Servicer, the Collection Agent
has supported and will continue to support non-dedicated dial-up capability with
the Servicer. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary,
the Collection Agent shall have no duty or obligation with respect to the
information provided via the computer link described in the preceding sentence.

      SECTION 2.10. Resignation or Termination of Servicer.

      (a) The Servicer may resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed
on it upon its determination that (a) the performance of its duties hereunder
has become impermissible under applicable law and (b) there is no reasonable
action which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties
hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting
the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (a) above by an
Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Transferor, the Collection
Agent and the Trustee before any such resignation and as to clause (b) by an
Officer's Certificate to such effect delivered to the Transferor, the Collection
Agent and the Trustee before any such resignation. The action referred to in the
first clause (b) of this Section 2.10(a) will not be considered reasonable if it
requires the payment of extraordinary fees or costs for which the Servicer is
not eligible for reimbursement under Section 2.08.





                                       24
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Promptly upon any such resignation, the Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency.

      (b) The Collection Agent or the Trustee may, upon 30 days' prior written
notice to the Servicer, terminate the Servicer as Servicer hereunder and as
Collection Agent, if the Servicer is then Collection Agent hereunder, without
cause; provided, that such termination shall not be effective unless (i) a
Successor Servicer shall have been appointed pursuant to Section 2.13 or (ii)
the Trustee has agreed to become Successor Servicer, and (iii) Servicer shall
have received the $25,000 termination fee payable pursuant to Section 2.13(c).

      (c) The Servicer may resign as Servicer hereunder, effective upon 180
days' notice to the Transferor, the Trustee and the Collection Agent; provided,
however that such resignation may be effective earlier if a Successor Servicer
is appointed in accordance with Section 2.13 prior to the expiration of such 180
day period; and provided, further, in the event no successor is appointed on or
before the expiration of such 180-day period, then the Trustee shall assume the
duties of the Servicer as Successor Servicer hereunder.

      SECTION 2.11. Change in Business of the Servicer. The Transferor,
Collection Agent and Trustee entered into this Agreement with the Servicer in
reliance upon its ability to perform the servicing duties, if necessary, without
any delegation thereof; the adequacy of its plant, personnel, records and
procedures; its integrity, reputation and financial standing and the continuance
of each of the foregoing.

      SECTION 2.12. Events of Servicing Termination. If any of the following
events (each, an "Event of Servicing Termination") shall occur and be
continuing:

            (a) Any failure by the Servicer to forward to the Trustee, the
      Collection Account or the Lockbox, as applicable, any payment or partial
      payment or deposit identified with respect to any Receivable received by
      the Servicer and the continuance of such failure for a period of two
      Business Days after the date upon which such payment or deposit is
      received by the Servicer; or

            (b) Failure on the part of the Servicer to observe or perform any
      term, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, including the Servicer
      Duties (other than the agreement to deliver the Servicer Report pursuant
      to Section 2.17), which failure continues unremedied for 10 Business Days
      after discovery by the Servicer or the date on which written notice of
      such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to
      the





                                       25
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      Servicer by the Transferor, the Collection Agent or by the Trustee; or

           (c) Any proceeding shall be instituted against the Servicer (or, if
      the Servicer is actively contesting the merits thereof, such proceeding is
      not dismissed within 60 days) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or
      insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
      arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or any
      of its Debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
      reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for
      relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
      similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, or
      any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without
      limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment
      of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for
      any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or

           (d) The commencement by the Servicer of a voluntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to
      be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry
      of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Servicer in an
      involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the
      commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against
      it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking
      reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the
      consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or
      taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
      sequestrator or similar official of the Servicer or of any substantial
      part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit
      of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay
      its Debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action
      by the Servicer in furtherance of any such action; or

           (e) The Servicer shall fail to deliver a report at the time, in the
      form and containing the information expressly required by this Agreement,
      and the continuance of such failure for a period of 5 Business Days after
      the date upon which written notice of such failure shall have been given
      to the Servicer by the Transferor, the Collection Agent or by the Trustee;
      or






                                       26
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

           (f) There is a breach of any of the representations and warranties of
      the Servicer set forth in Section 2.03 which breach shall be in the
      opinion of the Collection Agent or the Trustee reasonably expected to have
      a material adverse effect on the Transferor or the Trust at the time when
      the notice referred to in this clause (f) shall be given to the Servicer
      and such breach shall not have been cured within 10 Business Days or such
      longer period as may be agreed to by the Collection Agent and the Trustee
      after receipt of written notice thereof by the Servicer, or

           (g) Any Rating Agency determines that having the Servicer act as
      servicer hereunder will prevent such Rating Agency from issuing or
      maintaining a rating of at least "A3" (or its equivalent) on the Class A
      Certificates and "PDR-3" from Fitch on the Class B Certificates or will
      result in a review with negative implications, suspension, downgrade,
      withdrawal or other impairment of such rating;

then, and in any such event, either the Collection Agent or the Trustee, may by
delivery to the Servicer (and to the Trustee or the Collection Agent, as
applicable) of a written notice specifying the occurrence of any of the
foregoing events terminate the servicing and custodial responsibilities of the
Servicer hereunder, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby waived by the Servicer (such termination and any termination
of the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.10 hereby called a "Service Transfer");
provided, that in the event any of the events described in subsections (c) or
(d) of this Section 2.12 shall have occurred, termination of the duties and
responsibilities of the Servicer shall automatically occur, without, demand,
protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the
Servicer. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the right of the Collection
Agent and the Trustee to terminate the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.10(b), if
the Transferor, the Collection Agent or the Trustee notifies the Servicer, prior
to the occurrence of an Event of Servicer Termination, under Section 2.12(g),
that circumstances exist that would with the passage of time result in the
occurrence of an Event of Servicing Termination described in Section 2.12(g),
each party hereto will negotiate in good faith with the other parties hereto to
prevent the occurrence of such an Event of Servicing Termination; provided,
however, that such Event of Servicing Termination shall nevertheless occur upon
expiration of 30 days following the date of such notice unless the existing
circumstances leading to such Event of Servicing Termination have been cured to
the satisfaction of all parties hereto.






                                       27
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

       SECTION 2.13. Appointment of the Successor Servicer.

      (a) Upon the effectiveness of termination of the Servicer's
responsibilities under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.10 or Section 2.12,
the Trustee shall immediately succeed to the duties of the Servicer (including
the duties of Collection Agent if at the time of termination the Servicer is
also the Collection Agent) as a successor Servicer (the "Successor Servicer"),
unless and until another Successor Servicer has been appointed by the Collection
Agent (which may be the Trustee or the Collection Agent). The Collection Agent
shall give the Trustee and the Rating Agencies not less than 30 days' prior
written notice of its intent to appoint a Successor Servicer pursuant to this
Section 2.13(a). Such appointment shall become effective following the
expiration of such 30-day period (or such shorter period agreed to by the
Collection Agent, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies) on a date to be specified
by the Collection Agent; provided, that, on or before such effective date, the
Trustee and the Collection Agent shall have received written confirmation from
each Rating Agency that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and the
Trustee shall have consented in writing to the appointment of such party as
Successor Servicer. Such Successor Servicer shall succeed to all rights and
assume all of the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under
this Agreement; provided, that such Successor Servicer shall have no
responsibility for any actions of the Servicer prior to the date of the
appointment of such Successor Servicer as Servicer. Such Successor Servicer
shall be authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the
Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other
instruments, and to do any and all acts or things necessary or appropriate to
effect the purposes of such notice of termination and to perform the duties of
the Servicer hereunder (including its duties as Successor Servicer hereunder but
excluding its duty to indemnify pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and (b)). The
standard of care, representations and warranties, covenants, liabilities, rights
of indemnification, and all other rights and obligations of the Trustee under
this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement shall also be applicable to
the Trustee in its capacity as successor servicer hereunder. The Trustee shall
have the right to appoint as its agent a third party to perform the duties and
obligations of the Trustee as successor servicer hereunder. The appointment of
any such person shall require the prior written approval of the Collection
Agent, which will not be unreasonably withheld and shall not become effective
until prior written notice has been delivered to each Rating Agency. The Trustee
shall not be responsible for compensating the Transferor for any increase in the
Monthly Servicing Fee associated with a Successor Servicer.






                                       28
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (b) Any Successor Servicer appointed by the Collection Agent hereunder
shall be entitled to reasonable compensation (including the estimated
termination costs of such servicing and a reasonable profit) which shall be
determined by the Collection Agent; provided, however, that the Trustee, when
acting as successor servicer hereunder, shall receive compensation that is no
less than was being received by the Servicer at the time of its termination. Any
Successor Servicer appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction or any agent
of the Trustee as Successor Servicer upon becoming the Successor Servicer
pursuant to Section 2.13 (a), shall be entitled to compensation (including the
estimated costs of servicing and a reasonable profit) equal to the prevailing
market rate for such services, which compensation, however, shall not be greater
than the compensation currently received by the Servicer hereunder as the
Monthly Servicing Fee. Any excess payable to the Successor Servicer over and
above such current servicer compensation will be paid by the Collection Agent.

      (c) The outgoing Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Trustee and the
Successor Servicer shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement and
the Pooling and Trust Agreement, that shall be reasonably necessary to
effectuate any such succession, including, without limitation, (i) the express
assumption by such Successor Servicer of the duties and obligations of the
outgoing Servicer hereunder (except as to the Trustee as the Successor Servicer,
the Servicer's indemnification obligation under Section 4.03(a) and (b) shall
not apply), (ii) notifying Obligors in writing of the existence of the Successor
Servicer, and (iii) providing such Successor Servicer with all Records
maintained or held by the outgoing servicer as Servicer hereunder, including all
paper files and all electronic files, at no charge. In the event the Servicer is
terminated without cause pursuant to Section 2.10(b), it shall be entitled to
receive an additional one-time termination fee in the amount of $25,000, but no
other additional or extra compensation beyond that which would be otherwise due
to it under this Agreement to and including the date on which the Servicer is so
terminated. Such Termination Fee shall be payable from the Collection Agent's
own funds and such termination of the Servicer shall not be effective unless and
until such termination fee is paid in full to the Servicer.

      (d) Upon appointment, any Successor Servicer shall be successor in all
respects to the outgoing Servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set
forth or provided for herein and shall be subject to all responsibilities,
duties and liabilities relating thereto placed upon the Servicer by the terms
and provisions hereof (subject to the same limitations as are contained in this
Section 2.13 with respect to a succession to the outgoing Servicer by the
Trustee).





                                       29
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.14. Effect of Service Transfer.

      (a) Prior to any Service Transfer, the outgoing Servicer shall notify (or,
to the extent that the Servicer provided such notice pursuant to Section
2.13(c), confirm the notice to) Obligors of the existence of the Successor
Servicer. The Servicer shall be entitled to receive from the Collection Agent,
as extra compensation for such Services, a fee equal to $.60 for each such
notice given.

      (b) After any Service Transfer, the outgoing Servicer shall have no
further obligations with respect to the management, servicing, custody or
monitoring of the collection of the Receivables and the Successor Servicer shall
have all of such obligations.

      (c) A Service Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder (including, but not limited to, the obligations and
indemnities of the outgoing Servicer pursuant to Article IV) other than those
relating to the management, servicing, custody or monitoring of the collection
of the Receivables by the Successor Servicer.

      SECTION 2.15. Annual Reports; Statements as to Compliance.

      (a) On or before ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Servicer, the Servicer shall deliver to the Transferor and the Trustee (who
shall promptly forward a copy to each Certificateholder and each Rating Agency),
a copy of the financial statements of Computer Sciences Corporation and Mitchell
Sweet & Associates, Inc. (or the Successor Servicer) containing a report of a
firm of Independent Public Accountants to the effect that such firm has examined
certain books and records of Computer Sciences Corporation and Mitchell Sweet
Associates, Inc. (or the Successor Servicer) and that, on the basis of such
examination conducted substantially in compliance with generally accepted audit
standards such financial statements accurately reflect the financial condition
of Computer Sciences Corporation and Mitchell Sweet & Associates, Inc. (or the
Successor Servicer).

      (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Collection Agent and the Trustee
(who shall promptly forward a copy to each Certificateholder and each Rating
Agency) by the fifth Business Day of each month an Officer's Certificate
stating, as to each signer thereof, that (a) a review of the activities of the
Servicer (and each Subservicer) during the preceding calendar month and of
performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision
and (b) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, each of
the Servicer and any Subservicer has fulfilled all its respective obligations
under this Agreement throughout such month, or, if





                                       30
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

there has been an Event of Servicing Termination or if an event has occurred
that with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Servicing
Termination, specifying each such Event of Servicing Termination or event known
to such officer and nature and status thereof, and remedies therefor being
pursued. Notwithstanding the obligation to deliver such certificates, the
Servicer shall promptly (but in any event within five Business Days) notify the
Transferor, the Rating Agencies, the Collection Agent and the Trustee upon
receiving actual knowledge of any event which constitutes an Event of Servicing
Termination or would constitute an Event of Servicing Termination but for the
requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

      SECTION 2.16. Annual Independent Public Accountants' Servicing Report. On
or before ninety (90) days after the end of its fiscal year, the Servicer shall
cause a firm of Independent Public Accountants to furnish a statement to the
Trustee (who shall promptly forward a copy to the Collection Agent, the
Certificateholders and each Rating Agency), to the effect that such firm has
examined certain documents and records relating to the servicing of the
Receivables and the reporting requirements with respect thereto (including the
activities of the Collection Agent) and that, on the basis of such examination,
such servicing and reporting requirements have been conducted in compliance with
this Agreement (and, in the case of the Collection Agent, the Pooling
Agreement), except for (i) such exceptions as such firm shall believe to be
immaterial, and (ii) such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such
statement. The cost to Servicer of such accountant's statements shall be limited
to 2% of the revenue payable to the Servicer under this Agreement for the fiscal
year in question, and any excess shall be paid by the Collection Agent.

      SECTION 2.17. Servicer Reports.

      (a) The Servicer shall furnish by close of business on each Determination
Date (or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not a Business Day), to
the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who shall promptly forward a copy to each
Certificateholder and each of the Rating Agencies), an Officer's Certificate,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Servicer Report"),
which Servicer Report shall contain all information necessary for the Trustee to
make the distributions from, and transfers among, the accounts required by the
Pooling and Trust Agreement or in such other form as is mutually acceptable to
the Servicer, the Collection Agent and the Trustee. In addition, the Servicer
and/or the Collection Agent shall provide the Trustee with such additional
written information and certifications as the Trustee may request in order for
the Trustee to make the distributions from, and transfers among, the various
accounts





                                       31
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

required by this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement on a daily, or
other, basis. Each of the parties hereto shall provide to the Rating Agencies
such additional information as they may reasonably request in order to assist
such Rating Agencies in their ongoing monitoring and assessment of the
performance of the Receivables. To the extent such information is not currently
provided in the form of Servicer Report, then the Servicer shall develop and
provide such information at its customary hourly rate and cost, which shall be
paid to Servicer as part of its compensation hereunder.

      (b) The Servicer Report shall include a certification (i) that the
information contained in such certificate is accurate, (ii) that no Event of
Servicing Termination, or event that with notice or lapse of time or both would
become an Event of Servicing Termination, has occurred, or if an Event of
Servicing Termination or such event has occurred and is continuing, specifying
the Event of Servicing Termination or such event and its status and (iii) that
the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in Section 2.03 of
this Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of the date of such
certificate.

      SECTION 2.18. Confidentiality. Each of the Transferor, Collection Agent
and the Trustee acknowledges the proprietary nature of certain of the software,
software procedures, software development tools, know-how, methodologies,
processes and technologies of the Servicer ("Confidential Material") and agrees
(i) that it shall use the same means as it uses to protect its own confidential
information, but in no event less than reasonable means, to avoid disclosure, by
it or its agents or employees, to any third party of any confidential or
proprietary information of the Servicer identified as such by the Servicer to
it, except to the extent that any such person may be required to disclose any
such information (x) by law or any legal process or proceeding, including,
without limitation, in connection with an examination or audit by any
governmental regulatory agency, in which case such person shall give notice of
such event to the Servicer or (y) in connection with its duties and obligations
hereunder and under the other transaction documents, and (ii) that all such
confidential or proprietary software, software procedures, software development
tools, know-how, methodologies, process and technologies that are based upon
trade secrets or proprietary information of the Servicer identified as such by
the Servicer to it shall be and remain the property of the Servicer and that
each of the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee will have no
ownership interest therein or ownership claim thereto. Each of Transferor,
Trustee and Collection Agent shall confine the knowledge and use of the
Confidential material only to its employees who require such knowledge and use
in the ordinary course and scope of their employment. Upon any expiration or
termination of this





                                       32
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Agreement, each of Transferor, Trustee and Collection Agent shall promptly
return to the Servicer all property or information which is covered by this
section.

      SECTION 2.19. Delivery of Documents.

      (a) On the date hereof the Servicer shall have delivered to the
Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee the following, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Transferor:

                (i) the organizational documents of the Servicer and; a
      certificate of existence, dated no more than ten days prior to such date,
      from the Secretary of State of Texas and, if applicable, a good standing
      certificate from each state in which the Servicer is required to qualify
      to do business;

               (ii) a certificate of the managing partner of the Servicer (on
      which certificate such party may conclusively rely until such time as it
      shall receive from the Servicer a revised certificate meeting the
      requirements of this subsection) certifying as of such date: (A) the names
      and true signatures of the officers authorized on its behalf to sign this
      Agreement, (B) a copy of the Servicer's organizational documents and (C) a
      copy of the resolutions of the management committee of the Servicer
      approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

              (iii) an Officer's Certificate from the Servicer certifying that
      (A) the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in
      Section 2.03 of this Agreement are true and correct as though made on and
      as of such date and (B) no Event of Servicing Termination, or event that
      with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Servicing
      Termination, has occurred; and

               (iv) the opinion of the Servicer's counsel dated such date in the
      form of Exhibit C.

      (b) On or prior to March 31 in each calendar year, beginning in 1996, the
Servicer shall deliver to the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who shall
promptly forward a copy to each of the Certificateholders and each Rating
Agency) an Officer's Certificate from the Servicer dated such date certifying to
the items listed in Section 2.19(a) (i) -(iii).

      SECTION 2.20. Standard of Care. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder and in administering, tracking and enforcing the insurance policies
maintained by obligors relating to the Receivables pursuant to this





                                       33
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will comply with all applicable state and
federal laws and will exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the
highest degree of skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect to
similar motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts or loans owned and/or
serviced by the Servicer, and will apply in performing such duties and
obligations, those standards, policies and procedures consistent with the best
standards, policies and procedures the Servicer applies with respect to similar
motor vehicle retail installment contracts or loans owned or serviced by it;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not,
except pursuant to a judicial order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or
as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, release or waive the
right to collect the unpaid balance on any Receivable. In performing its duties
and obligations hereunder, the Servicer shall comply with the VSI Policy and all
applicable federal and state laws and regulations, shall maintain all state and
federal licenses and franchises necessary for it to perform its servicing
responsibilities hereunder, and shall not impair the rights of the Transferor or
the Trust in the Receivables.


                               ARTICLE III

                            COLLECTION AGENT

      SECTION 3.01. Appointment of Collection Agent. (a) AutoBond agrees to act
as the Collection Agent under this Agreement. (b) The Collection Agent shall
perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Transferor, the Trustee and the Certificateholders in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, the respective Receivables, the VSI Policy and
applicable law and, to the extent consistent with such terms, in the same manner
in which, and at least with the same care, skill, prudence and diligence with
which, it services and administers Receivables of similar credit quality for
other portfolios, if any, giving due consideration to customary and usual
standards of practice of prudent institutional automobile loan collection agents
and, in each case, taking into account its other obligations hereunder, but
without regard to:

                (i) any relationship that the Collection Agent or any Affiliate
       of the Collection Agent may have with the related Obligor;

               (ii) the Collection Agent's right to receive compensation for
       its services hereunder or with respect to any particular transaction; or






                                       34
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

              (iii) the ownership, or servicing for others, by the Collection
      Agent, of any other automobile loans or property.

In furtherance of the servicing standard set forth above in this Section
3.01(b), and in accordance with the provisions of the AutoBond Program Manual
and subject to any express limitations set forth in this Agreement (and the
subrogation rights of any insurance company issuing the Insurance Policy), the
Collection Agent shall also seek to maximize the timely and complete recovery of
principal and interest on Receivables; provided, however, that nothing herein
contained shall be construed as an express or implied guarantee by the
Collection Agent of the collectibility of the Receivables.

      SECTION 3.02. Representations and Warranties of the Collection Agent. The
Collection Agent represents and warrants to the Transferor, the Servicer, the
Trustee and the Certificateholders, as follows, as of the date hereof (which
representations and warranties shall be deemed repeated on each Transfer Date
and on each date during the term hereof as though made on and as of such date):

                (i) It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
      good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and is duly qualified
      to do business, and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the
      nature of its business requires it to be so qualified; it will be in
      compliance with the laws of each state to the extent necessary to perform
      its obligations under this Agreement; and it has obtained all necessary
      licenses with respect to it required by law to enable it to perform its
      duties herein;

               (ii) It has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver
      and perform this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement and the
      transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

              (iii) The execution and delivery by it and the performance by it
      of this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement, and the execution
      and delivery by it and the performance by it of all other agreements,
      instruments and documents which may be delivered by it pursuant hereto and
      thereto, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (i) have
      been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, on the
      part of it, (ii) do not contravene or cause it to be in default under (A)
      its articles of incorporation, (B) any contractual restriction with
      respect to any Debt of it or contained in any indenture, loan or credit
      agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note, or other
      material agreement or instrument binding





                                       35
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      it or its property or (C) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ,
      judgment, award, injunction or decree applicable to or binding it or its
      property, and (iii) do not result in or require the creation of any
      Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties;

               (iv) Each of this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement
      has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of it;

                (v) No consent of, or other action by, and no notice to or
      filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other party is required for
      the due execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement, the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument
      to be delivered by it hereunder or thereunder;

               (vi) Each of this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement
      is its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in
      accordance with its terms;

              (vii) There is no pending or threatened action, suit or
      proceeding, nor any injunction, writ, restraining order or other order of
      a material nature against or affecting it, its officers or directors, or
      its property, in any court or tribunal, or before any arbitrator of any
      kind or before or by any Governmental Authority (A) asserting the
      invalidity of this Agreement or the Pooling and Trust Agreement, or any
      document to be delivered by it hereunder or thereunder or (B) seeking any
      determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to materially
      and adversely affect (I) the performance by it of its obligations under
      this Agreement or the Pooling and Trust Agreement, or the interests of the
      Certificateholders, or (II) the validity or enforceability of this
      Agreement or the Pooling and Trust Agreement, or any document to be
      delivered by it hereunder or thereunder (C) which is inconsistent with the
      due consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
      and the Pooling and Trust Agreement;

             (viii) Its facilities, plant, personnel, records and products are
      adequate for the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Pooling
      and Trust Agreement;

               (ix) The Collection Agent is not in default with respect to any
      order or decree of any court or any order, regulation or demand of any
      federal, state, municipal or governmental agency, and there exists no
      other event or circumstance, which default, event or circumstance would





                                       36
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      reasonably be expected to have consequences that would materially and
      adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of
      the Collection Agent or its properties or would reasonably be expected to
      have consequences that would materially and adversely affect its
      performance hereunder or under the Pooling and Trust Agreement or the
      interests of the Certificateholders;

                (x) Each certificate and each statement furnished in writing,
      report or electronic medium delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or
      under the Pooling and Trust Agreement by the Collection Agent is accurate
      and complete with respect to the information purported to be set forth
      therein;

               (xi) The practices used by the Collection Agent to monitor
      collections with respect to the Receivables and repossess and dispose of
      the Financed Vehicles related to the Receivables have been, and will be,
      in all material respects, legal, proper and in conformity with the
      requirements of the VSI Policy procedures and as set forth with respect to
      the Collection Agent in the AutoBond Program Manual;

              (xii) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement are in the ordinary course of business of the
      Collection Agent; and

             (xiii) The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable shall not be
      released by the Collection Agent in whole or in part from the security
      interest granted by the Obligor, except as contemplated herein.

It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in
this Section 3.02 shall survive the execution of this Agreement.

      SECTION 3.03. Duties and Responsibilities of the Collection Agent.

      (a) Until such time as the Collection Agent resigns or is removed, the
Collection Agent shall remain the prior lienholder of record with respect to
each Financed Vehicle relating to the Receivables held by the Trust; provided
that the Collection Agent shall remain the prior lienholder acting only as an
agent of the Trustee. Upon any resignation or removal of the Collection Agent in
accordance with Section 3.06 or 3.07, the Collection Agent shall, at its sole
expense, promptly take all action necessary for the Trustee to become the
lienholder in respect of each Financed Vehicle relating to the Receivables held
by the Trust. In the event the Servicer assumes the duties of the Collection
Agent hereunder, the Servicer may request from, and rely on, direction from the





                                       37
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Trustee as to the appropriateness of instituting any litigation necessary in
order to protect the Trust's interest in the Receivables.

      (b) The duties and responsibilities of the Collection Agent shall consist
of (i) receiving and administering collections on the Receivables, (ii)
arranging for and administering repossessions of the Financed Vehicles related
to the Receivables, (iii) disposing of each Financed Vehicle related to a
Receivable whether following repossession or otherwise and (iv) filing of
insurance claims and performing the duties of the named insured under the VSI
Policy with respect to each Receivable affected by a repossession or otherwise.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, Collection Agent shall
administer collections on Receivables at all times in such a manner that each
Receivable shall remain eligible for coverage under the Insurance Policies. The
Collection Agent, on behalf of the Trustee (and any named insured under the
Insurance Policies), shall take such reasonable action as shall be necessary to
permit recovery on each Receivable under the Insurance Policies.

      (c) The Collection Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Trust
and shall forward to the Collection Account, the Trustee or the Lockbox Account,
as applicable, immediately upon receipt thereof any payment or partial payment
or deposit with respect to any Receivable received by the Collection Agent. The
Collection Agent shall not assert any right of set-off or any lien with respect
to such payment or deposit.

      (d) Except as expressly provided herein in connection with its duty to
effect liquidations and repossessions, the Collection Agent shall not sell,
assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any
Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any Receivable (or any right to income in
respect thereof), or any account in which any payments with respect to any
Receivable are deposited, or assign any right to receive income in respect of
any Receivable.

      (e) The Collection Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee following its
becoming aware that any Financed Vehicle is no longer eligible for coverage
under the Insurance Policies, or following its receipt of notice from Interstate
that it has rejected a claim submitted by the Collection Agent with respect to
any Financed Vehicle.

      SECTION 3.04. Possession of Receivables. If the Collection Agent requires
possession of any Receivable or any documents related thereto in order to
perform its duties or obligations hereunder, prior to taking possession of any
such Receivable or documents, the Collection Agent shall deliver to





                                       38
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

the Trustee a trust receipt substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A. The Collection Agent agrees to promptly return any such Receivable and
documents, possession of which the Collection Agent takes in accordance with
this Section 3.04, after its need for possession thereof ceases.

      SECTION 3.05. Collection Agent Fee; Collection Agent Expenses.

      (a) On each Payment Date the Collection Agent shall be entitled to receive
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in
writing by the Collection Agent to the Trustee from the funds on deposit in the
Collection Account an amount equal to the Monthly Administrator Fee as of such
Distribution Date.

      (b) The Collection Agent shall be reimbursed by the Transferor for all
expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including
any payments to accountants, counsel, or any other Person), in accordance with
the Pooling and Trust Agreement, and only to the extent of funds available
therefor, and subject to the priorities set forth, under the Pooling and Trust
Agreement; provided, further, that in the event the Servicer has assumed the
obligations of the Collection Agent, its right to reimbursement under this
Section is further limited to the extent stated in Section 2.08(b).

      SECTION 3.06. Collection Agent Not to Resign.

      (a) The Collection Agent shall not resign from the obligations and duties
hereby imposed on it except upon its determination that (a) the performance of
its duties hereunder has become impermissible under applicable law and (b) there
is no reasonable action which the Collection Agent could take to make the
performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such
determination permitting the resignation of the Collection Agent shall be
evidenced as to clause (a) above by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect
delivered to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee before any such
resignation and as to clause (b) by an Officer's Certificate to such effect
delivered to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee before any such
resignation. The action referred to in the first clause (b) of this Section 3.06
will not be considered reasonable if it requires the payment of extraordinary
fees or costs for which the Collection Agent is not eligible for reimbursement
under Section 3.05.

      (b) Upon any resignation or termination of the Collection Agent pursuant
to this Section 3.06 or Section 3.07, the Servicer shall become liable for all
duties and obligations assigned herein to the Collection Agent from the





                                       39
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

date the Servicer succeeds to the duties of the Collection Agent. Upon an
assumption by the Servicer of the duties of the Collection Agent, the Servicer
shall be entitled to receive the Monthly Administrator Fee, without any
corresponding Obligation to assume the duties of the Administrator under the
Pooling and Trust Agreement (which duties and fees shall hereafter not be
affected by any modification not consented to in writing by the Servicer). Upon
such an assumption, the Servicer is authorized to accept and rely on all of the
accounting, records and work of the prior Collection Agent without any audit or
other examination thereof, and the Servicer shall have no duty, responsibility,
obligation or liability (collectively, "Liability") for the acts or omissions of
the prior Collection Agent. If any error, inaccuracy or omission (collectively,
"Errors") exists in any information received from the prior Collection Agent and
such Errors should cause or materially contribute to the Servicer making, or
continuing to make, any Errors (collectively, "Continuing Errors"), the Servicer
shall have no liability for such Continuing Errors. In the event the Servicer
becomes aware of Errors or Continuing Errors, which in the opinion of the
Servicer impair its ability to perform its services hereunder, the Servicer may
with prior written notice to the Transferor and the Trustee, undertake such data
or records reconstruction as it deems appropriate to correct such Errors and
Continuing Errors and to prevent future Continuing Errors, and the Servicer's
reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be deemed expenses
owing to the Servicer hereunder for purposes of the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      SECTION 3.07. Events of Administrator Termination. If any of the following
events (each, an "Event of Administrator Termination") shall occur and be
continuing:

            (a) Any failure by the Collection Agent to forward to the Collection
      Account, the Trustee or the Lockbox Account, as applicable, any payment or
      partial payment or deposit with respect to any Receivable received by the
      Collection Agent and the continuance of such failure for a period of two
      (2) Business Days after the date upon which such payment or deposit is
      received by the Collection Agent; or

            (b) Failure on the part of the Collection Agent to observe or
      perform any term, covenant or agreement in this Agreement or as
      Administrator under the Pooling and Trust Agreement or any Related
      Document, which failure continues unremedied for 10 Business Days after
      the earlier of the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring
      the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Collection Agent by
      the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee or the date on which a





                                       40
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      Responsible Officer of the Collection Agent becomes aware of such failure;
      or

            (c) Any proceeding shall be instituted against the Collection Agent
      or the Transferor (or, if the Collection Agent or the Transferor is
      actively contesting the merits thereof, such proceeding is not dismissed
      within 60 days) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or
      seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
      protection, relief, or composition of it or any of its Debts under any law
      relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors,
      or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a
      receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any
      substantial part of its property, or any of the actions sought in such
      proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for
      relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
      other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its
      property) shall occur; or

            (d) The commencement by the Collection Agent or the Transferor of a
      voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any
      other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the
      consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of
      the Collection Agent or the Transferor in an involuntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any
      bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by
      it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief
      under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by it to the
      filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a
      custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or
      similar official of the Collection Agent or the Transferor or of any
      substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for
      the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its
      inability to pay its Debts generally as they become due, or the taking of
      corporate action by the Collection Agent or the Transferor in furtherance
      of any such action; or

            (e) There is a breach in any material respect of any of the
      representations and warranties of the Collection Agent under Section 3.02
      hereof or of the Administrator under the Sale Agreement or any other
      Related Document; or






                                       41
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (f) The Delinquency Ratio for any calendar month shall exceed 9.5%;
      or

            (g) There shall have been any material adverse change in the
      consolidated financial condition or operations of the Collection Agent
      since December 31, 1994, or there shall have occurred any event which
      materially adversely affects the collectibility of any material amount of
      the Receivables, or there shall have occurred any other event which
      materially adversely affects the ability of the Collection Agent to
      collect any material amount of the Receivables or the ability of the
      Collection Agent to perform in all material respects its obligations under
      this Agreement and the Related Documents or the Collection Agent shall be
      replaced as collection agent or servicer (or the equivalent) for cause in
      respect of any securitization; or

            (h) Any Rating Agency determines that having the Collection Agent
      act hereunder will prevent such Rating Agency from issuing or maintaining
      a rating on the Class A Certificates of not less than "A" in the case of
      Fitch, and, in the case of Moody's, not less than "A3," and a rating on
      the Class B Certificates of not less than "PDR-3" from Fitch, or will
      result in a review with negative implications, suspension, downgrade,
      withdrawal or other impairment of such rating;

then, and in any such event, the Trustee may, by delivery to the Collection
Agent of a written notice specifying the occurrence of any of the foregoing
events, terminate the responsibilities of the Collection Agent hereunder,
without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
waived by the Collection Agent; provided, that in the event any of the events
described in subsections (c) or (d) of this Section 3.07 shall have occurred,
termination of the duties and responsibilities of the Collection Agent shall
automatically occur, without, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind,
all of which are expressly waived by the Collection Agent. Upon any termination
of the Collection Agent pursuant to this Section 3.07, the Servicer shall become
liable for all duties and obligations assigned herein to the Collection Agent.

      SECTION 3.08. Repossession and Disposal.

      (a) The Collection Agent agrees to use its best efforts to arrange with a
third party for the repossession or other conversion of ownership of any
Financed Vehicle by a professional repossession service in the manner required
by the VSI Policy within 90 days after the related Auto Loan becoming past due
and agrees not to discriminate among Financed Vehicles in its performance of its
duties hereunder





                                       42
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

based on its right, if any, to receive bonus or increased compensation with
respect to the repossession and disposal of certain Financed Vehicles, and
otherwise in accordance with the AutoBond Program Manual, in order to maximize
collections.

      (b) If requested by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee, the
Collection Agent is authorized and empowered by the Transferor, the Servicer and
the Trustee to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Transferor, the
Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, any and all instruments of
satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or discharge, and all
other comparable instruments, with respect to the Financed Vehicles related to
the Receivables, all in accordance with the standard of care set forth in
Section 3.09. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Transferor,
the Servicer and the Trustee shall, upon the receipt of a written request of the
Collection Agent, execute and deliver to the Collection Agent any limited powers
of attorney and other documents prepared by the Collection Agent and reasonably
necessary or appropriate (as certified in such written request) to enable the
Collection Agent to carry out its duties hereunder (including, without
limitation, matters relating to the certificates of title with respect to the
Financed Vehicles), and neither the Transferor, the Servicer nor the Trustee
shall be held responsible for any negligence by the Collection Agent in its use
of such limited powers of attorney.

      (c) The Collection Agent shall forward the proceeds of any disposition of
a Financed Vehicle related to a Receivable upon receipt thereof to the
Collection Account. If subsequent to the disposal of a Financed Vehicle related
to a Receivable in accordance herewith and, as required by this Agreement, with
the AutoBond Program Manual, the transaction disposing of such Financed Vehicle
is rescinded or adjusted, through arbitration or otherwise, due to any condition
affecting such Financed Vehicle, then the Collection Agent shall be entitled to
reimbursement from the Collection Account (out of available funds) for any
amount which the Collection Agent pays in connection with such rescission or
adjustment which amount shall be the "Post-Sale Adjustment".

      (d) The Collection Agent represents and warrants to the Transferor, the
Servicer, the Trustee and the Certificateholders and shall be deemed to
continuously represent and warrant to the Transferor, the Servicer and the
Trustee, with respect to each Financed Vehicle assigned to the Collection Agent
pursuant hereto and, as required by this Agreement, to the AutoBond Program
Manual, that the Collection Agent will comply in all material respects with the
VSI Policy, all applicable federal, state and local regulations pertaining to
its services hereunder, including disclosure requirements, required to be
complied with in conjunction with





                                       43
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

such services. The Collection Agent shall defend, indemnify and hold the
Transferor, the Servicer, and the Certificateholders and the Trustee harmless
from and against any claim, suit, loss, cost or liability, direct or indirect,
including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of any breach of any
representation or warranty made by the Collection Agent in the immediately
preceding sentence.

      (e) Except as expressly provided herein, in the Pooling Agreement and in
the AutoBond Program Manual, the Collection Agent shall not sell, assign (by
operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any Adverse
Claim upon or with respect to, any Financed Vehicle related to any Receivable
(or any right to income in respect thereof), or assign any right to receive
income in respect of any such Financed Vehicle.

      SECTION 3.09. Standard of Care. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder and in administering and enforcing the Insurance Policies relating to
the Receivables pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, the Collection Agent will
comply with all applicable state and federal laws and will exercise that degree
of skill and care consistent with the highest degree of skill and care that the
Collection Agent exercises with respect to similar motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts or loans owned and/or serviced by the Collection
Agent and will apply in performing such duties and obligations, those standards,
policies and procedures consistent with the best standards, policies and
procedures the Collection Agent applies with respect to similar motor vehicle
retail installment contracts or loans owned or serviced by it. In performing its
duties and obligations hereunder, the Collection Agent shall comply with the VSI
Policy, all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, shall maintain
all state and federal licenses and franchises necessary for it to perform its
servicing responsibilities hereunder, and shall not impair the right of the
Transferor or the Trust in the Receivables.


                               ARTICLE IV

                  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNITIES

      SECTION 4.01. Liabilities of Obligors. No obligation or liability of any
Obligor under any of the Receivables is intended to be assumed by the
Transferor, the Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Trustee, the Trust or any
Certificateholder under or as a result of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby and, to the maximum extent permitted and valid under
mandatory provisions of law, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Collection Agent
and the





                                       44
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Trustee, the Trust or any Certificateholder expressly disclaim such assumption.

      SECTION 4.02. Limitation on Liability of the Trustee and the Servicer.

      (a) The Trustee and the Servicer shall each have no liability in
connection with this Agreement except to the extent of the obligations
specifically imposed by this Agreement, it being understood that no implied
covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall
be read into this Agreement or shall otherwise exist against the Trustee or the
Servicer.

      (b) None of the Trustee or the Servicer nor any of the directors,
officers, employees or agents thereof shall be under any liability to the
Transferor, to each other or to any other Person for any action taken, or for
refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith pursuant to this
Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that this provision
shall not protect the Servicer, the Trustee or any such Person against any
breach of warranties or representations made herein or against any liability
which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations or duties hereunder. The Servicer, the Trustee and any director,
officer, employee or agent thereof may rely in good faith on any document of any
kind which, prima facie, is properly executed and submitted by any appropriate
Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.

      (c) Except to the extent resulting from the Servicer's willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of its obligation or duties hereunder, the Servicer
shall not be liable to any party indemnified under this Agreement, for any
liability, cost, expenses or financial loss which may arise as a result of the
economic performance of the Receivables or other Trust Assets.

      SECTION 4.03. Indemnities of the Servicer and the Collection Agent.

      (a) The Servicer agrees to indemnify the Transferor, the Trustee, the
Trust, the Certificateholders and the Collection Agent, and any of their
respective directors, officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them
harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, damages (other than
incidental or indirect damages), claims or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) proximately caused by the Servicer's acts or
omissions in violation of this Agreement, except to the extent the Transferor's,
the





                                       45
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Trustee's, the Collection Agent's or the directors, officers, employees or
agents thereof, as the case may be, own bad faith, willful misconduct or
negligence contributes to the loss, liability, damage, claim or expense.

      (b) The Servicer agrees to indemnify the Transferor, the Trustee, the
Trust, the Certificateholders and the Collection Agent and any of their
respective directors, officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them
harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) arising as a result of the
use, ownership or operation by the Servicer or any agent thereof of any Financed
Vehicle.

      (c) The Collection Agent agrees to indemnify the Transferor, the Trustee,
the Trust, the Certificateholders and the Servicer, and any of their respective
directors, officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them harmless
against, any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) arising as a result of the Collection
Agent's acts or omissions in violation of this Agreement, or arising as a result
of or incurred in connection with, the acceptance or performance by such parties
of the duties contained in this Agreement, except to the extent the
Transferor's, the Trustee's, the Servicer's, or the directors, officers,
employees or agents thereof, as the case may be, own bad faith, willful
misconduct or negligence contributes to the loss, liability, damage, claim or
expense; provided that in the event the Servicer were to succeed to the rights,
duties and obligations of the Collection Agent hereunder, for purposes of the
indemnity to be provided hereunder by the Servicer as Collection Agent the term
"damages" shall exclude incidental and indirect damages and the phrase "arising
as a result of the Collection Agent's acts" shall be replaced with the phrase
"proximately caused by the Collection Agent's acts."

      (d) Each of the Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Transferor and the
Trustee agrees to promptly notify the indemnifying party hereunder in writing of
the commencement of any action with respect to which indemnification may be owed
to it pursuant to this Section 4.03 promptly after receipt by such party of
notice of commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying
party hereunder will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which
it may have hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced
thereby.

      (e) This Section 4.03 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and
the resignation or removal of the Servicer or the Collection Agent. This
Agreement shall also survive





                                       46
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

the resignation or removal of the Trustee in respect of rights accrued to it
prior to such resignation or removal.


                                ARTICLE V

                              MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 5.01. Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Certificateholders and their
respective successors and permitted assigns. The Certificateholders are intended
as, and shall be, third party beneficiaries of this Agreement. No other Person
will have any right or obligation hereunder. Neither the Servicer, the Trustee
or the Collection Agent may assign any of its respective rights and obligations
hereunder or any interest herein, other than as provided in Section 10.09 of the
Pooling and Trust Agreement with respect to the Trustee, without the prior
written consent of the Transferor, the Trustee and the Collection Agent.

      SECTION 5.02. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time
by the parties hereto only by a written instrument executed by all such parties,
and provided, further, that notice of any such amendment and a copy thereof
shall be given in writing promptly after the execution thereof to each of the
Rating Agencies and the Trustee.

      SECTION 5.03. Notices. Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted
by the terms hereof, notices and other communications required or permitted to
be given or made under the terms hereof shall be in writing. Any such
communication or notice shall be deemed to have been duly made or given (i) when
delivered personally, (ii) in the case of mail delivery, upon receipt, refusal
of delivery or return for failure of the intended recipient to retrieve such
communication or (iii) in the case of transmission by facsimile, upon telephone
and return facsimile confirmation and, in each case, if addressed to the
intended recipient as follows (subject to the next sentence of this Section
5.03):

            If to the Transferor:

                  AutoBond Funding Corporation 1995
                  301 Congress Avenue
                  Austin, Texas 78701

                  Attention:  William O. Winsauer

                  Facsimile Number:  (512) 472-1548
                  Telephone Number:  (512) 472-3600







                                       47
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            If to the Servicer:

                  Loan Servicing Enterprise
                  9330 LBJ Freeway, Suite 500
                  Dallas, Texas 75243-3429

                  Attention:  Managing Partner

                  Facsimile Number:  (214) 783-3561
                  Telephone Number:  (214) 783-3532


            If to the Collection Agent:

                  AutoBond Acceptance Co.
                  301 Congress Avenue
                  Austin, Texas 78701

                  Attention:  William O. Winsauer

                  Facsimile Number:  (512) 472-1548
                  Telephone Number:  (512) 472-3600


            If to the Trustee:

                  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                  Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0069

                      Attention: Corporate Trust Department
                                    William T. Milbauer

                  Facsimile Number:  (612) 667-9825
                  Telephone Number:  (612) 667-6878

                  If to the Rating Agencies:

                  Fitch Investors Service
                  One State Street Plaza
                  New York, NY  10004
                  Attention:  Structured Finance Department
                  Facsimile Number:  (212) 480-4438
                  Telephone Number:  (212) 908-0502

                  Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
                  99 Church Street
                  New York, NY  10007
                  Attention:  ABS Monitoring Dept.
                  Facsimile Number:  (212) 553-7820
                  Telephone Number:  (212) 553-0300






                                       48
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Each party hereto may from time to time designate by notice in writing to the
other parties hereto a different address for communications and notices.

      SECTION 5.04. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason
whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions or terms shall be
deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions or terms of this
Agreement, and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the
other provisions of this Agreement.

      SECTION 5.05. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY
TRIAL.

      (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

      (b) THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE COLLECTION AGENT AND THE TRUSTEE
HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF
MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY. THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER AND THE TRUSTEE EACH
HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND ANY OBJECTION TO
VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT
THE RIGHT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER
PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY OF THEN TO BRING ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

      (c) THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE COLLECTION AGENT AND THE TRUSTEE
EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY
DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF,
CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. INSTEAD, ANY
DISPUTE RESOLVED IN COURT WILL BE RESOLVED IN A BENCH TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.

      SECTION 5.06. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts
each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

      SECTION 5.07. No Proceedings. Each of the Servicer and the Collection
Agent and the Trustee hereby agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly,
institute, or cause to be instituted, against the Transferor or the Trust any
proceeding of the type described in connection with the Servicer in Section
2.12(c) so long as there shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the
Certificates issued by the Trust have been paid in full in cash. The foregoing
covenant shall





                                       49
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

not limit the right of the Servicer, the Trustee or the Collection Agent, as the
case may be, to institute legal proceedings of a type other than those described
in connection with the Servicer in Section 2.12(c) against the Transferor for
any breach by the Transferor of its obligations hereunder.

      SECTION 5.08. Further Assurance. The Servicer and the Collection Agent
shall cause to be promptly and duly taken, executed, acknowledged and delivered
all such further acts, documents and assurances as the Transferor or the Trustee
from time to time may reasonably request in order to carry out more effectively
the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby.

      SECTION 5.09. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall begin on
the Closing Date and shall continue until the earlier of the day after the date
on which the Certificateholders have been paid in full under the Pooling and
Trust Agreement and April 15, 2002. The Trustee shall deliver to the Servicer a
copy of notice to be delivered to the Certificateholders regarding payment in
full of the Class A Certificates pursuant to Section 11.01(d) of the Pooling and
Trust Agreement.







                                       50
                                                                       

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Servicing
Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized
this 15th day of December, 1995.


                       AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION 1995,
                        as Transferor

                        By: /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                           -------------------------------------
                           Name:   William O. Winsauer
                           Title:  President


                        CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P., as Servicer


                        By: /s/ JOHN F. KILGORE
                           -------------------------------------
                           Name:   John F. Kilgore
                           Title: Managing Partner


                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO., as Collection
                        Agent


                        By: /s/ ADRIAN KATZ
                           -------------------------------------
                           Name:   Adrian Katz
                           Title: Vice Chairman



                        NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                        as Trustee


                        By: /s/ WILLIAM T. MILBAUER
                           -------------------------------------
                           Name:   William T. Milbauer
                           Title: Vice President

<PAGE>






<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY





================================================================================



                          SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                 among


                  AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION 1996-A,


                             as Transferor


                         CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P.,
             doing business as "Loan Servicing Enterprise",
                              as Servicer


                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO.,
                          as Collection Agent


                                  and


             NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                               as Trustee



                       Dated as of March 28, 1996



================================================================================
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                    Page
                                                                    ----

ARTICLE I         DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION...............  2

      SECTION 1.01.     Defined Terms................................  2
      SECTION 1.02.     Rules of Interpretation...................... 11

ARTICLE II        SERVICING OF TRUST ASSETS.......................... 12

      SECTION 2.01.     Appointment of Servicer...................... 12
      SECTION 2.02.     Subservicing Agreements Between
                        Servicer and Subservicer..................... 13
      SECTION 2.03.     Representations and Warranties of
                        the Servicer................................. 14
      SECTION 2.04.     Duties and Responsibilities of the
                        Servicer..................................... 17
      SECTION 2.05.     Fidelity Bond, Errors and Omissions
                        Insurance; Contingent Disaster Relief
                        Protection................................... 20
      SECTION 2.06.     Inspection................................... 21
      SECTION 2.07.     Possession and Payment of
                        Receivables.................................. 22
      SECTION 2.08.     Monthly Servicing Fee; Servicing
                        Expenses..................................... 22
      SECTION 2.09.     Collection Agent To Maintain
                        Computer Link................................ 25
      SECTION 2.10.     Resignation or Termination of
                        Servicer..................................... 25
      SECTION 2.11.     Change in Business of the Servicer........... 26
      SECTION 2.12.     Events of Servicing Termination.............. 26
      SECTION 2.13.     Appointment of the Successor
                        Servicer..................................... 28
      SECTION 2.14.     Effect of Service Transfer................... 30
      SECTION 2.15.     Annual Reports; Statements as to
                        Compliance................................... 31
      SECTION 2.16.     Annual Independent Public
                        Accountants' Servicing Report................ 31
      SECTION 2.17.     Servicer Reports............................. 32
      SECTION 2.18.     Confidentiality.............................. 33
      SECTION 2.19.     Delivery of Documents........................ 33
      SECTION 2.20.     Standard of Care............................. 34

ARTICLE III       COLLECTION AGENT................................... 35

      SECTION 3.01.     Appointment of Collection Agent.............. 35
      SECTION 3.02.     Representations and Warranties of
                        the Collection Agent......................... 35
      SECTION 3.03.     Duties and Responsibilities of the
                        Collection Agent............................. 38
      SECTION 3.04.     Possession of Receivables.................... 39





                                        i
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                    Page
                                                                    ----

      SECTION 3.05.     Collection Agent Fee; Collection
                        Agent Expenses............................... 39
      SECTION 3.06.     Collection Agent Not to Resign............... 40
      SECTION 3.07.     Events of Administrator
                        Termination.................................. 41
      SECTION 3.08.     Repossession and Disposal.................... 43
      SECTION 3.09.     Standard of Care............................. 45

ARTICLE IV        LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNITIES............... 45

      SECTION 4.01.     Liabilities of Obligors...................... 45
      SECTION 4.02.     Limitation on Liability of the
                        Trustee and the Servicer..................... 45
      SECTION 4.03.     Indemnities of the Servicer and the
                        Collection Agent............................. 46

ARTICLE V         MISCELLANEOUS...................................... 47

      SECTION 5.01.     Beneficiaries................................ 47
      SECTION 5.02.     Amendment.................................... 48
      SECTION 5.03.     Notices...................................... 48
      SECTION 5.04.     Severability of Provisions................... 49
      SECTION 5.05.     Governing Law; Consent to
                        Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial........... 50
      SECTION 5.06.     Counterparts................................. 50
      SECTION 5.07.     No Proceedings............................... 50
      SECTION 5.08.     Further Assurance............................ 50
      SECTION 5.09.     Term of Agreement............................ 51


EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A -       FORM OF TRUST RECEIPT
EXHIBIT B -       FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER REPORT
EXHIBIT C -       FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO SERVICER
EXHIBIT D -       AUTOBOND PROGRAM MANUAL





                                       ii
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 28, 1996 (this "Agreement"), among
AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION 1996-A (the "Transferor"), a Delaware corporation,
CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P., a Texas limited liability partnership doing business as
"Loan Servicing Enterprise," in its capacity as servicer (the "Servicer"),
AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO., a Texas corporation, individually ("AutoBond") and as
collection agent (the "Collection Agent") and as Administrator, and NORWEST BANK
MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the
"Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, from time to time, the Transferor has purchased and will purchase
from time to time, pursuant to the loan sale and contribution agreement dated of
even date herewith (the "Sale Agreement"), by and among the Transferor, AutoBond
and AutoBond Funding Corporation I certain Auto Loans (as defined herein) for
conveyance to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Trust Agreement (as
defined herein) to the Trustee, on behalf of AutoBond Receivables Trust 1996-A
(the "Trust") and simultaneously therewith will assign such Receivables to the
Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Trust Agreement;

      WHEREAS, the Trustee has been appointed to hold the Auto Loans conveyed to
it pursuant to the Pooling and Trust Agreement in trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders (as defined herein) and to make certain payments with respect
thereto;

      WHEREAS, the Transferor and the Trustee desire that a servicer be
appointed to perform certain servicing and insurance tracking functions in
respect of the Auto Loans to be conveyed by the Transferor pursuant to the
Pooling and Trust Agreement;

      WHEREAS, CSC Logic/MSA L.L.P. has been requested and is willing to act as
the Servicer hereunder;

      WHEREAS, the Transferor, the Trustee and the Servicer desire that AutoBond
act as Collection Agent hereunder and AutoBond has agreed to so act; and

      WHEREAS, the rights and benefits of the Transferor hereunder (but not the
obligations) have been assigned to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein,
and for other valuable consideration, the
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
covenant and agree as follows


                                    ARTICLE I

                      DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION

      SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

      "Administrator" means AutoBond (and any permitted successor to such
      functions), in its capacity as Administrator under the Pooling and Trust
      Agreement and as Collection Agent hereunder and under the Pooling and
      Trust Agreement.

      "Adverse Claim" means any claim of ownership or any lien, security
      interest, title retention, trust or other charge or encumbrance, or other
      type of preferential arrangement having the effect or purpose of creating
      a lien or interest, other than the security interest created in favor of
      the Trustee and the Certificateholders under the Pooling and Trust
      Agreement.

      "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly
      or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
      common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this
      definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means
      the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly
      or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
      contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have
      meanings correlative to the foregoing.

      "Agreement" means this Servicing Agreement, as amended or supplemented
      from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, including all
      exhibits and schedules hereto.

      "Assignment" means, collectively, with respect to any Receivable, the
      related Sale Assignment and Transfer Assignment.

      "AutoBond" means AutoBond Acceptance Co., a Texas corporation.

      "AutoBond Program Manual" means the AutoBond Program Manual attached
      hereto as Exhibit D, in effect as of the date hereof, as modified from
      time to time.






                                        2
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Auto Loan" means a fixed-rate, closed-end consumer installment automobile
      loan which finances the purchase of a new or used automobile, light-duty
      truck or van, which loan is secured by a lien and security interest in
      such financed vehicle in favor of the loan holder.

      "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday, or another
      day on which (i) commercial banks in the City of New York, the City of
      Minneapolis, Minnesota or in Texas (or in any other city or state in which
      the principal place of business of the Servicer, the Trustee or AutoBond
      is located as specified in writing by AutoBond to each of the parties
      hereto) are required, or authorized by law, to close or (ii) the
      Servicer's offices in the state of Texas are closed.

      "Certificateholder" means any of the registered holders of the Class A
      Certificates or the Class B Certificate issued pursuant to the Pooling and
      Trust Agreement, and, in the place and stead of the holder of any Class B
      Certificate, any pledgee of such Class B Certificates to the extent set
      forth in Section 6.05 thereof.

      "Closing Date" means March 29, 1996.

      "Collection Account" means the segregated trust account in the name of the
      Trustee, established and maintained pursuant to Section 7.02 of the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Collection Agent" means AutoBond Acceptance Co., a Texas corporation, its
      permitted successors and assigns, in its capacity as Collection Agent or
      Administrator under the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Credit Endorsement" means the deficiency balance endorsement issued
      pursuant to the VSI Policy.

      "Cut-Off Date" means March 27, 1996, with respect to Receivables
      transferred to the Trust on the Closing Date, and with respect to
      subsequent Transfers, the last Business Day of the calendar month
      preceding such Transfer Date.

      "Dealer" means an automobile dealer who has entered into a Dealer
      Agreement with AutoBond.

      "Dealer Agreement" means each agreement between AutoBond and a Dealer,
      which provides for, among other things, origination of the Receivables.

      "Debt" means for any Person, (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed
      money or credit extended, (b)





                                        3
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
      similar instruments, (c) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred
      purchase price of property or services, (d) obligations of such Person as
      lessee under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with
      generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases, (e)
      obligations secured by any lien or other charge upon property or assets
      owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become
      liable for the payment of such obligations, (f) obligations of such Person
      under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations
      (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise
      to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or
      obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (e)
      above, and (g) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under
      plans covered by ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder. For the
      purposes hereof, the term "guarantee" shall include any agreement, whether
      such agreement is on a contingency or otherwise, to purchase, repurchase
      or otherwise acquire Debt of any other Person, or to purchase, sell or
      lease, as lessee or lessor, property or services, in any such case
      primarily for the purpose of enabling another Person to make payment of
      Debt, or to make any payment (whether as an advance, capital contribution,
      purchase of an equity interest or otherwise) to assure a minimum equity,
      asset base, working capital or other balance sheet or financial condition,
      in connection with the Debt of another Person, or to supply funds to or in
      any manner invest in another Person in connection with Debt of such
      Person.

      "Defaulted Auto Loan" means an Auto Loan which by its terms has more than
      10% of any installment of principal or interest which is 60 or more days
      contractually past due.

      "Defaulted Receivable" means, as of the end of any Due Period, (a) a
      Defaulted Auto Loan, (b) a Receivable as to which the proceeds of the sale
      of the related Financed Vehicle have been received by the Collection Agent
      or (c) a Receivable as to which the Collection Agent has determined (or,
      so long as AutoBond is acting as Collection Agent, should have determined
      in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies) that no further
      proceeds other than from the Insurance Policies are expected to be
      received or that such Receivable is uncollectible and such determination
      was made at or prior to the last day of such Due Period.

      "Delinquency Ratio" means, as of any Determination Date, the percentage
      equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator





                                        4
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      of which equals the sum of (i) the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance
      amount of Auto Loans which have become Defaulted Auto Loans as of the end
      of the most recently ended Due Period minus (ii) the sum of the aggregate
      Unpaid Principal Balance of (A) all Auto Loans against which insurance
      claims have been filed as of the end of the most recently ended Due Period
      and (B) Auto Loans for which the related Financed Vehicles are subject to
      repossession as of the end of the most recently ended Due Periods and
      which are not included in (A), and (b) the denominator of which equals the
      aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of Auto Loans outstanding as of the end
      of the most recently ended Due Period, minus the amount determined
      pursuant to clause (ii) above.

      "Determination Date" means the 10th day of each month (or the next
      preceding Business Day, if such day is not a Business Day).

      "Due Period" means (a) for the initial Due Period, (i) with respect to
      amounts allocable to interest, the period from the Closing Date through
      March 31, 1996 and (ii) with respect to amounts allocable to principal,
      the period from the close of business on the Cut-off Date through March
      31, 1996 and (b) thereafter, each calendar month.

      "Electronic Ledger" means the electronic master record of the Receivables
      maintained by the Servicer.

      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
      amended.

      "Event of Administrator Termination" has the meaning specified in Section
      3.07.

      "Event of Servicing Termination" has the meaning specified in Section
      2.12.

      "Financed Vehicles" means new and used automobiles and light-duty trucks
      and vans, the purchase of which the Obligors financed by the Auto Loans.

      "Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P., its permitted successors and
      assigns.

      "Governmental Authority" means the United States of America, any state,
      local or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
      executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions
      thereof or pertaining thereto.






                                        5
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Independent Public Accountant" means any of (a) Arthur Andersen & Co.,
      (b) Deloitte & Touche, (c) Coopers & Lybrand, (d) Ernst & Young, (e) KPMG
      Peat Marwick and (f) Price Waterhouse (and any successors thereof);
      provided, that such firm is independent with respect to the Transferor,
      the Servicer, the Administrator, or any Subservicer, as the case may be,
      within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      "Insurance Policies" means the VSI Policy and the Credit Endorsement
      issued thereunder by Interstate Fire & Casualty Company (the benefits of
      which have been assigned to the Trust as security and naming the Trustee
      on behalf of the Trust as additional named insured).

      "Loan Documents" means, with respect to an Auto Loan (i) the original
      retail installment loan contract and security agreement evidencing such
      Auto Loan, (ii) the original confirmation of title or copy of the
      application for title or letter of guaranty from the applicable Dealer, as
      the case may be, for the related Financed Vehicle, (iii) a copy of the
      credit application and (iv) the original confirmation of payment of
      premiums required under the VSI Policy.

      "Loan File" means, with respect to any Auto Loan, the original retail
      installment loan contract and security agreement evidencing the Auto Loan
      and originals or copies of such other documents and instruments relating
      to such Auto Loan and the security interest on the selected Financed
      Vehicle as specified in the AutoBond Credit and Collection Policies.

      "Lockbox" means the segregated lockbox and account established in the name
      of the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the sole purpose of receiving
      collections on the Receivables, pursuant to the Corporate Cash Management
      Services Agreement, dated March 28, 1996, between Comerica Bank - Texas
      and the Trustee.

      "Monthly Administrator Fee" means, so long as AutoBond is acting as
      Administrator under the Pooling and Trust Agreement and as Collection
      Agent hereunder, the sum of (a) a fee, payable monthly, equal to the
      product of (i) $7.00 and (ii) the total number of Auto Loans subject to
      the Trust at any time during each such month and (b) Reimbursable
      Administrator Expenses (as defined in the Pooling and Trust Agreement).

      "Monthly Servicing Fee" shall mean, payable as of the Closing Date, the
      Servicer Closing Fee, and thereafter as of any Payment Date, the sum of
      (a) an initial booking fee equal to the product of (i) $10 and (ii) the
      number





                                        6
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      of additional Auto Loans purchased by the Trust during the immediately
      preceding Due Period and (b) a servicing fee, payable monthly, equal to
      the product of (i) $8.00 and (ii) the total number of Auto Loans subject
      to the Trust at any time during such month.

      "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., its permitted successors
      and assigns.

      "Net Payoff Balance" means, in respect of any Precomputed Receivables, the
      net payoff less any accrued but unpaid late charges, as determined in
      accordance with the worksheet attached as Schedule 2 to the Pooling and
      Trust Agreement.

      "Net Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Precomputed Receivable,
      the Net Payoff Balance as of the due date of the last full Scheduled
      Payment or, if more recent, the due date of the last periodic payment of
      principal thereon.

      "Net Unrealized Amount" means, (a) with respect to any Auto Loan more than
      90 days contractually past due or where the Financed Vehicle is otherwise
      subject to repossession (including voluntary or involuntary, or upon
      casualty), the Unpaid Principal Balance of such Auto Loan minus the sum of
      (i) any repossession proceeds allocable to principal actually received on
      such Auto Loan, (ii) any insurance proceeds allocable to principal
      actually received from a claim with respect to such Auto Loan and (iii)
      refunds received from the cancellation of any insurance policies or
      service contracts with respect to such Auto Loan, and (b) with respect to
      any Auto Loan where the related Obligor is in bankruptcy, the amount of
      losses allocable to principal incurred thereon.

      "Obligor" means, with respect to any Receivable, the Person primarily
      obligated to make payments in respect thereto.

      "Officer's Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate
      signed by the chairman of the board, vice chairman of the board, the
      president, a vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or the manager
      or any other duly authorized officer of such Person acceptable to the
      Transferor and the Trustee.

      "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel (who may be
      counsel to the Servicer, the Collection Agent or the Transferor) which
      opinion is acceptable to the Trustee.






                                        7
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Original Principal Balance" means the Net Principal Balance of a
      Precomputed Receivable and otherwise the outstanding principal balance of
      a Receivable, in each case as of the related Cut-Off Date prior to its
      transfer to the Trust.

      "Origination Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Loan Origination,
      Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1995, between
      AutoBond and AutoBond Funding Corporation I.

      "Payment Date" means, initially, April 15, 1996 and thereafter the 15th
      day of each month, or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not
      a Business Day.

      "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a
      business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
      association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or any other entity of
      whatever nature.

      "Pooling and Trust Agreement" means the Pooling and Trust Agreement dated
      as of March 28, 1996 among the Transferor, AutoBond and the Trustee, as
      amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
      thereof.

      "Post-Sale Adjustment" has the meaning specified in Section 3.08(c).

      "Precomputed Receivable" means any Auto Loan under which earned interest
      (which may be referred to in the Auto Loan as the add-on finance charge)
      and principal is determined according to the sum of periodic balances or
      the sum of monthly balances or the sum of the digits or any equivalent
      method commonly referred to as the "Rule of 78s".

      "Quarterly Payment Date" means, initially, April 15, 1996 and thereafter,
      each third Payment Date, and including the Maturity Date.

      "Quarterly Period" means the period beginning on the first day of the
      month immediately following the end of a Quarterly Period to and including
      the last day of the third month following such prior Quarterly Period
      (except that the Quarterly Period immediately following the initial
      Cut-Off Date shall be (i) with respect to amounts allocable to interest
      the period of time from the Closing Date through March 31, 1996 and (ii)
      with respect to amounts allocable to principal, the period of time from
      the Cut-Off Date through March 31, 1996).





                                        8
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Rating Agency" means any nationally recognized statistical ratings
      organization rating the Class A Certificates and/or the Class B
      Certificates, at the request of the Transferor; as of the date hereof,
      Fitch and Moody's with respect to the Class A Certificates and Fitch with
      respect to the Class B Certificates.

      "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any proposed action, the
      condition that the taking of such action shall not result in a withdrawal
      or downgrade by any Rating Agency of the then-current rating on the Class
      A Certificates.

      "Receivable" means a fixed rate fully amortizing closed-end consumer
      installment Auto Loan (upon which interest is calculated based upon either
      a simple interest basis or the Rule of 78s) arising from the sale of a
      Financed Vehicle and assigned to the Trust by the Transferor, and
      includes, without limitation, (a) the related Assignment, (b) all security
      interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time
      purporting to secure payment by the Obligor thereunder, including, without
      limitation, the Financed Vehicle, AutoBond's rights under the related
      Dealer Agreement, the rights of AutoBond Funding Corporation I under the
      Origination Agreement and Transferor's rights under the Sale Agreement,
      (c) all guarantees, indemnities and warranties, proceeds of insurance
      policies (including the Insurance Policies), certificates of title or
      other title documentation and other agreements or arrangements of whatever
      character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Auto
      Loan, (d) all collections and all related Loan Documents, Loan Files and
      records with respect to the foregoing, and (e) all proceeds and benefits
      of any of the foregoing.

      "Records" means all documents, books, records and other information
      (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch
      cards, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared
      and maintained by the Collection Agent, the Servicer or by or on behalf of
      the Transferor with respect to Receivables and the related Obligors.

      "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to any Person, any Vice
      President, any Assistant Vice President, any Assistant Secretary, any
      Assistant Treasurer or any other officer of such Person customarily
      performing functions similar to those performed by any of the
      above-designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter,
      any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such
      officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.





                                        9
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Sale Agreement" has the meaning specified in recitals to this Agreement.

      "Sale Assignment" means the assignment substantially in the form attached
      as Exhibit A to the Sale Agreement pursuant to which a Receivable was
      purchased by the Transferor.

      "Scheduled Payment" means a payment due on an Auto Loan in accordance with
      its terms.

      "Service Transfer" has the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

      "Servicer" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this
      Agreement.

      "Servicer Closing Fee" means a one-time fee, payable on the Closing Date,
      in the amount of $10,000.

      "Servicer Duties" has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

      "Servicer Report" has the meaning specified in Section 2.17.

      "Servicing Officer" means any officer or employee of the Servicer involved
      in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of Receivables
      whose name appears on a list of servicing officers attached to Officer's
      Certificates furnished to the Collection Agent, the Transferor and the
      Trustee by the Servicer, as such list may be amended from time to time by
      the party furnishing any such Officer's Certificate.

      "Subservicer" means any Person with whom the Servicer enters into a
      Subservicing Agreement.

      "Subservicing Agreement" means any written contract between the Servicer
      and any Subservicer, relating to the Servicer Duties, in such form as has
      been approved by the Transferor, the Trustee and the Collection Agent
      hereunder.

      "Successor Servicer" has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a).

      "Transferor" means AutoBond Funding Corporation 1996-A, a Delaware
      corporation.

      "Transfer Assignment" means the certificate of assignment by the
      Transferor to the Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement.





                                       10
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      "Transfer Date" means the Closing Date, and each subsequent date on which
      a transfer is made to the Trust under the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Trust" means the "AutoBond Receivables Trust 1996-A" created under the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      "Trustee" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this
      Agreement.

      "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
      state.

      "Unpaid Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Auto Loan as of any
      Determination Date, (i) for an Auto Loan bearing interest calculable on a
      simple interest basis, the unpaid principal amount for such Auto Loan or
      (ii) for a Precomputed Receivable, the Net Principal Balance as of the end
      of the most recent Due Period; provided, that for any Auto Loan where the
      Net Unrealized Amount equals the Unpaid Principal Balance, such Unpaid
      Principal Balance shall thereafter equal zero (other than for purposes of
      calculating certain amounts and ratios hereunder and under the Pooling and
      Trust Agreement).

      "VSI Policy" means the Vendor's Single Interest Insurance Policy
      (including the Credit Endorsement), issued by Interstate Fire & Casualty
      Company, insuring against risk of physical damage and other losses on the
      Financed Vehicles, a copy of which is attached as an exhibit to the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      SECTION 1.02. Rules of Interpretation. The following rules apply to this
Agreement:

            (a) the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the
      singular;

            (b) "or" is not exclusive and "include" and "including" are not
      limiting;

            (c) a reference to any agreement or other contract includes
      permitted supplements and amendments;

            (d) a reference to a law includes any amendment or modification to
      such law and any rules or regulations issued thereunder or any law enacted
      in substitution or replacement therefor;

            (e) a reference to a person includes its permitted successors and
      assigns;






                                       11
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (f) a reference to an Article, a Section, an Exhibit or a Schedule
      without further reference is to the relevant Article, Section, Exhibit or
      Schedule of this Agreement;

            (g) any right may be exercised at any time and from time to time;

            (h) the headings of the Articles and the Sections are for
      convenience and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement;

            (i) words such as "hereunder", "hereto", "hereof" and "herein" and
      other words of like import shall, unless the context clearly indicates to
      the contrary, refer to the whole of this Agreement and not to any
      particular Article, Section, subsection or clause hereof; and

            (j) capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
      respective meanings assigned thereto in the Pooling and Trust Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            SERVICING OF TRUST ASSETS

      SECTION 2.01. Appointment of Servicer. The Trustee and the Transferor
hereby appoint the Servicer, and the Servicer accepts such appointment, to
perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Trust and the Certificateholders in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, the respective Receivables, the VSI Policy and applicable law
and, to the extent consistent with such terms, in the same manner in which, and
with the same care, skill, prudence and diligence with which, it services and
administers Receivables of similar credit quality for other portfolios, if any,
giving due consideration to customary and usual standards of practice of prudent
institutional automobile loan servicers and, in each case, taking into account
its other obligations hereunder, but without regard to:

            (i) any relationship that the Servicer, any Subservicer or any
      Affiliate of the Servicer or any Subservicer may have with the related
      Obligor; or

            (ii) the ownership, or servicing for others, by the Servicer or any
      Subservicer, of any other automobile loans or property.

In the event that the Servicer believes that it is unable to comply with the
requirements of this Section 2.01 with respect





                                       12
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

to any particular Receivable as a result of one or more of the factors described
in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.01, it may enter into a Subservicing
Agreement pursuant to Section 2.02 pursuant to which a Subservicer shall perform
its duties with respect to any such Receivable. In such event, so long as such
Subservicer performs such duties on behalf of the Servicer in accordance with
the requirements of this Agreement, including this Section 2.01, then the
Servicer shall be deemed to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding the
above, the Servicer must obtain the written consent of the Collection Agent and
the Trustee, and must give written notice to each Rating Agency, prior to any
such Subservicing Agreement. In the event that the Trustee and Collection Agent
do not consent to such a Subservicing Agreement proposed by the Servicer, the
Collection Agent and the Trustee shall have the right to remove the Servicer as
the servicer with respect to such Receivable and to appoint a Successor Servicer
with respect to such Receivable pursuant to Section 2.13.

      SECTION 2.02. Subservicing Agreements Between Servicer and Subservicer.

      (a) Upon the prior written consent of the Trustee and Collection Agent,
the Servicer may enter into Subservicing Agreements with a Subservicer for the
performance of all or a part of the Servicer Duties with respect to any
Receivable. References in this Agreement to actions taken or to be taken by the
Servicer in performance of the Servicer Duties include actions taken or to be
taken by a Subservicer on behalf of the Servicer. Each Subservicing Agreement
will be upon such terms and conditions as are not inconsistent with this
Agreement. The Servicer shall provide written notice to the Collection Agent,
each Rating Agency and the Trustee promptly upon the appointment of any
Subservicer. For purposes of this Agreement, the receipt by a Subservicer of any
amount with respect to a Receivable (other than amounts representing servicing
compensation) shall be treated as the receipt by the Servicer of such amount.

      (b) Upon the prior written consent of the Transferor, the Trustee and
Collection Agent, the Servicer shall be entitled to terminate any Subservicing
Agreement that may exist in accordance with the terms and conditions of such
Subservicing Agreement and without any limitation by virtue of this Agreement.

      (c) Notwithstanding any Subservicing Agreement, any of the provisions of
this Agreement relating to agreements or arrangements between the Servicer or a
Subservicer or reference to actions taken through a Subservicer or otherwise,
the Servicer shall remain directly obligated and directly liable to the
Transferor and the Trustee for the servicing and





                                       13
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

administering of the Receivables in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement without diminution of such obligation or liability (including its
indemnity obligations under Section 4.03) by virtue of such Subservicing
Agreements or arrangements or by virtue of indemnification from the Subservicer
or the Servicer and to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions
as if the Servicer alone were servicing and administering the Receivables. The
Servicer shall be entitled to enter into any agreement with a Subservicer for
indemnification of the Servicer and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
deemed to limit or modify such indemnification.

      (d) Any Subservicing Agreement that may be entered into pursuant to this
Agreement and any other transaction or services relating to the Receivables
involving a Subservicer in its capacity as such that is consented to by the
Transferor and the Collection Agent shall be deemed to be between the
Subservicer and the Servicer alone and the Transferor, the Collection Agent and
the Trustee shall not be deemed parties thereto and shall have no claims,
rights, obligations, duties or liabilities with respect to the Subservicer.

      (e) If the Servicer shall for any reason no longer be the Servicer
hereunder (including by reason of any Event of Servicing Termination), the
Servicer, upon prior written consent of the Trustee, Transferor and the
Collection Agent, shall thereupon terminate each Subservicing Agreement that may
have been entered into, and neither the Transferor, the Collection Agent, the
Trustee nor the Successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed any liability
or obligation thereunder, the Servicer's interest therein or to have replaced
the Servicer as a party to any such Subservicing Agreement.

      SECTION 2.03. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer
represents and warrants to the Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Trustee and
the Certificateholders, as follows, as of the date hereof (which representations
and warranties shall be deemed repeated on each Transfer Date and on each date
on which a Servicer Report is due to be delivered hereunder as though made on
and as of such date):

            (i) It is a limited liability partnership duly organized, validly
      existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and is
      duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing in every
      jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires it to be so
      qualified; it or a Subservicer is or will be in compliance with the laws
      of each state to the extent necessary to perform its obligations under
      this Agreement; and it or a Subservicer has obtained all





                                       14
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      necessary licenses with respect to it or such Subservicer required by law
      to enable it to perform its duties herein;

            (ii) It has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform
      this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

            (iii) The execution and delivery by it and the performance by it or
      a Subservicer of this Agreement, and the execution and delivery by it and
      the performance by it or a Subservicer of all other agreements,
      instruments and documents which may be delivered by it pursuant hereto,
      and the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) have been duly authorized by
      all necessary partnership or other action, on the part of it, (ii) do not
      contravene or cause it to be in default under (A) its organizational
      documents, (B) any contractual restriction with respect to any Debt of it
      or contained in any indenture, loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage,
      security agreement, bond, note, or other material agreement or instrument
      binding it or its property or (C) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ,
      judgment, award, injunction or decree applicable to or binding it or its
      property, and (iii) do not result in or require the creation of any
      Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties;

            (iv) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf
      of it;

            (v) No consent of, or other action by, and no notice to or filing
      with, any Governmental Authority or any other party is required for the
      due execution, delivery and performance by it (either directly or through
      a Subservicer) of this Agreement or any other agreement, document or
      instrument to be delivered by it hereunder;

            (vi) This Agreement is its legal, valid and binding obligation
      enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

            (vii) There is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding,
      nor any injunction, writ, restraining order or other order of a material
      nature against or affecting it, its officers or directors, or its
      property, in any court or tribunal, or before any arbitrator of any kind
      or before or by any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of
      this Agreement or any document to be delivered by it hereunder or (ii)
      seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to
      materially and adversely affect (A) the





                                       15
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement, or (B) the
      validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any document to be
      delivered by it hereunder or (iii) which is inconsistent with the due
      consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

            (viii) Its facilities, plant, personnel, records and products are
      adequate for the performance of its duties hereunder;

            (ix) The Servicer is not in default with respect to any order or
      decree of any court or any order, regulation or demand of any federal,
      state, municipal or governmental agency, which would reasonably be
      expected to have consequences that would materially and adversely affect
      the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Servicer or
      its properties or would reasonably be expected to have consequences that
      would materially and adversely affect its performance hereunder;

            (x) No certificate of an officer, statement furnished in writing,
      report or electronic medium delivered pursuant to the terms hereof by the
      Servicer contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
      state any material fact to make the certificate, statement or report not
      misleading;

            (xi) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the
      ordinary course of business of the Servicer; and

            (xii) The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable shall not be
      released by the Servicer or a Subservicer in whole or in part from the
      security interest granted by the Obligor, except as contemplated herein.

It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in
this Section 2.03 shall survive the execution of this Agreement. Upon discovery
by either Transferor, Collection Agent, the Trustee or the Servicer of a breach
of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering
such breach shall give proper written notice to the other parties hereto;
provided, that the Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire,
investigate, determine or obtain actual knowledge of facts or events
constituting a breach of any such representations or warranties.






                                       16
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.04. Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer.

      (a) The Servicer shall manage, administer, monitor and service the
Receivables, including providing data management, payment processing and
customer service; provided that, prior to a resignation or termination of the
Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, the Servicer will not act as
Collection Agent. In performing its duties hereunder, the Servicer shall have
full power and authority to do or cause to be done any and all things in
connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or
desirable, within the terms of this Agreement (the "Servicer Duties"). Prior to
a resignation or termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or
3.07, the Servicer will provide the following services (together with other
activities not inconsistent with the description below and implicitly necessary
to accomplish the usual and customary activities, other than collections, of an
automobile loan servicer):

          (i)  Boarding Functions:

               (1)   Review for receipt of copies of Loan Files;
               (2)   Input of new Receivable information into
                     loan accounting system; and
               (3)   Preparation and mailing of welcome letters.

         (ii)  File Maintenance/Document Control Functions:

               (1)   Retention of copies of the Loan Files;
               (2)   Tracking of customer collision insurance on
                     Financed Vehicles and reporting to
                     Collection Agent exposed Financed Vehicles;
                     and
               (3)   Determination of Receivables being satisfied
                     in full.

        (iii)  Customer Service Functions:

               (1)   Preparation and transmittal of monthly
                     billing statements to Obligors;
               (2)   Response to Obligor inquiries;
               (3)   Research regarding billing statements and
                     Obligor inquiries;
               (4)   Maintenance of Obligor information; and
               (5)   Preparation and mailing of delinquency
                     notices.

         (iv)  Payment Processing Functions:

               (1)   Coordination of lockbox procedures;
               (2)   Recording of loan payment information; and





                                       17
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               (3)   Referral to Collection Agent of instances of
                     non-sufficient funds.

          (v)  Reporting Functions:

               (1)   Preparation and delivery of Servicer's
                     Report.

         (vi)  Data Processing Functions:

               (1)   Entry of data;
               (2)   Operation of data center;
               (3)   Operation of telecommunications; and
               (4)   Operation and maintenance of collection
                     system.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any of the duties set
forth above are assigned to the Collection Agent pursuant to Article III hereof,
the Servicer shall have no liability for such duty so long as the Collection
Agent continues to act in such capacity hereunder. Upon a resignation or
termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, all such
duties shall revert to the Servicer.

      (b) The Servicer may not sue to enforce or collect upon a Receivable in
its own name, or as agent for the Trust without the prior written consent of the
Trustee.

      (c) In accordance with the standard of care in Section 2.01 the Servicer
may agree to grant to the Obligor on any Receivable any rebate, refund or
adjustment that the Servicer in good faith believes is required under the
Receivable or applicable law in connection with a prepayment in full of the
Receivable, and, pursuant to written instructions from the Collection Agent and
the Servicer, the Trustee shall remit the amount of any such rebate, refund or
adjustment to the applicable Obligors from the Collection Account. The Servicer
may not permit any rescission or cancellation of any Receivable nor may it take
any action with respect to any Receivable or Sale Assignment which would
invalidate the coverage afforded by the VSI Policy to such Receivable or the
related Financed Vehicle, or would impair the rights of the Trustee therein or
in the proceeds thereof. The Collection Agent shall not consent to any amendment
to the VSI Policy, which amendment would affect the duties and obligations of
the Servicer hereunder, without the prior consent of the Servicer (which shall
not be unreasonably withheld).

      (d) The Collection Agent (and in the case of item (i) only, the Servicer)
shall not advise the Trustee that the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable
should be released by





                                       18
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

the Trustee from the security interest granted in connection with such
Receivable in whole or in part, except:

            (i) when such Receivable has been paid in full;

            (ii) immediately upon any exchange or substitution of such Financed
      Vehicle by the Dealer or manufacturer thereof in settlement of claims as
      to defects, breach of warranties, insurance and similar matters, with a
      Financed Vehicle of equal or greater collateral value as of the date of
      such exchange in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer (subject to all
      the terms hereof including the recordation of the lien thereon and the
      requirements of the Insurance Policies); or

            (iii) in connection with a repossession of a Financed Vehicle; or

            (iv) when all Insurance Proceeds with respect to such Financed
      Vehicle have been received by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust.

The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise amend the terms of any Receivable,
except in accordance herewith.

      (e) The Servicer shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Trust and
shall forward to the Collection Account, the Trustee or the Lockbox, as
applicable, no later than the next Business Day following receipt thereof any
payment or deposit with respect to any Receivable received by the Servicer. The
Servicer shall not assert any right of setoff or any lien with respect to such
payment or deposit.

      (f) The Servicer agrees to monitor and track each Financed Vehicle for
maintenance of required physical damage insurance in the manner required by the
VSI Policy and to notify the Collection Agent and the Trustee, as soon as
practicable but not later than 30 days after becoming initially aware, of
circumstances that would lead a reasonable person to believe that the insurance
on any Financed Vehicle is not being or will not be maintained in accordance
with applicable law and the terms of the applicable retail installment sales
contract.

      (g) Except as expressly provided herein, the Servicer shall not sell,
assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any
Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any Receivable (or any right to income in
respect thereof), or any account in which any payments with respect to any
Receivable are deposited, or assign any right to receive income in respect of
any Receivable.






                                       19
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (h) The Servicer, the Transferor and the Collection Agent shall each
instruct each Obligor by written notice that all payments on Receivables shall
be mailed to the Lockbox, and, so long as AutoBond is serving as the Collection
Agent hereunder, that such payments shall be made payable to the order of
"AutoBond Acceptance Co.", in its capacity as Collection Agent.

      (i) To the extent any duty or obligation of the Servicer set forth herein
is assigned to the Collection Agent pursuant to Article III hereof, the Servicer
shall have no liability for such duty or obligation so long as the Collection
Agent continues to act in such capacity hereunder. Upon a resignation or
termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, all such
duties shall revert to the Trustee.

      SECTION 2.05. Fidelity Bond, Errors and Omissions Insurance; Contingent
Disaster Relief Protection.

      (a) The Servicer shall maintain, at its own expense, a blanket fidelity
bond and an errors and omissions insurance policy, with broad coverage with
responsible companies on all officers, employees or other Persons acting on
behalf of the Servicer in any capacity with regard to the Receivables to handle
funds, money, documents and papers relating to the Receivables. Any such
fidelity bond and errors and omissions insurance shall protect and insure the
Servicer against losses, including forgery, theft, embezzlement, fraud, errors
and omissions and negligent acts of such Persons and shall be maintained in a
form that would meet the requirements of prudent institutional auto loan
servicers and, in the case of the fidelity coverage in the amount of $100,000
and in the amount of $1,000,000 in the case of Errors and Omissions Coverage. No
provision of this Section 2.05(a) requiring such fidelity bond and errors and
omissions insurance shall diminish or relieve the Servicer from its duties and
obligations as set forth in this Agreement. The Servicer shall be deemed to have
complied with this provision with respect to itself if one of its respective
Affiliates has such fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy coverage and,
by the terms of such fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy, the coverage
afforded thereunder extends to the Servicer. The Servicer shall cause each and
every Subservicer for it to maintain a policy of insurance covering errors and
omissions and a fidelity bond which would meet such requirements. Upon request
of the Transferor or the Trustee, the Servicer shall cause to be delivered to
the Trustee a certification evidencing coverage under such fidelity bond and
insurance policy. The Trustee shall have no obligation to request any such
certification or upon receipt of any such certification or of any notice
provided for in this Section 2.05(a), to approve, consent to, or determine its
compliance





                                       20
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

with, the requirements of this Section 2.05(a). Upon receipt of any such
certification or notice, the Trustee's sole responsibility shall be to deliver
copies thereof to the Certificateholders. Any such fidelity bond or insurance
policy shall (i) not be cancelled without the Servicer giving prior written
notice to the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who shall promptly forward a
copy of such notice to each Rating Agency) immediately following the giving or
receipt of such notice as is required or allowed under the terms of such
fidelity bond or insurance policy, as the case may be and (ii) not be modified
in a materially adverse manner without ten days' prior written notice by the
Servicer to the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who shall
promptly forward a copy of such notice to each Rating Agency).

      (b) The Servicer currently maintains, at its own expense, a computer
disaster recovery plan and computer disaster recovery procedures in forms
consistent with industry standards of prudent institutional receivables
servicers and shall continue to maintain, at its own expense, such a plan and
such procedures as are consistent with such standards and shall not modify amend
or revoke such procedures without giving prior written notice thereof to each
Rating Agency and the Trustee. No provision of this Section 2.05(b) requiring
such a plan and such procedures shall diminish or relieve the Servicer from its
duties and obligations as set forth in this Agreement. The Servicer shall be
deemed to have complied with this provision if one of its respective Affiliates
has such a plan and such procedures which also affords protection to the
Servicer. Upon request of the Transferor, the Collection Agent or the Trustee,
the Servicer shall cause to be delivered to the Transferor, the Collection Agent
or the Trustee, as the case may be, a certification as to the existence of such
a plan and such procedures. The Trustee shall have no obligation upon receipt of
any such certification or of any notice provided for in this Section 2.05(b), to
approve, consent to, or determine its compliance with, the requirements of this
Section 2.05(b).

      SECTION 2.06. Inspection.

      (a) At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall afford the
Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Trustee, the Rating Agencies, and, so long
as it is a Certificateholder, each Class A Certificateholder owning a Class A
Certificate evidencing at least 25% of the unpaid principal amount of the Class
A Certificates, and, so long as it is a pledgee of the Class B Certificates,
such Class B pledgee, together with each of their authorized agents (including
auditors), upon reasonable notice, reasonable access (subject to the security
rules and regulations of the Servicer) during normal business hours to its
records relating to the Receivables and will cause its personnel to assist in





                                       21
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

any examination of such records by any of such Persons; provided, that the
foregoing shall not require any of such Persons to conduct any inspection. The
examination referred to in this Section 2.06(a) will be conducted in a manner
which does not unreasonably interfere with the Servicer's normal operations or
customer or employee relations or require the Servicer to disclose or expose
confidential information related to its services hereunder or to its other
clients. Without otherwise limiting the scope of the examination, the
Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies may, using
generally accepted auditing standards, verify the status of each Receivable and
review the copies of the Loan Files, Electronic Ledger and records relating
thereto for conformity to reports prepared pursuant to Section 2.17 and
compliance with the standards represented or required to exist as to each
Receivable in this Agreement. Nothing in this section shall affect the
obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure
of information regarding the obligors, and failure of the Servicer to provide
access to information a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach
of this Section 2.06.

      (b) All information obtained by the Transferor, the Collection Agent and
the Trustee or their respective agents regarding the Obligors and the
Receivables, whether upon exercise of their respective rights under this Section
2.06 or otherwise, shall be maintained by the Transferor, the Collection Agent
and the Trustee and their respective agents in confidence and shall not be
disclosed to any other Person other than the Certificateholders, except as
otherwise required by applicable law or regulation.

      SECTION 2.07. Possession and Payment of Receivables. The Servicer shall
determine when a Receivable has been paid in full. The Servicer shall notify the
Trustee and the Collection Agent in writing within five (5) Business Days as to
each Receivable in connection with which such a determination has been made. If
the Servicer requires possession of any Loan File or any documents related
thereto in order to perform its duties or obligations hereunder, prior to taking
possession of any such Receivable or documents, the Servicer shall deliver to
the Trustee a trust receipt substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A. The Servicer agrees to promptly return any such Receivable and documents,
possession of which the Servicer takes in accordance with this Section 2.07,
after its need for possession thereof ceases.

      SECTION 2.08. Monthly Servicing Fee; Servicing Expenses.

      (a) On each Payment Date the Servicer shall be entitled to receive by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by
the Servicer to the





                                       22
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Trustee from the funds on deposit in the Collection Account an amount equal to
the Monthly Servicing Fee as of such Payment Date. The Servicer acknowledges and
agrees that, so long as no Amortization Event under the Pooling and Trust
Agreement has occurred and is continuing, its right to receive on any Payment
Date the Monthly Servicing Fee is subordinate to the right of payment on such
day of any or all of the following amounts that are payable on such date
pursuant to Section 7.04(a) of the Pooling and Trust Agreement:

            (i) the payment or allocation to the Class A Certificateholders of
      the Class A Interest due on such Payment Date.

      (b) (i) The Servicer shall be required to pay for all expenses incurred by
it in connection with its activities hereunder (including any payments to
accountants, counsel, Subservicers, or any other Person) out of the compensation
retained by or paid to it pursuant to Section 2.08(a) above, and shall not be
entitled to any extra payment or reimbursement therefor; provided, however, that
the Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to an account designated in writing by the Servicer to the
Trustee for the amount of any other expenses incurred with the prior written
consent of the Collection Agent and the Trustee. No later than ten Business Days
prior to each Payment Date, the Servicer shall provide the Transferor and the
Collection Agent with a list of items eligible for reimbursement pursuant to the
immediately preceding sentence, which items may include, with respect to the
Servicer, expenses for special forms and materials, freight, tapes,
communications, lock-box charges and other expenses approved by Transferor for
the benefit of the Trust, in such reasonable detail as the Transferor and the
Collection Agent may request, together with its certification by a Servicing
Officer that all such items are eligible for reimbursement hereunder.

      (ii) During such time as the Servicer is performing the duties of the
Collection Agent under this Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall be
reimbursed by the Trust for the following out of pocket costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of such duties as Collection Agent
hereunder including:

            (A) any reasonable compensation paid to outside legal counsel
      retained at Transferor's direction to protect the interests of Transferor
      and the Trust;

            (B) any reasonable compensation paid to professional accountants
      retained at Transferor's





                                       23
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      direction to review the assets administered under this Servicing
      Agreement;

            (C) any insurance, title, title transfer or other such fees arising
      from or related to any Receivables administered under the Servicing
      Agreement; and

            (D) expenses for special forms and materials, freight, tapes,
      communications, lock-box charges and other expenses approved by Transferor
      for the benefit of the Trust.

Any reimbursement to the Servicer for fees or costs pursuant to this Section
2.08(b) shall be limited to the extent of the funds available for reimbursement
of Servicer and Administrator fees and expenses under the Pooling and Trust
Agreement.

      (c) The Servicer acknowledges and agrees that if an Amortization Event
under the Pooling and Trust Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Servicer's right to receive any fees, costs and expenses owing to the Servicer
under this Agreement shall be subordinate to the right of payment of the
following amounts:

            (i) the payment or allocation to the Class A Certificateholders of
      the Class A Interest due on such Payment Date; and

            (ii) all fees, costs and expenses owing to the Trustee.

      (d) Each of Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee covenants and
agrees that upon a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of the
occurrence of an Amortization Event under the Pooling and Trust Agreement, it
shall promptly give notice thereof to the Servicer; provided, that the Trustee
shall have no duty to inquire or to investigate the occurrence of such
Amortization Event.

      (e) Each of the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee agrees
that, without the written consent of the Servicer, it will not amend the Pooling
and Trust Agreement (i) to change the source of the payment of the Monthly
Servicing Fee and to the extent the Servicer has assumed the Collection Agent's
duties, rights and obligations hereunder, the Monthly Administrator Fee, (ii) if
such amendment would further subordinate the payment to the Servicer of the
Monthly Servicing Fee, to change the priority of payment of the Monthly
Servicing Fee, or (iii) to materially change the rights, duties and obligations
under this Agreement of the Servicer, whether as Servicer hereunder or as
Collection





                                       24
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Agent, to the extent the Servicer has assumed the rights, duties and obligations
of the Collection Agent hereunder.

      SECTION 2.09. Collection Agent To Maintain Computer Link. Without
limitation of its obligations in respect of the other provisions of this
Agreement, and in addition to the duties of the Servicer, the Collection Agent
has supported and will continue to support non-dedicated dial-up capability with
the Servicer. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary,
the Collection Agent shall have no duty or obligation with respect to the
information provided via the computer link described in the preceding sentence.

      SECTION 2.10. Resignation or Termination of Servicer.

      (a) The Servicer may resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed
on it upon its determination that (a) the performance of its duties hereunder
has become impermissible under applicable law and (b) there is no reasonable
action which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties
hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting
the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (a) above by an
Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Transferor, the Collection
Agent and the Trustee before any such resignation and as to clause (b) by an
Officer's Certificate to such effect delivered to the Transferor, the Collection
Agent and the Trustee before any such resignation. The action referred to in the
first clause (b) of this Section 2.10(a) will not be considered reasonable if it
requires the payment of extraordinary fees or costs for which the Servicer is
not eligible for reimbursement under Section 2.08. Promptly upon any such
resignation, the Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency.

      (b) The Collection Agent or the Trustee may, upon 30 days' prior written
notice to the Servicer, terminate the Servicer as Servicer hereunder and as
Collection Agent, if the Servicer is then Collection Agent hereunder, without
cause; provided, that such termination shall not be effective unless (i) a
Successor Servicer shall have been appointed pursuant to Section 2.13 or (ii)
the Trustee has agreed to become Successor Servicer in accordance with Section
2.13, and (iii) Servicer shall have received the $25,000 termination fee payable
pursuant to Section 2.13(c).

      (c) The Servicer may resign as Servicer hereunder, effective upon 180
days' notice to the Transferor, the Trustee and the Collection Agent; provided,
however that such resignation may be effective earlier if a Successor Servicer
is appointed in accordance with Section 2.13 prior to the expiration of such 180
day period; and provided, further, in the event no successor is appointed on or
before the





                                       25
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

expiration of such 180-day period, then the Trustee shall assume the duties of
the Servicer as Successor Servicer hereunder.

      SECTION 2.11. Change in Business of the Servicer. The Transferor,
Collection Agent and Trustee entered into this Agreement with the Servicer in
reliance upon its ability to perform the servicing duties, if necessary, without
any delegation thereof; the adequacy of its plant, personnel, records and
procedures; its integrity, reputation and financial standing and the continuance
of each of the foregoing.

      SECTION 2.12. Events of Servicing Termination. If any of the following
events (each, an "Event of Servicing Termination") shall occur and be
continuing:

            (a) Any failure by the Servicer to forward to the Trustee, the
      Collection Account or the Lockbox, as applicable, any payment or partial
      payment or deposit identified with respect to any Receivable received by
      the Servicer and the continuance of such failure for a period of two
      Business Days after the date upon which such payment or deposit is
      received by the Servicer; or

            (b) Failure on the part of the Servicer to observe or perform any
      term, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, including the Servicer
      Duties (other than the agreement to deliver the Servicer Report pursuant
      to Section 2.17), which failure continues unremedied for 10 Business Days
      after discovery by the Servicer or the date on which written notice of
      such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to
      the Servicer by the Transferor, the Collection Agent or by the Trustee; or

            (c) Any proceeding shall be instituted against the Servicer (or, if
      the Servicer is actively contesting the merits thereof, such proceeding is
      not dismissed within 60 days) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or
      insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
      arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or any
      of its Debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
      reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for
      relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
      similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, or
      any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without
      limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment
      of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for
      any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or





                                       26
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (d) The commencement by the Servicer of a voluntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to
      be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry
      of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Servicer in an
      involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the
      commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against
      it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking
      reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the
      consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or
      taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
      sequestrator or similar official of the Servicer or of any substantial
      part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit
      of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay
      its Debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action
      by the Servicer in furtherance of any such action; or

            (e) The Servicer shall fail to deliver a report at the time, in the
      form and containing the information expressly required by this Agreement,
      and the continuance of such failure for a period of 5 Business Days after
      the date upon which written notice of such failure shall have been given
      to the Servicer by the Transferor, the Collection Agent or by the Trustee;
      or

            (f) There is a breach of any of the representations and warranties
      of the Servicer set forth in Section 2.03 which breach shall be in the
      opinion of the Collection Agent or the Trustee reasonably expected to have
      a material adverse effect on the Transferor or the Trust at the time when
      the notice referred to in this clause (f) shall be given to the Servicer
      and such breach shall not have been cured within 10 Business Days or such
      longer period as may be agreed to by the Collection Agent and the Trustee
      after receipt of written notice thereof by the Servicer, or

            (g) Any Rating Agency determines that having the Servicer act as
      servicer hereunder will prevent such Rating Agency from issuing or
      maintaining ratings of at least "A3" by Moody's and at least "A" from
      Fitch on the Class A Certificates and at least "PDR-3" from Fitch on the
      Class B Certificates or will result in a review with negative
      implications, suspension, downgrade, withdrawal or other impairment of any
      such ratings;






                                       27
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

then, and in any such event, either the Collection Agent or the Trustee may, by
delivery to the Servicer (and to the Trustee or the Collection Agent, as
applicable) of a written notice specifying the occurrence of any of the
foregoing events, terminate the servicing and custodial responsibilities of the
Servicer hereunder, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby waived by the Servicer (such termination and any termination
of the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.10 hereby called a "Service Transfer");
provided, that in the event any of the events described in subsections (c) or
(d) of this Section 2.12 shall have occurred, termination of the duties and
responsibilities of the Servicer shall automatically occur, without, demand,
protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the
Servicer. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the right of the Collection
Agent and the Trustee to terminate the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.10(b), if
the Transferor, the Collection Agent or the Trustee notifies the Servicer, prior
to the occurrence of an Event of Servicer Termination, under Section 2.12(g),
that circumstances exist that would with the passage of time result in the
occurrence of an Event of Servicing Termination described in Section 2.12(g),
each party hereto will negotiate in good faith with the other parties hereto to
prevent the occurrence of such an Event of Servicing Termination; provided,
however, that such Event of Servicing Termination shall nevertheless occur upon
expiration of 30 days following the date of such notice unless the existing
circumstances leading to such Event of Servicing Termination have been cured to
the satisfaction of all parties hereto.

      SECTION 2.13. Appointment of the Successor Servicer.

      (a) Upon the effectiveness of termination of the Servicer's
responsibilities under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.10 or Section 2.12,
the Trustee shall immediately succeed to the duties of the Servicer (including
the duties of Collection Agent if at the time of termination the Servicer is
also the Collection Agent) as a successor Servicer (the "Successor Servicer"),
unless and until another Successor Servicer has been appointed by the Collection
Agent (which may be the Trustee or the Collection Agent). The Collection Agent
shall give the Trustee and the Rating Agencies not less than 30 days' prior
written notice of its intent to appoint a Successor Servicer pursuant to this
Section 2.13(a). Such appointment shall become effective following the
expiration of such 30-day period (or such shorter period agreed to by the
Collection Agent, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies) on a date to be specified
by the Collection Agent; provided, that, on or before such effective date, the
Trustee and the Collection Agent shall have received written confirmation from
each Rating Agency that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and the
Trustee shall have consented in writing to





                                       28
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

the appointment of such party as Successor Servicer. Such Successor Servicer
shall succeed to all rights and assume all of the responsibilities, duties and
liabilities of the Servicer under this Agreement; provided, that such Successor
Servicer shall have no responsibility for any actions of the Servicer prior to
the date of the appointment of such Successor Servicer as Servicer. Such
Successor Servicer shall be authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on
behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents
and other instruments, and to do any and all acts or things necessary or
appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination and to perform
the duties of the Servicer hereunder (including its duties as Successor Servicer
hereunder but excluding its duty to indemnify pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and
(b)). The standard of care, representations and warranties, covenants,
liabilities, rights of indemnification, and all other rights and obligations of
the Trustee under this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement shall also
be applicable to the Trustee in its capacity as successor servicer hereunder.
The Trustee shall have the right to appoint as its agent a third party to
perform the duties and obligations of the Trustee as successor servicer
hereunder. The appointment of any such person shall require the prior written
approval of the Collection Agent, which will not be unreasonably withheld and
shall not become effective until prior written notice has been delivered to each
Rating Agency. The Trustee shall not be responsible for compensating the
Transferor for any increase in the Monthly Servicing Fee associated with a
Successor Servicer.

      (b) Any Successor Servicer appointed by the Collection Agent hereunder
shall be entitled to reasonable compensation (including the estimated
termination costs of such servicing and a reasonable profit) which shall be
determined by the Collection Agent; provided, however, that the Trustee, when
acting as successor servicer hereunder, shall receive compensation that is no
less than was being received by the Servicer at the time of its termination. Any
Successor Servicer appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction or any agent
of the Trustee as Successor Servicer upon becoming the Successor Servicer
pursuant to Section 2.13 (a), shall be entitled to compensation (including the
estimated costs of servicing and a reasonable profit) equal to the prevailing
market rate for such services, which compensation, however, shall not be greater
than the compensation currently received by the Servicer hereunder as the
Monthly Servicing Fee. Any excess payable to the Successor Servicer over and
above such current servicer compensation will be paid by the Collection Agent.

      (c) The outgoing Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Trustee and the
Successor Servicer shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement and
the Pooling and Trust





                                       29
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Agreement, that shall be reasonably necessary to effectuate any such succession,
including, without limitation, (i) the express assumption by such Successor
Servicer of the duties and obligations of the outgoing Servicer hereunder
(except as to the Trustee as the Successor Servicer, the Servicer's
indemnification obligation under Section 4.03(a) and (b) shall not apply), (ii)
notifying Obligors in writing of the existence of the Successor Servicer, and
(iii) providing such Successor Servicer with all Records maintained or held by
the outgoing servicer as Servicer hereunder, including all paper files and all
electronic files, at no charge. In the event the Servicer is terminated without
cause pursuant to Section 2.10(b), it shall be entitled to receive an additional
one-time termination fee in the amount of $25,000, but no other additional or
extra compensation beyond that which would be otherwise due to it under this
Agreement to and including the date on which the Servicer is so terminated. Such
Termination Fee shall be payable from the Collection Agent's own funds and such
termination of the Servicer shall not be effective unless and until such
termination fee is paid in full to the Servicer.

      (d) Upon appointment, any Successor Servicer shall be successor in all
respects to the outgoing Servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set
forth or provided for herein and shall be subject to all responsibilities,
duties and liabilities relating thereto placed upon the Servicer by the terms
and provisions hereof (subject to the same limitations as are contained in this
Section 2.13 with respect to a succession to the outgoing Servicer by the
Trustee).

      SECTION 2.14. Effect of Service Transfer.

      (a) Prior to any Service Transfer, the outgoing Servicer shall notify (or,
to the extent that the Servicer provided such notice pursuant to Section
2.13(c), confirm the notice to) Obligors of the existence of the Successor
Servicer. The Servicer shall be entitled to receive from the Collection Agent,
as extra compensation for such Services, a fee equal to $.60 for each such
notice given.

      (b) After any Service Transfer, the outgoing Servicer shall have no
further obligations with respect to the management, servicing, custody or
monitoring of the collection of the Receivables and the Successor Servicer shall
have all of such obligations.

      (c) A Service Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder (including, but not limited to, the obligations and
indemnities of the outgoing Servicer pursuant to Article IV) other than those
relating to the management, servicing, custody or monitoring of the collection
of the Receivables by the Successor Servicer.





                                       30
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.15. Annual Reports; Statements as to Compliance.

            (a) On or before ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year
of the Servicer, the Servicer shall deliver to the Transferor and the Trustee
(who shall promptly forward a copy to each Certificateholder and each Rating
Agency), a copy of the financial statements of Computer Sciences Corporation and
Mitchell Sweet & Associates, Inc. (or the Successor Servicer) containing a
report of a firm of Independent Public Accountants to the effect that such firm
has examined certain books and records of Computer Sciences Corporation and
Mitchell Sweet & Associates, Inc. (or the Successor Servicer) and that, on the
basis of such examination conducted substantially in compliance with generally
accepted audit standards such financial statements accurately reflect the
financial condition of Computer Sciences Corporation and Mitchell Sweet &
Associates, Inc. (or the Successor Servicer).

      (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Collection Agent and the Trustee
(who shall promptly forward a copy to each Certificateholder and each Rating
Agency) by the fifth Business Day of each month an Officer's Certificate
stating, as to each signer thereof, that (a) a review of the activities of the
Servicer (and each Subservicer) during the preceding calendar month and of
performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision
and (b) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, each of
the Servicer and any Subservicer has fulfilled all its respective obligations
under this Agreement throughout such month, or, if there has been an Event of
Servicing Termination or if an event has occurred that with notice or lapse of
time or both would become an Event of Servicing Termination, specifying each
such Event of Servicing Termination or event known to such officer and nature
and status thereof, and remedies therefor being pursued. Notwithstanding the
obligation to deliver such certificates, the Servicer shall promptly (but in any
event within five Business Days) notify the Transferor, the Rating Agencies, the
Collection Agent and the Trustee upon receiving actual knowledge of any event
which constitutes an Event of Servicing Termination or would constitute an Event
of Servicing Termination but for the requirement that notice be given or time
elapse or both.

      SECTION 2.16. Annual Independent Public Accountants' Servicing Report. On
or before ninety (90) days after the end of its fiscal year, the Servicer shall
cause a firm of Independent Public Accountants to furnish a statement to the
Trustee (who shall promptly forward a copy to the Collection Agent, the
Certificateholders and each Rating Agency), to the effect that such firm has
examined certain documents and records relating to the servicing of the
Receivables and the reporting requirements with respect thereto (including the





                                       31
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

activities of the Collection Agent) and that, on the basis of such examination,
such servicing and reporting requirements have been conducted in compliance with
this Agreement (and, in the case of the Collection Agent, the Pooling and Trust
Agreement), except for (i) such exceptions as such firm shall believe to be
immaterial, and (ii) such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such
statement. The cost to Servicer of such accountant's statements shall be limited
to 2% of the revenue payable to the Servicer under this Agreement for the fiscal
year in question, and any excess shall be paid by the Collection Agent.

      SECTION 2.17.     Servicer Reports.

      (a) The Servicer shall furnish by close of business on each Determination
Date (or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not a Business Day), to
the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who shall promptly forward a copy to each
Certificateholder and each of the Rating Agencies), an Officer's Certificate,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Servicer Report"),
which Servicer Report shall contain all information necessary for the Trustee to
make the distributions from, and transfers among, the accounts required by the
Pooling and Trust Agreement or in such other form as is mutually acceptable to
the Servicer, the Collection Agent and the Trustee. In addition, the Servicer
and/or the Collection Agent shall provide the Trustee with such additional
written information and certifications as the Trustee may request in order for
the Trustee to make the distributions from, and transfers among, the various
accounts required by this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement on a
daily, or other, basis. Each of the parties hereto shall provide to the Rating
Agencies such additional information as they may reasonably request in order to
assist such Rating Agencies in their ongoing monitoring and assessment of the
performance of the Receivables. To the extent such information is not currently
provided in the form of Servicer Report, then the Servicer shall develop and
provide such information at its customary hourly rate and cost, which shall be
paid to Servicer as part of its compensation hereunder.

      (b) The Servicer Report shall include a certification (i) that the
information contained in such certificate is accurate, (ii) that no Event of
Servicing Termination, or event that with notice or lapse of time or both would
become an Event of Servicing Termination, has occurred, or if an Event of
Servicing Termination or such event has occurred and is continuing, specifying
the Event of Servicing Termination or such event and its status and (iii) that
the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in Section 2.03 of
this Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of the date of such
certificate.






                                       32
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.18. Confidentiality. Each of the Transferor, Collection Agent
and the Trustee acknowledges the proprietary nature of certain of the software,
software procedures, software development tools, know-how, methodologies,
processes and technologies of the Servicer ("Confidential Material") and agrees
(i) that it shall use the same means as it uses to protect its own confidential
information, but in no event less than reasonable means, to avoid disclosure, by
it or its agents or employees, to any third party of any confidential or
proprietary information of the Servicer identified as such by the Servicer to
it, except to the extent that any such person may be required to disclose any
such information (x) by law or any legal process or proceeding, including,
without limitation, in connection with an examination or audit by any
governmental regulatory agency, in which case such person shall give notice of
such event to the Servicer or (y) in connection with its duties and obligations
hereunder and under the other transaction documents, and (ii) that all such
confidential or proprietary software, software procedures, software development
tools, know-how, methodologies, process and technologies that are based upon
trade secrets or proprietary information of the Servicer identified as such by
the Servicer to it shall be and remain the property of the Servicer and that
each of the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee will have no
ownership interest therein or ownership claim thereto. Each of Transferor,
Trustee and Collection Agent shall confine the knowledge and use of the
Confidential Material only to its employees who require such knowledge and use
in the ordinary course and scope of their employment. Upon any expiration or
termination of this Agreement, each of Transferor, Trustee and Collection Agent
shall promptly return to the Servicer all property or information which is
covered by this section.

      SECTION 2.19. Delivery of Documents.

      (a) On the date hereof the Servicer shall have delivered to the
Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Trustee the following, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Transferor:

            (i) the organizational documents of the Servicer and; a certificate
      of existence, dated no more than ten days prior to such date, from the
      Secretary of State of Texas and, if applicable, a good standing
      certificate from each state in which the Servicer is required to qualify
      to do business;






                                       33
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (ii) a certificate of the managing partner of the Servicer (on which
      certificate such party may conclusively rely until such time as it shall
      receive from the Servicer a revised certificate meeting the requirements
      of this subsection) certifying as of such date: (A) the names and true
      signatures of the officers authorized on its behalf to sign this
      Agreement, (B) a copy of the Servicer's organizational documents and (C) a
      copy of the resolutions of the management committee of the Servicer
      approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

            (iii) an Officer's Certificate from the Servicer certifying that (A)
      the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in Section
      2.03 of this Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of
      such date and (B) no Event of Servicing Termination, or event that with
      notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Servicing
      Termination, has occurred; and

            (iv) the opinion of the Servicer's counsel dated such date in the
      form of Exhibit C.

      (b) On or prior to March 31 in each calendar year, beginning in 1997, the
Servicer shall deliver to the Collection Agent and the Trustee (who shall
promptly forward a copy to each of the Certificateholders and each Rating
Agency) an Officer's Certificate from the Servicer dated such date certifying to
the items listed in Section 2.19(a) (i) -(iii).

      SECTION 2.20. Standard of Care. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder and in administering, tracking and enforcing the insurance policies
maintained by obligors relating to the Receivables pursuant to this Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer will comply with all applicable state and federal laws
and will exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the highest
degree of skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar
motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts or loans owned and/or serviced
by the Servicer, and will apply in performing such duties and obligations, those
standards, policies and procedures consistent with the best standards, policies
and procedures the Servicer applies with respect to similar motor vehicle retail
installment contracts or loans owned or serviced by it; provided, however, that
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not, except pursuant to a
judicial order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or as otherwise required
by applicable law or regulation, release or waive the right to collect the
unpaid balance on any Receivable. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder, the Servicer shall comply with the VSI Policy and all applicable
federal and state laws and





                                       34
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

regulations, shall maintain all state and federal licenses and franchises
necessary for it to perform its servicing responsibilities hereunder, and shall
not impair the rights of the Transferor or the Trust in the Receivables.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                COLLECTION AGENT

      SECTION 3.01. Appointment of Collection Agent. (a) AutoBond agrees to act
as the Collection Agent under this Agreement. (b) The Collection Agent shall
perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Transferor, the Trustee and the Certificateholders in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, the respective Receivables, the VSI Policy and
applicable law and, to the extent consistent with such terms, in the same manner
in which, and at least with the same care, skill, prudence and diligence with
which, it services and administers Receivables of similar credit quality for
other portfolios, if any, giving due consideration to customary and usual
standards of practice of prudent institutional automobile loan collection agents
and, in each case, taking into account its other obligations hereunder, but
without regard to:

            (i) any relationship that the Collection Agent or any Affiliate of
      the Collection Agent may have with the related Obligor;

            (ii) the Collection Agent's right to receive compensation for its
      services hereunder or with respect to any particular transaction; or

            (iii) the ownership, or servicing for others, by the Collection
      Agent, of any other automobile loans or property.

In furtherance of the servicing standard set forth above in this Section
3.01(b), and in accordance with the provisions of the AutoBond Program Manual
and subject to any express limitations set forth in this Agreement (and the
subrogation rights of any insurance company issuing the Insurance Policy), the
Collection Agent shall also seek to maximize the timely and complete recovery of
principal and interest on Receivables; provided, however, that nothing herein
contained shall be construed as an express or implied guarantee by the
Collection Agent of the collectibility of the Receivables.

      SECTION 3.02. Representations and Warranties of the Collection Agent. The
Collection Agent represents and warrants to the Transferor, the Servicer, the
Trustee and the





                                       35
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Certificateholders, as follows, as of the date hereof (which representations and
warranties shall be deemed repeated on each Transfer Date and on each date
during the term hereof as though made on and as of such date):

            (i) It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
      standing under the laws of the State of Texas and is duly qualified to do
      business, and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the
      nature of its business requires it to be so qualified; it will be in
      compliance with the laws of each state to the extent necessary to perform
      its obligations under this Agreement; and it has obtained all necessary
      licenses with respect to it required by law to enable it to perform its
      duties herein;

            (ii) It has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver
      and perform this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement and the
      transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

            (iii) The execution and delivery by it and the performance by it of
      this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement, and the execution and
      delivery by it and the performance by it of all other agreements,
      instruments and documents which may be delivered by it pursuant hereto and
      thereto, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (i) have
      been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, on the
      part of it, (ii) do not contravene or cause it to be in default under (A)
      its articles of incorporation, (B) any contractual restriction with
      respect to any Debt of it or contained in any indenture, loan or credit
      agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note, or other
      material agreement or instrument binding it or its property or (C) any
      law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree
      applicable to or binding it or its property, and (iii) do not result in or
      require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of
      its properties;

            (iv) Each of this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement has
      been duly executed and delivered on behalf of it;

            (v) No consent of, or other action by, and no notice to or filing
      with, any Governmental Authority or any other party is required for the
      due execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement, the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument
      to be delivered by it hereunder or thereunder;






                                       36
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (vi) Each of this Agreement and the Pooling and Trust Agreement is
      its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in
      accordance with its terms;

            (vii) There is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding,
      nor any injunction, writ, restraining order or other order of a material
      nature against or affecting it, its officers or directors, or its
      property, in any court or tribunal, or before any arbitrator of any kind
      or before or by any Governmental Authority (A) asserting the invalidity of
      this Agreement or the Pooling and Trust Agreement, or any document to be
      delivered by it hereunder or thereunder or (B) seeking any determination
      or ruling that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely
      affect (I) the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement
      or the Pooling and Trust Agreement, or the interests of the
      Certificateholders, or (II) the validity or enforceability of this
      Agreement or the Pooling and Trust Agreement, or any document to be
      delivered by it hereunder or thereunder (C) which is inconsistent with the
      due consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
      and the Pooling and Trust Agreement;

            (viii) Its facilities, plant, personnel, records and products are
      adequate for the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Pooling
      and Trust Agreement;

            (ix) The Collection Agent is not in default with respect to any
      order or decree of any court or any order, regulation or demand of any
      federal, state, municipal or governmental agency, and there exists no
      other event or circumstance, which default, event or circumstance would
      reasonably be expected to have consequences that would materially and
      adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of
      the Collection Agent or its properties or would reasonably be expected to
      have consequences that would materially and adversely affect its
      performance hereunder or under the Pooling and Trust Agreement or the
      interests of the Certificateholders;

            (x) Each certificate and each statement furnished in writing, report
      or electronic medium delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or under the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement by the Collection Agent is accurate and
      complete with respect to the information purported to be set forth
      therein;

            (xi) The practices used by the Collection Agent to monitor
      collections with respect to the Receivables and repossess and dispose of
      the Financed Vehicles related to





                                       37
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      the Receivables have been, and will be, in all material respects, legal,
      proper and in conformity with the requirements of the VSI Policy
      procedures and as set forth with respect to the Collection Agent in the
      AutoBond Program Manual;

            (xii) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
      Pooling and Trust Agreement are in the ordinary course of business of the
      Collection Agent; and

            (xiii) The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable shall not be
      released by the Collection Agent in whole or in part from the security
      interest granted by the Obligor, except as contemplated herein.

It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in
this Section 3.02 shall survive the execution of this Agreement.

      SECTION 3.03. Duties and Responsibilities of the Collection Agent.

      (a) Until such time as the Collection Agent resigns or is removed, the
Collection Agent shall remain the prior lienholder of record with respect to
each Financed Vehicle relating to the Receivables held by the Trust; provided
that the Collection Agent shall remain the prior lienholder acting only as an
agent of the Trustee. Upon any resignation or removal of the Collection Agent in
accordance with Section 3.06 or 3.07, the Collection Agent shall, at its sole
expense, promptly take all action necessary for the Trustee to become the
lienholder in respect of each Financed Vehicle relating to the Receivables held
by the Trust. In the event the Servicer assumes the duties of the Collection
Agent hereunder, the Servicer may request from, and rely on, direction from the
Trustee as to the appropriateness of instituting any litigation necessary in
order to protect the Trust's interest in the Receivables.

      (b) The duties and responsibilities of the Collection Agent shall consist
of (i) receiving and administering collections on the Receivables, (ii)
arranging for and administering repossessions of the Financed Vehicles related
to the Receivables, (iii) disposing of each Financed Vehicle related to a
Receivable whether following repossession or otherwise and (iv) filing of
insurance claims and performing the duties of the named insured under the VSI
Policy with respect to each Receivable affected by a repossession or otherwise.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Collection Agent
shall administer collections on Receivables at all times in such a manner that
each Receivable shall remain eligible for coverage under the Insurance Policies.
The Collection Agent, on behalf of the





                                       38
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Trustee (and any named insured under the Insurance Policies), shall take such
reasonable action as shall be necessary to permit recovery on each Receivable
under the Insurance Policies.

      (c) The Collection Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Trust
and shall forward to the Collection Account, the Trustee or the Lockbox Account,
as applicable, immediately upon receipt thereof any payment or partial payment
or deposit with respect to any Receivable received by the Collection Agent. The
Collection Agent shall not assert any right of set-off or any lien with respect
to such payment or deposit.

      (d) Except as expressly provided herein in connection with its duty to
effect liquidations and repossessions, the Collection Agent shall not sell,
assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any
Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any Receivable (or any right to income in
respect thereof), or any account in which any payments with respect to any
Receivable are deposited, or assign any right to receive income in respect of
any Receivable.

      (e) The Collection Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee following its
becoming aware that any Financed Vehicle is no longer eligible for coverage
under the Insurance Policies, or following its receipt of notice from Interstate
that it has rejected a claim submitted by the Collection Agent with respect to
any Financed Vehicle.

      SECTION 3.04. Possession of Receivables. If the Collection Agent requires
possession of any Receivable or any documents related thereto in order to
perform its duties or obligations hereunder, prior to taking possession of any
such Receivable or documents, the Collection Agent shall deliver to the Trustee
a trust receipt substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The
Collection Agent agrees to promptly return any such Receivable and documents,
possession of which the Collection Agent takes in accordance with this Section
3.04, after its need for possession thereof ceases.

      SECTION 3.05. Collection Agent Fee; Collection Agent Expenses.

      (a) On each Payment Date the Collection Agent shall be entitled to receive
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in
writing by the Collection Agent to the Trustee from the funds on deposit in the
Collection Account an amount equal to the Monthly Administrator Fee as of such
Distribution Date.






                                       39
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (b) The Collection Agent shall be reimbursed by the Transferor for all
expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including
any payments to accountants, counsel, or any other Person), in accordance with
the Pooling and Trust Agreement, and only to the extent of funds available
therefor, and subject to the priorities set forth, under the Pooling and Trust
Agreement; provided, further, that in the event the Servicer has assumed the
obligations of the Collection Agent, its right to reimbursement under this
Section is further limited to the extent stated in Section 2.08(b).

      SECTION 3.06. Collection Agent Not to Resign.

      (a) The Collection Agent shall not resign from the obligations and duties
hereby imposed on it except upon its determination that (a) the performance of
its duties hereunder has become impermissible under applicable law and (b) there
is no reasonable action which the Collection Agent could take to make the
performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such
determination permitting the resignation of the Collection Agent shall be
evidenced as to clause (a) above by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect
delivered to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee before any such
resignation and as to clause (b) by an Officer's Certificate to such effect
delivered to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee before any such
resignation. The action referred to in the first clause (b) of this Section 3.06
will not be considered reasonable if it requires the payment of extraordinary
fees or costs for which the Collection Agent is not eligible for reimbursement
under Section 3.05.

      (b) Upon any resignation or termination of the Collection Agent pursuant
to this Section 3.06 or Section 3.07, the Servicer shall become liable for all
duties and obligations assigned herein to the Collection Agent from the date the
Servicer succeeds to the duties of the Collection Agent. Upon an assumption by
the Servicer of the duties of the Collection Agent, the Servicer shall be
entitled to receive the Monthly Administrator Fee, without any corresponding
Obligation to assume the duties of the Administrator under the Pooling and Trust
Agreement (which duties and fees shall hereafter not be affected by any
modification not consented to in writing by the Servicer). Upon such an
assumption, the Servicer is authorized to accept and rely on all of the
accounting, records and work of the prior Collection Agent without any audit or
other examination thereof, and the Servicer shall have no duty, responsibility,
obligation or liability (collectively, "Liability") for the acts or omissions of
the prior Collection Agent. If any error, inaccuracy or omission (collectively,
"Errors") exists in any information received from the prior Collection Agent





                                       40
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

and such Errors should cause or materially contribute to the Servicer making, or
continuing to make, any Errors (collectively, "Continuing Errors"), the Servicer
shall have no liability for such Continuing Errors. In the event the Servicer
becomes aware of Errors or Continuing Errors, which in the opinion of the
Servicer impair its ability to perform its services hereunder, the Servicer may
with prior written notice to the Transferor and the Trustee, undertake such data
or records reconstruction as it deems appropriate to correct such Errors and
Continuing Errors and to prevent future Continuing Errors, and the Servicer's
reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be deemed expenses
owing to the Servicer hereunder for purposes of the Pooling and Trust Agreement.

      SECTION 3.07. Events of Administrator Termination. If any of the following
events (each, an "Event of Administrator Termination") shall occur and be
continuing:

            (a) Any failure by the Collection Agent to forward to the Collection
      Account, the Trustee or the Lockbox Account, as applicable, any payment or
      partial payment or deposit with respect to any Receivable received by the
      Collection Agent and the continuance of such failure for a period of two
      (2) Business Days after the date upon which such payment or deposit is
      received by the Collection Agent; or

            (b) Failure on the part of the Collection Agent to observe or
      perform any term, covenant or agreement in this Agreement or as
      Administrator under the Pooling and Trust Agreement or any Related
      Document, which failure continues unremedied for 10 Business Days after
      the earlier of the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring
      the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Collection Agent by
      the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee or the date on which a
      Responsible Officer of the Collection Agent becomes aware of such failure;
      or

            (c) Any proceeding shall be instituted against the Collection Agent
      or the Transferor (or, if the Collection Agent or the Transferor is
      actively contesting the merits thereof, such proceeding is not dismissed
      within 60 days) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or
      seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
      protection, relief, or composition of it or any of its Debts under any law
      relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors,
      or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a
      receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any
      substantial part of its property, or any of the actions





                                       41
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an
      order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
      custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of
      its property) shall occur; or

            (d) The commencement by the Collection Agent or the Transferor of a
      voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any
      other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the
      consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of
      the Collection Agent or the Transferor in an involuntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any
      bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by
      it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief
      under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by it to the
      filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a
      custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or
      similar official of the Collection Agent or the Transferor or of any
      substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for
      the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its
      inability to pay its Debts generally as they become due, or the taking of
      corporate action by the Collection Agent or the Transferor in furtherance
      of any such action; or

            (e) There is a breach in any material respect of any of the
      representations and warranties of the Collection Agent under Section 3.02
      hereof or of the Administrator under the Sale Agreement or any other
      Related Document; or

            (f) The Delinquency Ratio for any calendar month shall exceed 9.5%;
      or

            (g) There shall have been any material adverse change in the
      consolidated financial condition or operations of the Collection Agent
      since December 31, 1994, or there shall have occurred any event which
      materially adversely affects the collectibility of any material amount of
      the Receivables, or there shall have occurred any other event which
      materially adversely affects the ability of the Collection Agent to
      collect any material amount of the Receivables or the ability of the
      Collection Agent to perform in all material respects its obligations under
      this Agreement and the Related Documents or the Collection Agent shall be
      replaced as





                                       42
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      collection agent or servicer (or the equivalent) for cause in respect of
      any securitization; or

            (h) Any Rating Agency determines that having the Collection Agent
      act hereunder will prevent such Rating Agency from issuing or maintaining
      a rating on the Class A Certificates of not less than "A" in the case of
      Fitch, and, in the case of Moody's, not less than "A3," and a rating on
      the Class B Certificates of not less than "PDR-3" from Fitch, or will
      result in a review with negative implications, suspension, downgrade,
      withdrawal or other impairment of such rating;

then, and in any such event, the Trustee may, by delivery to the Collection
Agent of a written notice specifying the occurrence of any of the foregoing
events, terminate the responsibilities of the Collection Agent hereunder,
without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
waived by the Collection Agent; provided, that in the event any of the events
described in subsections (c) or (d) of this Section 3.07 shall have occurred,
termination of the duties and responsibilities of the Collection Agent shall
automatically occur, without, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind,
all of which are expressly waived by the Collection Agent. Upon any termination
of the Collection Agent pursuant to this Section 3.07, the Servicer shall become
liable for all duties and obligations assigned herein to the Collection Agent.

      SECTION 3.08. Repossession and Disposal.

      (a) The Collection Agent agrees to use its best efforts to arrange with a
third party for the repossession or other conversion of ownership of any
Financed Vehicle by a professional repossession service in the manner required
by the VSI Policy within 90 days after the related Auto Loan becoming past due
and agrees not to discriminate among Financed Vehicles in its performance of its
duties hereunder based on its right, if any, to receive bonus or increased
compensation with respect to the repossession and disposal of certain Financed
Vehicles, and otherwise in accordance with the AutoBond Program Manual, in order
to maximize collections.

      (b) If requested by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee, the
Collection Agent is authorized and empowered by the Transferor, the Servicer and
the Trustee to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Transferor, the
Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, any and all instruments of
satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or discharge, and all
other comparable instruments, with respect to the Financed Vehicles related to
the Receivables, all in accordance with the standard of care set forth in
Section 3.09. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the





                                       43
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee shall, upon the receipt of a written
request of the Collection Agent, execute and deliver to the Collection Agent any
limited powers of attorney and other documents prepared by the Collection Agent
and reasonably necessary or appropriate (as certified in such written request)
to enable the Collection Agent to carry out its duties hereunder (including,
without limitation, matters relating to the certificates of title with respect
to the Financed Vehicles), and neither the Transferor, the Servicer nor the
Trustee shall be held responsible for any negligence by the Collection Agent in
its use of such limited powers of attorney.

      (c) The Collection Agent shall forward the proceeds of any disposition of
a Financed Vehicle related to a Receivable upon receipt thereof to the
Collection Account. If subsequent to the disposal of a Financed Vehicle related
to a Receivable in accordance herewith and, as required by this Agreement, with
the AutoBond Program Manual, the transaction disposing of such Financed Vehicle
is rescinded or adjusted, through arbitration or otherwise, due to any condition
affecting such Financed Vehicle, then the Collection Agent shall be entitled to
reimbursement from the Collection Account (out of available funds) for any
amount which the Collection Agent pays in connection with such rescission or
adjustment which amount shall be the "Post-Sale Adjustment".

      (d) The Collection Agent represents and warrants to the Transferor, the
Servicer, the Trustee and the Certificateholders and shall be deemed to
continuously represent and warrant to the Transferor, the Servicer and the
Trustee, with respect to each Financed Vehicle assigned to the Collection Agent
pursuant hereto and, as required by this Agreement, to the AutoBond Program
Manual, that the Collection Agent will comply in all material respects with the
VSI Policy, all applicable federal, state and local regulations pertaining to
its services hereunder, including disclosure requirements, required to be
complied with in conjunction with such services. The Collection Agent shall
defend, indemnify and hold the Transferor, the Servicer, and the
Certificateholders and the Trustee harmless from and against any claim, suit,
loss, cost or liability, direct or indirect, including reasonable attorney's
fees, arising out of any breach of any representation or warranty made by the
Collection Agent in the immediately preceding sentence.

      (e) Except as expressly provided herein, in the Pooling and Trust
Agreement and in the AutoBond Program Manual, the Collection Agent shall not
sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or
create any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any Financed Vehicle related
to any Receivable (or any right to income in respect thereof), or





                                       44
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

assign any right to receive income in respect of any such Financed Vehicle.

      SECTION 3.09. Standard of Care. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder and in administering and enforcing the Insurance Policies relating to
the Receivables pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, the Collection Agent will
comply with all applicable state and federal laws and will exercise that degree
of skill and care consistent with the highest degree of skill and care that the
Collection Agent exercises with respect to similar motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts or loans owned and/or serviced by the Collection
Agent and will apply in performing such duties and obligations, those standards,
policies and procedures consistent with the best standards, policies and
procedures the Collection Agent applies with respect to similar motor vehicle
retail installment contracts or loans owned or serviced by it. In performing its
duties and obligations hereunder, the Collection Agent shall comply with the VSI
Policy, all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, shall maintain
all state and federal licenses and franchises necessary for it to perform its
servicing responsibilities hereunder, and shall not impair the right of the
Transferor or the Trust in the Receivables.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNITIES

      SECTION 4.01. Liabilities of Obligors. No obligation or liability of any
Obligor under any of the Receivables is intended to be assumed by the
Transferor, the Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Trustee, the Trust or any
Certificateholder under or as a result of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby and, to the maximum extent permitted and valid under
mandatory provisions of law, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Collection Agent
and the Trustee, the Trust or any Certificateholder expressly disclaim such
assumption.

      SECTION 4.02. Limitation on Liability of the Trustee and the Servicer.

      (a) The Trustee and the Servicer shall each have no liability in
connection with this Agreement except to the extent of the obligations
specifically imposed by this Agreement, it being understood that no implied
covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall
be read into this Agreement or shall otherwise exist against the Trustee or the
Servicer.






                                       45
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (b) None of the Trustee or the Servicer nor any of the directors,
officers, employees or agents thereof shall be under any liability to the
Transferor, to each other or to any other Person for any action taken, or for
refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith pursuant to this
Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that this provision
shall not protect the Servicer, the Trustee or any such Person against any
breach of warranties or representations made herein or against any liability
which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations or duties hereunder. The Servicer, the Trustee and any director,
officer, employee or agent thereof may rely in good faith on any document of any
kind which, prima facie, is properly executed and submitted by any appropriate
Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.

      (c) Except to the extent resulting from the Servicer's willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of its obligation or duties hereunder, the Servicer
shall not be liable to any party indemnified under this Agreement, for any
liability, cost, expenses or financial loss which may arise as a result of the
economic performance of the Receivables or other Trust Assets.

      SECTION 4.03. Indemnities of the Servicer and the Collection Agent.

      (a) The Servicer agrees to indemnify the Transferor, the Trustee, the
Trust, the Certificateholders and the Collection Agent, and any of their
respective directors, officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them
harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, damages (other than
incidental or indirect damages), claims or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) proximately caused by the Servicer's acts or
omissions in violation of this Agreement, except to the extent the Transferor's,
the Trustee's, the Collection Agent's or the directors, officers, employees or
agents thereof, as the case may be, own bad faith, willful misconduct or
negligence contributes to the loss, liability, damage, claim or expense.

      (b) The Servicer agrees to indemnify the Transferor, the Trustee, the
Trust, the Certificateholders and the Collection Agent and any of their
respective directors, officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them
harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) arising as a result of the
use, ownership or operation by the Servicer or any agent thereof of any Financed
Vehicle.






                                       46
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (c) The Collection Agent agrees to indemnify the Transferor, the Trustee,
the Trust, the Certificateholders and the Servicer, and any of their respective
directors, officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them harmless
against, any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) arising as a result of the Collection
Agent's acts or omissions in violation of this Agreement, or arising as a result
of or incurred in connection with, the acceptance or performance by such parties
of the duties contained in this Agreement, except to the extent the
Transferor's, the Trustee's, the Servicer's, or the directors, officers,
employees or agents thereof, as the case may be, own bad faith, willful
misconduct or negligence contributes to the loss, liability, damage, claim or
expense; provided that in the event the Servicer were to succeed to the rights,
duties and obligations of the Collection Agent hereunder, for purposes of the
indemnity to be provided hereunder by the Servicer as Collection Agent the term
"damages" shall exclude incidental and indirect damages and the phrase "arising
as a result of the Collection Agent's acts" shall be replaced with the phrase
"proximately caused by the Collection Agent's acts."

      (d) Each of the Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Transferor and the
Trustee agrees to promptly notify the indemnifying party hereunder in writing of
the commencement of any action with respect to which indemnification may be owed
to it pursuant to this Section 4.03 promptly after receipt by such party of
notice of commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying
party hereunder will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which
it may have hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced
thereby.

      (e) This Section 4.03 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and
the resignation or removal of the Servicer or the Collection Agent. This
Agreement shall also survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee in
respect of rights accrued to it prior to such resignation or removal.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 5.01. Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Certificateholders and their
respective successors and permitted assigns. The Certificateholders are intended
as, and shall be, third party beneficiaries of this Agreement. No other Person
will have any right or obligation hereunder. Neither the Servicer, the Trustee
or the Collection Agent may





                                       47
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

assign any of its respective rights and obligations hereunder or any interest
herein, other than as provided in Section 10.09 of the Pooling and Trust
Agreement with respect to the Trustee, without the prior written consent of the
Transferor, the Trustee and the Collection Agent.

      SECTION 5.02. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time
by the parties hereto only by a written instrument executed by all such parties,
and provided, further, that notice of any such amendment and a copy thereof
shall be given in writing promptly after the execution thereof to each of the
Rating Agencies and the Trustee.

      SECTION 5.03. Notices. Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted
by the terms hereof, notices and other communications required or permitted to
be given or made under the terms hereof shall be in writing. Any such
communication or notice shall be deemed to have been duly made or given (i) when
delivered personally, (ii) in the case of mail delivery, upon receipt, refusal
of delivery or return for failure of the intended recipient to retrieve such
communication or (iii) in the case of transmission by facsimile, upon telephone
and return facsimile confirmation and, in each case, if addressed to the
intended recipient as follows (subject to the next sentence of this Section
5.03):

            If to the Transferor:

                  AutoBond Funding Corporation 1996-A
                  301 Congress Avenue
                  Austin, Texas 78701

                  Attention:  William O. Winsauer

                  Facsimile Number:  (512) 472-1548
                  Telephone Number:  (512) 472-3600


            If to the Servicer:

                  Loan Servicing Enterprise
                  9330 LBJ Freeway, Suite 500
                  Dallas, Texas 75243-3429

                  Attention:  Managing Partner

                  Facsimile Number:  (214) 783-3561
                  Telephone Number:  (214) 783-3532







                                       48
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            If to the Collection Agent:

                  AutoBond Acceptance Co.
                  301 Congress Avenue
                  Austin, Texas 78701

                  Attention:  William O. Winsauer

                  Facsimile Number:  (512) 472-1548
                  Telephone Number:  (512) 472-3600


            If to the Trustee:

                  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                  Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0069

                      Attention: Corporate Trust Department
                                    William T. Milbauer

                  Facsimile Number:  (612) 667-9825
                  Telephone Number:  (612) 667-6878

                  If to the Rating Agencies:

                  Fitch Investors Service
                  One State Street Plaza
                  New York, NY  10004
                  Attention:  Structured Finance Department
                  Facsimile Number:  (212) 480-4438
                  Telephone Number:  (212) 908-0502

                  Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
                  99 Church Street
                  New York, NY  10007
                  Attention:  ABS Monitoring Dept.
                  Facsimile Number:  (212) 553-7820
                  Telephone Number:  (212) 553-0300

Each party hereto may from time to time designate by notice in writing to the
other parties hereto a different address for communications and notices.

      SECTION 5.04. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason
whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions or terms shall be
deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions or terms of this
Agreement, and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the
other provisions of this Agreement.






                                       49
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 5.05. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY
TRIAL.

      (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

      (b) THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE COLLECTION AGENT AND THE TRUSTEE
HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF
MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY. THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER AND THE TRUSTEE EACH
HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND ANY OBJECTION TO
VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT
THE RIGHT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER
PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY OF THEN TO BRING ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

      (c) THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE COLLECTION AGENT AND THE TRUSTEE
EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY
DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF,
CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS Agreement. INSTEAD, ANY
DISPUTE RESOLVED IN COURT WILL BE RESOLVED IN A BENCH TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.

      SECTION 5.06. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts
each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

      SECTION 5.07. No Proceedings. Each of the Servicer and the Collection
Agent and the Trustee hereby agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly,
institute, or cause to be instituted, against the Transferor or the Trust any
proceeding of the type described in connection with the Servicer in Section
2.12(c) so long as there shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the
Certificates issued by the Trust have been paid in full in cash. The foregoing
covenant shall not limit the right of the Servicer, the Trustee or the
Collection Agent, as the case may be, to institute legal proceedings of a type
other than those described in connection with the Servicer in Section 2.12(c)
against the Transferor for any breach by the Transferor of its obligations
hereunder.

      SECTION 5.08. Further Assurance. The Servicer and the Collection Agent
shall cause to be promptly and duly taken, executed, acknowledged and delivered
all such further acts, documents and assurances as the Transferor or the Trustee
from time to time may reasonably request in order to carry out more





                                       50
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

effectively the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby.

      SECTION 5.09. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall begin on
the Closing Date and shall continue until the earlier of the day after the date
on which the Certificateholders have been paid in full under the Pooling and
Trust Agreement and July 15, 2002. The Trustee shall deliver to the Servicer a
copy of notice to be delivered to the Certificateholders regarding payment in
full of the Class A Certificates pursuant to Section 11.01(d) of the Pooling and
Trust Agreement.

      SECTION 5.10 Limitation of Liability of Trustee. It is expressly
understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, is executing this Agreement not in its individual capacity
but solely in its capacity as trustee of the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and
Trust Agreement, as supplemented and amended, and (b) in no case whatsoever
shall Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association in its individual capacity
or, except as provided in the Pooling and Trust Agreement, as the Trustee of the
Trust, have any liability for any of the statements, representations,
warranties, covenants, agreements or obligations of the Trust hereunder or in
any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, all
such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto. For all
purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of its duties or obligations
hereunder or in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Trust
hereunder, the Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the
terms and provisions of Article X of the Pooling and Trust Agreement.







                                       51
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Servicing
Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized
this 28th day of March, 1996.


                      AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION 1996-A,
                        as Transferor

                        By: /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                           ----------------------------------
                           Name:   William O. Winsauer
                           Title:  President


                        CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P., as Servicer


                        By: /s/ JOHN F. KILGORE
                           ----------------------------------
                           Name:   John F. Kilgore
                           Title:  Managing Partner


                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO., as Collection
                        Agent


                        By: /s/ ADRIAN KATZ
                           ----------------------------------
                           Name:   Adrian Katz
                           Title:  Vice Chairman



                        NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                        as Trustee


                        By: /s/ WILLIAM T. MILBAUER
                           ----------------------------------
                           Name:   William T. Milbauer
                           Title:  Vice President



                                       52


<PAGE>






<PAGE>

                                                   [Execution Copy - WP Version]





================================================================================




                               SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                      among


                        AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION II,


                              CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P.,
                 doing business as "Loan Servicing Enterprise",
                                   as Servicer


                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
                               as Collection Agent



                                       and



                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                               as Collateral Agent




                            Dated as of May 21, 1996




================================================================================
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                      DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION

      SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms...........................................  1
      SECTION 1.02.  Rules of Interpretation.................................  8

                                   ARTICLE II

                           SERVICING OF PLEDGED ASSETS

      SECTION 2.01.  Appointment of Servicer.................................  9
      SECTION 2.02.  Subservicing Agreements Between Servicer and Subservicer  9
      SECTION 2.03.  Representations and Warranties of the Servicer.......... 10
      SECTION 2.04.  Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer............. 12
      SECTION 2.05.  Fidelity Bond, Errors and Omissions Insurance; Continent
                     Disaster Relief Protection.............................. 15
      SECTION 2.06.  Inspection.............................................. 16
      SECTION 2.07.  Possession and Payment of Auto Loans.................... 16
      SECTION 2.08.  Servicer Fee; Servicing Expenses........................ 17
      SECTION 2.09.  Collection Agent To Maintain Computer Link.............. 18
      SECTION 2.10.  Resignation or Termination of Servicer.................. 18
      SECTION 2.11.  Change in Business of the Servicer...................... 19
      SECTION 2.12.  Events of Servicing Termination......................... 19
      SECTION 2.13.  Appointment of the Successor Servicer................... 21
      SECTION 2.14.  Effect of Service Transfer.............................. 22
      SECTION 2.15.  Annual Reports; Statements as to Compliance............. 23
      SECTION 2.16.  Annual Independent Public Accountants' Servicing Report. 23
      SECTION 2.17.  Servicer Reports........................................ 24
      SECTION 2.18.  Confidentiality......................................... 24
      SECTION 2.19.  Delivery of Documents................................... 25
      SECTION 2.20.  Standard of Care........................................ 25

                                   ARTICLE III

                                COLLECTION AGENT

      SECTION 3.01.  Appointment of Collection Agent......................... 26
      SECTION 3.02.  Representations and Warranties of the Collection Agent.. 26
      SECTION 3.03.  Duties and Responsibilities of the Collection Agent..... 28





                                        i
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 3.04.  Possession of Auto Loans................................ 29
      SECTION 3.05.  Collection Agent Fee; Collection Agent Expenses......... 29
      SECTION 3.06.  Collection Agent Not to Resign; Termination of Collection
                     Agent Without Cause..................................... 30
      SECTION 3.07.  Events of Collection Agent Termination.................. 30
      SECTION 3.08.  Repossession and Disposal............................... 32
      SECTION 3.09.  Standard of Care........................................ 33

                                   ARTICLE IV

                      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNITIES

      SECTION 4.01.  Liabilities of Obligors................................. 34
      SECTION 4.02.  Limitation on Liability of the Collateral Agent and the
                     Servicer ............................................... 34
      SECTION 4.03.  Indemnities of the Servicer and the Collection Agent.... 34

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 5.01.  Beneficiaries........................................... 36
      SECTION 5.02.  Amendment............................................... 36
      SECTION 5.03.  Notices................................................. 36
      SECTION 5.04.  Severability of Provisions.............................. 37
      SECTION 5.05.  GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION;
                     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.................................... 38
      SECTION 5.06.  Counterparts............................................ 38
      SECTION 5.07.  No Proceedings.......................................... 38
      SECTION 5.08.  Status of Collateral Agent.............................. 38
      SECTION 5.09.  Further Assurance....................................... 39


                                    EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A -       FORM OF TRUST RECEIPT
EXHIBIT B -       FORM OF SERVICER REPORT
EXHIBIT C -       FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO SERVICER
EXHIBIT D -       AUTOBOND PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION MANUAL






                                       ii
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of May 21, 1996 (this "Agreement"), among
AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION II (the "Borrower"), a Delaware corporation, CSC
LOGIC/MSA L.L.P., doing business as "Loan Servicing Enterprise", a Texas limited
liability partnership, in its capacity as servicer (the "Servicer"), AUTOBOND
ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, a Texas corporation, as collection agent (the
"Collection Agent"), and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a
national banking association, as collateral agent (the "Collateral Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

      WHEREAS, from time to time, the Borrower intends to purchase, pursuant to
the Loan Acquisition, Sale and Contribution Agreement (the "Origination
Agreement"), by and between the Borrower and AutoBond Acceptance Corporation
("AutoBond"), certain Auto Loans to be held pending transfer thereof to one or
more Securitization Trusts or transfer thereof or the grant of a security
interest therein in connection with one or more other Dispositions;

      WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent has been appointed to hold certain Auto
Loans sold to the Borrower pursuant to the Origination Agreement as collateral
for certain secured parties and to make certain payments with respect thereto;

      WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Collection Agent desires that a servicer be
appointed to perform certain servicing and insurance tracking functions in
respect of the Auto Loans to be acquired by the Borrower pursuant to the
Origination Agreement;

      WHEREAS, CSC Logic/MSA L.L.P. has been requested and is willing to act as
the servicer hereunder;

      WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Collection Agent and the Servicer desire that
AutoBond Acceptance Corporation act as collection agent hereunder.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein,
and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows


                                    ARTICLE I

                      DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION

      SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

     "Advances" means the advances made by the Lender pursuant to the Credit
     Agreement.
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

     "Adverse Claim" means any claim of ownership or any lien, security
     interest, title retention, trust or other charge or encumbrance, or other
     type of preferential arrangement having the effect or purpose of creating a
     lien or security interest, other than the security interest created under
     the Security Agreement.

     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or
     indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common
     control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
     "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to
     direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
     whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
     otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
     correlative to the foregoing.

     "Agreement" means this Servicing Agreement, as amended or supplemented from
     time to time including all exhibits and schedules hereto.

     "Amount Financed" means, with respect to any Auto Loan, the meaning
     ascribed thereto in the applicable disclosure documents given to the
     Obligor in satisfaction of the requirements of the Federal Truth-in-Lending
     Act.

     "Approval Date" means, with respect to any Auto Loan, the date on which
     AutoBond makes its written credit approval with respect to the Obligor
     under such Auto Loan.

     "Auto Loan" means a fixed-rate, closed-end consumer installment automobile
     loan which finances the purchase of a new or used automobile, light-duty
     truck or van, which loan is secured by a lien and security interest in such
     financed vehicle in favor of the loan holder.

     "AutoBond" means AutoBond Acceptance Corporation, a Texas corporation.

     "AutoBond Program Manual" means the AutoBond Program Administration Manual
     attached hereto as Exhibit D, in effect as of the date hereof, as modified
     from time to time.

     "Automobiles" means new and used automobiles and light-duty trucks and
     vans.

     "Borrower" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this
     Agreement.

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday, or another
     day on which commercial banks in the State of New York, Minnesota, Kentucky
     or Texas (or in any other state in which the principal place of business of
     the Servicer or Autobond is located) are required, or authorized by law, to
     close or, for purposes of calculating interest on the Advances, on which
     commercial banks are not open for domestic and foreign exchange business in
     New York, New York and London, England (as specified in writing from time
     to time by the Borrower or AutoBond).

     "Collateral Agent" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this
     Agreement.





                                        2
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

     "Collection Agent" means AutoBond Acceptance Corporation, a Texas
     corporation, and its permitted successors and assigns.

     "Collection Agent Fee" has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

     "Collection Period" means with respect to the first Collection Period
     following the date hereof, the period from May 21, 1996 to the last day of
     the calendar month immediately preceding the first Payment Date, and
     thereafter, the calendar month immediately preceding each subsequent
     Payment Date.

     "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof
     among the Borrower, AutoBond, as administrator, and the Lender, as initial
     lender.

     "Dealer" means an automobile dealer who has entered into a Dealer Agreement
     with AutoBond with respect to, among other things, the origination of Auto
     Loans.

     "Dealer Agreements" has the meaning specified in the Origination Agreement.

     "Debt" means for any Person, (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed
     money, (b) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes
     or other similar instruments, (c) obligations of such Person to pay the
     deferred purchase price of property or services, (d) obligations of such
     Person as lessee under leases which have been or should be, in accordance
     with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases,
     (e) obligations secured by any lien or other charge upon property or assets
     owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become
     liable for the payment of such obligations, (f) obligations of such Person
     under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations
     (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to
     assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations
     of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, and
     (g) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered
     by ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder. For the purposes
     hereof, the term "guarantee" shall include any agreement, whether such
     agreement is on a contingency or otherwise, to purchase, repurchase or
     otherwise acquire Debt of any other Person, or to purchase, sell or lease,
     as lessee or lessor, property or services, in any such case primarily for
     the purpose of enabling another Person to make payment of Debt, or to make
     any payment (whether as an advance, capital contribution, purchase of an
     equity interest or otherwise) to assure a minimum equity, asset base,
     working capital or other balance sheet or financial condition, in
     connection with the Debt of another Person, or to supply funds to or in any
     manner invest in another Person in connection with Debt of such Person.

     "Defaulted Auto Loan" means an Auto Loan which by its terms has more than
     10% of any installment of principal or interest which is 60 or more days
     contractually past due.

     "Delinquency Ratio" means, as of any Determination Date, the percentage
     equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which equals the sum of (i)
     the aggregate Unpaid Principal





                                        3
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

     Balance amount of Auto Loans which have become Defaulted Auto Loans as of
     the end of the most recently ended Collection Period minus (ii) the sum of
     the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of (A) all Auto Loans against which
     insurance claims have been filed as of the end of the most recently ended
     Collection Period and (B) Auto Loans for which the related Financed
     Vehicles are subject to repossession as of the end of the most recently
     ended Collection Periods and which are not included in (A), and (b) the
     denominator of which equals the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of Auto
     Loans outstanding as of the end of the most recently ended Collection
     Period, minus the amount determined pursuant to clause (ii) above.

     "Deposit Date" means the Business Day immediately preceding each related
     Payment Date.

     "Dispositions" means (i) structured-finance securitization transactions,
     (ii) whole-loan sales or (iii) some other form of disposition, in each
     case, involving Auto Loans.

     "Electronic Ledger" means the electronic master record of the Auto Loans
     maintained by the Servicer.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
     amended.

     "Financed Vehicle" means Automobile.

     "Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P.

     "Governmental Authority" means the United States of America, any state,
     local or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
     executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions
     thereof or pertaining thereto.

     "Independent Public Accountant" means any of (a) Arthur Andersen & Co., (b)
     Deloitte & Touche, (c) Coopers & Lybrand, (d) Ernst & Young, (e) KPMG Peat
     Marwick and (f) Price Waterhouse (and any successors thereof); provided,
     that such firm is independent with respect to the Servicer, or any
     Subservicer, as the case may be, within the meaning of the Securities Act
     of 1933, as amended.

     "Lender" means Peoples Security Life Insurance Company or such other entity
     or entities as shall from time to time be identified by notice from the
     Borrower to the Servicer.

     "Loan Documents" means, with respect to any Auto Loan (i) the original
     retail installment loan contract and security agreement evidencing such
     Auto Loan, (ii) the original confirmation of title or copy of the
     application for title or letter of guaranty from the applicable Dealer, as
     the case may be, for the related Financed Vehicle, (iii) a copy of the
     credit application, (iv) the original confirmation of payment of premiums
     required under the VSI Policy and (v) a copy of the Funding Check
     representing payment to the Dealer by AutoBond.






                                        4
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

     "Loan File" means, with respect to any Auto Loan, the original retail
     installment loan contract and security agreement evidencing the Auto Loan
     and originals or copies of such other documents and instruments relating to
     such Auto Loan and the security interest on the selected Financed Vehicle
     as specified in the AutoBond Credit and Collection Policies.

     "Loan Rate" means with respect to any Auto Loan, the contract annual
     interest percentage rate on such Auto Loan.

     "Loan Revenue Account" means a segregated account maintained by the
     Collateral Agent and entitled the "AutoBond Funding Loan Revenue Account,
     Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Collateral Agent" or such
     other account specified in writing to the Servicer from time to time by the
     Borrower.

     "Lockbox" means the segregated lockbox and account established in the name
     of the Collateral Agent for the sole purpose of receiving collections on
     Specified Sold Auto Loans, pursuant to the Corporate Cash Management
     Services Agreement, dated May 21, 1996, between Comerica Bank - Texas and
     the Collateral Agent.

     "Net Payoff Balance" means, in respect of any Precomputed Auto Loans, the
     net payoff less any accrued but unpaid late charges, as determined in
     accordance with the worksheet attached as Schedule 2 to this Agreement.

     "Net Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Precomputed Auto Loan,
     the Net Payoff Balance as of the due date of the last full Scheduled
     Payment or, if more recent, the due date of the last periodic payment of
     principal thereon.

     "Net Unrealized Amount" means, (a) with respect to any Auto Loan more than
     90 days contractually past due or where the Financed Vehicle is otherwise
     subject to repossession (including voluntary or involuntary, or upon
     casualty), the Unpaid Principal Balance of such Auto Loan minus the sum of
     (i) any repossession proceeds allocable to principal actually received on
     such Auto Loan, (ii) any insurance proceeds allocable to principal actually
     received from a claim with respect to such Auto Loan and (iii) refunds
     received from the cancellation of any insurance policies or service
     contracts with respect to such Auto Loan, and (b) with respect to any Auto
     Loan where the related Obligor is in bankruptcy, the amount of losses
     allocable to principal incurred thereon.

     "Obligor" means, with respect to any Auto Loan, the Person primarily
     obligated to make payments in respect thereto.

     "Officer's Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate
     signed by the chairman of the board, vice chairman of the board, the
     president, a vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or the manager or
     any other duly authorized officer of such Person acceptable to the Borrower
     and the Collateral Agent; provided that in making a determination as to
     whether any such officer is acceptable, the Collateral Agent may request





                                        5
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

     direction from the Lender and shall be fully protected in relying upon any
     direction received from the Lender.

     "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel which opinion is
     acceptable to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent provided that in making
     a determination as to whether any such opinion is acceptable, the
     Collateral Agent shall only be required to determine whether such opinion
     complies as to form with the requirements of this Agreement, and in so
     doing, the Collateral Agent may request direction from the Lender and shall
     be fully protected in relying upon any direction received from the Lender.

     "Origination Agreement" has the meaning specified in recitals to this
     Agreement.

     "Payment Date" means the 15th day of each month (or, if such day is not a
     Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) commencing in the first
     full calendar month following the date on which the first Auto Loan is sold
     to the Borrower pursuant to the Origination Agreement.

     "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a
     business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
     association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or any other entity of
     whatever nature.

     "Post-Sale Adjustment" has the meaning specified in Section 3.08(c).

     "Precomputed Auto Loan" means any Auto Loan under which earned interest
     (which may be referred to in the Auto Loan as the add-on finance charge)
     and principal is determined according to the sum of periodic balances or
     the sum of monthly balances or the sum of the digits or any equivalent
     method commonly referred to as the "Rule of 78s".

     "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any proposed action, the
     condition that the taking of such action shall not result in a withdrawal
     or downgrade by Fitch of the then-current rating on the Notes.

     "Records" means all documents, books, records and other information
     (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch
     cards, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared
     and maintained by the Servicer or by or on behalf of the Borrower with
     respect to Auto Loans and the related Obligors.

     "Responsible Officer" means any officer within the corporate trust
     department of the Collateral Agent (or any successor thereof) including any
     vice president, assistant vice president, or any officer or assistant
     officer of the Collateral Agent customarily performing functions similar to
     those performed by any of the above-designated officers.

     "Sale Assignment" means, with respect to any Auto Loan, the assignment
     substantially in the form of the Retail Installment Contract and Security
     Agreement attached as Exhibit A





                                        6
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

     to the Origination Agreement pursuant to which such Auto Loan was purchased
     by the Borrower.

     "Scheduled Payment" means a payment due on an Auto Loan in accordance with
     its terms.

     "Securitization Trusts" means one or more trusts to which Auto Loans are
     transferred in connection with structured-finance securitization
     transactions.

     "Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement among the Borrower,
     AutoBond Acceptance Corporation and the Collateral Agent, dated as of May
     21, 1996, as amended from time to time.

     "Service Transfer" has the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

     "Servicer" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this
     Agreement.

     "Servicer Closing Fee" means $3,500, payable by the Borrower at closing.

     "Servicer Duties" has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

     "Servicer Fee" shall mean, as of any Payment Date, the sum of (a) an
     initial booking fee equal to the product of (i) $10 and (ii) the number of
     additional Specified Sold Auto Loans purchased by the Borrower during the
     immediately preceding Interest Period, (b) a servicing fee equal to the
     product of (i) $8 and (ii) the total number of Specified Sold Auto Loans
     which were outstanding at any time during the preceding Collection Period
     and (c) any expenses reimbursable in accordance with this Agreement.

     "Servicer Report" has the meaning specified in Section 2.17.

     "Servicing Officer" means any officer or employee of the Servicer involved
     in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of Auto Loans
     whose name appears on a list of servicing officers attached to Officer's
     Certificates furnished to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent by the
     Servicer, as such list may be amended from time to time by the party
     furnishing any such Officer's Certificate.

     "Specified Sold Auto Loans" means the Auto Loans pledged to the Collateral
     Agent from time to time pursuant to the Security Agreement.

     "Subservicer" means any Person with whom the Servicer enters into a
     Subservicing Agreement.

     "Subservicing Agreement" means any written contract between the Servicer
     and any Subservicer, relating to the Servicer Duties, in such form as has
     been approved by the Borrower and the Lender.






                                        7
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

     "Successor Servicer" has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a).

     "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant state.

     "Unpaid Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Specified Sold Auto
     Loan as of any Determination Date, (i) for an Auto Loan bearing interest
     calculable on a simple interest basis, the unpaid principal amount for such
     Auto Loan or (ii) for a Precomputed Auto Loan, the Net Principal Balance as
     of the end of the most recent Collection Period; provided, that for any
     Auto Loan where the Net Unrealized Amount equals the Unpaid Principal
     Balance, such Unpaid Principal Balance shall thereafter equal zero (other
     than for purposes of calculating certain amounts and ratios hereunder and
     under the Credit Agreement).

     "VSI Policy" means the Vendor's Single Interest Insurance Policy (including
     the Credit Endorsement), issued by Interstate Fire & Casualty Company to
     AutoBond, insuring against risk of physical damage and other losses on the
     Financed Vehicles.

      SECTION 1.02. Rules of Interpretation. The following rules apply to this
Agreement:

      (a) the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular;

      (b) "or" is not exclusive and "include" and "including" are not limiting;

      (c) a reference to any agreement or other contract includes permitted
supplements and amendments;

      (d) a reference to a law includes any amendment or modification to such
law and any rules or regulations issued thereunder or any law enacted in
substitution or replacement therefor;

      (e) a reference to a person includes its permitted successors and assigns;

      (f) a reference to an Article, a Section, an Exhibit or a Schedule without
further reference is to the relevant Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule of
this Agreement;

      (g) any right may be exercised at any time and from time to time;

      (h) the headings of the Articles and the Sections are for convenience and
shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement; and

      (i) words such as "hereunder", "hereto", "hereof" and "herein" and other
words of like import shall, unless the context clearly indicates to the
contrary, refer to the whole of this Agreement and not to any particular
Article, Section, subsection or clause hereof.







                                        8
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                           SERVICING OF PLEDGED ASSETS

      SECTION 2.01. Appointment of Servicer. The Borrower and the Collection
Agent hereby appoint the Servicer, and the Servicer accepts such appointment, to
perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Borrower and the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, the respective Auto Loans, the VSI Policy, to the extent
applicable to the Servicer Duties set forth in Section 2.04, and applicable law
and, to the extent consistent with such terms, in the same manner in which, and
with the same care, skill, prudence and diligence with which, it services and
administers Auto Loans of similar credit quality for other portfolios, if any,
giving due consideration to customary and usual standards of practice of prudent
institutional automobile loan servicers and, in each case, taking into account
its other obligations hereunder, but without regard to:

            (i) any relationship that the Servicer, any Subservicer or any
      Affiliate of the Servicer or any Subservicer may have with the related
      Obligor; or

            (ii) the ownership, or servicing for others, by the Servicer or any
      Subservicer, of any other automobile loans or property.

In the event that the Servicer believes that it is unable to comply with the
requirements of this Section 2.01 with respect to any particular Auto Loan as a
result of one or more of the factors described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this
Section 2.01, it may enter into a Subservicing Agreement pursuant to Section
2.02 pursuant to which a Subservicer shall perform its duties with respect to
such Auto Loan. In such event, so long as such Subservicer performs such duties
on behalf of the Servicer in accordance with the requirements of this Section
2.01, then the Servicer shall be deemed to be in compliance therewith.
Notwithstanding the above, the Servicer must obtain the prior written consent of
the Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent and must give prior written notice
to the Rating Agency to any such Subservicing Agreement. In the event that the
Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent do not consent to such a Subservicing
Agreement proposed by the Servicer, the Borrower shall have the right to remove
the Servicer as the servicer with respect to such Auto Loan and to appoint a
Successor Servicer with respect to such Auto Loan pursuant to Section 2.13.

      SECTION 2.02.  Subservicing Agreements Between Servicer and Subservicer.

      (a) Upon the prior written consent of the Collection Agent and the
Collateral Agent, the Servicer may enter into Subservicing Agreements with a
Subservicer for the performance of all or a part of the Servicer Duties.
References in this Agreement to actions taken or to be taken by the Servicer in
performance of the Servicer Duties include actions taken or to be taken by a
Subservicer on behalf of the Servicer. Each Subservicing Agreement will be upon
such terms and conditions as are not inconsistent with this Agreement. The
Servicer shall provide written notice to the Collection Agent, the Rating Agency
and the Collateral Agent promptly upon appointment of any Subservicer. For
purposes of this Agreement, the receipt by a Subservicer of any amount





                                        9
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

with respect to an Auto Loan (other than amounts representing servicing
compensation or reimbursement or an advance) shall be treated as the receipt by
the Servicer of such amount.

      (b) Upon the prior written consent of the Borrower, the Servicer shall be
entitled to terminate any Subservicing Agreement that may exist in accordance
with the terms and conditions of such Subservicing Agreement and without any
limitation by virtue of this Agreement.

      (c) Notwithstanding any Subservicing Agreement, any of the provisions of
this Agreement relating to agreements or arrangements between the Servicer or a
Subservicer or reference to actions taken through a Subservicer or otherwise,
the Servicer shall remain directly obligated and directly liable to the Borrower
and the Collateral Agent for the servicing and administering of the Auto Loans
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without diminution of such
obligation or liability (including its indemnity obligations under Section 4.03)
by virtue of such Subservicing Agreements or arrangements or by virtue of
indemnification from the Subservicer or the Servicer and to the same extent and
under the same terms and conditions as if the Servicer alone were servicing and
administering the Auto Loans. The Servicer shall be entitled to enter into any
agreement with a Subservicer for indemnification of the Servicer and nothing
contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit or modify such
indemnification.

      (d) Any Subservicing Agreement that may be entered into pursuant to this
Agreement and any other transaction or services relating to the Auto Loans
involving a Subservicer in its capacity as such that is consented to by the
Borrower shall be deemed to be between the Subservicer and the Servicer alone
and the Borrower, the Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not be
deemed parties thereto and shall have no claims, rights, obligations, duties or
liabilities with respect to the Subservicer.

      (e) If the Servicer shall for any reason no longer be the Servicer
hereunder (including by reason of any Event of Servicing Termination), the
Servicer, upon prior written consent of the Borrower, the Collection Agent and
the Collateral Agent, shall thereupon terminate each Subservicing Agreement that
may have been entered into, and neither the Borrower, the Collection Agent, the
Collateral Agent nor the Successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed any
liability or obligation thereunder, of the Servicer's interest therein or to
have replaced the Servicer as a party to any such Subservicing Agreement.

      SECTION 2.03. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer
represents and warrants to the Borrower, the Collection Agent and the Collateral
Agent, as follows, as of the date hereof (which representations and warranties
shall be deemed repeated on each date on which a Servicer Report is due to be
delivered hereunder as though made on and as of such date):

            (i) It is a limited liability partnership duly organized, validly
      existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and is
      duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing in every
      jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires it to be so
      qualified; it or a Subservicer is or will be in compliance with the laws
      of each state to the extent necessary to perform its obligations under
      this Agreement; and it or a





                                       10
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      Subservicer has obtained all necessary licenses with respect to it or such
      Subservicer required by law to enable it to perform its duties herein;

            (ii) It has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform
      this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

            (iii) The execution and delivery by it and the performance by it or
      a Subservicer of this Agreement, and the execution and delivery by it and
      the performance by it or a Subservicer of all other agreements,
      instruments and documents which may be delivered by it pursuant hereto,
      and the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) have been duly authorized by
      all necessary partnership or other action, on the part of it, (ii) do not
      contravene or cause it to be in default under (A) its organizational
      documents, (B) any contractual restriction with respect to any Debt of it
      or contained in any indenture, loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage,
      security agreement, bond, note, or other material agreement or instrument
      binding it or its property or (C) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ,
      judgment, award, injunction or decree applicable to or binding it or its
      property, and (iii) do not result in or require the creation of any
      Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties;

            (iv) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf
      of it;

            (v) No consent of, or other action by, and no notice to or filing
      with, any Governmental Authority or any other party is required for the
      due execution, delivery and performance by it (either directly or through
      a Subservicer) of this Agreement or any other agreement, document or
      instrument to be delivered by it hereunder;

            (vi) This Agreement is its legal, valid and binding obligation
      enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

            (vii) There is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding,
      nor any injunction, writ, restraining order or other order of a material
      nature against or affecting it, its officers or directors, or its
      property, in any court or tribunal, or before any arbitrator of any kind
      or before or by any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of
      this Agreement or any document to be delivered by it hereunder or (ii)
      seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to
      materially and adversely affect (A) the performance by it of its
      obligations under this Agreement, or (B) the validity or enforceability of
      this Agreement or any document to be delivered by it hereunder or (iii)
      which is inconsistent with the due consummation by it of the transactions
      contemplated by this Agreement;

            (viii) Its facilities, plant, personnel, records and products are
      adequate for the performance of its duties hereunder;

            (ix) The Servicer is not in default with respect to any order or
      decree of any court or any order, regulation or demand of any federal,
      state, municipal or governmental





                                       11
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      agency, which would reasonably be expected to have consequences that would
      materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or
      operations of the Servicer or its properties or would reasonably be
      expected to have consequences that would materially and adversely affect
      its performance hereunder;

            (x) No certificate of an officer, statement furnished in writing,
      report or electronic medium delivered pursuant to the terms hereof by the
      Servicer contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
      state any material fact to make the certificate, statement or report not
      misleading;

            (xi) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the
      ordinary course of business of the Servicer; and

            (xii) The Financed Vehicle securing each Auto Loan shall not be
      released by the Servicer or a Subservicer in whole or in part from the
      security interest granted by the Obligor, except as contemplated herein.

It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in
this Section 2.03 shall survive the execution of this Agreement.

      SECTION 2.04. Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer.

      (a) The Servicer shall manage, administer, monitor and service the Auto
Loans, including providing data management, payment processing and customer
service; provided that, prior to a resignation or termination of the Collection
Agent pursuant to Sections 3.06 or 3.07, the Servicer will not act as Collection
Agent. In performing its duties hereunder, the Servicer shall have full power
and authority to do or cause to be done any and all things in connection with
such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or desirable,
within the terms of this Agreement (the "Servicer Duties"). Prior to a
resignation or termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Sections 3.06 or
3.07, the Servicer will provide the following services (together with other
activities not inconsistent with the description below and implicitly necessary
to accomplish the usual and customary activities, other than collections, of an
automobile loan servicer):

      (i)   Boarding Functions:

            (1) Review for receipt of copies of Loan Files;
            (2) Input of new Auto Loan information into loan accounting system;
                and 
            (3) Preparation and mailing of welcome letters.

      (ii)  File Maintenance/Document Control Functions:

            (1) Retention of copies of the Loan Files;
            (2) Tracking of customer collision insurance on Automobiles and
                reporting to Collection Agent exposed Automobiles; and
            (3) Determination of Auto Loans being satisfied in full.





                                       12
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (iii) Customer Service Functions:

            (1) Preparation and transmittal of monthly billing statements to
                Obligors; 
            (2) Response to Obligor inquiries;
            (3) Research regarding billing statements, Obligor inquiries;
            (4) Maintenance of Obligor information; and
            (5) Preparation and transmittal of delinquency notices.

      (iv)  Payment Processing Functions:

            (1) Coordination of lockbox procedures;
            (2) Recording of loan payment information; and
            (3) Referral to Collection Agent of instances of non-sufficient
                funds.

      (v)   Reporting Functions:

            (1) Preparation and delivery of Servicer's Report.

      (vi)  Data Processing Functions:

            (1) Entry of data;
            (2) Operation of data center;
            (3) Operation of telecommunications; and
            (4) Operation and maintenance of collection system.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any of the duties set
forth above are assigned to the Collection Agent pursuant to Article III hereof,
the Servicer shall have no liability for such duty so long as the Collection
Agent continues to act in such capacity hereunder. Upon a resignation or
termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, all such
duties shall revert to the Servicer.

      (b) The Servicer may not sue to enforce or collect upon an Auto Loan in
its own name, or as agent for the Collateral Agent without the prior written
consent of the Collateral Agent.

      (c) In accordance with the standard of care in Section 2.01 the Servicer
may agree to grant to the Obligor on any Auto Loan any rebate, refund or
adjustment that the Servicer in good faith believes is required under the Auto
Loan or applicable law in connection with a prepayment in full of the Auto Loan,
and pursuant to written instructions from the Collection Agent, the Collateral
Agent shall remit the amount of any such rebate, refund or adjustment to the
applicable Obligors from the Collateral Account. The Servicer may not permit any
rescission or cancellation of any Auto Loan nor may it take any action with
respect to any Auto Loan or Sale Assignment which would invalidate the coverage
afforded by the VSI Policy to such Auto Loan or impair the rights of the
Borrower or the Collateral Agent therein or in the proceeds thereof.






                                       13
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (d) The Collection Agent (and in the case of item (i) only, the Servicer)
shall not advise the Collateral Agent that the Automobile securing an Auto Loan
should be released by the Collateral Agent from the security interest granted in
connection with such Auto Loan in whole or in part, except:

            (i) when such Auto Loan has been paid in full;

            (ii) immediately upon any exchange or substitution of such
      Automobile by the Dealer or manufacturer thereof in settlement of claims
      as to defects, breach of warranties, insurance and similar matters, with
      an Automobile of equal or greater collateral value as of the date of such
      exchange in the reasonable judgment of the Collection Agent (subject to
      all the terms hereof including the recordation of the lien thereon and the
      requirements of the VSI Policy);

            (iii) in connection with a repossession of an Automobile; or

            (iv) when all insurance proceeds with respect to such Automobile
      have been received by the Collateral Agent.

The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise amend the terms of any Auto Loan,
except in accordance herewith.

      (e) The Servicer shall hold in trust and deposit in the Lockbox
immediately upon receipt thereof any payment or deposit with respect to any Auto
Loan received by the Servicer. The Servicer shall not assert any right of setoff
or any lien with respect to such payment or deposit.

      (f) The Servicer agrees to monitor and track each Financed Vehicle for
maintenance of required physical damage insurance in the manner required by the
VSI Policy and to notify the Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent, as soon
as practicable but not later than 30 days after becoming initially aware, of
circumstances that would lead a reasonable person to believe that the insurance
on any Financed Vehicle is not being or will not be maintained in accordance
with applicable law and the terms of the applicable retail installment sales
contract, provided that if the VSI policy requirements should change, Servicer
is not obligated to comply with any different provision until such time as the
Servicer has been notified of such change, and has expressly agreed in writing
to the extent such modification would materially alter the obligations of the
Servicer.

      (g) Except as expressly provided herein, the Servicer shall not sell,
assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any
Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any Auto Loan (or any right to income in
respect thereof), or any account in which any payments with respect to any Auto
Loan are deposited, or assign any right to receive income in respect of any Auto
Loan.

      (h) The Servicer, the Borrower and the Collection Agent shall each
instruct each Obligor by written notice that all payments on Auto Loans shall be
mailed to the Lockbox, and, so long





                                       14
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

as AutoBond is serving as the Collection Agent hereunder, that such payments
shall be made payable to the order of "AutoBond Acceptance Corporation," in its
capacity as Collection Agent.

      (i) To the extent any duty or obligation of the Servicer set forth herein
is assigned to the Collection Agent pursuant to Article III hereof, the Servicer
shall have no liability for such duty or obligation so long as the Collection
Agent continues to act in such capacity hereunder. Upon a resignation or
termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, all such
duties shall revert to the Servicer.

      SECTION 2.05. Fidelity Bond, Errors and Omissions Insurance; Continent
Disaster Relief Protection.

      (a) The Servicer shall maintain, at its own expense, a blanket fidelity
bond and an errors and omissions insurance policy, with broad coverage with
responsible companies on all officers, employees or other Persons acting on
behalf of the Servicer in any capacity with regard to the Auto Loans to handle
funds, money, documents and papers relating to the Auto Loans. Any such fidelity
bond and errors and omissions insurance shall protect and insure the Servicer
against losses, including forgery, theft, embezzlement, fraud, errors and
omissions and negligent acts of such Persons and shall be maintained in a form
and amount that would meet the requirements of prudent institutional auto loan
servicers, in the amount of $100,000 in the case of fidelity coverage, and in
the amount of $1,000,000 in the case of errors and omissions coverage. No
provision of this Section 2.05(a) requiring such fidelity bond and errors and
omissions insurance shall diminish or relieve the Servicer from its duties and
obligations as set forth in this Agreement. The Servicer shall be deemed to have
complied with this provision with respect to itself if one of its respective
Affiliates has such fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy coverage and,
by the terms of such fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy, the coverage
afforded thereunder extends to the Servicer. The Servicer shall cause each and
every Subservicer for it to maintain a policy of insurance covering errors and
omissions and a fidelity bond which would meet such requirements. Upon request
of the Borrower or the Collateral Agent, the Servicer shall cause to be
delivered to the Collateral Agent a certification evidencing coverage under such
fidelity bond and insurance policy. The Collateral Agent shall have no
obligation (i) to request any such certification, unless directed to do so in
writing by the Lender or (ii) upon receipt of any such certification or of any
notice provided for in this Section 2.05(a), to approve, consent to, or
determine its compliance with, the requirements of this Section 2.05(a). Upon
receipt of any such certification or notice, the Collateral Agent's sole
responsibility shall be to deliver copies thereof to the Lender. Any such
fidelity bond or insurance policy shall (i) not be cancelled without ten days'
prior written notice to the Borrower, the Collection Agent (who shall promptly
forward a copy of such notice to the Rating Agency) and the Collateral Agent
immediately following the giving or receipt of such notice as is required or
allowed under the terms of such fidelity bond or insurance policy, as the case
may be, and (ii) not be modified in a materially adverse manner without ten
days' prior written notice by the Servicer to the Borrower, the Collection Agent
(who shall promptly forward a copy of such notice to the Rating Agency) and the
Collateral Agent.

      (b) The Servicer currently maintains, at its own expense, a computer
disaster recovery plan and computer disaster recovery procedures in forms
consistent with industry standards of





                                       15
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

prudent institutional receivables servicers and shall continue to maintain, at
its own expense, such a plan and such procedures as are consistent with such
standards and shall not modify, amend or revoke such procedures without giving
prior written notice thereof to the Rating Agency and the Lenders. No provision
of this Section 2.05(b) requiring such a plan and such procedures shall diminish
or relieve the Servicer from its duties and obligations as set forth in this
Agreement. The Servicer shall be deemed to have complied with this provision if
one of its respective Affiliates has such a plan and such procedures which also
affords protection to the Servicer. Upon request of the Borrower, the Lender,
the Collection Agent or the Collateral Agent, the Servicer shall cause to be
delivered to the Borrower, the Lender, the Collection Agent or the Collateral
Agent, as the case may be, a certification as to the existence of such a plan
and such procedures. The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation (i) to
request any such certification, unless directed to do so in writing by the
Lender or (ii) upon receipt of any such certification or of any notice provided
for in this Section 2.05(b), to approve, consent to, or determine its compliance
with, the requirements of this Section 2.05(b). Upon receipt of any such
certification or notice, the Collateral Agent's sole responsibility shall be to
deliver copies thereof to the Lender.

      SECTION 2.06. Inspection.

      (a) At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall afford the
Borrower, the Collection Agent, the Rating Agency, the Collateral Agent, the
Lender and their authorized agents, upon reasonable notice, reasonable access
(subject to the security rules and regulations of the Servicer) during normal
business hours to its records relating to the Auto Loans and will cause its
personnel to assist in any examination of such records by the Persons, provided,
that the foregoing shall not require any of such Persons to conduct any
inspection. The examination referred to in this Section 2.06 will be conducted
in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with the Servicer's normal
operations or customer or employee relations or require the Servicer to disclose
or expose confidential information related to its services hereunder or to its
other clients. Without otherwise limiting the scope of the examination, such
Persons may, using generally accepted auditing standards, verify the status of
each Auto Loan and review the copies of the Loan Files, Electronic Ledger and
records relating thereto for conformity to reports prepared pursuant to Section
2.17 and compliance with the standards represented or required to exist as to
each Auto Loan in this Agreement.

      (b) All information obtained by each of such Persons regarding the
Obligors and the Auto Loans, whether upon exercise of their respective rights
under this Section 2.06 or otherwise, shall be maintained in confidence and
shall not be disclosed to any other Person, except as otherwise required by
applicable law or regulation or if such information has been previously
disclosed through no act of such Person.

      SECTION 2.07. Possession and Payment of Auto Loans. The Servicer shall
determine when an Auto Loan has been paid in full. Upon request, and in no event
less than monthly, the Servicer shall notify the Collateral Agent, the
Collection Agent and the Borrower in writing as to the Auto Loans in connection
with which such a determination has been made. If the Servicer requires
possession of any Loan File or any documents related thereto in order to perform
its duties or obligations hereunder, prior to taking possession of any such Auto
Loan or documents, the





                                       16
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Servicer shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a trust receipt substantially in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Servicer agrees to promptly return
any such Auto Loan and documents, possession of which the Servicer takes in
accordance with this Section 2.07, after its need for possession thereof ceases.

      SECTION 2.08. Servicer Fee; Servicing Expenses.

      (a) On each Payment Date the Servicer shall be entitled to receive from
the Borrower by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account
designated in writing by the Servicer to the Collateral Agent from the funds on
deposit in the Loan Revenue Account an amount equal to the Servicer Fee as of
such Payment Date, subject to the priorities set forth in the Security Agreement
which priority shall not be modified without the Servicer's prior written
consent.

      (b) The Servicer shall be required to pay for all expenses incurred by it
in connection with its activities hereunder (including any payments to
accountants, counsel, Subservicers, or any other Person) and shall not be
entitled to any payment or reimbursement therefor; provided, however, that the
Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to an account designated in writing by the Servicer to the
Collateral Agent for the amount of any other expenses incurred with the prior
written consent of the Borrower. No later than five Business Days prior to each
Payment Date, the Servicer shall provide the Borrower with a list of items
eligible for reimbursement pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, in
such reasonable detail as the Borrower may request, together with its
certification by a Servicing Officer that all such items are eligible for
reimbursement hereunder. Any reimbursement to the Servicer for fees or costs
pursuant to this Section 2.08(b) shall be limited to the extent of the funds
available for reimbursement of Servicer, Administrator and Collection Agent fees
and expenses under the Security Agreement.

      (c) The Servicer acknowledges and agrees that if an event of default under
the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, the Servicer's right
to receive any fees, costs and expenses owing to the Servicer under this
Agreement shall be subordinate to the right of payment of the following amounts:

            (i) all fees, costs and expenses owing to the Collateral Agent.

      (d) Each of Borrower and the Collateral Agent covenants and agrees that
upon a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of the occurrence of an
event of default under the Credit Agreement, it shall promptly give notice
thereof to the Servicer; provided, that the Collateral Agent shall have no duty
to inquire or to investigate the occurrence of an Event of Default under the
Credit Agreement.

      (e) Each of the Borrower, the Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent
agrees that, without the written consent of the Servicer, it will not amend the
Security Agreement (i) to change the source of the payment of the Servicer Fee
and to the extent the Servicer has assumed the Collection Agent's duties, rights
and obligations hereunder, the Collection Agent Fee, (ii) if such amendment
would further subordinate the payment to the Servicer of the Servicer Fee, to
change





                                       17
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

the priority of payment of the Servicer Fee, or (iii) to materially change the
rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement of the Servicer, whether as
Servicer hereunder or as Collection Agent, to the extent the Servicer has
assumed the rights, duties and obligations of the Collection Agent hereunder.

      SECTION 2.09. Collection Agent To Maintain Computer Link. Without
limitation of its obligations in respect of the other provisions of this
Agreement, and in addition to the duties of the Servicer, the Collection Agent
has supported and will continue to support non-dedicated dial-up capability with
the Servicer. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary,
the Collection Agent shall have no duty or obligation with respect to the
information provided via the computer link described in the preceding sentence.

      SECTION 2.10. Resignation or Termination of Servicer.

      (a) The Servicer may resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed
on it upon its determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder
has become impermissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable
action which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties
hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting
the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an
Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Borrower, the Collection
Agent and the Collateral Agent before any such resignation and as to clause (ii)
by an Officer's Certificate to such effect delivered to the Borrower, the
Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent before any such resignation. The
action referred to in the first clause (ii) of this Section 2.10(a) will not be
considered reasonable if it requires the payment of extraordinary fees or costs
for which the Servicer is not eligible for reimbursement under Section 2.08.
Promptly upon such resignation, the Collection Agent shall notify the Rating
Agency, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

      (b) The Collection Agent or the Borrower may, upon 30 days' notice to the
Servicer, terminate the Servicer as Servicer hereunder and as Collection Agent,
if the Servicer is then Collection Agent, without cause, subject to payment of a
fee of $6.50 per outstanding Specified Sold Auto Loan (but not less than
$3,500); provided, that such termination shall not be effective unless (i) a
Successor Servicer shall have been appointed pursuant to section 2.13 or (ii)
the Collateral Agent has agreed to become Successor Servicer in accordance with
Section 2.13.

      (c) The Servicer may, upon 180 days' notice to the Borrower, the
Collateral Agent, the Collection Agent and each Lender, resign as Servicer
hereunder; provided, however, that such resignation may be effective earlier if
a Successor Servicer is appointed in accordance with Section 2.13 prior to the
expiration of such 180 day period; and provided, further, in the event the
Servicer resigns pursuant to this Section 2.10(c), and no successor is appointed
on or before the expiration of such 180 day period, then the Collateral Agent
may agree to assume the duties of the Servicer as Successor Servicer hereunder.
Each of the Collection Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders agree to cooperate
fully with the Servicer in connection with the appointment of a successor
Servicer.






                                       18
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.11. Change in Business of the Servicer. Each of the Borrower,
the Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent has entered into this Agreement
with the Servicer in reliance upon its ability to perform the servicing duties,
if necessary, without any delegation thereof; the adequacy of its plant,
personnel, records and procedures; its integrity, reputation and financial
standing and the continuance of each of the foregoing. The Servicer shall not,
without prior written consent of the Borrower, the Collection Agent and the
Collateral Agent (a) make any material change in the character of its business;
or (b) merge with or into or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer,
lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (whether
now owned or hereafter acquired), or acquire all or substantially all of the
assets or capital stock or other ownership interest of, any other corporation.

      SECTION 2.12. Events of Servicing Termination. If any of the following
events (each, an "Event of Servicing Termination") shall occur and be
continuing:

            (a) Any failure by the Servicer to deposit into the Lockbox any
      payment or partial payment or deposit identified with respect to any Auto
      Loan received by the Servicer and the continuance of such failure for a
      period of two Business Days after the date upon which such payment or
      deposit is received by the Servicer; or

            (b) Failure on the part of the Servicer to observe or perform any
      term, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, including the Servicer
      Duties (other than the agreement to deliver the Servicer Report pursuant
      to Section 2.17), which failure continues unremedied for 30 days after
      discovery by the Servicer or the date on which written notice of such
      failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the
      Servicer by the Borrower, the Collection Agent or, upon direction of the
      Lender, by the Collateral Agent; or

            (c) Any proceeding shall be instituted against the Servicer (or, if
      the Servicer is actively contesting the merits thereof, such proceeding is
      not dismissed within 60 days) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or
      insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
      arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or any
      of its Debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
      reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for
      relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
      similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, or
      any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without
      limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment
      of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for
      any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or

            (d) The commencement by the Servicer of a voluntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to
      be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry
      of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Servicer in an
      involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the
      commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against
      it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or





                                       19
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or
      state law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the
      appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator,
      assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Servicer or of
      any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment
      for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its
      inability to pay its Debts generally as they become due, or the taking of
      corporate action by the Servicer in furtherance of any such action; or

            (e) The Servicer shall fail to deliver a report at the time, in the
      form and containing the information expressly required by this Agreement,
      and the continuance of such failure for a period of 5 Business Days after
      the date upon which written notice of such failure shall have been given
      to the Servicer by the Borrower, the Collection Agent or, upon direction
      of the Lender, by the Collateral Agent; or

            (f) There is a breach of any of the representations and warranties
      of the Servicer set forth in section 2.03 which breach shall be in the
      opinion of the Collection Agent or the Lender reasonably expected to have
      a material adverse effect on the Auto Loans at the time when the notice
      referred to in this clause (f) shall be given to the Servicer and such
      breach shall not have been cured within 30 days or such longer period as
      may be agreed to by the Collection Agent and the Lender after receipt of
      written notice thereof by the Servicer; or

            (g) The Rating Agency determines that having the Servicer act as
      servicer hereunder will prevent the Rating Agency from issuing or
      maintaining ratings of at least "A" or will result in a review with
      negative implications, suspension, downgrade, withdrawal or other
      impairment of any such rating;

then, and in any such event, either the Borrower, the Collection Agent or, upon
direction of the Lender, the Collateral Agent, may by delivery to the Servicer
of a written notice specifying the occurrence of any of the foregoing events
terminate the servicing and custodial responsibilities of the Servicer
hereunder, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby waived by the Servicer (such termination and any termination of the
Servicer pursuant to Section 2.10 hereby called a "Service Transfer"); provided,
that in the event any of the events described in subsections (c) or (d) of this
Section 2.12 shall have occurred, termination of the duties and responsibilities
of the Servicer shall automatically occur, without, demand, protest, or further
notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Servicer.
Notwithstanding the above, if the Borrower, the Collection Agent or, upon the
direction of the Lender, the Collateral Agent notifies the Servicer that
circumstances exist that would result in the occurrence of an Event of Servicing
Termination described in Section 2.12(g), each party hereto will negotiate in
good faith with the other parties hereto and with the Rating Agency to prevent
the occurrence of such an Event of Servicing Termination; provided, however,
that such Event of Servicing Termination shall nevertheless occur upon
expiration of 30 days following the date of such notice unless the existing
circumstances leading to such Event of Servicing Termination have been cured to
the satisfaction of all parties hereto.






                                       20
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.13. Appointment of the Successor Servicer.

      (a) Upon the effectiveness of the termination of the Servicer's
responsibilities under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or Section
2.12, the Collateral Agent shall assume the responsibilities of the Servicer
hereunder as a successor Servicer (a "Successor Servicer"), unless and until
another Successor Servicer has been appointed by the Collection Agent. The
Collection Agent shall give the Collateral Agent and the Rating Agencies not
less than 30 days' prior written notice of its intent to appoint a Successor
Servicer pursuant to this Section 2.13(a). Such appointment shall become
effective following the expiration of such 30-day period (or such shorter period
agreed to by the Collection Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Rating Agency)
on a date to be specified by the Collection Agent; provided, that, on or before
such effective date, the Collateral Agent and the Collection Agent shall have
received written confirmation from the Rating Agency that the Rating Agency
Condition has been satisfied and the Collateral Agent shall have consented in
writing to the appointment of such party as Successor Servicer. Such Successor
Servicer shall succeed to all rights and assume all of the responsibilities,
duties and liabilities of the Servicer under this Agreement; provided, that such
Successor Servicer and the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for any
actions of the Servicer prior to the date of the appointment of such Successor
Servicer as Servicer. The standard of care, representations and warranties,
covenants, liabilities, rights of indemnification, and all other rights and
obligations of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the Security
Agreement shall also be applicable to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as
successor servicer hereunder. Such Successor Servicer shall be authorized and
empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact
or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and to do any and all
acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of
termination and to perform the duties of the Servicer hereunder (including its
duties as Successor Servicer hereunder but excluding its duty to indemnify
pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and (b)). In the event that the Collateral Agent is
unable to act as the Successor Servicer, the Collection Agent shall appoint a
successor to the Servicer acceptable to the Lender and the Rating Agency. The
Collateral Agent shall have the right to appoint as its agent a third party to
perform the duties and obligations of the Collateral Agent as successor servicer
hereunder. The appointment of any such person shall require the prior written
approval of the Collection Agent, to the extent the Collection Agent is not the
Servicer, and the Lender, which will not be unreasonably withheld. If the
Collection Agent fails to appoint a Successor Servicer within thirty (30) days
after the effective date of the termination of the Servicer, the Collateral
Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established
institution having a net worth of not less than $5,000,000 and whose regular
business shall include the performance of duties and obligations like those of
the Servicer hereunder as the Successor Servicer, which petition may take the
form of an action against the Borrower to specifically enforce the obligation of
the Borrower to appoint a Successor Servicer hereunder. If for any reason, a
Successor Servicer has not been appointed either by the Borrower or by a court
of competent jurisdiction, or such Successor Servicer has not accepted such
appointment, within ninety (90) days after the effective date of termination of
the Servicer, then the Collateral Agent shall have no further responsibility or
obligation to act as Successor Servicer and shall have no responsibility or
liability for the acts or omissions of the Successor Servicer. The Collateral
Agent shall not be responsible for compensating the Borrower for any increase in
the Servicer Fee associated with a Successor Servicer.





                                       21
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (b) As Successor Servicer, the Collateral Agent will be entitled to the
same compensation as the Servicer. Any Successor Servicer other than the
Collateral Agent appointed by the Borrower hereunder shall be entitled to
reasonable compensation (including the estimated costs of such servicing and a
reasonable profit) which shall be determined by the Collection Agent and
consented to by the Lender. Any Successor Servicer appointed by a court of
competent jurisdiction or any agent of the Collateral Agent as Successor
Servicer upon becoming the Successor Servicer pursuant to Section 2.13 (a),
shall be entitled to compensation (including the estimated costs of servicing
and a reasonable profit) equal to the prevailing market rate for such services,
but not in excess of the Servicer Fee. Any excess will be paid by the Collection
Agent.

      (c) The outgoing Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Collateral Agent and
the Successor Servicer shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement
and the Security Agreement, that shall be reasonably necessary to effectuate any
such succession, including, without limitation, (i) the express assumption by
such Successor Servicer of the duties and obligations of the outgoing Servicer
hereunder (except as to the Collateral Agent as the Successor Servicer, the
Servicer's indemnification obligation under Section 4.03(a) and (b) shall not
apply), (ii) notifying Obligors in writing of the existence of the Successor
Servicer, and (iii) providing such Successor Servicer with all Records
maintained or held by the outgoing servicer as Servicer hereunder, including all
paper files and all electronic files, at no charge. In the event the Servicer is
terminated without cause pursuant to Section 2.10(b), it shall be entitled to
receive an additional one-time termination fee in the amount of $6.50 per
outstanding Specified Sold Auto Loan (but not less than $3,500) (the
"Termination Fee"), but no other additional or extra compensation beyond that
which would be otherwise due to it under this Agreement to and including the
date on which the Servicer is so terminated. Such Termination Fee shall be
payable from the Collection Agent's own funds and such termination of the
Servicer shall not be effective unless and until such termination fee is paid in
full to the Servicer.

      (d) Upon appointment, any Successor Servicer shall be successor in all
respects to the outgoing Servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set
forth or provided for herein and shall be subject to all responsibilities,
duties and liabilities relating thereto placed upon the Servicer by the terms
and provisions hereof (subject to the same limitations as are contained in this
Section 2.13 with respect to a succession to the outgoing Servicer by the
Collateral Agent).

      SECTION 2.14. Effect of Service Transfer.

      (a) Prior to any Service Transfer, the outgoing Servicer shall notify (or,
to the extent that the Servicer provided such notice pursuant to Section
2.13(c), confirm the notice to) Obligors of the existence of the Successor
Servicer.

      (b) After any Service Transfer, the outgoing Servicer shall have no
further obligations with respect to the management, servicing, custody or
monitoring of the collection of the Auto Loans and the Successor Servicer shall
have all of such obligations.

      (c) A Service Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder (including, but not limited to, the obligations and
indemnities of the outgoing Servicer pursuant





                                       22
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

to Article IV) other than those relating to the management, servicing, custody
or monitoring of the collection of the Auto Loans by the Successor Servicer.

      SECTION 2.15. Annual Reports; Statements as to Compliance.

      (a) On or before one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each
fiscal year of the Servicer, the Servicer shall deliver to the Borrower, the
Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Rating Agency, a copy of the financial
statements of Computer Sciences Corporation and Mitchell Sweet & Associates,
Inc. (or the Successor Servicer) containing a report of a firm of Independent
Public Accountants to the effect that such firm has examined certain books and
records of Computer Sciences Corporation and Mitchell Sweet & Associates, Inc.
(or the Successor Servicer) and that, on the basis of such examination conducted
substantially in compliance with generally accepted audit standards such
financial statements accurately reflect the financial condition of Computer
Sciences Corporation and Mitchell Sweet & Associates, Inc. (or the Successor
Servicer).

      (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent by
the seventh Business Day of each month an Officer's Certificate stating, as to
each signer thereof, that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer during
the preceding calendar month and of performance under this Agreement has been
made under such officer's supervision and (b) to the best of such officer's
knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its respective
obligations under this Agreement throughout such month, or, if there has been an
Event of Servicing Termination or if an event has occurred that with notice or
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Servicing Termination, specifying
each such Event of Servicing Termination or event known to such officer and
nature and status thereof, and remedies therefor being pursued. Notwithstanding
the obligation to deliver such certificates, the Servicer shall promptly (but in
any event within seven Business Days) notify the Borrower, the Lender, the
Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent upon receiving actual knowledge of any
event which constitutes an Event of Servicing Termination or would constitute an
Event of Servicing Termination but for the requirement that notice be given or
time elapse or both.

      (c) Upon receipt of any report, certificate or other information delivered
to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 2.15, the Collateral Agent
shall deliver a copy thereof to the Lender in accordance with the Security
Agreement but shall have no duty or obligation to consent to, approve or
determine the compliance thereof with the requirements of this Agreement.

      SECTION 2.16. Annual Independent Public Accountants' Servicing Report.
Within 90 days after each of its fiscal years, the Servicer at its expense shall
cause an Independent Public Accountant to furnish a statement to the Borrower,
the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Rating Agency to the effect that such
firm has examined certain documents and records relating to the servicing of the
Auto Loans and the reporting requirements with respect thereto and that, on the
basis of such examination, such servicing and reporting requirements applicable
to the Servicer have been conducted in compliance with this Agreement, except
for (a) such exceptions as such firm shall believe to be immaterial and (b) such
other exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement; provided, that to the
extent the expense of such report shall exceed 2% of the aggregate Servicer Fee
paid to the Servicer during such fiscal year, such expenses will be borne





                                       23
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

by the Collection Agent. Upon receipt of any report, certificate or other
information delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 2.16, the
Collateral Agent shall deliver a copy thereof to the Lender in accordance with
the Security Agreement but shall have no duty or obligation to consent to,
approve or determine the compliance thereof with the requirements of this
Agreement.

      SECTION 2.17. Servicer Reports.

      (a) The Servicer shall furnish by the seventh Business Day of each month,
to the Borrower, the Collection Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lender, an
Officer's Certificate, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B
(the "Servicer Report"), which Servicer Report shall contain all information
necessary for the Collateral Agent to make the distributions from, and transfers
among, the accounts required by the Security Agreement. In addition, the
Servicer and/or the Collection Agent shall provide the Collateral Agent with
such additional written information and certifications as may be necessary for
the Collateral Agent to make the distributions from, and transfers among, the
various accounts required by this Agreement and the Security Agreement on a
daily, or other, basis.

      (b) The Servicer Report shall include a certification (i) that the
information contained in such certificate is accurate, (ii) that no Event of
Servicing Termination, or event that with notice or lapse of time or both would
become an Event of Servicing Termination, has occurred, or if an Event of
Servicing Termination or such event has occurred and is continuing, specifying
the Event of Servicing Termination or such event and its status and (iii) that
the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in Section 2.03 of
this Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of the date of such
certificate.

      (c) Upon receipt of any report, certificate or other information delivered
to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Collateral Agent
shall deliver a copy thereof to the Lender in accordance with the Security
Agreement but shall have no duty or obligation to consent to, approve or
determine the compliance thereof with the requirements of this Agreement.

      SECTION 2.18. Confidentiality. Each of the Borrower and the Collateral
Agent acknowledges the proprietary nature of certain of the software, software
procedures, software development tools, know-how, methodologies, processes and
technologies of the Servicer and agrees (i) that it shall use the same means as
it uses to protect its own confidential information, but in no event less than
reasonable means, to avoid disclosure, by it or its agents or employees, to any
third party of any confidential or proprietary information of the Servicer
identified as such by the Servicer to it, except to the extent that any such
person may be required to disclose any such information (x) by law or any legal
process or proceeding, including, without limitation, in connection with an
examination or audit by any governmental regulatory agency, in which case such
person shall give notice of such event to the Servicer or (y) in connection with
its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other transaction documents,
and (ii) that all such confidential or proprietary software, software
procedures, software development tools, know-how, methodologies, process and
technologies that are based upon trade secrets or proprietary information of the
Servicer identified as such by the Servicer to it shall be and remain the
property





                                       24
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

of the Servicer and that each of the Borrower, the Collection Agent and the
Collateral Agent will have no ownership interest therein or ownership claim
thereto.

      SECTION 2.19. Delivery of Documents.

      (a) On the date hereof the Servicer shall have delivered to the Borrower,
the Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent the following, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Borrower:

            (i) the organizational documents; a certificate of existence, dated
      no more than ten days prior to such date, from the Secretary of State of
      Texas and, if applicable, a good standing certificate from each state in
      which the Servicer is required to qualify to do business;

            (ii) a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of the
      Servicer (on which certificate such party may conclusively rely until such
      time as it shall receive from the Servicer a revised certificate meeting
      the requirements of this subsection) certifying as of such date: (A) the
      names and true signatures of the officers authorized on its behalf to sign
      this Agreement, (B) a copy of the Servicer's organizational documents and
      (C) a copy of the resolutions of the general partner of the Servicer
      approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

            (iii) an Officer's Certificate from the Servicer certifying that (A)
      the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in Section
      2.03 of this Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of
      such date and (B) no Event of Servicing Termination, or event that with
      notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Servicing
      Termination, has occurred; and

            (iv) the opinion of the Servicer's counsel dated such date in the
      form of Exhibit C.

      (b) On or prior to March 31 in each calendar year, beginning in 1997, the
Servicer shall deliver to the Borrower an Officer's Certificate from the
Servicer dated such date certifying to the items listed in Section 2.19(a).

      SECTION 2.20. Standard of Care. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder and in administering and tracking the insurance policies maintained by
obligors relating to the Auto Loans pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, the
Servicer will comply with all applicable state and federal laws and will
exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the highest degree of
skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar motor vehicle
retail installment sales contracts or loans owned and/or serviced by the
Servicer, and will apply in performing such duties and obligations, those
standards, policies and procedures consistent with the best standards, policies
and procedures the Servicer applies with respect to similar motor vehicle retail
installment contracts or loans owned or serviced by it; provided, however,
notwithstanding the foregoing, Servicer shall not be required to perform
optional services that it performs for some but not substantially all of its
clients unless such optional services are separately described in this





                                       25
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

agreement and further, the Servicer shall not, except pursuant to a judicial
order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or as otherwise required by
applicable law or regulation, release or waive the right to collect the unpaid
balance on any Auto Loan. In performing its duties and obligations hereunder,
solely with respect to insurance tracking as specified in the Servicer's duties
as set forth in Section 2.04(a), the Servicer shall comply with the VSI Policy
and all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, shall maintain all
state and federal licenses and franchises necessary for it to perform its
servicing responsibilities hereunder, and shall not impair the rights of the
Borrower or the Collection Agent in the Auto Loans.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                COLLECTION AGENT

      SECTION 3.01. Appointment of Collection Agent. The Collection Agent shall
perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the
respective Auto Loans and applicable law and, to the extent consistent with such
terms, in the same manner in which, and with the same care, skill, prudence and
diligence with which, it services and administers Auto Loans of similar credit
quality for other portfolios, if any, giving due consideration to customary and
usual standards of practice of prudent institutional automobile loan collection
agents and, in each case, taking into account its other obligations hereunder,
but without regard to:

            (i) any relationship that the Collection Agent or any Affiliate of
      the Collection Agent may have with the related Obligor;

            (ii) the Collection Agent's right to receive compensation for its
      services hereunder or with respect to any particular transaction; or

            (iii) the ownership, or servicing for others, by the Collection
      Agent, of any other automobile loans or property.

In furtherance of the servicing standard set forth above in this Section
3.01(b), and in accordance with the provisions of the AutoBond Program Manual
and subject to any express limitations set forth in this Agreement (and the
subrogation rights of any insurance company issuing the Insurance Policy), the
Collection Agent shall also seek to maximize the timely and complete recovery of
principal and interest on Auto Loans; provided, however, that nothing herein
contained shall be construed as an express or implied guarantee by the
Collection Agent of the collectibility of the Auto Loans.

      SECTION 3.02. Representations and Warranties of the Collection Agent. The
Collection Agent represents and warrants to the Borrower, the Servicer and the
Collateral Agent, as follows, as of the date hereof (which representations and
warranties shall be deemed repeated on each date on which a Collection Agent
Report is due to be delivered hereunder as though made on and as of such date):





                                       26
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (i) It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
      standing under the laws of the State of Texas and is duly qualified to do
      business, and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the
      nature of its business requires it to be so qualified; it will be in
      compliance with the laws of each state to the extent necessary to perform
      its obligations under this Agreement; and it has obtained all necessary
      licenses with respect to it required by law to enable it to perform its
      duties herein;

            (ii) It has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver
      and perform this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

            (iii) The execution and delivery by it and the performance by it of
      this Agreement, and the execution and delivery by it and the performance
      by it of all other agreements, instruments and documents which may be
      delivered by it pursuant hereto, and the transactions contemplated hereby,
      (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action,
      on the part of it, (ii) do not contravene or cause it to be in default
      under (A) its articles of incorporation, (B) any contractual restriction
      with respect to any Debt of it or contained in any indenture, loan or
      credit agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note, or
      other material agreement or instrument binding it or its property or (C)
      any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or
      decree applicable to or binding it or its property, and (iii) do not
      result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with
      respect to any of its properties;

            (iv) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf
      of it;

            (v) No consent of, or other action by, and no notice to or filing
      with, any Governmental Authority or any other party is required for the
      due execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement or any
      other agreement, document or instrument to be delivered by it hereunder;

            (vi) This Agreement is its legal, valid and binding obligation
      enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

            (vii) There is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding,
      nor any injunction, writ, restraining order or other order of a material
      nature against or affecting it, its officers or directors, or its
      property, in any court or tribunal, or before any arbitrator of any kind
      or before or by any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of
      this Agreement or any document to be delivered by it hereunder or (ii)
      seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to
      materially and adversely affect (A) the performance by it of its
      obligations under this Agreement, or (B) the validity or enforceability of
      this Agreement or any document to be delivered by it hereunder or (iii)
      which is inconsistent with the due consummation by it of the transactions
      contemplated by this Agreement;

            (viii) Its facilities, plant, personnel, records and products are
      adequate for the performance of its duties hereunder;





                                       27
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

            (ix) The Collection Agent is not in default with respect to any
      order or decree of any court or any order, regulation or demand of any
      federal, state, municipal or governmental agency, which would reasonably
      be expected to have consequences that would materially and adversely
      affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the
      Collection Agent or its properties or would reasonably be expected to have
      consequences that would materially and adversely affect its performance
      hereunder;

            (x) Each certificate of an officer and each statement furnished in
      writing, report or electronic medium delivered pursuant to the terms
      hereof by the Collection Agent is accurate and complete with respect to
      the information purported to be set forth therein;

            (xi) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the
      ordinary course of business of the Collection Agent; and

            (xii) The Automobile securing each Auto Loan shall not be released
      by the Collection Agent in whole or in part from the security interest
      granted by the Obligor, except as contemplated herein.

It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in
this Section 3.02 shall survive the execution of this Agreement.

      SECTION 3.03. Duties and Responsibilities of the Collection Agent.

      (a) Until such time as the Collection Agent resigns or is removed, the
Collection Agent shall remain the prior lienholder of record with respect to
each Financed Vehicle relating to the Specified Sold Auto Loans; provided, that
the Collection Agent shall remain the prior lienholder acting only as an agent
of the Borrower. Upon any resignation or removal of the Collection Agent in
accordance with Section 3.06 or 3.07, the Collection Agent shall, at its sole
expense, promptly take all action necessary for the Borrower to become the
lienholder in respect of each Financed Vehicle relating to the Specified Sold
Auto Loans. In the event the Servicer assumes the duties of the Collection Agent
hereunder, the Servicer may request from, and rely on, direction from the
Borrower or during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit
Agreement, the Lender as to the appropriateness of instituting any litigation
necessary in order to protect the Borrower's and the Lender's interest in the
Auto Loans. In such event the Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement for
any related expenses to the extent provided in Section 3.05(b).

      (b) The duties and responsibilities of the Collection Agent shall consist
of (i) receiving and administering collections on the Specified Sold Auto Loans,
(ii) arranging for and administering repossessions of the Financed Vehicles
related to the Specified Sold Auto Loans, (iii) disposing of each Financed
Vehicle related to a Specified Sold Auto Loan whether following repossession or
otherwise and (iv) filing of insurance claims and performing the duties of the
named insured under the VSI Policy with respect to each Specified Sold Auto Loan
affected by a repossession or otherwise. Notwithstanding any other provision in
this Agreement, the Collection Agent shall administer collections on Specified
Sold Auto Loans at all times in such a manner that each Specified Sold Auto Loan
shall remain eligible for coverage under the Insurance Policies.





                                       28
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

The Collection Agent, on behalf of the Collateral Agent, shall take such
reasonable action as shall be necessary to permit recovery on each Specified
Sold Auto Loan under the Insurance Policies.

      (c) The Collection Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the
Collateral Agent and shall forward to the Collateral Agent or the Lockbox
Account as applicable, immediately upon receipt thereof any proper payment or
deposit with respect to any Specified Sold Auto Loan received by the Collection
Agent. The Collection Agent shall not assert any right of setoff or any lien
with respect to such payment or deposit.

      (d) Except as expressly provided herein in connection with its duty to
effect liquidations and repossessions, the Collection Agent shall not sell,
assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any
Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any Specified Sold Auto Loan (or any
right to income in respect thereof), or any account in which any payments with
respect to any Specified Sold Auto Loan are deposited, or assign any right to
receive income in respect of any Specified Sold Auto Loan.

      (e) The Collection Agent shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent
following its becoming aware that any Financed Vehicle is no longer eligible for
coverage under the Insurance Policies, or following its receipt of notice from
Interstate that it has rejected a claim submitted by the Collection Agent with
respect to any Financed Vehicle.

      SECTION 3.04. Possession of Auto Loans. If the Collection Agent requires
possession of any Auto Loan or any documents related thereto in order to perform
its duties or obligations hereunder, prior to taking possession of any such Auto
Loan or documents, the Collection Agent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a
trust receipt substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The
Collection Agent agrees to promptly return any such Auto Loan and documents,
possession of which the Collection Agent takes in accordance with this Section
3.04, after its need for possession thereof ceases.

      SECTION 3.05. Collection Agent Fee; Collection Agent Expenses.

      (a) On each Payment Date the Collection Agent shall be entitled to receive
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in
writing by the Collection Agent to the Collateral Agent from the funds on
deposit in the Loan Revenue Account an amount equal to the Collection Agent Fee,
and to the extent the Servicer is the Collection Agent, the Upfront Collection
Agent Fee, as of such Payment Date.

      (b) The Collection Agent shall be reimbursed by the Borrower for all
expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including
any payments to accountants, counsel, or any other Person), in accordance with
the Security Agreement, and only to the extent of funds available therefor, and
subject to the priorities set forth, under the Security Agreement; provided,
further, that in the event the Servicer has assumed the obligations of the
Collection Agent it shall be entitled to receive the Collection Agent Fee and
the Upfront Collection Agent Fee as provided in the Security Agreement and its
right to reimbursement under this Section is further limited to the extent
stated in Section 2.08(b).





                                       29
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      SECTION 3.06. Collection Agent Not to Resign; Termination of Collection
Agent Without Cause.

      (a) The Collection Agent shall not resign from the obligations and duties
hereby imposed on it except upon its determination that (a) the performance of
its duties hereunder has become impermissible under applicable law and (b) there
is no reasonable action which the Collection Agent could take to make the
performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such
determination permitting the resignation of the Collection Agent shall be
evidenced as to clause (a) above by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect
delivered to the Borrower, the Servicer and the Collateral Agent before any such
resignation and as to clause (b) by an Officer's Certificate to such effect
delivered to the Borrower, the Servicer and the Collateral Agent before any such
resignation. The action referred to in the first clause (b) of this Section 3.06
will not be considered reasonable if it requires the payment of extraordinary
fees or costs for which the Collection Agent is not eligible for reimbursement
under Section 3.05.

      (b) The Borrower may, upon 30 days' notice to the Collection Agent,
terminate the Collection Agent as Collection Agent hereunder without cause.

      (c) Upon any termination of the Collection Agent pursuant to this Section
3.06, the Servicer shall become liable for all duties and obligations assigned
herein to the Collection Agent from the date the Servicer succeeds to the duties
of the Collection Agent. Upon an assumption by the Servicer of the duties of the
Collection Agent, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Collection Agent
fee (which duties and fees shall hereafter not be affected by any modification
not consented to in writing by the Servicer). Upon such an assumption, the
Servicer is authorized to accept and rely on all of the accounting, records and
work of the prior Collection Agent without any audit or other examination
thereof, and the Servicer shall have no duty, responsibility, obligation or
liability (collectively "Liability") for the acts or omissions of the prior
Collection Agent. If any error, inaccuracy or omission (collectively "Errors")
exists in any information received from the prior Collection Agent and such
Errors should cause or materially contribute to the Servicer making, or
continuing to make, any Errors (collectively "Continuing Errors"), the Servicer
shall have no liability for such Continuing Errors. In the event the Servicer
becomes aware of Errors or Continuing Errors, which in the opinion of the
Servicer impair its ability to perform its services hereunder, the Servicer may
with prior written notice to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent, undertake
such data or records reconstruction as it deems appropriate to correct such
Errors and Continuing Errors and to prevent future Continuing Errors, and the
Servicer's reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be deemed
expenses owing to the Servicer hereunder for purposes of Section 6.04(e)(iv) of
the Security Agreement.

      SECTION 3.07. Events of Collection Agent Termination. If any of the
following events (each, an "Event of Collection Agent Termination") shall occur
and be continuing:

            (a) Any failure by the Collection Agent to forward to the Collateral
      Agent or the Lockbox Account, as applicable, any payment or partial
      payment or deposit with respect to any Auto Loan received by the
      Collection Agent and the continuance of such failure for





                                       30
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      a period of 2 Business Days after the date upon which such payment or
      deposit is received by the Collection Agent; or

            (b) Failure on the part of the Collection Agent to observe or
      perform any term, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, which failure
      continues unremedied for 10 days after the date on which written notice of
      such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to
      the Collection Agent by the Borrower, the Servicer or, upon direction of
      the Lender, by the Collateral Agent; or

            (c) Any proceeding shall be instituted against the Collection Agent
      (or, if the Collection Agent is actively contesting the merits thereof,
      such proceeding is not dismissed within 60 days) seeking to adjudicate it
      a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up,
      reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or
      composition of it or any of its Debts under any law relating to
      bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking
      the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver,
      trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial
      part of its property, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding
      (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against,
      or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
      official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur;
      or

            (d) The commencement by the Collection Agent of a voluntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to
      be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry
      of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Collection Agent in an
      involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the
      commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against
      it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking
      reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the
      consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or
      taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
      sequestrator or similar official of the Collection Agent or of any
      substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for
      the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its
      inability to pay its Debts generally as they become due, or the taking of
      corporate action by the Collection Agent in furtherance of any such
      action; or

            (e) The Delinquency Ratio for any calendar month shall exceed 9.5%;
      or

            (f) There shall have been any material adverse change in the
      consolidated financial condition or operations of the Collection Agents
      since December 31, 1995, or there shall have occurred any event which
      materially adversely affects the collectibility of any material amount of
      the Auto Loans, or there shall have occurred any other event which
      materially adversely affects the ability of the Collection Agent to
      collect any material amount of the Auto Loans or the ability of the
      Collection Agent to perform in all material respects its obligations under
      this Agreement and the Related Documents or the Collection





                                       31
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      Agent shall be replaced as collection agent or servicer (or the
      equivalent) for cause in respect of any securitization; or

            (g) Any rating agency involved in any Disposition determines that
      having the Collection Agent act hereunder will prevent a desirable (in the
      sole discretion of the Borrower) rating from being assigned to such
      Disposition or will result in a review with negative implications,
      suspension, downgrade, withdrawal or other impairment of the rating
      assigned to such Disposition;

then, and in any such event, either the Borrower, the Servicer or, upon
direction of the Lender, the Collateral Agent, may by delivery to the Collection
Agent of a written notice specifying the occurrence of any of the foregoing
events terminate the responsibilities of the Collection Agent hereunder, without
demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by
the Collection Agent; provided, that in the event any of the events described in
subsections (c) or (d) of this Section 3.07 shall have occurred, termination of
the duties and responsibilities of the Collection Agent shall automatically
occur, without, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are
expressly waived by the Collection Agent. Upon any termination of the Collection
Agent pursuant to this Section 3.07, the Servicer shall become liable for all
duties and obligations assigned herein to the Collection Agent.

      SECTION 3.08. Repossession and Disposal.

      (a) The Collection Agent agrees to use its best efforts to arrange with a
third party for the repossession or other conversion of ownership of any
Financed Vehicle by a professional repossession service in the manner required
by the VSI Policy within 90 days after the related Auto Loan becoming past due
and agrees not to discriminate among Financed Vehicles in its performance of its
duties hereunder based on its right, if any, to receive bonus or increased
compensation with respect to the repossession and disposal of certain Financed
Vehicles, and otherwise in accordance with the AutoBond Program Manual, in order
to maximize collections.

      (b) If requested by the Borrower, the Servicer and the Collateral Agent,
the Collection Agent is authorized and empowered by the Borrower, the Servicer
and the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the
Borrower, the Servicer or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, any and all
instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or
discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Automobiles
related to the Auto Loans, all in accordance with the standard of care set forth
in Section 3.09. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower,
the Servicer and the Collateral Agent shall, upon the receipt of a written
request of the Collection Agent, execute and deliver to the Collection Agent any
limited powers of attorney and other documents prepared by the Collection Agent
and reasonably necessary or appropriate (as certified in such written request)
to enable the Collection Agent to carry out its duties hereunder (including,
without limitation, matters relating to the certificates of title with respect
to the Automobiles), and neither the Borrower, the Servicer nor the Collateral
Agent shall be held responsible for any negligence by the Collection Agent in
its use of such limited powers of attorney.






                                       32
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (c) The Collection Agent shall forward the proceeds of any disposition of
an Automobile related to an Auto Loan upon receipt thereof to the Collateral
Agent. If subsequent to the disposal of an Automobile related to an Auto Loan in
accordance herewith and, as required by this Agreement, with the AutoBond
Program Administration Manual, the transaction disposing of such Automobile is
rescinded or adjusted, through arbitration or otherwise, due to any condition
affecting such Automobile, then the Collection Agent shall be entitled to
reimbursement from the Loan Revenue Account for any amount which the Collection
Agent pays in connection with such rescission or adjustment which amount shall
be the "Post-Sale Adjustment." The Collection Agent shall notify the Servicer of
the amount of any Post-Sale Adjustment.

      (d) The Collection Agent represents and warrants to the Borrower, the
Servicer and the Collateral Agent, and shall be deemed to continuously represent
and warrant to the Borrower, the Servicer and the Collateral Agent, with respect
to each Automobile assigned to the Collection Agent pursuant hereto and, as
required by this Agreement, to the AutoBond Program Administration Manual, that
the Collection Agent will comply in all material respects with all applicable
federal, state and local regulations pertaining to its services hereunder,
including disclosure requirements, required to be complied with in conjunction
with such services. The Collection Agent shall defend, indemnify and hold the
Borrower, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and each Lender harmless from and
against any claim, suit, loss, cost or liability, direct or indirect, including
reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of any breach of any representation or
warranty made by the Collection Agent in the immediately preceding sentence.

      (e) Except as expressly provided herein and in the AutoBond Program
Administration Manual, the Collection Agent shall not sell, assign (by operation
of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create any Adverse Claim upon
or with respect to, any Automobile related to any Auto Loan (or any right to
income in respect thereof), or assign any right to receive income in respect of
any such Automobile.

      SECTION 3.09. Standard of Care. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder and in administering and enforcing the Insurance Policies relating to
the Sold Auto Loans pursuant to this Servicing Agreement, the Collection Agent
will comply with all applicable state and federal laws and will exercise that
degree of skill and care consistent with the highest degree of skill and care
that the Collection Agent exercises with respect to similar motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts or loans owned and/or serviced by the Collection
Agent and will apply in performing such duties and obligations, those standards,
policies and procedures consistent with the best standards, policies and
procedures the Collection Agent applies with respect to similar motor vehicle
retail installment contracts or loans owned or serviced by it, provided however,
Servicer shall not be required to perform optional services that it performs for
some but not substantially all of its clients unless such optional services are
separately described in this Agreement. In performing its duties and obligations
hereunder, the Collection Agent shall comply with the VSI Policy, all applicable
federal and state laws and regulations, shall maintain all state and federal
licenses and franchises necessary for it to perform its servicing
responsibilities hereunder, and shall not impair the right of the Borrower or
the Collateral Agent in the Auto Loans.






                                       33
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNITIES

      SECTION 4.01. Liabilities of Obligors. No obligation or liability of any
Obligor under any of the Auto Loans is intended to be assumed by the Borrower,
the Servicer, the Collection Agent or the Collateral Agent under or as a result
of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and, to the maximum
extent permitted and valid under mandatory provisions of law, the Borrower, the
Servicer, the Collection Agent and the Collateral Agent expressly disclaim such
assumption.

      SECTION 4.02. Limitation on Liability of the Collateral Agent and the
Servicer.

      (a) The Collateral Agent and the Servicer shall each have no liability in
connection with this Agreement except to the extent of the obligations
specifically imposed by this Agreement, it being understood that no implied
covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall
be read into this Agreement or shall otherwise exist against the Collateral
Agent or the Servicer.

      (b) None of the Collateral Agent or the Servicer nor any of the directors,
officers, employees or agents thereof shall be under any liability to the
Borrower, to each other or to any other Person for any action taken, or for
refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith pursuant to this
Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that this provision
shall not protect the Servicer, the Collateral Agent or any such Person against
any breach of warranties or representations made herein or against any liability
which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations or duties hereunder. The Servicer, the Collateral Agent and any
director, officer, employee or agent thereof may rely in good faith on any
document of any kind which, prima facie, is properly executed and submitted by
any appropriate Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.

      (c) Except to the extent resulting from the Servicer's willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of its obligation or duties hereunder, the Servicer
shall not be liable to any party indemnified under this Agreement, for any
liability, cost, expenses or financial loss which may arise as a result of the
economic performance of the Auto Loans or other assets.

      SECTION 4.03. Indemnities of the Servicer and the Collection Agent.

      (a) The Servicer agrees to indemnify the Borrower, the Collateral Agent,
the Collection Agent and each Lender, and any of their respective directors,
officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them harmless against, any
and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) arising as a result of the Servicer's acts or
omissions in violation of this Agreement, except to the extent the Borrower's,
the Collateral Agent's, the Collection Agent's, such Lender's or the directors,
officers, employees or agents





                                       34
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

thereof, as the case may be, own bad faith, willful misconduct or negligence
contributes to the loss, liability, damage, claim or expense.

      (b) The Servicer agrees to indemnify the Borrower, the Collateral Agent,
the Collection Agent and each Lender, and any of their respective directors,
officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them harmless against, any
and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) arising as a result of the use, ownership or
operation by the Servicer or any agent thereof of any Automobile.

      (c) The Collection Agent agrees to indemnify the Borrower, the Collateral
Agent, the Servicer and each Lender, and any of their respective directors,
officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them harmless against, any
and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) arising as a result of the Collection Agent's acts
or omissions in violation of this Agreement, except to the extent the
Borrower's, the Collateral Agent's, the Servicer's, such Lender's or the
directors, officers, employees or agents thereof, as the case may be, own bad
faith, willful misconduct or negligence contributes to the loss, liability,
damage, claim or expense.

      (d) The Collection Agent agrees to indemnify the Borrower, the Collateral
Agent, the Servicer and each Lender, and any of their respective directors,
officers, employees or agents from, and hold each of them harmless against, any
and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, costs, expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) or taxes (other than income taxes on
fees and expenses payable thereto) arising as a result of, or incurred in
connection with, the acceptance or performance by such parties of the duties
contained in the Program Documents, except to the extent the Borrower's, the
Collateral Agent's, the Servicer's, such Lender's or the directors, officers,
employees or agents thereof, as the case may be, own bad faith, willful
misconduct or negligence contributes to the loss, liability, damage, claim or
expense.

      (e) Each of the Servicer, the Collection Agent, the Borrower and the
Collateral Agent agrees to promptly notify the Lenders and the indemnifying
party hereunder in writing of the commencement of any action with respect to
which indemnification may be owed to it pursuant to this Section 4.03 promptly
after receipt by such party of notice of commencement thereof, but the omission
so to notify the Lender and such indemnifying party hereunder will not relieve
the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have hereunder except to
the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced thereby.

      (f) The Lender or Lenders shall be deemed a third-party beneficiary or
third-party beneficiaries, as the case may be, of this Section 4.03. This
Section 4.03 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation
or removal of the Servicer or the Collection Agent. This Agreement shall also
survive the resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent in respect of rights
accrued to it prior to such resignation or removal.

      (g) It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Servicer be
considered an agent of the Borrower for purposes of the definition of
"Indemnified Party" in the Origination Agreement.






                                       35
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 5.01. Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and
permitted assigns. No other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.
Neither the Servicer, the Collateral Agent or the Collection Agent may assign
any of its respective rights and obligations hereunder or any interest herein,
other than as provided in Section 8.06 of the Security Agreement with respect to
the Collateral Agent, without the prior written consent of the Borrower. The
Borrower may assign all of its rights hereunder.

      SECTION 5.02. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time
by the parties hereto only by a written instrument executed by all such parties.

      SECTION 5.03. Notices. Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted
by the terms hereof, notices and other communications required or permitted to
be given or made under the terms hereof shall be in writing. Any such
communication or notice shall be deemed to have been duly made or given (i) when
delivered personally, (ii) in the case of mail delivery, upon receipt, refusal
of delivery or return for failure of the intended recipient to retrieve such
communication or (iii) in the case of transmission by facsimile, upon telephone
and return facsimile confirmation and, in each case, if addressed to the
intended recipient as follows (subject to the next sentence of this Section
5.03):

          If to the Borrower:

               AutoBond Funding Corporation II
               301 Congress Avenue
               Austin, Texas 78701

               Attention:  President

               Facsimile Number:  (516) 472-1548
               Telephone Number:  (516) 472-3600






                                       36
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

          If to the Servicer:

               Loan Servicing Enterprise
               9330 LBJ Freeway, Suite 500
               Dallas, Texas 75243-3429

               Attention:  John Kilgore
               
               Facsimile Number:  (214) 783-3532
               Telephone Number:  (214) 783-3503

          If to the Collection Agent:

               AutoBond Acceptance Corporation
               301 Congress Avenue
               Austin, Texas 78701

               Attention:  William O. Winsauer

               Facsimile Number: (512) 472-1548
               Telephone Number: (516) 472-3600
               
          If to the Collateral Agent:

               Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
               Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
               Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0069

               Attention:  Corporate Trust Department - William T. Milbauer

               Facsimile Number:  (612) 667-9825
               Telephone Number:  (612) 667-6878

          If to the Lender:

               To the addresses which the Lender shall have furnished to the
               Borrower in writing.

Each party hereto may from time to time designate by notice in writing to the
other parties hereto a different address for communications and notices.

      SECTION 5.04. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason
whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions or terms shall be
deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions





                                       37
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

or terms of this Agreement, and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

      SECTION 5.05. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY
TRIAL.

      (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

      (b) THE BORROWER, THE SERVICER, THE COLLECTION AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL
AGENT HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF
MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY. THE BORROWER, THE SERVICER AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT
EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND ANY
OBJECTION TO VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION
SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER
MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY OF THEN TO BRING ANY ACTION
OR PROCEEDING IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

      (c) THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY
PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR
OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT. INSTEAD, ANY DISPUTE RESOLVED IN COURT WILL BE RESOLVED IN A BENCH
TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.

      SECTION 5.06. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts
each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

      SECTION 5.07. No Proceedings. Each of the Servicer and the Collection
Agent hereby agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, institute, or
cause to be instituted, against the Borrower any proceeding of the type
described in connection with the Servicer in Section 2.12(c) so long as there
shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the latest maturing
securities issued by the Borrower or any Securitization Trust have been paid in
full in cash. The foregoing covenant shall not limit the right of the Servicer
or the Collection Agent, as the case may be, to institute legal proceedings of a
type other than those described in connection with the Servicer in Section
2.12(c) against the Borrower for any breach by the Borrower of its obligations
hereunder.

      SECTION 5.08. Status of Collateral Agent. The parties hereto acknowledge
and agree that the Collateral Agent is a party hereto solely in order to
effectuate the security interest granted to the Secured Parties by the Borrower
under the Security Agreement and that upon payment in full of all amounts owing
under the Credit Agreement and the release of the Secured Parties' security
interest in the Collateral, the rights of the Collateral Agent to
indemnification and to the payment





                                       38
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

of the fees and expenses under this Agreement shall continue. In performing its
duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have the
benefit of the protections and rights afforded the Collateral Agent under the
Security Agreement.

      SECTION 5.09. Further Assurance. The Servicer and the Collection Agent
shall cause to be promptly and duly taken, executed, acknowledged and delivered
all such further acts, documents and assurances as the Borrower from time to
time may reasonably request in order to carry out more effectively the intent
and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.






                                       39
                                                                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized this 21st day of
May, 1996.

                                   AUTOBOND FUNDING CORPORATION II


                                   By: /s/ ADRIAN KATZ
                                      -------------------------------
                                      Name:  Adrian Katz
                                      Title: Vice President


                                   CSC LOGIC/MSA L.L.P., as Servicer


                                   By: /s/ JOHN F. KILGORE
                                      -------------------------------
                                      Name:  John F. Kilgore
                                      Title: Partner - Executive Director


                                   AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, as
                                     Collection Agent


                                   By: /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                                      -------------------------------
                                      Name:  William O. Winsauer
                                      Title: President


                                   NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                     ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent


                                   By: /s/ MICHAEL G. LUGER
                                      -------------------------------
                                      Name:  Michael G. Luger
                                      Title: Corporate Trust Officer


                                       


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                                                         EXECUTION COUNTERPART



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------







         SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT




                            Dated as of July 31, 1995



                                     between




                          SENTRY FINANCIAL CORPORATION,
                                    as Lender



                                       and



                        AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION.
                                   as Borrower




- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
ARTICLE I

      DEFINITIONS............................................................1
            Section 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms.............................1
            Section 1.02.  References; Interpretation; Accounting............8

ARTICLE II

      CREDIT LIMIT; DISBURSEMENT AND PAYMENT.................................9
            Section 2.01.  Credit Limit......................................9
            Section 2.02.  Term.............................................10
            Section 2.04.  Interest.........................................11
            Section 2.05.  Prepayment.......................................11
            Section 2.06.  Payments; Repayment..............................11
            Section 2.07.  Taxes............................................12
            Section 2.08.  Evidence of Debt.................................13
            Section 2.09.  Use of Proceeds..................................13
            Section 2.10.  Lender's Fees....................................14
            Section 2.11.  Application of Payments..........................16

ARTICLE III

      SECURITY..............................................................16
            Section 3.01.  Security for Line of Credit......................16
            Section 3.02.  Guarantees.......................................17
            Section 3.03.  Reserve..........................................17
            Section 3.04.  Funding Account..................................18

ARTICLE IV

      CONDITIONS............................................................18
            Section 4.01.  Conditions Precedent to First Advance and 
                           First Interim Advance............................18
            Section 4.02.  Conditions Precedent to All Advances.............19
            Section 4.03.  Conditions Precedent to All Interim Advances.....21
            Section 4.04.  Conditions Subsequent............................22

ARTICLE V

      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................22
            Section 5.01.  Representations and Warranties of Borrower.......22
            Section 5.02.  Repetition of Representations and Warranties.....25

ARTICLE VI

      COVENANTS.............................................................25
            Section 6.01.  Affirmative Covenants of Borrower................25



                                      i
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

            Section 6.02.  Negative Covenants of Borrower...................27
            Section 6.03.  Financial Covenants..............................28
            Section 6.04.  Reporting Requirements...........................28

ARTICLE VII

      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.....................................................29
            Section 7.01.  Events of Default................................29
            Section 7.02.  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies...................31
            Section 7.03.  Right of Set-off.................................31

ARTICLE VIII

      INDEMNIFICATION.......................................................32
            Section 8.01.  Expenses.........................................32
            Section 8.02.  Enforcement Expenses.............................32
            Section 8.03.  Indemnity........................................32

ARTICLE IX

      GOVERNING LAW.........................................................33
            Section 9.01.  Governing Law....................................33
            Section 9.02.  Jurisdiction; Immunity...........................33

ARTICLE X

      MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................34
            Section 10.01.  Amendments and Waivers..........................34
            Section 10.02.  Notices.........................................34
            Section 10.03.  Cooperation.....................................34
            Section 10.04.  Amended and Restated............................34
            Section 10.05.  Replacement of Notes............................34
            Section 10.06.  Survival........................................35
            Section 10.07.  No Partnership or Joint Venture.................35
            Section 10.08.  Binding Effect..................................35
            Section 10.09.  Determinations by Lender........................35
            Section 10.10.  Entire Agreement................................35
            Section 10.11.  Execution in Counterparts.......................35
            Section 10.12.  Waiver of Jury..................................36
            Section 10.13.  Usury...........................................36
            Section 10.14.  No Broker.......................................36
            Section 10.15.  Severability....................................37

EXHIBIT A   Form of Draw Down Notice........................................38

EXHIBIT B   Form of Secured Promissory Note.................................39


                                         
                                      ii
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated
as of July 31, 1995 (as amended or modified from time to time, this "Agreement")
is made and entered into in Salt Lake City, Utah between AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE
CORPORATION, a Texas corporation formerly known as Auto Bond Acceptance Co.
("Borrower"), and SENTRY FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Utah corporation ("Lender").

                                    RECITALS

      A. Borrower is in the business of analyzing, originating, purchasing and
securitizing sub-prime automobile installment loans (i.e., loans made to
individuals who do not qualify for conventional automobile financing), which
loans are evidenced by a pre-computed (add-on) or simple interest motor vehicle
contract and security agreement or other form of automobile retail installment
sale agreement ("Receivables") secured by new and used automobiles and
light-duty trucks and all accessions thereto ("Financed Vehicles").

      B. Borrower acquires Receivables from its own origination efforts and from
other companies originating Receivables ("Originators"), with the intent of
disposing of such Receivables through securitizations or other structures.
Borrower and its Affiliates have completed approximately $190,000,000 of
securitizations involving Receivables.

      C. Borrower entered into a Secured Revolving Credit Agreement with Lender
dated as of August 1, 1994 ("Credit Agreement") whereby Lender established a
revolving line of credit ("Line of Credit") with Borrower and Auto Bond, Inc., a
Colorado corporation ("ABI") to finance Borrower's origination and purchase of
Receivables.

      D. Borrower had requested that Lender (i) increase the Credit Limit to
$10,000,000, and (ii) establish a separate line of credit ("Interim Line of
Credit") to finance Borrower's day-to-day purchase of Receivables until Borrower
is able to finance such Receivables with an Advance from the Line of Credit.

      E. Lender agreed to (i) increase the Credit Limit to $10,000,000; (ii)
establish the Interim Line of Credit upon the occurrence of certain events; and
(iii) amend the Credit Agreement and restate it in its entirety pursuant to the
terms of that certain Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of July 31, 1995 ("Amended and Restated Credit Agreement").

      F. Borrower has requested that Lender extend the term of the Line of
Credit, and Lender has agreed to such extension and to amend the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement and restate it in its entirety.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein
(the legal sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged) the parties hereby amend
the Credit Agreement and restate it in its entirety as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

      Section 1.01. Certain Defined Terms.

      As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

      "Advance Documents" means the Drawdown Notice, Note, Security Agreement
Schedule, UCC financing statement and any other document evidencing or relating
to an Advance.

      "Affiliate" of a Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by
or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means the power to direct the management and policies of an entity,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

otherwise, and "controlling" and "controlled" have correlated meanings.

      "Auditor" means Coopers & Lybrand or such other independent public
accounting firm acceptable to Lender.

      "Authorized Officer" means any officer of a Person who has been
specifically authorized by law, resolution, power of attorney or otherwise to
act on behalf of that Person with respect to a particular matter.

      "Average Unused Balance" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.10(b).

      "Bankruptcy Act" has the meaning given to it in Section 7.01(h).

      "Borrower" means Auto Bond Acceptance Co., a Texas corporation, and Auto
Bond, Inc., a Colorado corporation. As used herein, "Borrower" shall be deemed
to include both entities unless the context otherwise requires.

      "Business Day" means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which
commercial banks in Utah, Texas and New York are open for business.

      "Class A Interest" means in respect of any Disposition, the class of
interest having the most senior rights to the cashflows generated by the
Receivables sold in such Disposition. In the Dispositions completed by an
Affiliate of Borrower known as "1994-C" and "1994-D", this interest was
evidenced by the "Class A Certificates".

      "Class B Interest" means in respect of any Disposition, the class of
interest having the rights to the cashflows generated by the Receivables sold in
such Disposition which class of interest is subordinate in right to receive
payments only to the Class A Interest, and is superior to at least one other
level of interest, e.g., the "Class C interest". In the Disposition completed by
an Affiliate of Borrower known as "1994-C", this interest was evidenced by the
limited partnership interests in Auto Bond Receivables 1994-C, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership, which limited partnership interests were senior in right to
receive certain payments to the interest of Auto Bond Receivables Company
1994-C, a Colorado corporation, the general partner of such limited partnership,
and owner of the "Class C interest".

      "Class B Discount Rate" means with respect to a Class B Interest, the
"cash on cash" return on investment (as reasonably determined by Lender) a
purchaser of such Class B Interest is projected to receive based on the actual
sales of such Class B interests to Persons who are not an Affiliate of Borrower
or Guarantor, or projected sales if there have been no actual sales. The Class B
Discount Rate shall not be less than 14.00%.

      "Collateral" means, collectively, the Reserve, the Reserve Account, the
Funding Account, the Loss Default Insurance, the Interim Facility Collateral,
and the "Collateral" (as defined in the Security Agreement).

      "Commitment Period" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.01(c).

      "Credit Limit" means an amount provided for in Section 2.01(b), which
shall be the maximum permitted outstanding amount of all Advances at any one
time.

      "Custodian" means Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, or such
other Person acceptable to Lender.

      "Custodian Agreement" means the Custodian Agreement among Lender, Borrower
and the Custodian dated as of August 1, 1994, whereby the Custodian agrees,
among other things, to maintain possession of the Receivable Documents for the
benefit of Lender.

      "Custodian Documents" means the Custodian Agreement and all documents
related thereto.

                                        2
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      "Default" means any event or occurrence not yet constituting an Event of
Default but which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both,
would constitute an Event of Default.

      "Delinquency Ratio" means, with respect to each Advance as of a given
date, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the sum of the outstanding
principal amount of each Overdue Receivable acquired with the proceeds of such
Advance and are still part of the Collateral, divided by (ii) the outstanding
principal amount of such Advance.

      "Disbursement Date" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.03(a).

      "Disposition" means the sale, assignment, securitization or other
permanent conveyance or permanent disposition of Receivables by Borrower.

      "Dollars" and the sign "$" each means lawful money of the U.S.

      "Disbursement Date" means, with respect to each Advance, the date for
funding by Lender of that Advance specified by Borrower in accordance with
Section 2.03.

      "Drawdown Notice" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.03(a).

      "Early Termination Notice" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.01(d).

      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any
rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

      "ERISA Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any trade or business
(whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with such Person
within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

      "Event of Default" means any of the events specified in Section 7.01.

      "Excess Interest" has the meaning given to it in Section 10.13.

      "Excess Reserve" has the meaning given to it in Section 3.03(d).

      "Financed Vehicle" has the meaning given to it in Recital A.

      "Funding Account" means that certain bank account of Borrower acceptable
to Lender.

      "Funding Account Documents" means the documents establishing the Funding
Account, granting Lender a first priority security interest in the Funding
Account, and the governing the control of the funds deposited therein.

      "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. as in
effect from time to time.

      "Guarantees" means, collectively (i) the Winsauer Guarantee, and (ii) the
Interim Guarantee.

      "Guarantor" means Winsauer.

      "Guarantor Event" means collectively a "Guarantor Event" as such term is
defined in any of the Guarantees.

      "Guarantor Obligations" means all of the obligations of Guarantor under
the Guarantees.
                                        3
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      "Government Entity" shall mean and include (i) any national government,
political subdivision thereof or local jurisdiction therein; (ii) any board,
commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency
thereof, however constituted; and (iii) any association, organization or
institution of which any of the aforesaid is a member or to whose jurisdiction
any of the aforesaid is subject or in whose activities any of the aforesaid is a
participant.

      "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any amount payable by
that Person as debtor, borrower or guarantor pursuant to an agreement or
instrument involving or evidencing money borrowed or received, the advance of
credit, a conditional sale or a transfer with recourse or with an obligation to
repurchase, or pursuant to a lease with substantially the same economic effect
as any such agreement or instrument.

      "Insurance Broker" means Intercontinental Brokerage Incorporated or such
other insurance broker acceptable to Lender.

      "Insurance Documents" means all policies, certificates and other documents
related to the Loss Default Insurance.

      "Insurance Proceeds" means all monies paid pursuant to the Loss Default
Insurance.

      "Interest Rate" means the floating rate per annum, compounded monthly
equal to the sum of (i) the Prime Rate and (ii) 175 basis points.

      "Interim Advance" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.01(a).

      "Interim Advance Documents" means the Drawdown Notice, Note, Security
Agreement Schedule, UCC financing statement and any other document evidencing or
relating to an Interim Advance.

      "Interim Credit Limit" means an amount provided for in Section 2.01(b),
which shall be the maximum permitted outstanding amount of all Interim Advances
at any one time.

      "Interim Facility Collateral" means, collectively, the "Collateral" as
defined in any Security Agreement Schedule securing an Interim Advance.

      "Interim Facility Fee" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.10(c).

      "Interim Guarantee" means that certain Guarantee and Waiver (Interim
Facility) of Guarantor in favor of Lender of even date herewith.

     "Interim Interest Rate" means the floating rate per annum, compounded
monthly equal to the sum of (i) the Prime Rate and (ii) 200 basis points.

      "Interim Line of Credit" has the meaning given to it in Recital E.

      "Interim Loan Amount" means the total outstanding amount owed by Borrower
to Lender pursuant to the Interim Advance Documents.

      "Interim Receivables" means all Receivables acquired or financed by
Borrower with the proceeds of the Interim Advances, which have not yet been
financed by an Advance from the Line of Credit.

      "Lender" shall mean Sentry Financial Corporation, a Utah corporation.

      "Lender Accumulation Account" has the meaning given to it in the Servicing
Agreement.


                                         
                                        4
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      "Lender Receivables" means all Receivables acquired or financed by
Borrower with the proceeds of the Line of Credit, and all Interim Receivables.

      "Lien" means, with respect to any asset of any Person, any mortgage, deed
of trust, pledge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment, lease, deposit
arrangement, charge, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), claim or right of
others under any interchange or pooling agreement, priority or other security
agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever with
respect to such asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the
same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing
statement under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

      "Line of Credit" shall have the meaning given to it in Recital C.

      "Loan Amount" means, at a given point of time, the total outstanding
amount owed by Borrower to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents.

      "Loan Documents" means, collectively this Agreement, the Security
Agreement, the Custodian Documents, the Servicer Documents, the Guarantees, the
Funding Account Documents, the Advance Documents, and the Interim Advance
Documents.

      "Loss Default Insurance" means Comprehensive Single Interest Policy Number
CA4-1000024 issued by Interstate Fire and Casualty Company to Auto Bond
Acceptance Co. and providing All Risk Physical Damage Loan Insurance, Instrument
Non-Filing Insurance, Confiscation and Skip Insurance and Repossessed Vehicles
Insurance, or comparable insurance issued by other insurance companies and upon
terms acceptable to Lender.

      "Losses" means any losses, costs, charges, expenses, interest, fees,
payments, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines,
damages, adverse judgments, orders or other sanctions but excludes Taxes.

      "Maturity Date" means, with respect to each Advance or Interim Advance,
the earlier to occur of (i) the Takeout Closing Date in respect of such Advance
or Interim Advance, or (ii) six months from the first day of calendar month
following the Disbursement Date for such Advance or Interim Advance.

      "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

      "Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

      "Non-Utilization Fee" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.10(b).

      "Note" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.08.

      "Obligations" means all of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan
Documents.

      "Obligor" means the owner of a Financed Vehicle.

      "Operative Documents" means the Loan Documents, the Receivable Documents,
the Receivables Purchase Documents, and the Insurance Documents.

      "Originators" has the meaning given to it in Recital B.

      "Overdue Rate" means a rate equal to 1.50% per month compounded monthly.

      "Overdue Receivable" means a Lender Receivable where any payment due by
the Obligor thereof is 

                                         
                                        5
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

more than 60 days past due. Any Lender Receivable where the Financed Vehicle has
been or is in the process of being repossessed and/or remarketed shall be deemed
to be an "Overdue Receivable" until such time as (i) all sums due thereunder
have been repaid, (ii) the Financed Vehicle has been sold pursuant to the
procedures required by the Loss Default Insurance or (iii) Lender has received
Insurance Proceeds in respect of such Receivable.

      "Payment" means any amounts paid or payable by Borrower pursuant to any
Loan Document.

      "Payment Date" means (i) the 15th day of each calendar month commencing
with the calendar month immediately after the month in which the first
Disbursement Date occurs, and (ii) each Maturity Date.

      "Payment Period" means, with respect to each Payment Date, (i) the
calendar month immediately prior to the month in which such Payment Date occurs,
or at the option of Lender, (ii) the period beginning the day after each Payment
is received by Lender and ending the day the next Payment is received by Lender.

      "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other
governmental charges which are either not delinquent or the validity of which is
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which do not exceed
$100,000 in the aggregate, at any time; (ii) statutory Liens of materialmen,
mechanics, warehousemen, vendors, carriers or employees or other similar Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are
either not delinquent or the validity of which is being disputed in good faith
and which do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate, at any time; (iii) any
judgment Lien unless, within 10 days after the entry thereof the judgment
secured thereby shall not have been discharged, vacated, reversed or execution
thereof shall not have been stayed pending appeal, or shall not have been
discharged, vacated or reversed within 10 days after expiration of any such
stay; (iv) any Lien on a Financed Vehicle created by an act or omission of an
Obligor, (v) any Liens created by the Loan Documents; and (vi) any Liens created
by the WC Loan Documents.

      "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, unincorporated organization or association, whether or not legal
entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

      "Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer
Plan) maintained for employees of Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by
Title IV of ERISA.

      "Prime Rate" for any day means the base rate of interest (expressed as an
annual rate) on corporate loans posted by U.S. banks as reasonably determined by
Lender based on the Prime Rate as published from time to time in the Wall Street
Journal, and the Prime Rate charged to Lender by Lender's funding sources.

      "Receivable Documents" means all documents evidencing or relating to a
Receivable other than the Receivables Purchase Agreement, but including, as
applicable, the retail installment sale contract, promissory note, security
agreement, certificate of title, dealer guarantee of title or application for
title and proof of insurance.

      "Receivables" has the meaning given to it in Recital B.

      "Receivable Purchase Agreements" means, in respect of each Advance, (i)
where Borrower is the originator of the Target Receivables, the agreement
evidencing or relating to Borrower's acquisition of the Target Receivables; and
(ii) where Borrower is not the Originator of the Target Receivables, all
documents evidencing or relating to the Originator's acquisition of the Target
Receivables and Borrower's acquisition of such Target Receivables from the
Originator(s).

      "Receivables Purchase Price" means, in respect of each Advance, the
consideration paid by Borrower to acquire the Target Receivables.

      "Receivables Release Amount" means, in respect of a Lender Receivable, an
amount (as of a given

                                         
                                        6
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

date) equal to the portion of the principal balance of the Advance attributable
to such Lender Receivable, plus accrued interest thereon.

      "Required Amount" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.06(a).

      "Requirement of Law" shall mean, as to any Person, the articles or
certificate of incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing
documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or a final
and binding determination of an arbitrator or a determination of a court or
other governmental authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such
Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is
subject.

      "Reserve" means, in respect of each Advance or Interim Advance, an amount
equal to 6% of the original principal amount of each Target Receivable.

      "Reserve Account" means the account established by Lender to hold the
Reserve.

      "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

      "Security Agreement" means the Master Security Agreement dated as of
August 1, 1994 between Lender and Borrower.

      "Security Agreement Schedule" means each schedule to the Security
Agreement.

      "Servicer" means CSC Logic/MSA L.L.P. d/b/a Loan Servicing Enterprise, a
Texas limited liability partnership, or such other Person acceptable to Lender.

      "Servicer Agreement" means that certain Servicing Agreement dated as of
August 1, 1994 among, Borrower, Lender and Servicer.

      "Servicer Documents" means the Servicing Agreement and all other
agreements between or among Borrower, a Servicer and any subservicers thereof.

      "SPC" has the meaning given to it in Section 6.01(v).

      "Subsidiary" means, for any Person, any corporation, joint venture,
partnership or other entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting
stock or other equity interest entitled ordinarily to vote in the elections of
director or other governing body (however designated) of the Person is owned
directly, indirectly or beneficially by such Person.

      "Takeout Closing Date" means, in respect of each Advance, the date the
Disposition by Borrower of all or any portion of the Target Receivables is
consummated.

      "Target Receivables" means, in respect of each Advance or Interim Advance,
the Receivables to be acquired or financed by Borrower with the proceeds of such
Advance or Interim Advance.

      "Tax" means all taxes, levies, imports, duties or charges of any nature
whatsoever and whether present or future, including without limitation any
income, gross receipts, franchise, transfer, sales, use, business, occupation,
value added, excise, personal property, real property, stamp, withholding or
other taxes imposed by any Government Entity.

      "Term" means, with respect to each Advance or Interim Advance, the meaning
given to that term in Section 2.02.

      "Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of (i) December 31, 2000, or
(ii) the date set forth in an

                                         
                                        7
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Early Termination Notice pursuant to the terms of Section 2.01(d).

      "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code of Utah as in effect on a given
date or, at the option of Lender, any jurisdiction in which a UCC financing
statement with Lender as secured party is filed.

      "United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.

      "Utilization Fee" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.10(a).

      "Warehouse Facility Fee" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.10(c).

      "WC Loan Documents" has the meaning given to it in the WC Loan Agreement.

      "WC Loan Agreement" means that certain Amended and Restated Secured
Working Capital Loan Agreement dated as of July 31, 1995 between Winsauer and
Lender.

      "Winsauer" means William O. Winsauer, an individual.

      "Winsauer Guarantee" means that certain Amended and Restated Guarantee and
Waiver of Winsauer in favor of Lender of even date herewith.

      "Winsauer Guarantee Release Date" means the date, if any, Lender releases
Winsauer from his obligations under the Winsauer Guarantee pursuant to the terms
of the Winsauer Guarantee.

      Section 1.02. References; Interpretation; Accounting.

      (a) References. Any references in this Agreement (i) to an Article, a
Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit is a reference to an article hereof, a section
hereof, a schedule hereto or an exhibit hereto, respectively; and (ii) to a
subsection or a clause is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to a subsection
or a clause of the Section or subsection in which the reference appears.

      (b) Interpretation. In this Agreement the singular includes the plural and
the plural the singular; "hereof," "herein," "hereto," "hereunder" and the like
mean and refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific
section, paragraph or clause in which the respective word appears; words
importing any gender include the other genders; references to statutes are to be
construed as including all statutory provisions consolidating, amending or
replacing the statute referred to; references to "writing" include printing,
typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a tangible visible
form; the words "including," "includes" and "include" shall be deemed to be
followed by the words "without limitation"; references to something being
"acceptable to Lender" or "satisfactory to Lender" shall be deemed to be
followed by the words "in its sole discretion"; references to agreements and
other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent
amendments and other modifications and supplements thereto, but only to the
extent such amendments and other modifications and supplements are not
prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and
references to Persons include their respective permitted successors and assigns.

      (c) Accounting Terms. All references to financial statements, assets,
liabilities, income, consolidation, consolidated, net worth and similar
accounting items not specifically defined herein mean such financial statements
or such items prepared or determined in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied and, except where otherwise specified, all financial data submitted
pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with such principles.


                                         
                                        8
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE II

                     CREDIT LIMIT; DISBURSEMENT AND PAYMENT

      Section 2.01.  Credit Limit.

      (a)   Commitment to Lend.

            (i) Line of Credit. Lender agrees, on the terms and conditions set
forth herein, to make loans to Borrower pursuant to the Line of Credit (each
such loan shall hereinafter be referred to as an "Advance") from time to time
during the Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any
one time not exceeding the Credit Limit.

            (ii) Interim Line of Credit. Lender agrees, on the terms and
conditions set forth herein, to make interim loans to Borrower pursuant to the
Interim Line of Credit (each such loan shall hereinafter be referred to as an
"Interim Advance") from time to time during the Commitment Period in an
aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not exceeding the Interim
Credit Limit.

      (b)   Amount of Credit Limit.

            (i) Line of Credit. The amount of the Credit Limit shall initially
be $10,000,000. Lender shall use its best efforts to locate participants or
other third party funding sources to enable Lender to increase the Credit Limit.
On or before December 31, 1995, Lender shall have the right to increase the
Credit Limit to an amount up to $20,000,000 upon written notice to Borrower. Any
increase in the Credit Limit above the amount of the Credit Limit on January 1,
1996 shall be upon the mutual agreement of Borrower and Lender.

            (ii) Interim Line of Credit. The amount of the Interim Credit Limit
shall be $750,000. The amount of the Interim Credit Limit may be increased at
the sole and absolute discretion of Lender after a request by Borrower.

      (c) Commitment Period. Subject to Section 2.01(d), the Line of Credit and
the Interim Line of Credit shall be available to Borrower for a period
("Commitment Period") commencing on the date hereof and expiring on the
Termination Date.

      (d) Early Termination. Borrower and Lender each shall have the option to
terminate the Commitment Period upon 90 days written notice to the other party
("Early Termination Notice"). The Early Termination Notice shall set forth the
date on which the Commitment Period shall terminate, so long as no Early
Termination Notice shall be provided by either party prior to July 31, 1998.

      Section 2.02.  Term.

      The "Term" of each Advance or Interim Advance shall mean the period
beginning with the applicable Disbursement Date and ending on the Maturity Date
for such Advance or Interim Advance.

      Section 2.03.  Notice of Intention and Commitment to Borrow.

      (a) Borrower may request an Advance or an Interim Advance hereunder by
delivering to Lender the original or a facsimile of a notice substantially in
the form set forth in Exhibit A ("Drawdown Notice"), with all blank spaces
appropriately completed, in compliance with Section 2.03(b). The Drawdown Notice
must be given to Lender no later than 10:00 a.m. (Salt Lake City time) at least
two Business Days before the day Borrower designates therein as the
"Disbursement Date". Any Drawdown Notice purported to have been given under this
Section 2.03 that does not arrive by the specified time, that does not have all
its blank spaces appropriately completed or does not comply in all respects with
this Section 2.03 shall, at the option of Lender, be deemed not to have been
given. In addition Borrower shall use its best efforts to provide Lender notice
by telephone of the approximate amount of each Advance and the approximate date
such Advance will be needed by Borrower no later than three Business Days prior
to the anticipated Disbursement Date.

                                         
                                        9
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      (b) The Drawdown Notice shall specify whether it is for an Advance or
Interim Advance, the Disbursement Date for such Advance or Interim Advance, and
the amount of such Advance or Interim Advance. The Disbursement Date so
specified must be a Business Day on or before the Termination Date. Each Advance
or Interim Advance shall be in an amount equal to the then outstanding principal
amount of the Target Receivable to be acquired with the proceeds of such
Advance. The aggregate principal amount of any Advance to be made on a
Disbursement Date shall be an amount which, when taken together with the Loan
Amount (calculated immediately prior to the making of such Advance) does not
exceed the Credit Limit. The aggregate principal amount of any Interim Advance
to be made on a Disbursement Date shall be an amount which, when taken together
with the Interim Loan Amount (calculated immediately prior to the making of such
Interim Advance) does not exceed the Interim Credit Limit. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, Lender may, in its sole discretion, make an
Advance in excess of the Credit Limit (or an Interim Advance in excess of the
Interim Credit Limit), which excess shall be subject to all of the terms and
conditions contained herein, and shall be secured by the Collateral, and such
excess shall be payable on demand. If Lender makes any Advances or Interim
Advances in excess of the Credit Limit, such action shall not establish a course
of conduct, past business practice or otherwise obligate Lender to make similar
Advances in the future. The giving of a Drawdown Notice as provided in this
Section shall constitute Borrower's irrevocable commitment to borrow an amount
equal to the specified amount of such Advance (or Interim Advance) on the
Disbursement Date, and interest on such Advance (or Interim Advance) shall
accrue as of such Disbursement Date whether or not such Advance (or Interim
Advance) is disbursed on such Disbursement Date; provided, however, if such
Advance (or Interim Advance) is never made the provisions of Section 8.03 shall
determine Borrower's liability to Lender.

      (c) The proceeds of all Advances and Interim Advances shall only be paid
to the Funding Account. Subject to the conditions set forth herein, Lender shall
fund each Advance (or Interim Advance) on the Disbursement Date thereof by
wiring an amount equal to such Advance to the Funding Account.

      Section 2.04.  Interest.

      (a) Basic Rate. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.04(b),
interest shall accrue on all Advances at the Interest Rate, and on all Interim
Advance at the Interim Interest Rate, from the Disbursement Date of each Advance
or Interim Advance, and shall be calculated for each Payment Period on the
average outstanding Loan Amount during such Payment Period. Interest shall
continue to accrue on all sums owed to Lender until the date payment thereof is
received by Lender.

      (b) Interest on Overdue Payments. In the event that any amount of
principal of or interest on any Advance, or any other amount payable hereunder,
under the Notes or under any other Loan Document is not paid in full when due
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), Borrower agrees to
pay (in the case of interest on overdue interest, to the extent permitted by
applicable law) interest on such unpaid principal or other amount for each day
from the date such amount becomes due until the date such amount is paid in
full, payable on demand, at an interest rate per annum equal to the Overdue
Rate.

      (c) Computation of Interest. All computations of interest in respect of
the Line of Credit shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the
actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is
payable.

      Section 2.05.  Prepayment.

      (a) Borrower shall not prepay all or any portion of the principal amount
of any Advance without the prior written consent of Lender in each instance
unless: (i) such prepayment is required by Section 2.06 or Section 6.03(b); (ii)
such prepayment is in connection with a Disposition of Lender Receivables and 30
days prior written notice of such Disposition has been provided to Lender; or
(iii) such prepayment is in connection with a refinancing of an Advance and 30
days prior written notice of such prepayment has been provided to Lender.

      (b) Borrower may prepay all or any portion of the principal amount of any
Interim Advance upon

                                         
                                       10
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

prior written notice to Lender.

      Section 2.06.  Payments; Repayment.

      (a)   Payment Amount.

            (i) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(e), on each Payment
Date, Borrower shall make a Payment to Lender in an amount ("Required Amount")
equal to (1) accrued interest on the Loan Amount for the relevant Payment
Period, calculated in accordance with Section 2.04, plus (2) the portion of all
monies received by Borrower and/or Servicer, during such Payment Period in
respect of the Lender Receivables attributable to the repayment of principal
under the Receivable Documents, including amounts attributable to the principal
of the Lender Receivables which are received under the Loss Default Insurance or
upon liquidation of Financed Vehicles which have been repossessed by Borrower
upon default by the Obligors of the related Lender Receivables.

            (ii) In the event Lender elects the Payment Period to be a calendar
month, interest on the amount of each Payment for the period beginning on the
day after the end of each Payment Period, through the date such Payment is
received by Lender, shall be payable within 10 days of the date such Payment is
received. The amounts received by Lender shall be applied in accordance with
Section 2.11.

      (b) Place of Payment. Borrower shall make each Payment hereunder and under
the Notes without set-off or counterclaim not later than 11:00 A.M. (Salt Lake
City time) on each Payment Date to Lender, in Dollars, and in immediately
available funds by deposit of such funds in Lender's Account No. 26029678 at
First Interstate Bank of Utah, 3776 South Highland Drive, Salt Lake City, UT
84106, A.B.A. Routing No. 124000025 (801) 350-7251, or in such other account as
Lender shall from time to time designate by notice to Borrower.

      (c) Due Dates. Whenever any Payment hereunder or under the Notes shall be
stated to be due or whenever any other date specified hereunder would otherwise
occur on a day other than a Business Day, such Payment shall be made and such
other date shall occur on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension
of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest. Payments
received on a date which is not a Payment Date shall be deemed to be received on
the next Business Day.

      (d) Increased Payments. The provisions of Section 2.06(a) notwithstanding
if a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or
any Advance has not been repaid in full within 180 days of the Disbursement
Date, then the Required Amount of the Payment due on each Payment Date in
respect of such Advance shall be an amount equal to the greater of (I) all
monies received by Borrower and/or Servicer (less any fees payable to Servicer
pursuant to the Servicer Agreement and to the Custodian pursuant to the
Custodian Agreement) in respect of the Lender Receivables, Interim Receivables
and the Collateral financed by or securing such Advance, or (II) accrued
interest on such Advance calculated in accordance with Section 2.04.

      (e)   Repayment.

            (i) Subject to Sections 2.06(e)(ii) and 2.06(e)(iii), on the
Maturity Date of each Advance or Interim Advance, Borrower shall repay all
amounts owed to Lender with respect to such Advance or Interim Advance.

            (ii) If: (1) at a Takeout Closing Date, the Disposition with respect
thereto is for some but not all of the Lender Receivables financed by such
Advance; and (2) Borrower increases the amount of the Reserve for such Advance
with respect to the Overdue Receivables which are not part of such Disposition
on such Takeout Closing Date to an amount acceptable to Lender; then Borrower
shall not be required to repay that portion of such Advance attributable to such
Overdue Receivables on the Maturity Date; provided, however, such amounts shall
be due and payable on the earliest to occur of: (A) the first day of the month
following the

                                         
                                       11
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

three month anniversary of such Takeout Closing Date, and (B) the date all
Liquidation Proceeds (as defined in the Servicing Agreement) have been received
by Lender for all such Lender Receivables. For the avoidance of doubt, this
Section 2.06(e) shall not extend the Maturity Date for any Advance to the extent
of Lender Receivables which are not Overdue Receivables on a Takeout Closing
Date.

            (iii) Lender agrees to extend the Maturity Date for an Advance for
an additional period of up to 30 days if Borrower has provided Lender evidence
reasonably acceptable to Lender that a Disposition of the Lender Receivables
financed with the proceeds of such Advance is imminent.

      Section 2.07.  Taxes.

      (a) Withholding; Gross-up. Each Payment shall be made without withholding
on account of any Taxes; provided, however, if any Taxes are required to be
withheld, Borrower shall (i) give notice to that effect to Lender, make the
necessary withholding and make timely payment of the amount withheld to the
appropriate Government Entity; and (ii) immediately pay any additional amount
that may be necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Lender
free and clear of all Taxes is equal to the amount Lender would have received
had no Taxes been withheld. All Taxes so withheld shall be paid before penalties
attach thereto or interest accrues thereon. If any such penalties or interest
nonetheless become due, Borrower shall promptly pay such amounts to the
appropriate Government Entity. If Lender pays any amount in respect of Taxes or
any Payment, or penalties or interest thereon, Borrower shall reimburse Lender
in Dollars for such payment upon demand together with interest thereon from the
date of such demand until the date of reimbursement at the Overdue Rate. Lender
shall provide Borrower with a IRS form W-9 upon the written request of Borrower.
Anything in this Section 2.07 to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower shall be
under no obligation to pay any Taxes based upon the net income of Lender.

      (b) Stamp Taxes. Borrower shall pay all Taxes with respect to the
execution, delivery, acquisition, registration or enforcement of this Agreement,
any other Loan Document or any agreement, document or instrument relating hereto
along with interest or penalties incurred in connection with any amount required
to be paid under this Section 2.07(b).

      (c) Tax Receipts. Within 30 days after payment of any Tax pursuant to this
Section 2.07, Borrower shall furnish to Lender an original or a certified copy
of a receipt for payment from the appropriate taxing authority evidencing
payment of such Tax, together with such other information and documents as
Lender may reasonably request.

      Section 2.08.  Evidence of Debt.

      (a) As additional evidence of the indebtedness of Borrower to Lender
resulting from each Advance or Interim Advance, Borrower shall execute a
promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, dated the
Disbursement Date and with other appropriate insertions and delivered pursuant
to Section 4.01 ("Note"). Each Note shall specify whether it evidences an
Advance or an Interim Advance.

      (b) The execution and delivery of the Notes shall not limit or reduce in
any way the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement, and the rights and
claims of Lender under the Notes shall not replace or supersede the rights and
claims of Lender hereunder; provided that payment of any part of the principal
of a Note, to the extent that such payment if made hereunder would discharge
Borrower's obligations hereunder in respect of the payment of the Advance or
Interim Advance evidenced by such Note, shall discharge such obligations pro
tanto, and the repayment of any principal of the Advance or Interim Advance in
accordance with the terms hereof shall discharge the obligations of Borrower
under the Note evidencing the Advance or Interim Advance to the extent of such
repayment.

      Section 2.09.  Use of Proceeds.

      The proceeds of each Advance or Interim Advance shall be used by Borrower
only to pay the

                                         
                                       12
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Receivable Purchase Price, the Loss Default Insurance premiums, to make deposits
to the Reserve Account required in connection with the Advance, and to pay any
reasonable fees to Persons, who are not an Affiliate of Borrower (not to exceed
2% the Receivable Purchase Price) incurred by Borrower in connection with
Borrower's acquisition of the Target Receivables. The Receivable Purchase Price
for any Target Receivable shall not be less than 88.00% of the then outstanding
principal amount of each Receivable unless otherwise approved in writing by
Lender.

      Section 2.10.  Lender's Fees

      As additional consideration for Lender entering into this Agreement,
Borrower shall pay to Lender the Utilization Fee, the Non-Utilization Fee, the
Warehouse Facility Fee and the Interim Facility Fee (as such terms are defined
below) during the Commitment Period.

      (a) Utilization Fee. Borrower shall pay Lender a fee ("Utilization Fee")
in an amount equal to a percentage per month of the average outstanding balance
of the Line of Credit. The percentages to be used to calculate the Utilization
Fee are as follows:

                                             Percent of Average
             Amount of Credit Limit          Outstanding Balance     
             ----------------------          -------------------     
             up to $10,000,000                 0.20834% per month 
             $10,000,001 to $20,000,000    0.12500% per month
             $20,000,001 to $50,000,000    0.10417% per month 
             $50,000,001 and above         0.08334% per month

During the Commitment Period, the Utilization Fee shall be due and payable by
Borrower to Lender on each Payment Date calculated for the Payment Period for
such Payment Date. For example, if the Credit Limit was $15,000,000, and the
average outstanding balance for the month of October, 1995 was $9,000,000, the
amount of the Utilization Fee for October, 1995 would be $18,750(1), which
(together with interest at the Interest Rate through the date of receipt by
Lender) would be due and payable on November 15, 1995.

      (b)   Non-Utilization Fee.

            (i) Borrower shall pay Lender a fee ("Non-Utilization Fee") in an
amount equal to a percentage per quarter of the Average Unused Balance. The
"Average Unused Balance" shall be the amount by which the amount of the Credit
Limit exceeds the average outstanding balance of the Line of Credit. The
percentages to be used to calculate the Non-Utilization Fee are as follows:

             Amount of Credit Limit          Percent of Excess     
             ----------------------          -------------------     
             up to $10,000,000                 0.62500% per quarter
             $10,000,001 to $30,000,000    0.25000% per quarter
             $30,000,001 to $40,000,000    0.21875% per quarter
             $40,000,001 and above         0.18750% per quarter

During the Commitment Period, the Non-Utilization Fee shall be due and payable
with respect to each calendar quarter by Borrower to Lender on the next Payment
Date following the end of each such calendar quarter. For example, if the Credit
Limit was $32,000,000, and the average outstanding balance for the months of
October, November, and December 1995 was $18,000,000, the amount of the
Non-Utilization Fee for the fourth quarter

- -------- 
(1) The calculation would be as follows:

   Average Outstanding Balance for October, 1995 = $9,000,000

   Utilization Fee for October, 1995 is ($9,000,000) x (.0020834) = $18,750.

                                         
                                       13
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

of 1995 would be $34,375(2), which would be due and payable on January 15, 1996.

            (ii) Borrower shall have the option of paying up to one-half of the
Non-Utilization Fee due at the end of each calendar quarter, by execution and
delivery of a note, a security agreement and such other documents required by
Lender (each in a form acceptable to Lender) which documents shall grant Lender
a first priority Lien on an amount of Class B Interests reasonably acceptable to
Lender. Interest on such note shall accrue at the Class B Discount Rate for the
Class B Interests securing repayment of such note, and such note shall be due
and payable 180 days after the date such Non-Utilization Fee was due to be paid.

            (iii) If through no fault of Borrower, Loss Default Insurance is not
available to Borrower for a period of 12 consecutive months during the
Commitment Period, and the lack of Loss Default Insurance is the sole reason
Borrower is unable to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 for the
making of an Advance, Borrower shall use its best efforts to structure a credit
support reasonably acceptable to Lender to replace the Loss Default Insurance.
Thereafter, if Borrower and Lender are unable to agree on such a replacement
credit support by the end of such twelfth month, and no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall no longer be
obligated to pay the Non-Utilization Fee for any period after such twelfth
month.

      (c) Warehouse Facility Fee. The "Warehouse Facility Fee" shall be in the
amount of $700,000 payable as follows: (1) $500,000 within one Business Day of
the date the first Disposition of Receivables is completed by Borrower (or any
Affiliate thereof) on or after the date hereof; (2) $100,000 within one Business
Day of the date the second Disposition of Receivables is completed by Borrower
(or any Affiliate thereof) on or after the date hereof; and (3) $100,000 within
one Business Day of the date the third Disposition of Receivables is completed
by Borrower (or any Affiliate thereof) on or after the date hereof.

      (d) Interim Facility Fee. Borrower shall pay Lender a fee ("Interim
Facility Fee") in the amount of 0.33334% per month of the average outstanding
balance of the Interim Line of Credit. The monthly equivalent of the Interim
Facility Fee shall be due and payable by Borrower to Lender on each Payment Date
with respect to the Payment Period for such Payment Date. For example, if the
average outstanding balance on the Interim Line of Credit for the month of
November, 1995 was $750,000, the amount of the Interim Facility Fee for
November, 1995 would be $2,500(3), which would be due and payable on December
15, 1995.
- --------
      (2) The calculation would be as follows:

            Average Unused Balance for fourth quarter 1995:
                        ($32,000,000 - $18,000,000) = $14,000,000

            Non-Utilization Fee for fourth quarter 1995 based on $14,000,000:

                  ($12,000,000) x (.0025000)=    $30,000
                  ($ 2,000,000) x (.0021875)=    $ 4,375
                                                -------

                   Total Non-Utilization Fee    $34,375 

      (3) The calculation would be as follows:

            Average Outstanding Balance for November, 1995 = $750,000

            Interim Facility Fee for November, 1995: 
                                     ($750,000) x (.0033334) = $2,500.



                                         
                                       14
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      Section 2.11.  Application of Payments.

      All amounts received by Lender under the Loan Documents shall from time to
time (but no less frequently than each Payment Date provided Servicer has
provided all information required by Lender to properly apply such amount) be
applied by Lender:

      (a) prior to the occurrence and continuation of a Default or an Event of
Default in the following order:

            (i) in payment of any costs, fees, expenses or other amounts then
due to Lender under the Loan Documents other than principal of and interest on
the Advances or Interim Advances;

            (ii) next the Required Amount to the payment of any interest on
and/or principal of any one or more of the Advances or Interim Advances as
determined by Lender;

            (iii) next, in payment of any amount due to Servicer or Custodian
under the Operative Documents; and

            (iv)  the balance (if any) to Borrower.

      (b) upon the occurrence and continuation of a Default or an Event of
Default in the following order:

            (i) in payment of any costs, fees, expenses or other amounts then
due to Lender under the Loan Documents other than the principal of and interest
on the Advances or Interim Advances;

            (ii) next in payment of any and all interest on and/or principal of
any one or more of the Advances or Interim Advances as determined by Lender;

            (iii) next, in payment of any amount due to Servicer or Custodian
under the Operative Documents; and

            (iv)  the balance (if any) to Borrower.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    SECURITY

      Section 3.01.  Security for Line of Credit.

      As security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and the
Guarantor Obligations, Borrower shall grant or cause to be granted to Lender a
perfected first priority Lien on all of the Collateral (subject only to
Permitted Liens), including all of Borrower's right, title and interest in, to
and under the Lender Receivables and the other Operative Documents, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired. Borrower shall deliver to Lender, in accordance
with Section 4.01, the Security Agreement and duly executed by Borrower.
Provided no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
and subject to prepayment restriction set forth in Section 2.05, upon receipt by
Lender of the Receivable Release Amount in respect of a Lender Receivable after
a Disposition of such Lender Receivable, Lender shall promptly execute a UCC
termination statement or other documents reasonably required to release Lender's
Lien on such Lender Receivable.

      Section 3.02.  Guarantees.

      As additional security for the payment and performance of the Obligations
and the Guarantor

                                         
                                       15
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Obligations, Borrower shall cause each Guarantor to execute and deliver the
appropriate Guarantee to Lender in accordance with Section 4.01(a). Upon the
occurrence (if at all), of the conditions of release as set forth in the
Winsauer Guarantee, Lender shall release Winsauer from his obligations under the
Winsauer Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Winsauer Guarantee.

      Section 3.03.  Reserve.

      (a) Establishment and Maintenance of Reserve Account. As additional
security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and the Guarantor
Obligations, Lender shall establish the Reserve Account as a segregated account
entitled "Sentry Financial Corporation Auto Bond - Reserve Account," at Key Bank
of Utah. The Reserve Account shall be maintained at either Key Bank of Utah or a
bank or trust company, the long-term debt obligations of which are rated no less
than "A" by S&P or "A2" by Moody's.

      (b) Reserve. Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited an amount
equal to the Reserve into the Reserve Account on each Disbursement Date. All
interest earned on the Reserve shall remain in the Reserve Account and become
part of the Reserve. Borrower acknowledges that the Reserve and the Reserve
Account are part of the Collateral, and Borrower agrees that the use and
application of the Reserve shall, subject to Section 3.03(c), be solely within
the discretion of Lender. In the event Lender elects to apply some or all of the
Reserve to repay the amounts owed to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents,
Lender shall apply the Reserve in accordance with the provisions of Section
2.11.

      (c) Release of Reserve to Borrower. Provided no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender may, from time to time,
release a portion of the Reserve as follows: (i) upon repayment of an Advance,
Lender shall, subject to Section 2.06(e)(ii), release that portion of the
Reserve held by Lender with respect to such Advance; and (ii) from time to time
(but no less frequently than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter
provided Servicer has timely provided all information required by Lender),
Lender shall release and pay to Borrower the Excess Reserve. The "Excess
Reserve" means at a given point of time, the amount by which the Reserve exceeds
6.00% of the Loan Amount.

      (d) Investment of Funds Deposited in Reserve Account. Lender shall either
maintain the Reserve on deposit in the Reserve Account (which shall be interest
bearing) or invest and reinvest the Reserve (or any portion thereof) only in
Permitted Investments, which Permitted Investments shall mature or be redeemable
at the option of Lender at any time. "Permitted Investments" means the
following:

            (i) federal funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and
bankers' acceptances with final maturities of one (1) year or less issued by
banks or trust companies organized under the laws of the U.S. or any state
thereof and having unsecured long-term debt rated "A" or better by S&P or "A2"
or better by Moody's; provided, however, that any such certificates of deposit
that are rated by both such rating agencies shall be rate "A" or better by S&P
and "A2" or better by Moody's;

            (ii) commercial paper of corporations organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction within the U.S. maturing not more than two hundred seventy (270)
days from the date of issuance thereof and rated "A-1" or better by S&P or "P-1"
or better by Moody's without regard to maturity; provided, however, that any
such commercial paper that is rated by both such rating agencies shall be rated
"A- 1" or better by S&P and "P-1" or better by Moody's;

            (iii) direct obligations (excluding principal-linked securities)
issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. or any agency thereof and
maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, and
repurchase agreements on such obligations; provided, that the short-term debt
rating of the party agreeing to repurchase is at least "A-1" by S&P or "P-1" by
Moody's;

            (iv) debt securities (excluding principal-linked securities) or
corporations organized under the laws of a jurisdiction within the U.S. (i) with
a maturity of one (1) year or less and rated "A" or better by S&P or "A2" or
better by Moody's provided, however, that any such debt security that is rated
by both such rating

                                         
                                       16
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

agencies shall be rated "A" or better by S&P and "A2" or better by Moody's; and

            (v) securities of money market funds rated at least "AAm" by S&P and
"P-1" by Moody's.

      Section 3.04.  Funding Account.

      As additional security for the payment and performance of the Obligations
and the Guarantor Obligations, Borrower shall establish the Funding Account and
Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited all proceeds of the Advances and
the Interim Advances into the Funding Account on each Disbursement Date.
Borrower acknowledges that the Funding Account is part of the Collateral, and
Borrower shall enter into Funding Account Documents (acceptable to Lender) which
shall give Lender control of the funds in the Funding Account after an Event of
Default.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   CONDITIONS

      Section 4.01. Conditions Precedent to First Advance and First Interim
Advance.

      The obligation of Lender to make the first Advance after the date hereof,
and the first Interim Advance, shall be subject to fulfillment of each of the
following conditions to the satisfaction of Lender on or prior to the initial
Disbursement Date:

      (a) Loan Documents. A fully executed copy of each of the Loan Documents
(each in a form satisfactory to Lender) shall have been delivered to each party
thereto, with an executed original delivered to Lender.

      (b) Operative Documents. A fully executed copy of each of the other
Operative Documents shall have been delivered to each party thereto, and Lender
shall have received a copy of each such Operative Document (other than the
Receivable Documents) certified by Borrower as true and correct.

      (c) Accounts. Lender shall have received evidence that the Reserve Account
and the Funding Account have each been established with a bank and upon terms
acceptable to Lender.

      (d) Corporate Organization and Authority. Lender shall have received the
following, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to it:

            (i) a copy of the Articles of Incorporation and of the By-laws of
Borrower, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Borrower, and
a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors and, if necessary, the
shareholders of Borrower, similarly certified, duly authorizing the execution,
delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and each other document required to be executed and delivered by
Borrower in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, together with an
incumbency certificate as to the person or persons authorized to execute and
deliver said documents on behalf of Borrower;

            (ii) a copy of the resolutions or other authorizing actions of
Servicer similarly certified, duly authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance by Servicer of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and each
other document required to be executed and delivered by Servicer in accordance
with the provisions hereof and thereof, together with an incumbency certificate
as to the person or persons authorized to execute and deliver said documents on
behalf of Servicer;

            (iii) a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of the
Custodian similarly certified, duly authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance by the Custodian of the Loan Documents to which it

                                         
                                       17
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

is a party and each other document required to be executed and delivered by the
Custodian in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, together with an
incumbency certificate as to the person or persons authorized to execute and
deliver said documents on behalf of the Custodian; and

            (iv) any other corporate or partnership documents from other parties
involved in the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents as requested by
Lender.

      (e) Opinions of Counsel. Lender shall have received the following opinions
of counsel each in a form acceptable to Lender and its counsel:

            (i) The opinion of Kirkley, Schmidt & Cotten as local Texas counsel
      to Borrower; and

            (ii) such other opinions of counsel to other parties as requested by
      Lender.

      Section 4.02. Conditions Precedent to All Advances.

      The obligation of Lender to make any Advance (including the first Advance)
shall be subject to fulfillment of each of the following conditions to the
satisfaction of Lender on or prior to the Disbursement Date for such Advance:

      (a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of
Borrower contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the Disbursement Date as though
made on and as of such date; and Lender shall have received a certificate
executed by an Authorized Officer of Borrower certifying to the truth and
accuracy of the foregoing dated as of such Disbursement Date.

      (b) No Default. On the Disbursement Date (I) each of the Operative
Documents shall be in full force and effect, (II) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder or under the other Operative
Documents, or shall result from the making of the Advance; and Lender shall have
received a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of Borrower certifying
to the truth and accuracy of the foregoing dated as of such Disbursement Date.

      (c) Advance Documents. A fully executed copy of each of the Advance
Documents shall have been delivered to each party thereto, with an executed
original delivered to Lender.

      (d) Operative Documents. A fully executed copy of each new Operative
Document shall have been delivered to each party thereto, and Lender shall have
received a copy of each such Operative Document (other than the Receivable
Documents) certified by Borrower as true and correct.

      (e) Receivable Purchase Agreements. Borrower shall have performed all of
its obligations under the Receivable Purchase Agreement(s) due to be performed
on or prior to such date, and Lender shall have confirmation that upon funding
of the Advance, Borrower shall have paid all sums due to the seller thereunder,
such seller retains no interest in the Target Receivables and none of the
proceeds of such Advance are to be paid to Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower
except as expressly contemplated by Section 2.09.

      (f) Receivable Documents. Lender shall have received evidence that (I)
Custodian has in its possession the sole original of each Receivable Document
(other than the title or application of title); (II) the Custodian is
maintaining possession of such Receivable Documents for Lender's benefit
pursuant to the Custodian Agreement, (III) each such document has been properly
completed on a form approved by Lender, validly executed and is enforceable in
accordance with its terms, and (IV) none of the payments due by Obligor under
the Receivable Documents is past due by more than 30 days.

      (g) Reserve. Lender shall have received evidence that, simultaneously with
the funding of such Advance, Borrower will deposit or cause to be deposited the
Reserve in the Reserve Account.


                                       18
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      (h) Collateral. Lender shall have received evidence that (A) UCC financing
statements have been filed or registered with the appropriate governmental
offices with respect to the Collateral; and (B) any other actions which are
necessary to perfect a Lien on Collateral have been taken, all establishing the
first priority Lien of Lender in the Collateral.

      (i) Use of Proceeds. Lender shall have received evidence that the proceeds
of the Advance are to be used solely to (I) pay or reimburse Borrower for the
purchase price of the Target Receivables (II) pay the Loss Default Insurance
premiums for such Target Receivables, and (III) make deposits to the Reserve
Account required in connection with the Advance.

      (j) Insurance. Lender shall have received (I) evidence that the Loss
Default Insurance required under Section 6.01(j) has been obtained, is in full
force and effect, has been collaterally assigned to Lender as additional
security for the Advance, and (II) a letter of undertaking from the Insurance
Broker in a form acceptable to Lender. In the event the Loss Default Insurance
is no longer available to Borrower, Lender agrees that Borrower may satisfy this
condition with a comparable credit support from a Person, upon terms and in a
form acceptable to Lender.

      (k) Auditor's Report. Lender shall have received a written report from
Auditor in a form acceptable to Lender.

      (l) Servicer Certificate. Lender shall have received a certificate from
the Servicer in the form of Exhibit B to the Servicing Agreement.

      (m) Registration; Title. Lender shall have received from Auditor evidence
that (i) there shall have been delivered to the Custodian with respect to each
such Financed Vehicle either an original certificate of title or original
guarantee of title or copy of application for title, (ii) each Financed Vehicle
securing a Target Receivable is registered or is in the process of being
registered with the motor vehicle authority of the state where the related
Obligor resides, and (iii) upon the completion of such registration the Obligor
for each Target Receivable is or will be the registered owner and Auto Bond
Acceptance Co. (or such other Originator of the Target Receivable) is or will be
the lienholder of the relevant Financed Vehicle.

      (n) Releases of Prior Liens. Lender shall have received a copy of the
release of all Liens against the Collateral (other than the Financed Vehicles)
and such other documents as Lender may require in connection with the
termination of any and all Liens affecting the Collateral other than Permitted
Liens.

      (o) Approval of Agreements. Lender shall have consented in writing to the
form and substance of each of the Operative Documents.

      (p) Corporate Organization and Authority. Lender shall have received an
incumbency certificate as to the person or persons authorized to execute and
deliver the Advance Documents on behalf of Borrower, and such other related
documentation as reasonably requested by Lender.

      (q) Ownership of Receivables. Lender shall have received evidence to the
effect that, concurrently with the Disbursement Date, Borrower has (or
immediately upon disbursement of the proceeds of the Advance, will have) good
and marketable title to the Target Receivables to be acquired with the proceeds
of the Advance free and clear of Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

      (r) Agent for Service of Process. Lender shall have received evidence to
the effect that the irrevocable appointments of Borrower's agent for service of
process pursuant to Section 9.02(c) shall be in full force and effect.

      (s) Other Indebtedness. As of the Disbursement Date, neither Borrower nor
Guarantor shall have failed (i) to pay any Indebtedness in excess of $250,000 or
any interest or premium thereon, when due (whether by scheduled maturity,
required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall



                                       19
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement
or instrument relating to such Indebtedness, or (ii) to perform or observe any
term, covenant or condition on its part to be performed or observed under any
agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness, when required to be
performed or observed, and such failure shall continue after the applicable
grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect
of such failure to perform or observe is to accelerate, or to permit the
acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness
shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than
by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or a mandatory prepayment), prior
to the stated maturity thereof.

      (t) No Change. Nothing shall have occurred which materially and adversely
has affected or may affect the ability of Borrower or any other party to the
Loan Documents to carry on its business and to perform its obligations under
such Loan Documents.

      (u) Amount of Advance. The amount of such Advance shall not be less than
65.00% of the outstanding principal amount of the Interim Line of Credit on the
Disbursement Date.

      (w) Other Documents. Lender shall have received such other documents,
opinions of counsel, instruments, certificates, Lien releases, and assurances
relating to the making of the Advance, and all proceedings in connection with
the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents, as Lender may
reasonably request in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

      Section 4.03.  Conditions Precedent to All Interim Advances.

      The obligation of Lender to make any Interim Advance (including the first
Interim Advance) shall be subject to fulfillment of each of the conditions set
forth in Section 4.02 (other than conditions 4.02(f), 4.02(k), 4.02(l), and
4.02(m), ) to the satisfaction of Lender on or prior to the Disbursement Date
for such Interim Advance, with all references in Section 4.02 to "Advances"
being deemed to be references to "Interim Advances" as determined by Lender.

      Section 4.04. Conditions Subsequent.

      Within 135 days of each Disbursement Date, Borrower shall provide evidence
to Lender that the Custodian has received the original certificates of title to
the Financed Vehicles securing the Target Receivables and that such certificates
of title show the appropriate Obligor as the owner of the Financed Vehicle and
Auto Bond Acceptance Co. (or such other originator of the Target Receivables) as
the first lienholder.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      Section 5.01. Representations and Warranties of Borrower.

      Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

      (a) Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation, is qualified to do
business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is required in view of its business and operations or the
ownership of its properties, and has all requisite corporate power and authority
to own its own assets and carry on its business and to execute and deliver and
perform its obligations under each of the Operative Documents to which Borrower
is a party.

      (b) Borrower has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under each of the
Operative Documents to which Borrower is a party, and all other documents to be
executed and delivered in connection therewith, and such action does not and
will not


                                       20
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

(i) violate any provision of any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment,
injunction, decree or the like affecting Borrower or any provision of the
articles of incorporation or by-laws of Borrower, (ii) result in a breach of or
constitute a default under any indenture, loan agreement, lease, instrument or
other contract to which Borrower is a party or by which it or its properties may
be bound or affected or (iii) require the approval of or notice to any creditor
of Borrower.

      (c) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of or filing
or registration with any court or Government Entity is required for the due
execution, delivery or performance by Borrower of any of the Operative Documents
to which Borrower is a party, except for filing of UCC financing statements and
the filing of applications for title to the Financed Vehicles securing the
Target Receivables.

      (d) Each of the Operative Documents to which Borrower is a party is the
legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and subject
as to enforceability to general principles of equity (regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

      (e) The Receivable Documents delivered to the Custodian constitute all of
the documents evidencing the Target Receivables and no money is owed to the
seller of the Target Receivables in respect of Borrower's acquisition of the
Target Receivables.

      (f) At the time of Borrower's acquisition thereof, none of the payments
due by any Obligor under any Receivable Document evidencing a Target Receivable
is more than 30 days past due unless express written notice thereof has been
provided to Lender.

      (g) A certified copy of all the Operative Documents (other than the Loan
Documents and the Receivable Documents) has been delivered to Lender.

      (h) Each of the Operative Documents to which Borrower is a party, and each
of the Receivable Documents, comply with all applicable laws, including federal
and state "truth-in-lending" laws.

      (i) (I) The obligations of Borrower under each of the Loan Documents to
which it is a party are not subordinated in priority of payment to any other
Indebtedness of Borrower; (II) there is no Lien upon or with respect to any of
the properties or income of Borrower which secures Indebtedness of any Person
except as contemplated in the Loan Documents and except for Liens permitted
under Section 6.02(b) hereof.

      (j) There are no pending or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge,
threatened actions, suits or proceedings before any court or governmental
agency, arbitrator or instrumentality affecting Borrower (or Guarantor), which
if adversely determined will materially and adversely affect Borrower's ability
(or Guarantor's ability) to perform the Obligations (or the Guarantor
Obligations).

      (k) As of the date hereof, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock
of Borrower are owned by Winsauer and all of such shares are validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable. No securities convertible into or exchangeable for
any shares of capital stock of Borrower or any options, warrants or other rights
to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock of Borrower are
outstanding.

      (l) Neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate of Borrower is in violation
of any applicable rules relating to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan to which it
is a party.

      (m) Borrower is not in material default under any contract, lease,
agreement, judgment, decree or order to which it is a party or by which it or
its properties may be bound unless written notice thereof has been provided to
Lender, which notice shall include details related thereto reasonably acceptable
to Lender.

      (n) Borrower and all Affiliates of Borrower have duly filed all tax and
information returns required



                                      21
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

to be filed with respect to Borrower and its Affiliates, and have paid all taxes
and other charges shown thereon to be due and payable. Neither this Agreement
nor any other Loan Document nor any filing required or permitted hereunder or
thereunder is subject to any registration tax, stamp duty or similar tax.

      (o) Borrower (or the Person granting a Lien on any Collateral) has good
and marketable title to the Collateral. The Liens granted under the Loan
Documents, upon filing of UCC financing statements with the appropriate
governmental offices, shall be valid and perfected first priority Liens on the
Collateral (other than the Financed Vehicles), subject only to Permitted Liens.
Upon filing of the application for title thereof listing Borrower as the
"lienholder", the Receivable Documents create a valid and perfected first
priority Lien on each Financed Vehicle.

      (p) The principal place of business and chief executive office of Borrower
is located at the address specified for Borrower on the signature page hereof.
Borrower does not conduct its business under any trade names or trade styles,
except as disclosed to Lender.

      (q) All written information given by Borrower to Lender in relation to
this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents is accurate and complete
with respect to the information purported to be set forth therein, and does not
omit any fact which would be necessary to make any statement or representation
or warranty contained herein or therein not materially misleading.

      (r) In any proceedings in relation to any Operative Document, Borrower
will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from
suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

      (s) In any proceedings in relation to any Loan Document which is expressed
to be governed by Utah law, under the laws of Texas in force at the date hereof
the choice of Utah law as the governing law of such agreement will be recognized
and Utah law will be applied.

      (t) It is not necessary or advisable that this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or Operative Document or particulars thereof be filed, recorded, or
registered with any court or Government Entity, other than UCC-1 financing
statements filed with the Secretary of State of Texas against the Collateral,
and certificates of title with respect to the Financed Vehicles.

      (u) All acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and
performed in order to enable Borrower lawfully to enter into, exercise its
rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed
by it in each Operative Document to which it is a party have been done,
fulfilled, and performed.

      (w) Neither Borrower, nor any Affiliate of Borrower, shall receive
(directly or indirectly) any of the proceeds of any Advance or Interim Advance
except as expressly contemplated by Section 2.09 hereof.

      (x) Borrower's audited financial statements dated March 31, 1995 covering
the period from September 1, 1994, through March 31, 1995, heretofore delivered
to Lender, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, and fairly and accurately present the financial
condition of Borrower as of that date and the results of its operations for that
period subject to normal year end adjustments.

      (y) There has been no material adverse change since March 31, 1995 in the
financial condition of Borrower or in Borrower's ability to perform its
obligations under the Operative Documents to which Borrower is a party.

      (z) None of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement including the
borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (but excluding any
assignments or participations of any Advance by Lender), will violate or result
in a violation of any provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any regulations issued
pursuant thereto).



                                       22
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      (aa) As of the date hereof, all matters stated in the Recitals to this
Agreement are true and correct.

      Section 5.02.  Repetition of Representations and Warranties.

      Each representation and warranty set forth in Section 5.01 shall (unless
otherwise set forth therein) be deemed to be made as of the first Disbursement
Date, and repeated on each subsequent Disbursement Date and on each Payment Date
as if made on and as of that date.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    COVENANTS

      Section 6.01. Affirmative Covenants of Borrower.

      So long as any Advance or Interim Advance or any other amount payable by
Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall remain unpaid,
Borrower shall:

      (a) Preservation of Existence, Etc. (I) Maintain and preserve its
corporate existence, and (II) its rights to transact business and all other
rights, franchises and privileges necessary or desirable for the normal course
of its business and operations and the ownership of its properties and the
performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents, including all
certificates, consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations of any
Governmental Entity.

      (b) Payment of Taxes, Etc. Pay and discharge all Taxes, assessments and
governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or
upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach
thereto, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any of
the properties of Borrower except to the extent such Taxes, assessments,
governmental charges or levies or claims are being contested in good faith and
do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate at any time.

      (c) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply in all respects with the
requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any
Government Entity and (except to the extent inconsistent with Borrower's
obligations hereunder) the terms of any indenture, contract or other instrument
to which it is a party or under which it or its properties may be bound, where
the failure to comply would have a materially adverse effect on Borrower's
ability to perform the Obligations or Guarantor's ability to perform the
Guarantor Obligations.

      (d) Inspection Rights. At any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice, permit Lender or any of its respective agents or
representatives to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and
books of account of, and visit the properties of, Borrower and discuss the
business affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower with any of its officers,
employees or accountants.

      (e) Keeping of Records and Books of Account. Keep adequate records and
books of account in which complete entries will be made according to GAAP
consistently applied, reflecting all financial transactions of Borrower. Such
records and books of account shall be kept in accordance with applicable rules
and regulations of any Governmental Entity or regulatory authority having
jurisdiction over Borrower or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

      (f) Receivable Reports. Provide or cause to be provided to Lender reports
from the Servicer (or Borrower or otherwise) describing (i) the payments made by
the Obligors in respect of the Lender Receivables and (ii) such other
information from time to time requested by Lender.



                                      23
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      (g) Pari Passu. Ensure that at all times its obligations under this
Agreement are not subordinated to its obligations owed to all its unsecured
creditors except those whose claims are given preferred status by any
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application.

      (h) Change of Chief Executive Office. Give Lender at least 30 days' prior
written notice of any change in the location of the principal place of business
or chief executive office of Borrower; provided, however, that no change of
Borrower's principal place of business or chief executive office shall be made
if such change will affect Lender's ability to preserve the rights and Lien
status created under the Loan Documents.

      (i) Notices. Deliver to Lender promptly upon receipt thereof by Borrower a
copy of all notices received by Borrower from any Government Entity or any other
party which could reasonably materially and adversely affect the value of the
Collateral (taken as a whole).

      (j) Insurance. (i) Maintain the Loss Default Insurance with respect to all
Lender Receivables, (ii) use its best efforts to maintain the Loss Default
Insurance (or a similar policy acceptable to Lender) with companies and upon
terms satisfactory to Lender for all future Lender Receivables; (iii) deliver to
Lender a monthly report of all claims made against the Loss Default Insurance by
or on behalf of Borrower; and (iv) ensure that all requirements of the Loss
Default Insurance are complied with.

      (k) Enforcement of Operative Agreements. (i) Fulfill or perform all
conditions and covenants of the Loan Documents to be fulfilled or performed by
Borrower, (ii) enforce the fulfillment or performance of all conditions and
covenants of the other Operative Documents where the failure to do so could
reasonably materially reduce the value of the Collateral (taken as a whole), and
(iii) deliver to Lender promptly upon receipt thereof a copy of all notices and
upon the request of Lender all reports delivered by or to Borrower pursuant to
the Operative Documents (other than the Receivable Documents).

      (l) Consents. Obtain, comply with the terms of and do all that is
necessary to maintain in full force and effect all authorizations, approvals,
licenses and consents required by all applicable laws and regulations to enable
it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under each of the
Operative Documents or to ensure the legality, validity, priority, or
enforceability against Borrower of each of the Operative Documents.

      (m) Security. Ensure that all filings and other acts necessary to perfect
and maintain Lender's first priority Lien on the Collateral are properly
completed, and Lender's Lien on the Collateral is maintained and perfected in
such manner as Lender may reasonably require.

      (n) Lender Accumulation Account. Borrower shall cause all payments made by
the Obligors of all Lender Receivables to be deposited directly into the Lender
Accumulation Account.

      (o) Receivable Documents. Within 5 Business Days of receipt of Lender's
written request therefor, provide Lender with the original of or a copy of any
Receivable Document.

      (p) Further Assurances and Additional Acts. (i) Execute, acknowledge,
deliver, file, notarize and register at its own expense all such further
agreements, instruments, certificates, documents and assurances and perform such
acts as Lender shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) promptly obtain from time to time and
maintain in full force and effect at its own expense all such governmental
licenses, authorizations, consents, permits and approvals as may be required to
enable Borrower to comply with its obligations under the Operative Documents,
and all other documents made and delivered, or to be made and delivered,
pursuant thereto, and (iii) promptly provide Lender with evidence of the
foregoing satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

      (q) Use of Proceeds of Advance. Use the proceeds of each Advance only in a
manner expressly permitted by Section 2.09 hereof.



                                      24
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      (r) Servicer. If Servicer shall fail in a material respect to perform any
of its obligations under any of the Servicer Documents: (i) use its best efforts
to cause such failure to be remedied as soon as possible, and (ii) if such
failure is not remedied within 10 days after written notice thereof shall have
been given to Borrower by Lender, replace Servicer with another servicer
(performing the same duties as Servicer) acceptable to Lender within 45 days of
Borrower's receipt of such notice.

      (s) Custodian. If Custodian shall fail in a material respect to perform
any of its obligations under any of the Custodian Documents: (i) use its best
efforts to cause such failure to be remedied as soon as possible, and (ii) if
such failure is not remedied within 10 days after written notice thereof shall
have been given to Borrower by Lender, replace Custodian with another custodian
(performing the same duties as Custodian) acceptable to Lender within 45 days of
Borrower's receipt of such notice.

      (t) Winsauer. Ensure that Winsauer remains actively involved in the
management of the business affairs of Borrower, and owns a significant
percentage of the stock of Borrower, both as reasonably determined by Lender.

      (u) Ownership of Borrower. Notify Lender of any change in the ownership of
the outstanding shares of capital stock of Borrower, and the issuance of any
securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock of
Borrower or any options, warrants or other rights to purchase or otherwise
acquire any shares of capital stock of Borrower are outstanding.

      (v) Special Purpose Borrower. Upon written notice to Borrower, cause a
Person to be formed as an Affiliate of Borrower ("SPC"), whose sole legal
purpose shall be to purchase Target Receivables financed by the Line of Credit,
effect Dispositions of such Receivables, and such other matters related thereto
but approved by Lender. Borrower shall cause SPC to enter into documents
approved by Lender, reasonably acceptable to Borrower, and substantially similar
to the Loan Documents, except that such documents shall prohibit SPC from
conducting any business other than as described in the prior sentence. The type
of entity which SPC shall be, and the form and substance of the organizational
documents of SPC, shall both be acceptable to Lender, and include provisions
required by Lender limiting SPC's right to file for protection under the
Bankruptcy Act without the consent of a Person approved by Lender. Borrower
shall comply with all of the requirements of this Section 6.01(v) or cause such
requirements to be complied with, within 30 days of Borrower's receipt of
Lender's written notice with respect thereto.

      Section 6.02. Negative Covenants of Borrower.

      So long as any Advance or Interim Advance or any other amount payable by
Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall remain unpaid,
Borrower shall not, except with the prior written consent of Lender (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld):

      (a) Additional Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness which ranks in priority of payment greater than pari passu with the
Obligation, other than Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender under the Loan
Documents and Indebtedness of Borrower to a Person secured by one or more assets
of Borrower other than the Collateral.

      (b) Liens; Etc. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or
with respect to any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
or assign any right to receive income other than (i) Liens in favor of Lender to
secure Indebtedness to Lender under the Loan Documents, (ii) Permitted Liens,
and (iii) Liens consented to in writing by Lender.

      (c) Fundamental Changes. (i) Engage in any business activities other than
origination, acquisition, servicing and securitization of Receivables, (ii)
transfer the origination, servicing, collection or other similar activities
related to the Lender Receivables to another Person, or (iii) merge or
consolidate with, liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any
liquidation or dissolution) or, except as expressly contemplated by this
Agreement, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or
in a series of transactions) all



                                       25
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to
any Person.

      (d) Distributions, Etc. During the continuance of a Default or Event of
Default, declare or pay any dividends, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise
acquire for value any of its capital stock, or options or other rights in
respect thereof, now or hereafter outstanding, or make any distribution of
assets to its stockholders as such.

      (e) Amendment of Operative Documents. Amend, modify or waive any provision
of, or release, surrender, cancel or terminate any of the Operative Documents
(other than the Receivable Documents or the Receivable Purchase Documents) or
consent to any of the foregoing.

      (f) Funding Account. Use the funds on deposit in the Funding Account only
in a manner expressly permitted by Section 2.09. Borrower shall not deposit any
funds in the Funding Account other than the proceeds of the Advances and the
Interim Advances, or otherwise commingle any other funds with the funds on
deposit in the Funding Account.

      (g) Interim Receivables. Finance any Interim Receivable with any Person
other than Lender, except pursuant to a Disposition of Interim Receivables.

      Section 6.03. Financial Covenants.

      (a) So long as any Advance or Interim Advance or any other amount payable
by Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall remain unpaid,
Borrower will maintain a positive net worth and a positive balance in cash and
cash equivalents.

      (b) If at the end of a Payment Period the Delinquency Ratio for any
Advance is (i) 25% or higher, but less than 50%, Borrower shall, within 5 days
of receipt of notice thereof, cause the Reserve for such Advance to be increased
to an amount equal to 9% of the outstanding principal balance of such Advance;
and (ii) 50% or higher, Borrower shall, within 5 days of receipt of notice
thereof, repay such Advance together with any interest due thereon.

      Section 6.04. Reporting Requirements.

      So long as any Advance or Interim Advance or any other amount payable by
Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall remain unpaid,
Borrower shall furnish to Lender:

      (a) Quarterly Financial Statements and Reports of Borrower. As soon as
available and in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal
quarter, financial statements of Borrower as of the end of such quarter,
including balance sheets and income statements, prepared without footnotes and
subject to normal year-end adjustments but otherwise in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year (if
applicable), all in reasonable detail, together with a certificate of an
Authorized Officer of Borrower stating that such Authorized Officer has no
knowledge that any Event of Default, or Default, has occurred, and if such Event
of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, indicating the nature
thereof and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

      (b) Annual Financial Statements. (i) As soon as available and in any event
not later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a
duplicate original of the annual audited financial statements for such year for
Borrower, including balance sheets and income statements, all in reasonable
detail, together with a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Borrower as
having been audited by a public accounting firm acceptable to Lender in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied and stating that such Authorized
Officer has no knowledge that any Event of Default, or Default has occurred or,
if such Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, indicating
the nature thereof and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect
thereto; and (ii) promptly after filing with the Internal Revenue Service, a
copy of the tax return for



                                      26
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Borrower.

      (c) Notice of Default. As soon as possible after the occurrence of any
Event of Default or Default, a statement of the chief financial officer or other
Authorized Officer of Borrower setting forth details of such Event of Default or
Default and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

      (d) Notice of Litigation. Promptly, and in any event within ten Business
Days after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits and
proceedings before any court or governmental agency, arbitrator or
instrumentality affecting Borrower which if adversely decided may have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition, properties or operations of
Borrower.

      (e) Funding Account. (i) A copy of each bank statement for the Funding
Account within 5 days of Borrower's receipt thereof, and (ii) a copy of any and
all canceled checks for the Funding Account promptly upon Lender's request
therefor, but in all events within 10 Business Days of Lender's request
therefor.

      (f) Compliance Certificate. Upon the written request of Lender, promptly
provide Lender with a certificate as to whether any Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing.

      (g) Other Information. Such other information respecting the business or
properties, or the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower as Lender may
from time to time reasonably request.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      Section 7.01. Events of Default.

      If any of the following events (each an "Event of Default") shall occur
and be continuing during the term of this Agreement:

      (a) Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of principal of or interest on
any Advance or any Note when due, or Borrower shall fail to pay within ten days
of the due date any other amount payable by Borrower hereunder or under any of
the other Loan Documents; or

      (b) Any representation or warranty by Borrower (or any of its respective
officers) in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other
document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been incorrect
in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

      (c) Borrower shall fail in any material respect to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement contained in the Security Agreement or the
Assignment, or contained in subsections (a)(I), (g), or (h) of Section 6.01,
Section 6.02 or Section 6.03(b) of this Agreement; or

      (d) Any representation or warranty by Guarantor in any of the Guarantees
shall be or prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or
deemed made; or

      (e) Borrower shall fail in any material respect to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to be
performed or observed and any such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days
after written notice thereof shall have been given to Borrower by Lender (other
than those referred to in subsections (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 7.01 for
which there shall be no grace period); or

      (f) A Guarantor Event shall occur, or Guarantor shall fail in any material
respect to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any
of the Guarantees or in any other Operative



                                      27
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Document to which Guarantor is a party, and any such failure shall remain
unremedied for 5 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to
Borrower by Lender; or

      (g) Borrower shall fail (i) to pay any Indebtedness in excess of $250,000
or any interest or premium thereon, when due (whether by scheduled maturity,
required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall
continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement
or instrument relating to such Indebtedness, or (ii) to perform or observe any
term, covenant or condition on its part to be performed or observed under any
agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness, when required to be
performed or observed, and such failure shall continue after the applicable
grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect
of such failure to perform or observe is to accelerate, or to permit the
acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness
shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than
by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity
thereof; or

      (h) Borrower or Guarantor shall admit in writing its inability to, or
shall fail generally or be generally unable to, pay its debts (including its
payrolls) as such debts become due, or shall make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors; or Borrower or Guarantor shall file a voluntary petition
in bankruptcy or a petition or answer seeking reorganization, to effect a plan
or other arrangement with creditors or any other relief under the Bankruptcy
Reform Act of 1978 (as amended from time to time, the "Bankruptcy Act") or under
any other state or federal law relating to bankruptcy or reorganization granting
relief to debtors, whether now or hereafter in effect, or shall file an answer
admitting the jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations of any
involuntary petition filed against Borrower or Guarantor pursuant to the
Bankruptcy Act or any such other state or federal law; or any order for relief
shall be entered against Borrower or Guarantor in any involuntary proceeding
under the Bankruptcy Act or any such other state or federal law, or Borrower or
Guarantor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt, or shall make an assignment for the
benefit of creditors, or shall apply for or consent to the appointment of any
custodian, receiver or trustee for all or any substantial part of Borrower's or
Guarantor's property, or shall take any action to authorize any of the actions
set forth above in this subsection (g); or an involuntary petition seeking any
of the relief specified in this subsection (g) shall be filed against Borrower
or Guarantor and shall not be dismissed or stayed within 60 days; or

      (i) A final judgment or order for the payment of money, the portion of
which a creditworthy insurance company is not obligated to pay, shall exceed
$100,000, shall be rendered against Borrower and within 30 days after entry
thereof such judgment or order shall not have been discharged, satisfied or the
execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or, within 30 days after the expiration
of any such stay, such judgment or order shall not have been discharged or
satisfied; or

      (j) Any Government Entity or judicial authority shall condemn, seize or
appropriate all or a material part of the Collateral or all or substantially all
of Borrower's assets and Borrower does not receive an award in compensation
thereof or insurance payments with respect thereto within 120 days of such
condemnation, seizure or appropriation; or

      (k) Lender shall be prevented by any order of any court obtained by or on
behalf of Borrower or by any law from sending any notice permitted or required
to commence a period during which Borrower may cure any Default or Event of
Default hereunder; or

      (l) There should be a materially adverse change in the financial quality
of the Lender Receivables with respect to any Advance, or Borrower's or
Winsauer's financial condition; or

      (m) Any Loan Document shall cease to be in full force and effect, the
validity or enforceability of any Loan Document shall be contested by any party
thereto, or any party thereto shall deny that it has any or further liability
under any Loan Document; or

      (n) Any Interim Receivable has not been financed by the Line of Credit
within 15 Business Days of Borrower's acquisition of such Interim Receivables,
unless such Interim Receivable has been the subject of



                                      28
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

a Disposition; or

      (o) An Event of Default shall have occurred under the WC Loan Documents.

      THEN, and in any such event, (i) Lender may, at its option, by notice to
Borrower, declare the entire unpaid principal amount of any or all Advances and
Notes, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be forthwith due and
payable, whereupon the Loan Amount and the Notes, all such accrued interest and
all such other amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without
presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by Borrower; provided, however, that if an event
described in subsection (g) of this Section 7.01 shall occur, the result which
would otherwise occur only upon giving of notice by Lender to Borrower as
specified in clause (i) above shall occur automatically, without the giving of
any such notice; and (ii) Lender may immediately, and whether or not the actions
referred to in the preceding clause (i) have been taken, exercise any or all of
Lender's rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, including the rights of a
secured party pursuant to the UCC.

      Section 7.02. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

      No failure on the part of Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising,
any right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The
remedies provided in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document are cumulative
and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

      Section 7.03. Right of Set-off.

      Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default,
Lender hereby is authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to
Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower), to set off and
apply any and all funds of Borrower at any time in the possession of or under
the control of Lender and other indebtedness at any time owing by Lender to or
for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the Obligations
of Borrower (or Guarantor Obligations of Guarantor) now or hereafter existing
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, irrespective of whether
Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan
Documents and although such Obligations or Guarantor Obligations may be
unmatured. Lender agrees promptly to notify Borrower after any such set-off and
application made by Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such
notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application nor
constitute a default by Lender of any of its obligations hereunder. The rights
of Lender under this Section 7.03 are in addition to other rights and remedies
(including, other rights of set-off) which Lender may have.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

      Section 8.01. Expenses.

      Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any reasonable costs and expenses
incurred by Lender from time to time in connection with any Advance or any
Interim Advance, including fees related to or associated with the Reserve
Account, the Lender Accumulation Account, the Funding Account or any other bank
account related to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, UCC and
other title search fees, and filing fees.

      Section 8.02. Enforcement Expenses.

      Borrower shall pay on demand all Losses, if any, of Lender (including
reasonable outside counsel fees,



                                      29
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

allocated costs of internal counsel and disbursements for both) in connection
with (i) the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and
other documents delivered thereunder, including any out-of-court workout or in
any bankruptcy case, and (ii) the preservation of and realization upon any of
the Collateral, including Losses sustained by Lender as a result of any failure
by Borrower to perform or observe its obligations contained in this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents.

      Section 8.03. Indemnity.

      Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify Lender and its directors, officers and
employees from and hold each of them harmless against any and all Losses
incurred by any of them arising out of or by reason of any investigation,
litigation or other proceeding (regardless of whether Lender is a party thereto)
related to the financing provided pursuant to this Agreement or any transaction
effected or proposed to be effected by Borrower with the proceeds of the Line of
Credit, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and allocated
costs of internal counsel and other expenses incurred in connection with any
such investigation, litigation or other proceeding (but excluding any such
Losses incurred by reason of the negligence or wilful misconduct of the person
to be indemnified) and, if and to the extent that the foregoing indemnification
is for any reason held unenforceable, Borrower agrees to make the maximum
contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of such Loss which is
permissible under applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  GOVERNING LAW

      Section 9.01. Governing Law.

      This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all of the transactions
contemplated thereby shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Utah, without regard to any conflict of law rule which
might result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. Lender is
a Utah corporation with its principal place of business and chief executive
offices located at 201 South Main Street, Salt Lake City, Utah. A substantial
part of the negotiations with respect to this Agreement were either conducted in
Lender's office in Salt Lake City, Utah or shall be deemed to have been
conducted in Lender's office in Salt Lake City, Utah. This Agreement and the
other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been executed in Lender's office in
Salt Lake City, Utah, and the payment of all sums due under the Loan Documents
and the performance of all other Obligations and Guarantor Obligations due to
Lender shall be performed or deemed to be performed in Salt Lake City, Utah.
Borrower, Guarantor and Lender have entered into this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents in specific reliance upon Section 35.51 of the Texas Business and
Commerce Code, and but for the ability of the parties hereto to agree that the
law of Utah would govern the Loan Documents and transactions contemplated
thereby, Lender would not have entered into the Loan Documents, nor would Lender
have made any of the Advances.

      Section 9.02. Jurisdiction; Immunity.

      (a) Borrower hereby irrevocably consents that any legal action related in
any way to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents ("Proceeding") may be
brought in any court of the State of Utah located in Salt Lake City or in the
United States District Court for the District of Utah, Central Division, and by
execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower hereby irrevocably submits to
the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Utah located in Salt Lake City
and of the United States District Court for the District of Utah, Central
Division.

      (b) Any Proceeding may be brought or enforced against Borrower in any
place where Borrower of any of its property may be found, and Borrower
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of each such court in respect of any
Proceeding.



                                       30
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      (c) Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Prentice Hall
Corporation presently located at One Utah Center, 201 South Main #1800, Salt
Lake City, UT, 84111, c/o Parsons Behle and Latimer, Attention Sherie Lamprecht
(or its successors), as its agent for the service of process in Utah and agrees
to consider any legal process or any demand or notice made or served on said
agent as being made on it. The foregoing, however, shall not limit the right of
Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring any
legal action or proceeding to protect and enforce its rights either hereunder,
or under the other Loan Documents or any other agreements, documents,
instruments or otherwise or to obtain execution of judgment in any court of
competent jurisdiction. Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any objection which
Borrower may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or
proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in the State of
Utah and further irrevocably waives any claim that the State of Utah is not a
convenient forum for any such suit, action or proceeding. To the extent that
Borrower has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any
court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment
prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with
respect to itself or its property, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives such
immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 10.01. Amendments and Waivers.

      Lender and Borrower may from time to time enter into a written amendment
to any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and Lender may
from time to time execute and deliver to Borrower a written instrument waiving
any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consenting to any
departure by Borrower therefrom. Any such amendment, waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given. Borrower agrees to make any amendments to the Loan Documents requested by
Lender in connection with an assignment or participation provided such amendment
does not increase Borrower's financial obligations hereunder.

      Section 10.02. Notices.

      All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless
otherwise provided herein, be in writing (including by telecopier or any other
form of telecommunication) and sent or delivered by messenger, telecopier or
overnight courier service, as to each party hereto, at its address set forth
under its name on the signature pages hereof or at such other address as shall
be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party hereto. All
such notices and communications shall be effective when received as follows: if
sent by hand delivery or overnight courier, upon delivery; and if sent by
telecopier, upon receipt; provided, however, a copy of all notices sent by
telecopier shall also be sent by overnight courier or first class mail.

      Section 10.03. Cooperation.

      (a) Borrower agrees to coordinate with Lender with respect to Borrower's
seeking to obtain financing from other financing sources. Without the express
prior written consent of Lender, Borrower shall not enter into any loan or
financing agreement(s) (which are for or include financing similar to the
financing provided by the Loan Documents) with any party with which Lender has
notified Borrower that Lender is then discussing (or has discussed within the
prior 6 months) an assignment of or participation with Lender in providing such
financing, or a loan to Lender, where some portion or all the proceeds of which
shall be used to fund one or more Advance.

      (b) Borrower agrees to cooperate fully and in utmost good faith with
Lender with respect to Lender's search for additional funding capacity from
third party financing sources to increase the Credit Limit.



                                       31
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      Section 10.04. Amended and Restated.

      This Agreement amends and restates that certain Amended and Restated
Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 31, 1995 between Borrower
and Lender ("Prior Agreement") in its entirety. Effective as of the date hereof,
the terms of this Agreement shall apply to all Advances made pursuant to the
Prior Agreement. All provisions, terms, and conditions of the other Loan
Documents shall remain in full force and effect, and this Agreement, as hereby
amended, and the other Loan Documents are hereby confirmed and ratified in their
entirety.

      Section 10.05. Replacement of Notes.

      Upon the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note and (i) in the
case of loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt by Borrower of indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to it (except that if the holder of that Note
is Lender or any other financial institution of recognized responsibility, the
holder's own agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory) or (ii)
in the case of mutilation, upon surrender to Borrower of the mutilated Note;
Borrower shall execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Note, dated the date of
the Note being replaced, in the same principal amount.

      Section 10.06. Survival.

      All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Borrower
herein contained or made in writing in connection with this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
and each Loan Document shall continue in full force and effect until the
Advances and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents shall be paid in full and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the
respective successors and assigns of Lender, Borrower and Guarantor including
any holder of any Note.

      Section 10.07. No Partnership or Joint Venture.

      Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to cause Lender to be considered
a partner of or joint venturer with Borrower.

      Section 10.08. Binding Effect.

      This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by
Borrower and Lender and thereafter shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit
of and be enforceable by Borrower, Lender and their respective successors and
assigns, except that Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights
hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of Lender.
Lender shall have the right to assign all or any portion of its rights and
benefits hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, provided Lender retains
the responsibility of administering the Line of Credit. Assignments hereunder
shall become effective only upon delivery of notice thereof to Borrower. Upon
the effectiveness of a permitted assignment hereunder, each reference in this
Agreement to "Lender" shall be deemed to be a reference to the assignor and the
assignee to the extent of their respective interests. Borrower shall, from time
to time at the request of Lender, execute and deliver any documents that are
necessary to give full force and effect to a permitted assignment hereunder,
including one or more new Notes in exchange for any Note held by Lender. Lender
shall be free at any time to sell participations in its interests hereunder.

      Section 10.09. Determinations by Lender.

      Each determination by Lender hereunder shall, in the absence of manifest
error, be conclusive and binding on the parties.

      Section 10.10.  Entire Agreement.



                                      32
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      This Agreement and the other Loan Documents reflect the entire agreement
between Lender and Borrower with respect to the matters set forth herein and
therein.

      Section 10.11. Execution in Counterparts.

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute but one and the same agreement.

      Section 10.12. Waiver of Jury.

      BORROWER AND LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE
NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.

      Section 10.13. Usury.

      All agreements between Borrower and Lender are expressly limited so that
in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of the making of any
Advance, acceleration of maturity of the unpaid principal balance thereof or
otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Lender, or charged by
Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of the money to be advanced
hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under any applicable usury
laws. If, from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof
or of any Note or any other Loan Document shall involve transcending the limit
of validity prescribed by any law which a court of competent jurisdiction may
deem applicable hereto, then, ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall
be reduced to the limit of such validity and, neither Borrower, Guarantor nor
any other Person shall be obligated to pay any Excess Interest (as defined
below). It is the intent of Borrower, Guarantor and Lender to at all times
comply with the usury and other laws relating to this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, and any subsequent legislative revision, repeal or judicial
interpretations of such laws. If at any time from any circumstance Lender shall
ever receive, collect or apply as interest (or any amount which is determined to
be interest) an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount,
which would be excessive interest (which amount shall hereinafter be referred to
as "Excess Interest"), shall be applied to the reduction of the unpaid principal
balance due hereunder and not to the payment of interest; and if upon such
application the principal balance due hereunder is paid in full, any remaining
sum shall be paid to Borrower. In such event, the provisions of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents shall be immediately deemed reformed and the
amounts collectible thereunder reduced without the necessity of the execution of
any new document in order to comply with then applicable law in order to permit
the recovery of the fullest amount of interest otherwise called for pursuant to
such applicable laws. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable
under any specific circumstances is Excess Interest, Borrower or Lender shall to
the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, amortize, prorate, compound,
allocate and spread the total amount of interest throughout the entire term of
the applicable Note or other Loan Document so that the amount or rate of
interest charged for any and all periods of time during the term such Note or
other Loan Document is to the greatest extent possible less than the maximum
amount or rate of interest allowed to be charged by law during the relevant
period of time. However, if at any time the applicable laws are changed so as to
permit a higher rate or amount of interest to be charged than that permitted
prior to such change, then unless prohibited by law, references in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document to "applicable law" for purposes of
determining the maximum interest or rate of interest that may be charged will be
deemed to refer to such applicable aw as then amended to allow the greater
amount or rate of interest. This provision shall control every other provision
of all agreements between Borrower and Lender contemplated hereunder.

      Section 10.14.  No Broker.

      Borrower and Lender agree that Lender owes no fees to brokers or
consultants in connection with the consummation of this Agreement, and that
Borrower shall pay its own such fees so incurred. Borrower hereby agrees to
indemnify and hold the Lender harmless from any and all liabilities and costs
(including costs of



                                       33
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

counsel) to any person or entity claiming brokerage commissions or finder's fees
on account of this Agreement.

      Section 10.15.  Severability.

      If one or more provisions contained in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document to which Borrower is a party shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect in any jurisdiction or with respect to any party, such
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in such jurisdiction or with respect
to such party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, not
invalidate or render illegal or unenforceable any such provision in any other
jurisdiction or with respect to any other party, or any other provisions of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document to which Borrower is a party.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed in Salt Lake City, Utah by their respective officers or agents
thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

BORROWER

AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation


By:___________________
Name:   William O.  Winsauer
Title:   President

301 Congress Avenue
9th Floor
Austin, TX 78701
Telephone: 512-472-8300
Telefax:   512-472-1548
Attention: William O. Winsauer

LENDER

SENTRY FINANCIAL CORPORATION,
a Utah corporation

By:__________________
Name:    Jonathan M. Ruga
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

One Utah Center
201 S. Main Street
Suite 1400
Salt Lake City, UT  84111-2215
Telephone: 801-596-9600
Telefax:   801-596-9630
Attention: General Counsel


                                       34
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                            Form of Draw Down Notice

Date: ________________

SENTRY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
One Utah Center
201 South Main Street
Suite 1400
Salt Lake City, Utah   84111

      Re:   [Advance or Interim Advance] No. ____

Gentlemen:

We refer to that certain Second Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Credit
Agreement dated as of July 31, 1995 ("Agreement") between AutoBond Acceptance
Corporation, a Texas corporation ("Borrower") and Sentry Financial Corporation
("Lender") providing for loans to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount up
to the Credit Limit at any one time outstanding. All terms defined in the
Agreement and used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Agreement, Borrower hereby gives Lender notice
that (1) Borrower irrevocably commits to borrow under the Agreement as an
[Advance or Interim Advance] the aggregate principal amount of $________________
on ______________, 199___ ("Disbursement Date") and (2) the proceeds of the
borrowing are to be credited to the Funding Account.

The Borrower hereby certifies that the representations and warranties made by it
in the Agreement are true and correct as if made on and as of the date hereof.
If any such representation or warranty ceases to be true and correct at and as
of any time before the disbursement of the Loan on the Disbursement Date,
Borrower will immediately give you notice to that effect.

Sincerely,

AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
a Texas Corporation
By:____________________
Name:   William O.  Winsauer
Title:     President




                                       35
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                                     Form of

                                     SECURED
                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

                      (Advance or Interim Advance No. ___)
$[          ]                                               ______________, 199_
                                                            Salt Lake City, Utah

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, a Texas corporation
("Borrower"), unconditionally promise to pay to SENTRY FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a
Utah corporation ("Lender"), by wire transfer of immediately available funds in
lawful money of the United States of America to Lender's Account No. 26029678 at
First Interstate Bank of Utah, 3776 South Highland Drive, Salt Lake City, UT
84106, A.B.A. Routing No. 124000025 (801) 350-7251 or such other account as
Lender or the holder hereof from time to time shall designate by notice to
Borrower, the principal sum of[ DOLLARS] ($ ). Borrower further promises to make
any mandatory prepayment required by the terms and provisions of the Second
Amended and Restate Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 31,
1995, between Borrower and Lender ("Loan Agreement"). Capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings give to such terms in the Loan
Agreement. This Note evidences an [Advance or Interim Advance] made pursuant to
the [Line of Credit or Interim Line of Credit].

      This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Loan Agreement, is
secured as provided in the Loan Agreement and is entitled to the benefits and is
subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. All
terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated herein and
made a part hereof as if such terms and conditions were set forth herein.

      Borrower further promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount
hereof from the date hereof until the maturity thereof (whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) at a floating rate per annum calculated
in accordance with Section 2.04 of the Loan Agreement. Interest and principal
shall be payable pursuant to the terms and provisions of Article II of the Loan
Agreement.

      The principal hereof may not be prepaid other than as expressly provided
for in Section 2.05 of the Loan Agreement.

      Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other
than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business
Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the
computation of payment of interest.

      In the event that any amount of principal hereof or interest hereon, or
any other amount payable hereunder, is not paid in full when due (whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), Borrower promises to pay (in the
case of interest on overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law)
interest on such unpaid principal or other unpaid amount for each day from the
date such amount becomes due until the date such amount is paid in full, payable
on demand, at an interest rate per annum equal to the Overdue Rate.

      All computations of interest in respect of this Note shall be made on the
basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first
day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest
is payable. Interest shall continue to accrue on all sums outstanding hereunder
through the date payment is received by Lender. Borrower shall make each payment
hereunder without set-off or counterclaim.

      All amounts received on account of this Note shall be applied in the
manner provided for in Section 2.11 of the Loan Agreement.


                                      36
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

      The Loan Agreement provides, among other things, for acceleration (which
in certain cases shall be automatic) of the maturity hereof upon the occurrence
of certain stated events, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or
further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

      Borrower agrees to pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable
counsel fees and disbursements and allocated costs of internal counsel) incurred
by Lender in enforcing payment hereof.

      No failure on the part of Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising,
any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies provided herein or in
any other Loan Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies
provided by law.

      If one or more provisions contained in this Note shall be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality
or unenforceability in such jurisdiction shall, to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, not invalidate or render illegal or unenforceable any such
provision in any other jurisdiction or with respect to any other party, or any
other provisions of this Note. This Note shall be binding upon the successors
and assigns of Borrower.

      This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Utah, without regard to any conflict of law rule which might
result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. Borrower hereby
irrevocably consents that any legal action related in any way to this Note
("Proceeding") may be brought in any court of the State of Utah located in Salt
Lake City or in the United States District Court for the District of Utah,
Central Division, and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower
hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of
Utah located in Salt Lake City and of the United States District Court for the
District of Utah, Central Division.


"BORROWER:"


AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation


By:______________________
Name:   William O.  Winsauer
Title:  President


                                         
                                       37

<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                MANAGEMENT, ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICES AGREEMENT


      THIS MANAGEMENT, ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICES AGREEMENT (the "Agreement")
is made as of the 1st day of January, 1996 by and between AUTOBOND, INC., a
Texas corporation ("ABI"), and AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, a Texas
corporation (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, ABI is an affiliate of the Company engaging in the management of
certain general partnership and limited partnership interests in automobile
finance contract securitization trusts.

      WHEREAS, ABI wishes to retain the Company to provide certain management,
administration and accounting services, and the Company is willing to furnish
such services.

      WHEREAS, ABI wishes to use office space, furnishings and equipment, and
the services of certain of the Company's employees, to be provided by the
Company.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:


      1. Appointment.

      ABI hereby appoints the Company to provide certain management,
administration and accounting services to ABI for the period and on the terms
set forth in this Agreement. The Company accepts such appointment and agrees to
furnish the services herein set forth in return for the compensation as provided
in Section 5 of this Agreement.

      The Company hereby agrees to provide ABI with office space, furnishings
and equipment, and with the services of certain of its employees on the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

      2. Management Services.

      Subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and officers of ABI,
the Company agrees to provide
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

the following management functions during the term of this
Agreement:

      (a)   Manage ABI's portfolio of partnership interests in auto finance
            contract securitization trusts.

            (1)   Monitor the performance of pools of receivables securitized in
                  20 securitization transactions (the "ABI Trusts"), including
                  ongoing monitoring of delinquency, default and repossession
                  rates.

            (2)   Monitor the performance of third-party servicers of
                  receivables in the ABI Trusts and monitor claims processing
                  under ABI's venders comprehensive single interest policy and
                  risk default policies.

            (3)   Monitor payments of principal and interest to
                  certificateholders and other interested parties under the ABI
                  Trusts and related Pooling and Servicing Agreements; monitor
                  principal balances of investor certificates; and monitor
                  actual and required account balance levels in cash reserve
                  accounts.

            (4)   Report to and correspond with Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.,
                  and any other rating agency rating securities issued by the
                  ABI Trusts.

            (5)   Monitor compliance with the covenants, conditions and
                  agreements of ABI and its affiliates contained in the Pooling
                  and Servicing Agreements and other documentation relating to
                  the ABI Trusts, including monitoring of compliance with
                  ongoing notice and reporting duties and obligations to
                  cooperate with trustees and third party servicers of the ABI
                  Trusts in connection with the execution and public filing of
                  necessary instruments and other documents.






                                        2
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (b)   Oversee ABI's cash management.

            (i)   Advise as to the need to draw down credit lines, finance
                  assets or obtain additional capital.

            (ii)  Advance funds on behalf of ABI in order to pay ordinary
                  business expenses; such advances not to exceed $5,000 per
                  month.

      (c)   Advise as to regulatory compliance including maintenance of all
            required licenses, permits, certifications and corporate filings and
            qualifications, including payment of all necessary franchise taxes.

      3. Administrative Services.

      The Company will provide the following administrative functions during the
term of this Agreement:

      (a)   To the extent ABI is so required, administer and maintain lockbox
            accounts, collection accounts and any other cash collateral accounts
            required under the ABI Trusts.

      (b)   Administer and maintain other ABI accounts.

      (c)   Provide secretarial and miscellaneous clerical services.

      4. Accounting Services.

      The Company will perform the following accounting functions during the
term of this Agreement:

      (a)   Account for ABI's investment, capital and income and expense
            activities.

      (b)   Account for payments to ABI and its sole shareholder pursuant to the
            ABI Trusts.

      (c)   Maintain individual ledgers, if required, for each ABI Trust.

      (d)   Maintain historical tax lots, if required, for each ABI Trust.

      (e)   Update the cash availability of ABI as required.






                                        3
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      (f)   Post to and prepare ABI's Statement of Assets and Liabilities and
            the Statement of Operations.

      (g)   Calculate various contractual expenses of ABI (e.g., any management,
            servicing, trustee or rating agency fees).

      (h)   Control all disbursements from ABI and authorize such disbursements
            upon instructions.

      (i)   Calculate capital gains and losses of ABI.

      (j)   Determine ABI's net income.

      (k)   Monitor expense accruals and notify officers of ABI of any proposed
            adjustments.

      (l)   Prepare monthly financial statements of ABI.

      (m)   Verify payment to the Company of (i) all quarterly installments of
            principal and interest due from ABI under the ABI Note and (ii) all
            management fees and expenses due from ABI pursuant hereto.

      (n)   Prepare support schedules necessary for completion of ABI's
            consolidated federal and state tax returns.

      (o)   Provide advice to ABI in connection with ABI's retention from time
            to time of a firm or firms of independent accountants for the
            purpose of auditing the books, records, financial condition and
            operations of ABI.

      (p)   Keep the following records for ABI:

            (i)   All books and records with respect to books of account of ABI;
                  and

            (ii)  Records of ABI's interests in the ABI Trusts and other
                  investment transactions.

            The books and records pertaining to ABI which are in the possession
      of the Company shall be the property of ABI.






                                        4
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      5. Compensation; Expense Reimbursement.

            (a)   As compensation for services rendered by the Company to ABI
                  prior to the date hereof, ABI hereby delivers to the Company
                  the promissory note (the "ABI Note") in the form attached
                  hereto as Annex A. The amount owing to the Company by ABI as
                  of December 31, 1995 was $255,597.

            (b)   As compensation for the services rendered by the Company
                  during the term of this Agreement, ABI will pay to the Company
                  an annual fee of $50,000, payable in equal quarterly
                  installments, which amount may be adjusted upward or downward
                  as may be agreed to in writing from time to time by the
                  Company and ABI.

            (c)   In addition, ABI shall reimburse the Company, quarterly in
                  arrears, for all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses
                  incurred or advanced by the Company on behalf of ABI in
                  connection with this Agreement. The Company shall present ABI
                  with a written request detailing such fees, costs and
                  expenses, from time to time as it deems necessary. Payment of
                  such fees, costs and expenses shall not be deemed satisfaction
                  of ABI's obligation to pay to the Company the annual
                  management fee due pursuant to this Section 5.

      6. Confidentiality.

      Each party agrees that it will keep confidential and not disclose any
information provided to the other in connection with the services being rendered
hereunder to any other person without the consent of the party from whom the
information was obtained, unless the information is known or becomes known to
the public other than through the breach of any provision of this Agreement or
such disclosure is required by law. Upon termination of this Agreement, each
party agrees to return all information to the other person, including all copies
thereof, unless the returning person is otherwise required to retain such
information by law.

      7. Default.

      In the event that ABI fails to pay any part of the amounts set forth in
Sections 5(b) and 5(c) above when and as due, and ABI does not cure such failure
within 10 days after the date on which such payment was due, then ABI shall be
in default under this Agreement. ABI agrees to reimburse the Company for any and
all costs and expenses incurred by the Company, including reasonable counsel
fees and expenses,





                                        5
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

in connection with such default and any litigation or other proceedings
instituted for the collection of payments due hereunder.

      8. Indemnification.

      ABI shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors,
officers, employees, agents and controlling persons (each being an "Indemnified
Party") from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities,
joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under any
applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, relating to or arising out of the
provision of services contemplated by this Agreement. ABI shall reimburse any
Indemnified Party for all costs and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees
and expenses, incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for
or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding
arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party. ABI shall
not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that
any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the bad faith or
gross negligence of the Company.

      9. Duration and Termination.

      This Agreement shall continue until the earlier of

      (a)   termination by the Company or ABI upon 60 days' prior written
            notice;

      (b)   either party materially breaches or is in default of any of its
            material obligations under this Agreement and such breach or default
            is not cured within 10 days after written notice to such party by
            the other party; or

      (c)   either party is declared insolvent or bankrupt by a court of
            competent jurisdiction or liquidation proceedings are commenced by
            or against either party and such proceedings are not dismissed
            within 30 days after the commencement of such proceedings.

      10. Permissible Activities.

      Nothing herein shall in any way preclude the Company from engaging in any
activities, including activities competitive with the business of ABI, or from





                                        6
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

performing services for its own account or for the account
of others.

      11. Further Actions.

      Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further
documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof.

      12. Governing Law.

      THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES.

      13. Entire Agreement.

      This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto
with respect to the matters covered hereby and supersedes all prior agreements
and understandings between the parties.

      14. Assignment.

      This Agreement shall not be assignable by operation of law or otherwise
without the prior written consent of each party hereto, provided that the
Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to any wholly-owned, direct
or indirect subsidiary of the Company or any person that controls or is under
common control with the Company.

      15. Amendment; Successors; Counterparts.

      (a) The terms of this Agreement shall not be waived, altered, modified,
amended or supplemented in any manner whatsoever except by written instrument
signed by both parties hereto.

      (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors.

      (c) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original hereof.

      16. Captions.

      The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.





                                        7
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their officers designated below on the day and year first above
written.


                                   AUTOBOND, INC.



                                   By_________________________


                                   AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE
                                    CORPORATION



                                   By_________________________






                                        8
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                         ANNEX A


      THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WILL BE MADE ON THE BOOKS OF AUTOBOND, INC. UNLESS SUCH
TRANSFER IS MADE IN CONNECTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS UNDER STATE
SECURITIES LAW OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH PROVISIONS.

                                      NOTE



$________                                                        January 1, 1996


      AUTOBOND, INC., a Texas corporation ("ABI"), FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby
promises to pay to the order of AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION (the "Holder")
the principal sum of ________________________ ($_______), payable on May 31,
1998.

      ABI promises also to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof in
like money at said office until paid at a rate equal to 10% per annum, said
interest to be payable at the time specified in the above paragraph with respect
to the payment of principal. This Note is subject to prepayment, without penalty
at any time, in whole or in part.

      The indebtedness was evidenced by this Note is issued in accordance with
the Management Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 between AutoBond and the
Holder.

      Nothing contained in this Note is intended to or shall impair as between
ABI, its creditors and the Holder, the obligations of ABI, to pay to the Holder,
as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with terms of
this Note, or to affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of ABI.

      The provisions of this Note constitute a continuing agreement and shall be
binding upon the Holder of this Note, ABI and their respective successors,
transferees and assignees.

      The obligations of ABI hereunder are obligations solely of ABI and shall
not constitute a debt or obligation of any other person.

      The terms contained herein may not be amended so as to adversely affect
the Holder without the written consent of such
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Holder and any purported amendment without such consent shall be void.


      THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW
PROVISIONS OF SUCH LAWS.



                                 AUTOBOND, INC.




                                 By:_________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:





                                       10





<PAGE>
 




<PAGE>


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


      THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  dated  November 15,  1995,  between Auto Bond
Acceptance  Co.,  a Texas  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and Adrian  Katz,  an
individual (the "Employee");

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Employee for the period of time
set forth herein; and

      WHEREAS,  the Employee is willing to undertake the duties  hereinafter set
forth and to be subject to the  restrictions  hereinafter  specified in exchange
for the substantial inducements and incentives herein set forth;

      NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:

      1. Term.  The Company  hereby  retains the  Employee as Vice  Chairman and
Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company for a three-year term commencing on the
date hereof and continuing  until the three-year  anniversary of the date hereof
(such period being  hereinafter  sometimes called the "term of this Agreement");
provided,  however, that the Company shall give the Employee at least six months
notice of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement and the term of
this  Agreement  shall be  automatically  extended  until six months  shall have
elapsed following  delivery of such notice. The Employee accepts such employment
and agrees to perform  the  services  specified  herein,  all upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter stated.

      2.  Duties as  Employee.  The  Employee  shall  serve the  Company  in the
capacity of Vice Chairman and Chief  Operating  Officer and shall report to, and
be subject to the general  direction  and control of, the Board of  Directors of
the  Company  (the  "Board")  and the Chief  Executive  Officer  ("CEO")  of the
Company. The Employee shall perform the executive, management and administrative
duties of the Vice Chairman and Chief Operating  Officer of the Company and such
other executive  duties as are from time to time assigned to him by the Board of
Directors or the CEO and as are not inconsistent with the provisions hereof.

      3. Time and Availability. The Employee shall devote his full business time
and attention to the business of the Company, and, except as may be specifically
permitted by the Company,  shall not be engaged in any other  business  activity
during the term of this  Agreement.  The  foregoing  shall not be  construed  as
preventing the Employee from making passive  investments in other  businesses or
enterprises, provided, however, that such investments do not


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



require  services on the part of the Employee  which would in any way impair the
performance of his duties under this Agreement.

      4.  Compensation.  As  compensation  for the services  the  Employee  will
provide to the Company  hereunder  and for the  agreements  of the  Employee set
forth  herein,  the  Company  shall  (i)  grant  Employee  the  Bonus  Shares in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof and (ii) pay to the Employee
a salary of $12,500 (the "Salary") per full calendar month of service completed.
From time to time during the term of this Agreement,  the Employee's  salary may
be increased  by, and at the sole  discretion  of, the Board,  in which case the
amount of such increased  salary shall  thereafter be deemed to be the amount of
salary  contracted for in this Agreement.  In addition,  the Board may grant the
Employee additional compensation in the form of bonuses or stock options or such
other  consideration  as may  be  determined  from  time  to  time  in the  sole
discretion of the Board. The Salary set forth herein shall be payable in monthly
or  semi-monthly  installments  in accordance  with the payroll  policies of the
Company in effect from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

      5.  Benefits.  During the term of this  Agreement,  the Employee  shall be
entitled to participate in all employee  benefit plans and  arrangements  in the
same manner as other executive officers of the Company.

      6. Expenses.  During the term of this Agreement,  the Company shall pay or
reimburse  the Employee,  upon  submission  of an  appropriate  statement by him
documenting  such  expenses as required by the Internal  Revenue  Code,  for all
out-of-pocket  expenses for entertainment,  travel,  meals, hotel accommodations
and the like  incurred by him in the interest of the business of the Company and
in accordance  with such procedures  established by the Board. In addition,  the
Company  shall  pay all  pre-approved  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  by the
Employee in relocating to the Austin, Texas area.

      7. Termination.

            (a)  Death.  If the  Employee  should  die  during  the term of this
      Agreement,  the Company shall have no further obligation  hereunder to the
      Employee,  his spouse or his estate except to pay to the Employee's spouse
      if she should survive him, or to the Employee's estate if his spouse shall
      not survive him, the Salary accrued  through the end of the month in which
      the Employee's death occurred.  All such payments to the Employee's spouse
      or estate shall be made in the same



                                       -2-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      manner  and at the same  times as the  Salary  would have been paid to the
      Employee had he not died.

            (b) Disability.  If during the term of this Agreement,  the Employee
      shall be  prevented  from  performing  his duties  hereunder  by reason of
      disability, and such disability shall continue for a period of six months,
      then the Company, upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Employee,  may
      terminate  this  Agreement  at any  time  after  the  expiration  of  such
      six-month  period.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the Employee shall be
      deemed  to have  become  disabled  when the  Board,  upon the  advice of a
      licensed  physician  (mutually approved by the Company and the Employee or
      the  representative  of the  Employee  in the  event of his  inability  to
      approve), shall have determined that the Employee has become physically or
      mentally  incapable  (excluding  infrequent and temporary  absences due to
      ordinary  illness) of performing his duties under this  Agreement.  If the
      Company terminates this Agreement,  then the Company shall have no further
      obligation to the Employee except to pay to the Employee,  or in the event
      of his subsequent death, to his spouse if she should survive him or to his
      estate if his spouse shall not survive him, the Salary accrued through the
      end of the month in which the Company terminated this Agreement.  All such
      payments to the Employee or his spouse or estate shall be made in the same
      manner  and at the same  times as the  Salary  would have been paid to the
      Employee had he not become disabled.

            (c) Termination by Employee. If the Employee voluntarily  terminates
      this Agreement,  then the Company shall have no further  obligation to the
      Employee except to pay to the Employee the Salary accrued through the date
      on which the  Employee  terminated  this  Agreement.  Such  payment to the
      Employee  shall be made in the same  manner  and at the same  times as the
      Salary  would have been paid to the Employee  had he not  terminated  this
      Agreement.

            (d) Discharge for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
      Agreement,  if prior to the  expiration of the term of this  Agreement the
      Employee shall be discharged by the Company for cause, then this Agreement
      shall automatically terminate (except for the provisions of Sections 8, 9,
      10 and 12 which shall continue in effect), and upon such termination,  the
      Company shall have no further  obligation to the Employee  except that the
      Company shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the  Employee's  base
      salary  accrued  to the date of such  termination.  For  purposes  of this
      Agreement, a discharge



                                       -3-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      for cause shall mean a discharge resulting from a good faith determination
      by the Company  (after the Employee has been given notice of such intended
      termination  and,  if the  reasons for such  termination  can be cured,  a
      period of 10 days to cure such  reasons)  that the  Employee  (i) has been
      convicted of a crime  involving  fraud,  theft or  embezzlement  or of any
      other  crime  involving  moral  turpitude,  (ii) has  failed or refused to
      follow reasonable policies or directives established by the Company, (iii)
      has  persistently  failed  to  attend to his  duties  hereunder,  (iv) has
      committed acts amounting to gross negligence or willful  misconduct to the
      substantial  detriment of the Company,  (v) has breached any material term
      or  provision  of this  Agreement  or (iv)  has  failed  to  relocate  his
      residence  to the Austin,  Texas area on or prior to June 30,  1996.  Such
      payment to the  Employee  shall be made in the same manner and at the same
      times  as the  Salary  would  have  been  paid to the  Employee  had  this
      Agreement not been terminated.

      8. Confidentiality.

            (a) Acknowledgment. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that in the
course of rendering  services to the Company and its Clients (as defined  below)
he will have access to and will become acquainted with confidential  information
about the  professional,  business and  financial  affairs of the  Company,  the
Company's  direct or  indirect  subsidiaries  (for  purpose of  Sections 8 and 9
herein,  the term Company shall include any of the Company's  direct or indirect
subsidiaries),  the Company's strategy and procedures and the Company's Clients,
and may in the future contribute to such information. As used in this Agreement,
the term "Clients" refers to any entity in the sub-prime automobile financing or
refinancing  business  with which the Company  conducts  business.  The Employee
further  recognizes  that he is employed as a key employee,  that the Company is
engaged in a highly competitive business, and that the success of the Company in
the  marketplace  depends  upon  its  good  will and  reputation  for  providing
exemplary  services  to  its  Clients  by  developing,  innovative,  aggressive,
cutting-edge  and/or novel methods of financing or  refinancing  the purchase of
automobiles in the sub-prime market, and arranging  financing for companies that
are in the business of financing  the purchase of  automobiles  in the sub-prime
market. The Employee recognizes that in order to guard the legitimate  interests
of the Company it is necessary for the Company to protect all such  confidential
information, good will and reputation.

            (b) Proprietary  Information.  In the course of his service  to  the
Company, the Employee may have access to and may help



                                       -4-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



create confidential information,  including, but not limited to: the identity of
proposed  transactions  or the  parties  thereto,  the  status  of  negotiations
concerning  proposed  transactions,  forecasts,  budgets,  pricing  information,
Company  developed  methods  of  operation,   risk  management   strategies  and
procedures,  Client  lists,  lists of contact  persons at  Clients,  specialized
know-how developed by the Company, business documents or information,  marketing
data, trade secrets,  personnel roster,  including the identity,  qualifications
and/or  salary scale of any  consultant  or other  Company  employee,  and other
information generated by the Company or arising in connection with the Company's
business  the  disclosure  of which  would give an  advantage  to the  Company's
competitors  or  Clients.   Such   information   shall   hereinafter  be  called
"Proprietary  Information" and shall include any and all items enumerated in the
preceding sentence which come within the scope of the business activities of the
Company as to which the Employee has had or may have access,  whether previously
existing,  now  existing  or  arising  hereafter,  whether or not  conceived  or
developed by others or by the Employee alone or with others during the period of
his service to the Company,  and whether or not  conceived  or developed  during
regular  working  hours.  "Proprietary  Information"  shall not  include (a) any
information  which is in the public  domain  during the period of service by the
Employee, provided such information is not in the public domain as a consequence
of  disclosure  by the Employee in  violation of this  Agreement or by any other
person who was contractually  obligated not to disclose such information and (b)
any information not considered  confidential  information by similar enterprises
operating in the sub-prime automobile finance industry.

            (c) Fiduciary Obligations. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that
Proprietary  Information  belongs  solely  to the  Company  and  is of  critical
importance  to the  Company  and  that a use or  disclosure  of the  Proprietary
Information in violation of this Section 8 may seriously and irreparably  impair
and damage the Company's businesses.  The Employee therefore agrees, while he is
an  employee  of the  Company  and at all  times  thereafter,  (a) to  keep  all
Proprietary  Information  in a fiduciary  capacity  for the sole  benefit of the
Company and (b) not to use the  Proprietary  Information  for the benefit of the
Employee or any other person or entity.

            (d)  Non-Disclosure.  The Employee  shall not disclose,  directly or
indirectly  (except as  required by law),  any  Proprietary  Information  to any
person  other  than (a) the  Company,  (b)  employees  of the  Company  that the
Employee  reasonably  believes have been authorized to receive such information,
(c)  such  other  persons  to whom the  Employee  has  been  instructed  to make
disclosure by the



                                       -5-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



Board, or (d) the Employee's  counsel so long as such counsel agrees to keep all
Proprietary  Information  confidential  (in the case of  clause  (b) only to the
extent required in the course of the Employee's service to the Company).  At the
termination of employment  hereunder,  the Employee shall deliver to the Company
all  notes,  letters,  documents  and  records  which  may  contain  Proprietary
Information  which are then in his possession or control and shall not retain or
use any copies or summaries thereof.

      9. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

            (a) Non-Competition Covenant.

            The  Employee  acknowledges  and  agrees  that (a) in order  for the
Company to further ensure that the Proprietary  Information  will be used solely
for the benefit of the  Company  and not for the benefit of the  Employee or any
other person or entity and (b) in  consideration  of being  permitted to acquire
shares of Company common stock and/or options or warrants to purchase  shares of
Company common stock, the Employee has agreed not to compete with the Company to
the extent  provided in this  Section.  The Employee  covenants  and agrees that
during the  Restricted  Covenant  Period (as that term is  defined  below),  the
Employee  shall not,  whether  for his own  account  or for any other  person or
organization  other than the  Company,  (a)  manage,  operate,  control,  assist
(directly or indirectly), or participate in the management, operation or control
of, (b) serve as a director,  officer,  partner, manager, employee or consultant
of, or own more than five percent of the  outstanding  voting  securities of, or
(c) lease property to any enterprise which,  within the Restricted Area (as that
term is defined  below),  carries on the  businesses of financing or refinancing
the purchase of automobiles in the sub-prime  market or arranging  financing for
companies  that are in the business of financing the purchase of  automobiles in
the sub-prime  market.  The Employee further agrees that, during the Restrictive
Covenant  Period and within the  Restricted  Area, he shall not  knowingly  call
upon, solicit,  divert, attempt to solicit or divert, or conduct or carry on any
business with any of the former Clients, current Clients or potential Clients of
the Company known to the Employee  (including for this purpose only those former
Clients who were  Clients  during the last twelve (12) months of his  employment
with the Company),  without in each case obtaining the prior written  consent of
the Company.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  nothing in this  Agreement  shall
prevent the  Employee  from  engaging in the  business of  marketing  securities
backed or secured by sub-prime automobile financing loans.




                                       -6-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



            (b) Non-Solicitation of Employees.  The Employee further agrees that
during the period  commencing on the date hereof and continuing until the second
anniversary of the termination of the Employee's  employment by the Company,  he
will not directly or  indirectly,  solicit the  employment  or  engagement  as a
consultant  of any person who was an employee of or a consultant  to the Company
at any time during the last twelve months of the Employee's  employment with the
Company, or hire such employee or engage as a consultant any such person, unless
in each case the Employee obtains the prior written consent of the Company.

            (c)  Definitions.   For  the  purposes  of  Section  9.1,  the  term
"Restricted Covenant Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof
and  terminating on the date 24 months after the Employee's  employment with the
Company  ends.  For the purposes of this Section 9, the term  "Restricted  Area"
shall mean the territory  within a 40-mile radius of any  automobile  dealership
with which the Company has done business during the term of this Agreement.

            (d) No Conflicting  Agreement.  The Employee represents and warrants
to the Company that he is not bound by the  provisions of any  agreement  with a
current or former employer which would prohibit or limit the Employee's  ability
to render  services  to the Company as herein  provided.  The  Employee  further
represents to the Company that in the course of rendering  services hereunder he
will not divulge to the Company any  proprietary  information of any other party
to whom the Employee owes an obligation of non-disclosure.

      10.  Bonus  Stock.   Subject  to  the  execution  by  the  Employee  of  a
Shareholders'  Agreement  among the  Company  and each of its  shareholders,  on
January 1, 1996,  the  Company  shall  issue to the  Employee a number of shares
("Bonus  Shares") of the Company's common stock, no par value per share ("Common
Stock"),  equal to 10% of the  Company's  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock
following the issuance of the Bonus Shares.  The grant of the Bonus Shares shall
be subject to the following conditions:

            (a) Issuance of and Restrictions on Bonus Shares.  In the event that
      all or any  portion  of the Bonus  Shares  herein  granted  are at risk of
      forfeiture (herein,  the "Forfeit Bonus Shares") at the termination of the
      Employee's employment with the Company due to voluntary termination by the
      Employee or discharge for cause (pursuant to Section 7(c) or 7(d) hereof),
      such shares  shall be  forfeited  by Employee and shall be returned to the
      Company.  Until  such  time as the Bonus  Shares  are no longer at risk of
      forfeiture or are  forfeited,  the Employee  shall have all of the voting,
      dividend and other



                                       -7-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      rights of a  stockholder  of the  Company,  except as  otherwise  provided
      herein.  Certificates  representing  the Bonus  Shares  shall be  promptly
      issued in Employee's  name, and shall bear a legend referring to the risks
      of forfeiture  contained  herein and prohibiting  transfer by the Employee
      until such time as such shares are no longer at risk of  forfeiture.  As a
      condition to the receipt of the Bonus  Shares  hereunder,  Employee  shall
      execute and deliver to the Secretary of the Company an assignment separate
      from certificate transferring any Forfeit Bonus Shares to the Company.

            (b)  Forfeiture.  Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the Bonus
      Shares shall be subject to the following forfeiture conditions:

                  (i) 50% of the Bonus Shares shall not be subject to forfeiture
            at any time under any circumstances;

                  (ii) 25% of the Bonus  Shares  shall be at risk of  forfeiture
            until November 16, 1996,  unless the Employee remains an employee of
            the  Company  on that date,  in which  case such risk of  forfeiture
            shall lapse; and

                  (iii) the  remaining  25% of the Bonus Shares shall be at risk
            of forfeiture  until November 16, 1997,  unless the Employee remains
            an employee of the Company on that date,  in which case such risk of
            forfeiture shall lapse; and

                  (iv) under all  circumstances,  100% of the Bonus Shares shall
            not be forfeited if the Employee is  discharged  otherwise  than for
            cause, as defined in Section 7(d).

            (c) Employee's Agreement. Employee expressly and specifically agrees
      that:

                  (i) within 30 days of the date the Bonus Shares are granted to
            the Employee  hereunder,  the Employee  shall make an election under
            Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to include in his
            gross income for federal  income tax purposes the amount of the fair
            market value of the Bonus Shares at the date of grant; provided that
            the Company and the Employee  agree that the fair market value shall
            be equal to the book value of such shares on the last date such book
            value was determined prior to the date of grant; and




                                       -8-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                  (ii)  the  grant  of  Bonus   Shares  is   special   incentive
            compensation  which  shall not be taken  into  account as "wages" or
            "salary"  in  determining  the  amount of  payment or benefit to the
            Employee under any pension,  thrift, stock or deferred  compensation
            plan of the Company; and

                  (iii) on behalf of the  Employee's  beneficiary,  the grant of
            Bonus  Shares  shall not  affect  the  amount of any life  insurance
            coverage available to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan
            covering employees of the Company.

            (d) Non-Transferability. Until such time as the shares are no longer
      at risk of  forfeiture as herein  provided,  the  applicable  Bonus Shares
      granted hereunder are not transferable or assignable by Employee.

      11.  Vacations.  The Employee shall be entitled each year to a vacation of
four  weeks,  during  which time his  compensation  shall be paid in full.  Each
vacation  shall be taken  during a period of time to be mutually  agreed upon by
the parties.

      12.  Board  Membership.   Immediately  following  the  execution  of  this
Agreement,  the Company agrees to increase the number of members of its Board by
one and shall  appoint the Employee to fill the resulting  vacancy.  The Company
agrees that during the term of this  Agreement,  the Company shall  nominate and
recommend  to the  Company's  stockholders  the  Employee  for  election  to the
Company's Board.

      13.  Intellectual  Property.  The Employee  hereby agrees that any and all
copyrights,  patents, trademarks, patent or trademark applications,  copyrights,
franchises,  licenses, permits, rights (including, without limitation, rights to
software and rights to trade secrets and proprietary information,  processes and
know-how)  and  other  authorizations  (collectively,  the  "Rights")  which  he
develops either alone or in  collaboration  with employees of the Company during
the term of this  Agreement  shall  belong  exclusively  to the Company  and, if
requested, he will execute any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, assurances, or
any other actions or things necessary or desirable to vest,  perfect, or confirm
of record or otherwise in the Company its right,  title,  or interest in, to, or
under any of the Rights.

      14.  Notices.  All notices,  requests,  consents and other  communications
under  this  Agreement  shall be in  writing  and  shall be  deemed to have been
delivered on the date personally delivered



                                       -9-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



or on the date mailed,  postage  prepaid,  by  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested, if addressed to the respective parties as follows:

                  If to Employee:       641 Fifth Avenue
                                        New York, New York 10022

                  If to the Company:    Auto Bond Acceptance Co.
                                        301 Congress Avenue, 9th Floor
                                        Austin, Texas 78701

Either  party  hereto may  designate a different  address by  providing  written
notice of such new address to the other party hereto.

      15. Specific  Performance.  The Employee acknowledges that a remedy at law
for any breach or attempted  breach of Section 8, 9, 10 or 12 of this  Agreement
will be  inadequate,  agrees  that the  Company  shall be  entitled  to specific
performance and injunctive and other equitable relief in case of any such breach
or  attempted  breach,  and  further  agrees  to waive any  requirement  for the
securing or posting of any bond in  connection  with the  obtaining  of any such
injunctive or any other equitable relief.

      16. Severability.  In case any term, phrase, clause,  paragraph,  section,
restriction,  covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement shall be held to
be invalid or unenforceable,  the same shall be deemed,  and it is hereby agreed
that the same are  meant to be  several,  and shall  not  defeat  or impair  the
remaining provisions hereof.

      17. Waiver. The waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this
Agreement by the  Employee  shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
subsequent or continuing breach of this Agreement by the Employee.

      18.  Assignment.  This  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by the  Employee.
Neither the  Employee  nor his spouse or estate shall have any right to commute,
encumber or dispose of any right to receive payments hereunder,  it being agreed
that such payments and the right thereto are nonassignable and nontransferable.

      19.  Binding  Effect.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  Section  18,  this
Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto,
the  Employee's  heirs  and  personal  representatives,  and the successors  and
assigns of the Company.




                                      -10-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


      20. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  embodies the entire  agreement and
understanding  between the parties  hereto with  respect to the matters  covered
hereby.

      21.  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may be amended only by an  instrument in
writing executed by the parties hereto.

      22.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be construed  and enforced in
accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Texas.

      23.  Survival.  The  provisions  of this  Sections  8, 9, 10 and 12  shall
survive until the termination of this Agreement, regardless of the fact that the
Company will no longer be obligated to continue to make payments to the Employee
hereunder.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date and year first above written.


                                              THE COMPANY:

                                              AUTO BOND ACCEPTANCE CO.


                                              By /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                   WILLIAM O. WINSAUER, Chief
                                                      Executive  Officer

                                              THE EMPLOYEE:

                                              /s/ ADRIAN KATZ
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              ADRIAN KATZ



                                      -11-





<PAGE>
 





<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


      THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  dated  February 15,  1996,  between Auto Bond
Acceptance Co., a Texas  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and Charles A. Pond, an
individual (the "Employee");

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Employee for the period of time
set forth herein; and

      WHEREAS,  the Employee is willing to undertake the duties  hereinafter set
forth and to be subject to the  restrictions  hereinafter  specified in exchange
for the substantial inducements and incentives herein set forth;

      NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:

      1. Term.  The Company  hereby  retains the  Employee as  President  of the
Company for a three-year term commencing on the date hereof and continuing until
the  third  anniversary  of the  date  hereof  (such  period  being  hereinafter
sometimes  called  the "term of this  Agreement").  The  Employee  accepts  such
employment  and agrees to perform the services  specified  herein,  all upon the
terms and conditions hereinafter stated.

      2.  Duties as  Employee.  The  Employee  shall  serve the  Company  in the
capacity  of  President  and shall  report to,  and be  subject  to the  general
direction  and control of, the Board of Directors  of the Company (the  "Board")
and the Chief  Executive  Officer  ("CEO") of the Company.  The  Employee  shall
perform the executive,  management and administrative duties of the President of
the Company and such other executive duties as are from time to time assigned to
him by the Board of  Directors or the CEO and as are not  inconsistent  with the
provisions hereof.

      3. Time and Availability. The Employee shall devote his full business time
and attention to the business of the Company, and, except as may be specifically
permitted by the Company,  shall not be engaged in any other  business  activity
during the term of this  Agreement.  The  foregoing  shall not be  construed  as
preventing the Employee from making passive  investments in other  businesses or
enterprises, provided, however, that such investments do not require services on
the part of the Employee  which would in any way impair the  performance  of his
duties under this Agreement.

      4.  Compensation.  As  compensation  for the services  the  Employee  will
provide to the Company  hereunder  and  for  the  agreements of the Employee set
forth  herein,  the Company  shall pay to the  Employee a salary of $15,000 (the
"Salary") per full calendar


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



month of service completed. From time to time during the term of this Agreement,
the  Employee's  salary may be increased by, and at the sole  discretion of, the
Board,  in which case the amount of such  increased  salary shall  thereafter be
deemed to be the amount of salary contracted for in this Agreement.  In addition
to the  Salary  payable  to the  Employee  hereunder,  in the event the  Company
successfully  completes an initial public  offering of its Common Stock prior to
February 28, 1997,  the Company  shall pay the Employee a bonus of $90,000.  The
Employee  shall also be entitled to receive a  performance  bonus  calculated as
follows:

In the event the Company meets 90% of the sales target (the "Sales  Target") and
90% of the income  target (the  "Income  Target") set forth on Exhibit A hereto,
the  Employee  shall become  eligible for a  performance  bonus.  Providing  the
eligibility requirements of the previous sentence are met, the Company shall pay
the  Employee a  performance  bonus equal to (i) $4,500 for each 10% increase in
the Company's  sales over the Sales Target (up to a maximum of $45,000) and (ii)
$4,500 for each 10% increase in the Company's  income over the Income Target (up
to a maximum of $45,000).

In addition,  the Board may grant the Employee  additional  compensation  in the
form  of  bonuses  or  stock  options  or  such  other  consideration  as may be
determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board.  Following the
Company's  initial  public  offering,  the Company  intends to establish a stock
grant  and/or stock  option plan for the benefit of its senior  management.  The
Employee shall be entitled,  as a senior officer of the Company,  to participate
in any such program, with the level of his participation to be determined by the
Board.  The Salary set forth herein shall be payable in monthly or  semi-monthly
installments  in accordance  with the payroll  policies of the Company in effect
from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

      5.  Benefits.  During the term of this  Agreement,  the Employee  shall be
entitled to participate in all employee  benefit plans and  arrangements  in the
same manner as other executive officers of the Company.

      6. Expenses.  During the term of this Agreement,  the Company shall pay or
reimburse the  Employee,  upon  submission of  an  appropriate  statement by him
documenting  such  expenses as required by the Internal  Revenue  Code,  for all
out-of-pocket  expenses for entertainment,  travel,  meals, hotel accommodations
and the like  incurred by him in the interest of the business of the Company and
in accordance  with such procedures  established by the Board. In addition,  the
Company shall pay (a) all pre-approved out-of-pocket



                                       -2-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



expenses  incurred for the packing and shipping of household  goods and personal
belongings,  including  two  automobiles,  by the  Employee  and his  family  in
relocating to the Austin,  Texas area and (b) one-half of the Employee's initial
fee at a country club of his choice in Austin, Texas.

      7. Termination.

            (a)  Death.  If the  Employee  should  die  during  the term of this
      Agreement,  the Company shall have no further obligation  hereunder to the
      Employee,  his spouse or his estate except to pay to the Employee's spouse
      if she should survive him, or to the Employee's estate if his spouse shall
      not survive him, the Salary accrued  through the end of the month in which
      the Employee's death occurred.  All such payments to the Employee's spouse
      or estate  shall be made in the same  manner  and at the same times as the
      Salary would have been paid to the Employee had he not died.

            (b) Disability.  If during the term of this Agreement,  the Employee
      shall be  prevented  from  performing  his duties  hereunder  by reason of
      disability, and such disability shall continue for a period of six months,
      then the Company, upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Employee,  may
      terminate  this  Agreement  at any  time  after  the  expiration  of  such
      six-month  period.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the Employee shall be
      deemed  to have  become  disabled  when the  Board,  upon the  advice of a
      licensed  physician  (mutually approved by the Company and the Employee or
      the  representative  of the  Employee  in the  event of his  inability  to
      approve), shall have determined that the Employee has become physically or
      mentally  incapable  (excluding  infrequent and temporary  absences due to
      ordinary  illness) of performing his duties under this  Agreement.  If the
      Company terminates this Agreement,  then the Company shall have no further
      obligation to the Employee except to pay to the Employee,  or in the event
      of his subsequent death, to his spouse if she should survive him or to his
      estate if his spouse shall not survive him, the Salary accrued through the
      end of the month in which the Employee's death occurred. All such payments
      to the  Employee or his spouse or estate  shall be made in the same manner
      and at the same times as the Salary  would have been paid to the  Employee
      had he not become disabled.

            (c)   Termination   by   Employee.   If   the  Employee  voluntarily
      terminates  this  Agreement,  then  the  Company  shall  have  no  further
      obligation to the Employee except to pay to the



                                       -3-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      Employee  the  Salary  accrued  through  the  date on which  the  Employee
      terminated this  Agreement.  Such payment to the Employee shall be made in
      the same  manner and at the same times as the Salary  would have been paid
      to the Employee had he not terminated this Agreement.

            (d) Discharge for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
      Agreement,  if prior to the  expiration of the term of this  Agreement the
      Employee shall be discharged by the Company for cause, then this Agreement
      shall automatically  terminate (except for the provisions of Sections 8, 9
      and 11 which shall  continue in effect),  and upon such  termination,  the
      Company shall have no further  obligation to the Employee  except that the
      Company shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the  Employee's  base
      salary  accrued  to the date of such  termination.  For  purposes  of this
      Agreement,  a discharge for cause shall mean a discharge  resulting from a
      good faith determination by the Company (after the Employee has been given
      notice  of  such  intended  termination  and,  if  the  reasons  for  such
      termination  can be cured,  a period of 10 days to cure such reasons) that
      the Employee (i) has been convicted of a crime involving  fraud,  theft or
      embezzlement  or of any other crime involving  moral  turpitude,  (ii) has
      failed or refused to follow reasonable policies or directives  established
      by the  Company,  (iii) has  persistently  failed to attend to his  duties
      hereunder,  (iv) has  committed  acts  amounting  to gross  negligence  or
      willful misconduct to the substantial detriment of the Company, or (v) has
      breached any material term or provision of this Agreement. Such payment to
      the Employee shall be made in the same manner and at the same times as the
      Salary would have been paid to the Employee  had this  Agreement  not been
      terminated.

            (e) Termination. If the Employee's employment with the Company shall
      terminate prior to the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement for
      any reason other than termination by the Employee pursuant to Section 7(c)
      or  termination  by the Company for cause  pursuant to Section  7(d),  the
      Company shall have no further  obligation  hereunder to the Employee,  his
      spouse or his  estate  except to pay to the  Employee,  his  spouse if she
      should  survive him, or to his estate if his spouse shall not survive him,
      his Salary for the remainder of the first year of this Agreement. All such
      payments to the  Employee,  his spouse or estate shall be made in the same
      manner  and at the same  times as the  Salary  would have been paid to the
      Employee had his employment not been terminated.




                                       -4-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      8. Confidentiality.

            (a) Acknowledgment. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that in the
course of rendering  services to the Company and its Clients (as defined  below)
he will have access to and will become acquainted with confidential  information
about the  professional,  business and  financial  affairs of the  Company,  the
Company's  direct or  indirect  subsidiaries  (for  purpose of  Sections 8 and 9
herein,  the term Company shall include any of the Company's  direct or indirect
subsidiaries),  the Company's strategy and procedures and the Company's Clients,
and may in the future contribute to such information. As used in this Agreement,
the term "Clients" refers to any entity in the sub-prime automobile financing or
refinancing  business  with which the Company  conducts  business.  The Employee
further  recognizes  that he is employed as a key employee,  that the Company is
engaged in a highly competitive business, and that the success of the Company in
the  marketplace  depends  upon  its  good  will and  reputation  for  providing
exemplary  services  to  its  Clients  by  developing,  innovative,  aggressive,
cutting-edge  and/or novel methods of financing or  refinancing  the purchase of
automobiles in the sub-prime market, and arranging  financing for companies that
are in the business of financing  the purchase of  automobiles  in the sub-prime
market. The Employee recognizes that in order to guard the legitimate  interests
of the Company it is necessary for the Company to protect all such  confidential
information, good will and reputation.

            (b)  Proprietary  Information.  In the course of his  service to the
Company,  the  Employee  may have  access  to and may help  create  confidential
information,   including,   but  not  limited  to:  the   identity  of  proposed
transactions  or the  parties  thereto,  the status of  negotiations  concerning
proposed  transactions,   forecasts,   budgets,  pricing  information,   Company
developed  methods of operation,  risk  management  strategies  and  procedures,
Client  lists,  lists  of  contact  persons  at  Clients,  specialized  know-how
developed by the Company,  business  documents or  information,  marketing data,
trade secrets,  personnel roster, including the identity,  qualifications and/or
salary scale of any consultant or other Company employee,  and other information
generated by the Company or arising in connection  with the  Company's  business
the disclosure of which would give an advantage to the Company's  competitors or
Clients. Such information shall hereinafter be called "Proprietary  Information"
and shall include any and all items  enumerated in the preceding  sentence which
come within the scope of the business  activities of the Company as to which the
Employee has had or may have access,  whether previously existing,  now existing
or arising hereafter, whether or not conceived or developed by others or by



                                       -5-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



the  Employee  alone or with  others  during  the  period of his  service to the
Company, and whether or not conceived or developed during regular working hours.
"Proprietary  Information" shall not include (a) any information which is in the
public  domain  during  the period of service  by the  Employee,  provided  such
information  is not in the public domain as a  consequence  of disclosure by the
Employee  in  violation  of  this  Agreement  or by any  other  person  who  was
contractually obligated not to disclose such information and (b) any information
not considered confidential  information by similar enterprises operating in the
sub-prime automobile finance industry.

            (c) Fiduciary Obligations. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that
Proprietary  Information  belongs  solely  to the  Company  and  is of  critical
importance  to the  Company  and  that a use or  disclosure  of the  Proprietary
Information in violation of this Section 8 may seriously and irreparably  impair
and damage the Company's businesses.  The Employee therefore agrees, while he is
an  employee  of the  Company  and at all  times  thereafter,  (a) to  keep  all
Proprietary  Information  in a fiduciary  capacity  for the sole  benefit of the
Company and (b) not to use the  Proprietary  Information  for the benefit of the
Employee or any other person or entity.

            (d)  Non-Disclosure.  The Employee  shall not disclose,  directly or
indirectly  (except as  required by law),  any  Proprietary  Information  to any
person  other  than (a) the  Company,  (b)  employees  of the  Company  that the
Employee  reasonably  believes have been authorized to receive such information,
(c)  such  other  persons  to whom the  Employee  has  been  instructed  to make
disclosure by the Board,  or (d) the Employee's  counsel so long as such counsel
agrees to keep all Proprietary  Information  confidential (in the case of clause
(b) only to the extent  required in the course of the Employee's  service to the
Company). At the termination of employment hereunder, the Employee shall deliver
to the  Company all notes,  letters,  documents  and  records  which may contain
Proprietary  Information  which are then in his  possession or control and shall
not retain or use any copies or summaries thereof.

      9. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

            (a) Non-Competition Covenant.

            The  Employee  acknowledges  and  agrees  that (a) in order  for the
Company to further ensure that the Proprietary  Information  will be used solely
for the benefit of the  Company  and not for the benefit of the  Employee or any
other person or entity and (b) in  consideration  of the Company  entering  into
this Agreement, the



                                       -6-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



Employee  has agreed not to compete  with the Company to the extent  provided in
this  Section.  The  Employee  covenants  and agrees that during the  Restricted
Covenant Period (as that term is defined below), the Employee shall not, whether
for his own  account  or for any other  person or  organization  other  than the
Company,  (a) manage,  operate,  control,  assist  (directly or indirectly),  or
participate in the management, operation or control of, (b) serve as a director,
officer,  partner,  manager,  employee or  consultant  of, or own more than five
percent of the  outstanding  voting  securities of, or (c) lease property to any
enterprise  which,  within the Restricted  Area (as that term is defined below),
carries  on  the  businesses  of  financing  or  refinancing   the  purchase  of
automobiles  in the sub-prime  market or arranging  financing for companies that
are in the business of financing  the purchase of  automobiles  in the sub-prime
market. The Employee further agrees that, during the Restrictive Covenant Period
and within the  Restricted  Area,  he shall not  knowingly  call upon,  solicit,
divert,  attempt to solicit or divert,  or conduct or carry on any business with
any of the former Clients,  current Clients or potential  Clients of the Company
known to the Employee  (including for this purpose only those former Clients who
were  Clients  during the last  twelve (12)  months of his  employment  with the
Company),  without  in each case  obtaining  the prior  written  consent  of the
Company.

            (b) Non-Solicitation of Employees.  The Employee further agrees that
during the period  commencing on the date hereof and continuing until the second
anniversary of the termination of the Employee's  employment by the Company,  he
will not directly or  indirectly,  solicit the  employment  or  engagement  as a
consultant  of any person who was an employee of or a consultant  to the Company
at any time during the last twelve months of the Employee's  employment with the
Company, or hire such employee or engage as a consultant any such person, unless
in each case the Employee obtains the prior written consent of the Company.

            (c)  Definitions.   For  the  purposes  of  Section  9.1,  the  term
"Restricted Covenant Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof
and  terminating on the date 24 months after the Employee's  employment with the
Company  ends.  For the purposes of this Section 9, the term  "Restricted  Area"
shall mean the territory  within a 40-mile radius of any  automobile  dealership
with which the Company has done business during the term of this Agreement.

            (d) No Conflicting  Agreement.  The Employee represents and warrants
to the Company that he is not bound by the  provisions of any  agreement  with a
current  or former  employer  which  would  prohibit  or  limit  the  Employee's
ability to render services to the



                                       -7-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



Company as herein provided.  The Employee further represents to the Company that
in the course of rendering services hereunder he will not divulge to the Company
any  proprietary  information  of any other party to whom the  Employee  owes an
obligation of non-disclosure.

      10.  Vacations.  The Employee shall be entitled each year to a vacation of
four  weeks,  during  which time his  compensation  shall be paid in full.  Each
vacation  shall be taken  during a period of time to be mutually  agreed upon by
the parties.

      11.  Intellectual  Property.  The Employee  hereby agrees that any and all
copyrights,  patents, trademarks, patent or trademark applications,  copyrights,
franchises,  licenses, permits, rights (including, without limitation, rights to
software and rights to trade secrets and proprietary information,  processes and
know-how)  and  other  authorizations  (collectively,  the  "Rights")  which  he
develops either alone or in  collaboration  with employees of the Company during
the term of this  Agreement  shall  belong  exclusively  to the Company  and, if
requested, he will execute any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, assurances, or
any other actions or things necessary or desirable to vest,  perfect, or confirm
of record or otherwise in the Company its right,  title,  or interest in, to, or
under any of the Rights.

      12.  Notices.  All notices,  requests,  consents and other  communications
under  this  Agreement  shall be in  writing  and  shall be  deemed to have been
delivered  on the  date  personally  delivered  or on the date  mailed,  postage
prepaid,  by  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  if addressed to the
respective parties as follows:

                  If to Employee:       2600 Lake Austin Blvd. #5105
                                        Austin, Texas 78703

                  If to the Company:    Auto Bond Acceptance Co.
                                        301 Congress Avenue, 9th Floor
                                        Austin, Texas 78701

Either  party  hereto may  designate a different  address by  providing  written
notice of such new address to the other party hereto.

      13. Specific  Performance.  The Employee acknowledges that a remedy at law
for any breach or attempted  breach of Section 8, 9 or 11 of this Agreement will
be inadequate, agrees that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance
and  injunctive  and  other  equitable  relief  in case of any  such  breach  or
attempted  breach,  and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing
or



                                       -8-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



posting of any bond in connection  with the obtaining of any such  injunctive or
any other equitable relief.

      14. Severability.  In case any term, phrase, clause,  paragraph,  section,
restriction,  covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement shall be held to
be invalid or unenforceable,  the same shall be deemed,  and it is hereby agreed
that the same are  meant to be  several,  and shall  not  defeat  or impair  the
remaining provisions hereof.

      15. Waiver. The waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this
Agreement by the  Employee  shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
subsequent or continuing breach of this Agreement by the Employee.

      16.  Assignment.  This  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by the  Employee.
Neither the  Employee  nor his spouse or estate shall have any right to commute,
encumber or dispose of any right to receive payments hereunder,  it being agreed
that such payments and the right thereto are nonassignable and nontransferable.

      17.  Binding  Effect.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  Section  16,  this
Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto,
the  Employee's  heirs and personal  representatives,  and  the  successors  and
assigns of the Company.

      18. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  embodies the entire  agreement and
understanding  between the parties  hereto with  respect to the matters  covered
hereby.

      19.  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may be amended only by an  instrument in
writing executed by the parties hereto.

      20.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be construed  and enforced in
accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Texas.

      21.  Survival.  The  provisions of this Sections 8, 9 and 11 shall survive
until the termination of this Agreement, regardless of the fact that the Company
will no longer  be  obligated  to  continue  to make  payments  to the  Employee
hereunder.





                                                      -9-

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date and year first above written.


                                              THE COMPANY:

                                              AUTO BOND ACCEPTANCE CO.


                                              By /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                    WILLIAM O. WINSAUER, Chief
                                                       Executive Officer

                                              THE EMPLOYEE:

                                              /s/ CHARLES A. POND
                                              __________________________________
                                              CHARLES A. POND


                                      -10-






<PAGE>
 



<PAGE>


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


      This  Agreement is entered into this 30th day of May,  1996, but effective
for all  purposes  on May 1,  1996  (the  "Effective  Date"),  between  AutoBond
Acceptance  Corporation,  a Texas  corporation (the  "Company"),  and William O.
Winsauer, who resides in Austin, Texas ("Employee").

                                    RECITALS

      WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Employee as Chief Executive Officer
of the  Company,  for a period of not less than five  years,  upon the terms and
conditions provided herein; and

      WHEREAS, Employee desires to be so employed.

                             STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the above recitals,  and for and in
consideration  of the mutual  promises  set forth  below,  the parties  agree as
follows:

      1.  Employment.  The Company  hereby employs  Employee as Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company,  and Employee hereby accepts employment with the Company
upon the terms and conditions herein stated.

      2.  Term.  Subject  to the  provisions  for  termination  as set  forth in
Paragraph 11, this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective
Date and ending five years from such date (the "Expiration Date"),  which period
of employment  may be extended or terminated  under the terms and conditions set
forth in Paragraph 11.

      3. Position and Duties.  Employee  shall serve the Company in an executive
capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  The Employee's duties shall
include,  in addition to those  enumerated  in the Bylaws of the Company,  those
duties  as may be  directed  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  (the
"Board").

      4. Extent of Services;  Covenant Not to Compete. Employee shall devote his
best efforts and full  business  time (with  allowances  for  vacations and sick
leave) and  attention to furthering  the business of the Company,  and shall not
during the term of this Agreement be engaged in other  activities  which require
substantial  services or which are in  competition  with the  Company,  it being
understood,  however,  that  activities  by the  Employee on behalf of AutoBond,
Inc.,  pursuant to the Management  Agreement dated as of



<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

January 1, 1996, shall not be deemed  violative of this covenant.  The foregoing
shall  not be  construed  as  preventing  Employee  from  maintaining  or making
investments, or engaging, in other noncompetitive business enterprises or civic,
charitable or public service functions,  provided such investments,  business or
enterprises  do not  require  services  on the  part  of  Employee  which  would
materially impair the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

      5. Compensation.  As his regular compensation for all services rendered by
Employee under this Agreement to the Company,  its  subsidiaries and affiliates,
the Company shall pay Employee a salary (the "Regular  Salary") of not less than
$240,000 per annum,  payable in substantially  equal  semi-monthly  installments
during the term hereof.  It is understood  that the Company will review annually
and may, in the  discretion  of the Board (or any committee  thereof),  increase
Employee's  Regular  Salary,  in which case the amount of such increased  salary
shall thereafter be deemed to be the amount of Regular Salary  contracted for in
this  Agreement for all purposes and, if so increased,  the Regular Salary shall
not  thereafter  during the term of this  Agreement  be  decreased  to less than
$240,000 per annum. All salary and any other current  compensation (if any) paid
to Employee shall be subject to such payroll and  withholding  deductions as are
required by the laws of any jurisdiction,  federal,  state or local, with taxing
authority with respect to such salary and other  compensation (if any).  Regular
Salary  payments  (including any increased  Regular Salary  payments)  hereunder
shall  not in any way  limit or  reduce  any  other  obligation  of the  Company
hereunder, and no other compensation,  benefit or payment hereunder shall in any
way limit or reduce the obligation of the Company to pay the Employee's  Regular
Salary hereunder.

      6.  Incentive  Compensation.  The  Company  shall  pay  to  Employee  cash
incentive  compensation  as shall be  determined  by the Board (or any committee
thereof) from time to time.  Employee  shall be entitled to  participate  in any
bonus or incentive plan  established for the Company's  executive  officers at a
level to provide Employee compensation commensurate with Employee's position and
responsibilities.  Upon the establishment of such plans, this Agreement shall be
deemed to be  automatically  amended to  include  all  applicable  terms of such
plans.

      7. Other  Benefits.  The  Company  shall  provide the  following  employee
benefits to Employee during the term of this Agreement:

      a. Major Medical  Insurance.  The Company shall maintain in full force and
effect,  and Employee shall be entitled  to  participate in the Company's  major
medical benefit plan.


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      b.  Disability.  The Company shall maintain in full force and effect,  and
Employee shall be entitled to receive, as disability insurance  protection,  the
disability coverage as is provided to other full-time executives of the Company.

      c. Other Benefits. Employee shall be entitled to all other benefits and to
participate  in and be  covered  by all  such  other  employee  benefits  plans,
including  deferred  compensation  programs,  if any,  as are  provided to other
full-time executive employees of the Company from time to time.

      d.  Automobile  and Travel  Expenses.  The  Company  shall pay  Employee a
monthly automobile  allowance of $1,500 and shall pay all fees, tags,  insurance
premiums and oil, gas and maintenance bills regarding such automobile.

      e. Vacations. The Employee shall be entitled to six weeks paid vacation in
each calendar year and to  compensation in respect of earned but unused vacation
days determined in accordance  with the Company's  vacation plan if such plan so
provides.  The Employee shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the
Company to its executives.

      Nothing paid to the Employee  under any plan or  arrangement  presently in
effect  or made  available  in the  future  shall be deemed to be in lieu of the
Regular  Salary  payable to the  Employee  pursuant to  Paragraph 5. The Company
shall not make any  changes in any plans or  arrangements  provided  pursuant to
this Paragraph 7 which would adversely affect the Employee's  rights or benefits
thereunder  unless such change  occurs  pursuant to a program  applicable to all
executives  of the  Company  and does not  result in a  proportionately  greater
reduction  in the rights or benefits  to  Employee  as  compared  with any other
executive of the Company.

      8.  Violation of Laws.  As a material  inducement  to the Company to enter
into this  Agreement,  Employee  represents and warrants to the Company that, to
the best of  Employee's  knowledge,  he is not now, nor has he been in the past,
the subject of any regulatory  agency's  investigation for violation of state or
federal securities law, nor has he had any judgment against him for violation of
these laws in any civil action in any court.

      9. Working  Facilities and Staff.  The Company shall furnish Employee with
such facilities, staff and services as are suitable to his position and adequate
for the performance of his duties.

      10.  Expenses.  The  Company  shall  pay or  reimburse  Employee  for  all
reasonable expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, hotel


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



accommodations,  and fees and the like  incurred  by him in the  interest of the
business of the Company and its affiliates,  such payment or reimbursement to be
upon submission of an itemized accounting statement by Employee documenting such
expenses as may be required by the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended;
provided,  however,  that Employee shall be reimbursed for such expenses whether
or not such expenses are  deductible  by the Company under the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.

      11. Termination of Agreement.

      a.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  hereof,  Employee's  employment
hereunder shall terminate:

          i.   upon the death of Employee  (subject to the terms of Paragraph 12
               below);

          ii.  upon the  disability  of Employee,  which for the purpose of this
               Agreement  shall be the physical or mental  inability of Employee
               to carry out the normal and usual duties of his  employment  on a
               full-time  basis for an entire  period of six  continuous  months
               together  with the  reasonable  likelihood  as  determined by the
               Board that  Employee,  upon the advice of a qualified  physician,
               will be unable to carry out the  normal  and usual  duties of his
               employment  on a  full-time  basis for the  following  continuous
               period  of six  months,  and  within  30  days  after  Notice  of
               Termination  is given  Employee  shall not have  returned  to the
               performance  of his duties on a full-time  basis  (subject to the
               terms of Paragraphs 7(c) and 12);

          iii. "for cause" (as defined in subparagraph (b) below),  upon written
               notice of termination for cause given by the Company to Employee;
               or

          iv.  on the Expiration Date (subject to the terms of subparagraph  (h)
               below).

          b. As used herein, "for cause" shall mean any of the following events:

          i.   Willful misconduct or intentional and continual neglect of duties
               which  in the  business  judgment  of the  Board  has  materially
               adversely affected the Company; provided,  however, that Employee
               shall have first received written notice from such Board advising
               of the  acts or  omissions  that  constitute  the  misconduct  or
               neglect  of  duties,  and such  misconduct  or  neglect of duties
               continues after

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



               Employee shall have had a reasonable opportunity   to correct the
               same;

          ii.  Theft or  conviction of any crime  involving  dishonesty or moral
               turpitude;

          iii. Willful and continual failure or refusal to substantially perform
               duties in  accordance  with this  Agreement  (other than any such
               failure resulting from Employee's incapacity  due  to physical or
               mental  illness);  provided,  however,  that Employee  shall have
               first received written notice from the Board advising of the acts
               or  omissions   that   constitute   the  failure  or  refusal  to
               substantially   perform   duties,  and such  failure  or  refusal
               continues after Employee shall have had a reasonable  opportunity
               to correct the same.

For purposes of this  paragraph,  no act, or failure to act, on Employee's  part
shall be considered  "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by him not in
good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the
best interest of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not
be deemed to have been terminated for cause without (i) reasonable notice to the
Employee setting forth the reasons for the Company's  intention to terminate for
cause,  (ii) an opportunity for the Employee,  together with his counsel,  to be
heard  before the  Board,  and (iii)  delivery  to the  Employee  of a Notice of
Termination as defined in subparagraph (e) hereof from the Board finding that in
the good faith opinion of the Board the Employee was guilty of conduct set forth
above in clause (i),  (ii), or (iii) of the preceding  sentence,  and specifying
the particulars thereof in detail.

      c.  Termination  "for cause"  shall  require the vote of a majority of the
Board.

      d. The Employee may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason (as
hereinafter defined).

      For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Good Reason" shall mean (A) the failure
by the Board to reelect Employee as the Chief Executive  Officer of the Company,
or  Employee's  removal from such  office,  or if at any time during the term of
employment,  Company's failure to vest Employee with the powers and authority of
the Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company,  as  described  above,  except in
connection with a termination  for cause as  contemplated  by  subparagraph  (a)
(iii) of this Agreement; (B) a significant change in the scope, nature or status
of Employee's responsibilities or employment


                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



prerogatives;  (C) a reduction in  Employee's  Regular  Salary after a Change in
Control  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or a failure  by the  Company  to  increase
Employee's  salary  from  time  to time or to pay  Employee  a bonus  at a level
comparable to the level of salary increases or bonuses paid prior to a Change in
Control;  (D)  Employee's  relocation  by the  Company to any place other than a
location within the Austin,  Texas area, except for a relocation consented to by
Employee;  (E) a failure by the Company to comply with any material provision of
this  Agreement  which has not been cured  within ten (10) days after  notice of
such  noncompliance  has been  given by the  Employee  to the  Company;  (F) the
failure by the  Company to  continue  in effect any  compensation  plan in which
Employee  participates unless an equitable  arrangement  (embodied in an ongoing
substitute  or  alternative  plan) has been made  with  respect  to such plan in
connection  with a Change in Control or the  failure of the  Company to continue
Employee's  participation  therein or the  taking of any  action by the  Company
which would materially and adversely affect Employee's participation in any such
plan or reduce Employee's benefits thereunder; (G) the failure by the Company to
continue to provide Employee with benefits not less than those enjoyed under any
of the Company's  pension,  life  insurance,  medical,  health and accident,  or
disability plans in which Employee was  participating at the time of a Change in
Control or the taking of any  action by the  Company  which  would  directly  or
indirectly  materially reduce any such benefits;  (H) the failure of the Company
to obtain a  satisfactory  agreement  from any  successor  or parent  thereof to
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement,  as  contemplated  in Paragraph 16
hereof; or (I) any purported  termination of the Employee's  employment which is
not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination  satisfying the requirements of
subparagraph  (e) hereof (and for purposes of this  Agreement no such  purported
termination shall be effective).

      e. Any  termination of the Employee's  employment by the Company or by the
Employee (other than termination pursuant to subparagraph (a)(i) above) shall be
communicated  by written Notice of  Termination  to the other party hereto.  For
purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of the Employee's employment under the provision
so indicated.

      f. "Date of  Termination"  shall mean (i) if the Employee's  employment is
terminated  by  his  death,  the  date  of his  death,  (ii)  if the  Employee's
employment is terminated  pursuant to subparagraph  (a)(ii) above, 30 days after
Notice  of  Termination  is given  (provided  that the  Employee  shall not have
returned to the


                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such 30-day period), (iii)
if the Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (d) above, the
date  specified  in the  Notice  of  Termination,  and  (iv)  if the  Employee's
employment  is terminated  for any other  reason,  the date on which a Notice of
Termination  is  given;  provided  that if within  30 days  after any  Notice of
Termination is given the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the
other  party  that a dispute  exists  concerning  the  termination,  the Date of
Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either
by mutual  written  agreement  of the parties or by a final  judgment,  order or
decree  of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for  appeal  therefrom
having expired and no appeal having been perfected).

      g. In the event of termination of this Agreement  pursuant to subparagraph
(a) and except as provided in Paragraphs 5, 6, 12 and 13, Employee shall have no
right to receive any compensation, remuneration, bonus or benefit for any period
subsequent to the Date of Termination.

      h. In the event  Employee  shall continue to be employed on the Expiration
Date,  or the last day of  December  of each year  thereafter,  and no  previous
Notice of  Termination of this Agreement by the Company or Employee is effective
on that date,  this  Agreement  and  Employee's  employment  hereunder  shall be
automatically  extended one  additional  year,  subject to termination by either
party upon not less than 30 days written  notice to the other party prior to the
end of any year thereafter.

      i. At any time during the term of this Agreement, the Company and Employee
may mutually  agree to extend or  terminate  this  Agreement  upon such terms as
shall be satisfactory to the Company and Employee.

      12. Compensation Upon Termination or During Disability.

      a.  During  any  period  that the  Employee  fails to  perform  his duties
hereunder  as  a  result  of  incapacity  due  to  physical  or  mental  illness
("disability period"), the Employee shall continue to receive his Regular Salary
at the rate then in effect for such period until his  employment  is  terminated
pursuant to Paragraph  11(a)(ii)  hereof,  provided that payments so made to the
Employee  during  the  disability  period  shall  be  reduced  by the sum of the
amounts,  if any,  payable to the  Employee  to or prior to the time of any such
payment  under  disability  benefit  plans of the  Company  and  which  were not
previously applied to reduce any such payment.



                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      b. If the  Employee's  employment  is  terminated  pursuant  to  Paragraph
11(a)(ii)  because of his  disability,  the Company  shall pay to the  Employee,
commencing on the next succeeding day which is the fifteenth day or the last day
of the month,  as the case may be, and  semimonthly  thereafter on the fifteenth
and last days of each month,  until a number of payments  has been made equal to
twice the number of months  remaining  between the Date of  Termination  and the
applicable  Expiration Date determined pursuant to Paragraph 11(h), an amount on
each payment date equal to the  semi-monthly  installment  of the Regular Salary
payment  payable to the  Employee  pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof at the time of
his  disability.  Employee  shall  also be paid (i) the  vested  portion  of any
incentive  compensation  plan to which  Employee is entitled and (ii) a pro rata
portion of any incentive compensation plan to which Employee is entitled for the
full fiscal year in which Employee's employment is terminated based on a 365 day
year and the  number  of days  elapsed  prior to the  Date of  Termination.  All
payments made to the Employee pursuant to this subparagraph (b) shall be reduced
by the sum of the  amount,  if any,  payable to the  Employee to or prior to the
time of any such payment under disability benefit plans of the Company and which
were not previously  applied to reduce any such payment.  If Employee should die
prior to the time that he has received all the payments provided for pursuant to
this  subparagraph  (b),  the  balance  of such  payments  shall  be paid to the
Employee's estate in equal amounts, or to such other person or trust as Employee
may have designated in writing to the Company.

      c. If the  Employee's  employment  is  terminated  pursuant  to  Paragraph
11(a)(i) because of his death, the Company shall pay to the Employee's estate in
equal  amounts or to such other person or trust as Employee may have  designated
in writing to the Company,  commencing on the next  succeeding  day which is the
fifteenth  day or last day of the  month,  as the case may be,  and  semimonthly
thereafter  on the  fifteenth  and last  days of each  month,  until a number of
payments has been made equal to twice the number of months remaining between the
Date of Termination and the then applicable  Expiration Date determined pursuant
to Paragraph  11(h),  an amount on each  payment date equal to the  semi-monthly
installment of the Regular Salary  payment  payable to the Employee  pursuant to
Paragraph 5 hereof at the time of his death. Such persons shall also be paid (i)
the vested  portion of any  incentive  compensation  plan to which  Employee  is
entitled and (ii) the pro rata  portion of any  incentive  compensation  plan to
which  Employee  is  entitled  for the  full  fiscal  year in  which  Employee's
employment is terminated  based on a 365 day year and the number of days elapsed
prior to the Date of Termination.


                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      d. If the Employee's employment shall be terminated for cause, the Company
shall pay the Employee (i) his Regular Salary through the Date of Termination at
the rate in  effect  at the time  Notice  of  Termination  is given and (ii) the
vested portion of any incentive  compensation plan to which Employee is entitled
in accordance with the terms of such plan.

      e. Other than following a Change in Control (as hereinafter  defined),  if
(A) in breach of this  Agreement,  the Company shall  terminate  the  Employee's
employment or (B) the Employee  shall  terminate his employment for Good Reason,
then:

          i.   The Company shall pay the Employee his Regular Salary through the
               Date of  Termination  at the rate in effect at the time Notice of
               Termination is given;

          ii.  in  lieu of any  further  salary  payments  to the  Employee  for
               periods subsequent to the Date of Termination,  the Company shall
               pay as  severance  pay to the  Employee  an  amount  equal to the
               product of (A) the Employee's  Regular Salary in effect as of the
               Date of  Termination,  multiplied  by  (B)  the  number  of years
               (including   partial  years)   remaining   until  the  applicable
               Expiration  Date  determined  pursuant to Paragraph  11(h),  such
               payment   to  be  made   in   substantially   equal   semimonthly
               installments  on the  fifteenth  and  last  days  of  each  month
               commencing with the month in which the Date of Termination occurs
               and ending on the Expiration Date; and

          iii. if  termination  of the  Employee's  employment  arises  out of a
               breach by the Company of this  Agreement,  the Company  shall pay
               all other  damages to which the  Employee  may be  entitled  as a
               result of such breach,  including damages for any and all loss of
               benefits to the Employee  under the  Company's  employee  benefit
               plans and incentive  compensation plans, including employee bonus
               and residual pools, which the Employee would have received if the
               Company had not breached this  Agreement  and had the  Employee's
               employment  continued  for the full term  provided in Paragraph 2
               hereof  (including  specifically,  but  without  limitation,  the
               benefits  which the Employee  would have been entitled to receive
               pursuant   to  any   supplemental   retirement   income  plan  or
               arrangement  or incentive  compensation  plan, had his employment
               continued for the full term provided in Paragraph 2 hereof at the
               rate of compensation  specified herein),  and including all legal
               fees  and   expenses   incurred  by  him  as  a  result  of  such
               termination. All amounts that would be payable


                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



               pursuant  to  Paragraph  6, if any,  shall  be paid at the  times
               specified in Paragraph 6.

      f. Unless  Employee  is  terminated  for cause or  pursuant  to  Paragraph
11(a)(i) or (ii), the Company shall  maintain in full force and effect,  for the
continued  benefit  of  Employee  until  the  then  applicable  Expiration  Date
determined  pursuant to Paragraph 11(h), all employee benefit plans and programs
in which the Employee was entitled to participate  immediately prior to the Date
of Termination provided that the Employee's continued  participation is possible
under the general terms and  provision of such plans and programs.  In the event
that the  Employee's  participation  in any such plan or program is barred,  the
Company  shall  arrange to provide  the  Employee  with  benefits  substantially
similar to those  which the  Employee  would  otherwise  have been  entitled  to
receive under such plans and programs from which his continued  participation is
barred.

      g. The  Employee  shall not be  required  to  mitigate  the  amount of any
payment  provided  for in  this  Paragraph  12 by  seeking  or  accepting  other
employment or otherwise.

      13. Compensation Upon Termination After Change in Control.

      a. Change in Control

      i.     Except  in the case of an  Anticipatory  Termination,  no  benefits
             shall be payable  under this  Paragraph  13 unless there shall have
             been a Change in Control of the  Company,  as  defined  below,  and
             Employee's  employment  shall  thereafter  have been  terminated in
             accordance with  subparagraph  (b). For purposes of this Agreement,
             a "Change in Control"  shall have  occurred only if: (i) any person
             or group of  persons  (excluding  the  Employee)  acting in concert
             (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
             of 1934)  shall have become the  beneficial  owner of a majority of
             the outstanding common stock of the Company;  (ii) the stockholders
             of the Company shall cause a change in a majority of the members of
             the Board within a twelve-month period, provided, however, that the
             election of a  newly-elected  director  shall not be deemed to be a
             change  in the  membership  of the  Board  if  the  nomination  for
             election by the  Company's  stockholders  of such new  director was
             approved by the vote of two-thirds  of the directors  then still in
             office who were  directors at the  beginning  of such  twelve-month
             period;  or (iii) the Company or its stockholders  shall enter into
             an agreement to dispose of all or


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



             substantially all of the assets or outstanding capital stock of the
             Company in any manner  (including,  but not limited to, by means of
             sale, merger, reorganization or liquidation).

     ii.     For purposes of this Agreement an "Anticipatory  Termination" means
             the  termination  of  Employee's  employment  with the  Company  in
             contemplation  of the  consummation of a pending  transaction  that
             subsequently results in a Change in Control, if such termination is
             by the Company other than for cause, death or disability.

      b. If any of the events described in subparagraph (a) hereof  constituting
a Change in  Control  of the  Company  shall have  occurred,  Employee  shall be
entitled to the benefits provided in subparagraph (c) hereof upon the subsequent
termination of Employee's  employment  pursuant to a Notice of Termination given
on or prior to the  expiration  of two years  following  the Change in  Control,
unless such  termination is because of Employee's  death or  retirement,  by the
Company for cause or disability, or by Employee other than for Good Reason.

      c. Payment on Termination

      i.     If  Employee's  employment  has  been  terminated  by  means  of an
             Anticipatory  Termination  or if  Employee  is  entitled to receive
             benefits  hereunder  pursuant to subparagraph  (b) above,  then the
             Company  shall pay to Employee in a lump sum, in cash,  on or prior
             to the fifth day following the Date of  Termination an amount equal
             to three  times  the sum of (i)  Employee's  Regular  Salary;  (ii)
             Employee's  annual  Management  Incentive  Compensation;  and (iii)
             Employee's   planned  level   of  annual  Perquisites.  "Management
             Incentive Compensation" shall mean the amount, if any, fixed as the
             targeted level of annual  incentive  compensation  (as evidenced by
             schedules  normally  found in  Employee's  employment  folder) with
             respect  to the year in which  the  Change  in  Control  or Date of
             Termination occurred,  whichever year would yield a greater amount,
             such targeted  amount being  determined as if 100% of the Company's
             earnings goal (and,  if  applicable,  100% of  Employee's  personal
             performance goal) pertaining to such compensation  program were met
             and achieved.  "Perquisites"  shall  mean at any time the aggregate
             of those  other  annual  amounts  payable to Employee as bonuses or
             other   incentive   payments  and  the  equivalent  cash  value  of
             Employee's  participation  in   benefit   and  perquisite  programs
             (including but not limited to (i) medical, dental


                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



             and life insurance (but excluding the equivalent  cash value of any
             insurance  coverage  maintained for Employee's  benefit pursuant to
             subparagraph  (e)(ii));  (ii) use of an  automobile  or  automobile
             payments,  whichever is applicable to Employee  prior to the Change
             in Control; and (iii) any bonus plan or other plan).  "Perquisites"
             does not  otherwise  include any amounts or benefits to be received
             by Employee in respect of any options to purchase  common  stock of
             the Company  granted to Employee,  and all of Employee's  rights in
             respect  thereof shall be  determined in accordance  with the terms
             and  conditions  of  such  plan  or  agreement,   and,   except  as
             specifically provided in subparagraph (e) hereof, this Agreement is
             not intended to modify such plan or agreement.

     ii.     (A) If the aggregate of all payments in the nature of  compensation
             and other  benefits  to  Employee  that are to be paid to  Employee
             contingent on the Change in Control (the "Aggregate  Amount") would
             constitute a "parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G of the
             Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended or  supplemented  (the
             "Code")),  the lump  sum  payment  otherwise  payable  to  Employee
             pursuant  to  subparagraph  (c)(i)  shall be reduced to the largest
             amount as will result in no portion of the  Aggregate  Amount being
             subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.  The
             determination  of any  reduction  in the  lump  sum  payment  under
             subparagraph  (c)(i)  pursuant  to this  section  shall  be made by
             Employee and the Company in good faith,  and in the event  Employee
             and the Company disagree, such determination shall be made by means
             of arbitration to be conducted at the Company's  expense.  Any such
             arbitration shall be conducted in Austin, Texas, by one arbitrator,
             who shall be a member of a nationally  recognized  accounting  firm
             that  is not  then  engaged  by  the  Company  or any of its  major
             stockholders,  and who shall be jointly  designated by the parties;
             provided,  that if the parties  cannot agree on the selection of an
             arbitrator,  the Company's then current independent  auditors shall
             select such  arbitrator.  The findings of the  arbitrator  shall be
             conclusive and binding on the parties.

             (B) Notwithstanding  subparagraph (A) above,  Employee may elect to
             receive,   in  lieu  of  the  reduced  amount   described  in  such
             subparagraph,  the full amount of such lump sum,  together with the
             other  benefits  that  Employee  have the right to receive from the
             Company, provided Employee so


                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



             notifies the Company in writing  within 15 days of Employee's  Date
             of Termination.

      d. The  Employee  shall not be  required  to  mitigate  the  amount of any
payment provided in this Paragraph 13 by seeking  or  accepting other employment
or otherwise.

      e. If Employee is entitled to receive  benefits  under  subparagraph  (c),
then Employee shall be entitled to the following additional benefits:

      i.     Employee  shall be  entitled  to receive  all  benefits  payable to
             Employee  under any grants of options to purchase  shares of common
             stock of the Company as if Employee  were fully vested  thereunder,
             and such benefits shall be paid to Employee promptly  following the
             Date of Termination  but no later than such benefits would normally
             be paid to a withdrawing participant in the plan or agreement.

      ii.    The  Company,  at its  expense,  shall  maintain  in full force and
             effect for Employee's continued benefit until the earlier of (A) 24
             months after the Date of Termination or (B) Employee's commencement
             of full-time employment with a new employer,  all life, disability,
             medical,  dental  accident and health  insurance  coverage to which
             Employee was entitled  immediately  prior to the Notice of Termina-
             tion.  In the  event  that  Employee's  participation  in any  such
             coverage is barred under the general  terms and  provisions  of the
             plans and programs  under which such  coverage is provided,  or any
             such  coverage  is  discontinued   or   the   benefits   thereunder
             materially reduced, the Company shall provide or arrange to provide
             Employee  with  benefits   substantially  similar  to  those  which
             Employee was entitled to receive  under such  coverage  immediately
             prior to the  Notice of  Termination.  At the end of the  period of
             coverage  hereinabove  provided for, Employee shall have the option
             to have  assigned to Employee at no cost and with no  apportionment
             of prepaid premiums,  any assignable insurance owned by the Company
             and  relating  specifically  to  Employee  and  Employee  shall  be
             entitled to all health and similar  benefits that are or would have
             been made available to Employee under law.

      14. Counsel Fees and Indemnification.

      a. In the event either the Company or Employee is required to employ legal
counsel to enforce the performance of this


                                     - 13 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



Agreement  or  recover  damages  because of any  breach of this  Agreement,  the
prevailing  party shall be entitled to recover  from the other party  reasonable
attorneys' fees and the reimbursement of all necessary expenses and court costs.

      b. The Company shall  indemnify and hold Employee  harmless to the maximum
extent permitted by law against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and
reasonable  expenses,  including attorneys' fees and costs incurred by Employee,
in  connection  with the defense of, or as a result of any action or  proceeding
(or any appeal from any action or  proceeding)  in which  Employee is made or is
threatened  to be made a party by reason of the fact that  Employee is or was an
officer of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries or affiliates,  regardless of
whether  such  action or  proceeding  is one  brought  by or in the right of the
Company or any of its  subsidiaries or affiliates,  to procure a judgment in its
favor  (or  other  than  by or in  the  right  of  the  Company  or  any  of its
subsidiaries  or  affiliates).  The Company  shall also,  to the maximum  extent
permitted by law,  promptly make advance  reimbursement of expenses  incurred in
defense of any such claim to the  Employee  upon  receipt of a request  for such
advance along with any required undertakings from the Employee.

      The  undertakings of subparagraph  (a) above, is independent of, and shall
not be limited or prejudiced by the undertakings of subparagraph (b).

      15.  Notices.  All  notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications
required or permitted to be given under this  Agreement  shall be in writing and
shall be  deemed  to have  been  duly  given on the date of  service  if  served
personally  on the  party to whom  notice  is to be given  and  acknowledged  by
written  receipt,  or on the seventh day after mailing if mailed (return receipt
requested), postage prepaid and properly addressed as follows:

         The Company:               AutoBond Acceptance Corporation
                                    301 Congress Avenue, 9th Floor
                                    Austin, Texas 78701
                                    Attn: Board of Directors

         Employee:                  William O. Winsauer
                                    301 Congress Avenue, 9th Floor
                                    Austin, Texas 78701

Any party may change its address for purposes of this Paragraph 15 by giving the
other parties written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.


                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



      16.  Assignment;  Binding  Effect.  Neither this  Agreement nor any of the
rights or  obligations  hereunder may be assigned by any party without the prior
written consent of the other parties.  This Agreement is binding upon and inures
to the benefit of Employee,  the Company and their  respective  heirs,  personal
representatives and permitted  successors and assigns.  The Company will require
any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or
otherwise)  to all or  substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the
Company,  by agreement in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Employee,  to
expressly  assume and agree to perform this  Agreement in the same manner and to
the same  extent  that the  Company  would be  required to perform it if no such
succession  had taken  place.  Failure of the Company to obtain  such  agreement
prior to the  effectiveness  of any such  succession  shall be a breach  of this
Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation from the Company in the
same  amount and on the same terms as he would be entitled  to  hereunder  if he
terminated his employment for Good Reason following a Change in Control,  except
that for  purposes of  implementing  the  foregoing,  the date on which any such
succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in
this Agreement, the "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and
any  successors to its business  and/or assets as aforesaid  which  executes and
delivers  the  agreement  provided for in this  Paragraph 16 or which  otherwise
becomes bound by all the terms and  provisions of this Agreement by operation of
law.

      17.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed,  construed  and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

      18.  Waiver.  Any waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach
thereof or of any other provision of this Agreement.

      19. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between  the  parties  hereto with  respect to the  subject  matters  hereof and
supersedes  any and all  prior  and  contemporaneous  promises,  agreements  and
representations  not set  forth in this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  may not be
amended except by a mutual written  agreement  signed by all parties;  provided,
however, that the terms of any cash incentive  compensation plan or stock option
plan established by the Company subsequent to the date hereof in accordance with
terms previously outlined by the Company shall automatically become part of this
Agreement when established.


                                     - 15 -

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


      20.  Severability.  Should  any  one or more of the  provision  hereof  be
determined to be illegal or unenforceable,  all other provisions hereof shall be
given effect separately therefrom and shall not be affected thereby.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company and Employee have executed and delivered
this Agreement as of the date written above.


                                       AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION


                                       By:  /s/ WILLIAM J. STAHL
                                           ___________________________________

                                       Name: William J. Stahl
                                            _________________________________

                                       Title:       V.P. & CFO
                                             ________________________________

                                       EMPLOYEE:

                                       /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                                       ______________________________________
                                       William O. Winsauer




                                     - 16 -


<PAGE>






<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                           <C>
Venders                                Part Two                                     INTERSTATE
Comprehensive                          This  Declaration  Page and               FIRE & CASUALTY
Single Interest Policy                 Policy   Provisions   (Part                   COMPANY
                                       One), with Coverage            Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe Street
                                       Parts/Forms and                       Chicago, Illinois 60603
                                       Endorsements issued to form
                                       a part thereof complete the
                                       below    numbered   policy.
                                       Policy Number CA4-1000024
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Declarations                                Renewal of No.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item 1. Named Insured                  Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation
                                       The Named Insured is: [  ] Individual [  ] Partnership [  ] Joint
                                       Venture [X] Corporation [  ] Other
                                       Street Address 8080 N. Central Expressway, Suite 1620
                                       City, State, Zip Dallas, TX 75206
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>

<S>                                    <C>              <C>                   <C>
Item 2. Policy Period                  From:            Producer:             Intercontinental Brokerage, Inc.
12:01 AM Std. Time at the              5-01-94          Office Address:       445 Livernois, Suite 233
address of the Named Insured as        To:              City, State, Zip:     Rochester Hills, MI 48063
stated herein.                         5-01-95          No.:
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                   <C>
ATTENTION                             The insurance afforded is only with   of such coverage shall be as stated
                                      respect to the following coverage     herein, subject to all the terms and
                                      where a premium charge is shown. The  conditions of this policy having
                                      limit of the company's liability      reference thereto.
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>

<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                      <C>

Item 3. Coverage                       Coverage                 Limit of Liability       Premium
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       A. All Risk Physical     States in Policy         $82.00
                                          Damage                Conditions #21
                                          Loan Insurance
                                          $40,000 per vehicle
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       B. Instrument Non-       State in Policy          $ Included
                                          Filing                Conditions #21
                                          Insurance
                                          $40,000 per vehicle
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       C. Confiscation and      Stated in Policy         $ Included
                                          Skip Insurance        Conditions #21
                                          $40,000 per vehicle
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       D. Repossessed Vehicles  $25,000 per Occurrence   $ Included
                                          Coverage
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Subject to Endorsements  ABAC-1, ABAC-2, ABAC-3, ABAC-4, ABAC-5, ABAC-6,
                                       and Coverage Form(s)     ABAC-7.
                                       Part(s) identified
                                       here by number
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Subject to a Minimum     Total Premium            $82.00 per vehicle
                                       Monthly Premium of       Deposit Premium          $N/A
                                       $5,000, plus applicable
                                       surplus lines taxes.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
Item 4. Rate Calculation               Rate of Premium Calculation (per loan)
<S>                                    <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
                                          Per Vehicle      Per Watercraft    Per Recreational      Per Chattel
                                                                                  Vehicle
                                            $82.00             $ N/A              $82.00             $ N/A
                                           --------           --------           --------            ------
                                       All premiums shall be fully earned when paid and no refund of premium be
                                       made by the Company upon concellation for any reason whatsoever.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item 5. Audit Period                            [X] Monthly       [  ] Quarter       [  ] Semi-annually
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       This policy is made and accepted subject to the foregoing provisions and
                                       stipulations and those hereinafter stated which are hereby made a part
                                       of this Policy, together with such other provisions, stipulations, and
                                       agreements as may be added hereto.

                                            5/9/94                            /s/    [SIGNATURE]
                                       -----------------  -------------------------------------------------------
                                         Date Prepared    Authorized Representative
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                    ONE OF THE INTERSTATE INSURANCE COMPANIES
                      AS DESIGNATED ON THE DECLARATIONS PAGE
                  (A Stock Company, herein called the Company)
             Mailing Address: 55 E. Monroe Street, Chicago, Il 60603

In consideration of the payment of the premium,  in reliance upon the statements
made a part  hereof and  subject to all the terms of this  Policy,  the  Company
shown on the Declarations page agrees with the Named Insured as follows:

                             I. INSURING AGREEMENTS

COVERAGE A-ALL RISK PHYSICAL DAMAGE INSTALLMENT LOAN INSURANCE-To  indemnify the
Named  Insured  against all risks of physical  loss or damage from any  external
cause to vehicles, except as hereinafter excluded, which the Named Insured holds
as collateral for an  installment or deferred  payment loan under an instrument,
as hereinafter defined.

COVERAGE  B-INSTRUMENT  NON-FILING  INSURANCE-To  indemnify  the  Named  Insured
against any direct loss which the Named  Insured may sustain  during the term of
this  Policy  by reason of  having  in good  faith,  and in the usual  course of
business,  taken,  received,  made  advances on, made loans  against or extended
credit upon an instrument as  hereinafter  defined,  as security for a loan to a
customer of the Named Insured,  or purchased from a dealer of the Named Insured,
but only insofar as the Named Insured is damaged solely through being  prevented
from:

1.  Obtaining possession  of the vehicle  represented by  such instrument and/or
retaining the proceeds thereof; and/or

2. Enforcing its rights under such instrument;

Solely because the Named Insured has  UNINTENTIONALLY  not recorded or filed the
instrument  with the proper Public Officer or Public Office,  or has not had the
proper  Public  Officer or Public  Office show the Named  Insured's  encumbrance
thereon if the Instrument be a Certificate of Title.

COVERAGE  C-CONFISCATION  AND SKIP  INSURANCE-To  indemnify  the  Named  Insured
against any direct loss which the Named Insured,  may sustain during the term of
this Policy:

1.  By  reason of  the  inability of  the Named  Insured  to locate  neither the
borrower, the vehicle nor any obligee of the instrument; or

2. By reason of the  confiscation of the vehicle by  a Public Officer or  Public
Office;

But only in the event that the Named Insured shall have in good faith and in the
usual course of business taken, received,  made advances on, made loans against,
or extended  credit upon an instrument,  as security for a loan to a customer of
the  Named  Insured,  or  purchased  such  instrument  for a dealer of the Named
Insured.

COVERAGED  D-REPOSSESSED VEHICLES INSURANCE-To indemnify the Named Insured for a
period not to exceed  sixty  (60) days,  against  all risk of  physical  loss or
damage from any external cause to repossessed vehicles as hereinafter defined.
Repossessed Vehicle insurance will cover:

1.  Repossessed vehicles that the Named  Insured has possession of and exercises
rights of ownership over; and/or

2. Vehicles while being repossessed by the Named Insured; or

3. While such repossessed vehicles are held by the  Named Insured  for sale  but
excluding:

     a.   Vehicles owned by the Named Insured for use in its business;

     b.   Vehicles rented or leased to others;

     c.   Vehicles sold by the Named Insured subject to any security interest of
          the Named Insured; or

     d.   Vehicles in the care, custody or control of sales agencies or dealers.

                                 II. DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this insurance:

A.  Instrument-'Instrument'  shall be understood to mean a Chattel  Mortgage,  a
Security Agreement,  a Conditional Bill of Sale, a Conditional Sales Contract, a
Chattel Trust Deed, a Trust Deed, A Trust Receipt,  a Deed of Trust or a Bill of
Sale to Secure Debt,  all creating or reserving a lien in chattels which is held
as Collateral  for a loan made by the Named Insured and scheduled for payment on
a monthly basis, of not less than three (3) consecutive months.

B.  Vehicle-'Vehicle'  shall be defined as a four wheeled land motor  vehicle of
the private passenger type including walk-in type vans and pick-up trucks with a
loan capacity of no more than 2,000 pounds which have been licensed for road use
through the Motor  Vehicle  Commissioner  or through the  appropriate  licensing
authority of a State or territory or possession of the United States.

C. Repossessed  Vehicles-'Repossessed  Vehicles' shall mean any vehicle, insured
by this Policy, of which the Named Insured has gained  possession  peacefully or
through legal process, by virtue of a legal right to such possession.

D. Date of Loss-

     1.   The Date of Loss  under  Coverage  A shall  be the  date on which  the
          actual  physical  loss  or  damage  occurred  to the  vehicle  insured
          hereunder.  If such date is  undeterminable  the Date of Loss shall be
          the date the vehicle is repossessed.

     2.   The Date of Loss  under  Coverage  B shall  be the  date on which  the
          adverse party filed its lien on the vehicle  insured  hereunder  which
          lien is superior to that of the Name Insured.

     3.   The Date of Loss  under  Coverage  C shall be the date  that the first
          delinquency occurs.

     4.   The date of Loss  under  Coverage  D shall  be the  date on which  the
          actual  physical  loss  or  damage  occurred  to the  vehicle  insured
          hereunder.

E.  Named Insured-Named Insured shall mean the entity(ies) or organization named
in Item 1. of the Declarations of this Policy.

                                   Page 1 of 5


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                III. EXCLUSIONS

This  insurance  shall not indemnify the Named Insured in respect of any loss or
losses:

A. resulting from losses occurring prior to the effective date of this Policy;

B. resulting  directly or indirectly from any dishonest,  fraudulent or criminal
act of any officer or employee of the Named  Insured or of any dealer from which
the Named Insured  acquired the instrument or of any officer or employee of such
dealer,  or anyone  acting in any  capacity  as agent for the Named  Insured  in
obtaining a loan;

C. resulting from forgery, or use of an alias;

D.  resulting from any lien, encumbrance or defect in title which existed at the
time the loan was made by the Named Insured;

E. resulting from any instrument due  and payable more than sixty (60)  calendar
months  after the making  thereof, even though on  the date of  loss the date of
maturity of the instrument may be less than sixty (60) months.

F. under Coverage A and  D, caused by or resulting  from wear and tear,  gradual
deterioration,  obsolescence,  rust,  corrosion, latent  defect,  inherent vice,
freezing or overheating;

G.  under  Coverage  A and D,  caused  by or  resulting  from any  repairing  or
restoration  or  remodeling  process,   structural,   mechanical  or  electrical
breakdown or failure unless fire or other accident  ensues and then only for the
loss or damage by such ensuing fire or accident;

H.  to vehicles held as collateral under  any floor plan or field warehouse type
of financing;

I. resulting from any loan made to a dealer, or their employees, whether or  not
the property is held for resale;

J.  on loans on any vehicles designed for racing or modified for use as a public
livery vehicle;

K. resulting from the Named Insured's failure to initiate a professional attempt
to repossess the security  (vehicle) within ninety (90)  days after the  account
becomes delinquent;

L.  under Coverage A, B and C to any loan made to a borrower who was responsible
for a claim being paid under this Policy;

M. caused by or resulting from:

     1.   hostile or warlike action in time of peace or war, including action in
          hindering,  combating  or  defending  against an actual  impending  or
          expected attack;

          a.   by any government or sovereign power (de jure or de facto), or by
               any authority maintaining or using military, naval or air forces;
               or

          b.   by military, naval or air forces, or

          c.   by any agent of any such government, power, authority or forces;

     2.   any  weapon of war  employing  atomic  fission  or  radioactive  force
          whether in time of peace or war;

     3.   insurrection,  rebellion,  revolution,  civil war,  usurped power,  or
          action  taken by  governmental  authority in  hindering,  combating or
          defending  against such an occurrence,  seizure or  destruction  under
          quarantine  or  customs  regulations,  confiscation  by  order  of any
          government or public  authority,  unless Coverage C is provided and is
          so  indicated  in the  Declarations,  risks or  contraband  or illegal
          transportation or trade;

N.  caused by or  resulting  from  nuclear  reaction  or  nuclear  radiation  or
radioactive contamination,  all whether controlled or uncontrolled,  and whether
such loss be direct or indirect,  proximate or remote, or be in whole or in part
caused by, contributed to, or aggravated by the peril(s) insured against in this
Policy.

                                 IV. CONDITIONS
       (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THESE CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL COVERAGES.)

     1.   POLICY PERIOD,  TERRITORY-This Policy shall be effective from the date
          of   inception  as  shown  on  the   Declarations   and  shall  remain
          continuously in effect until terminated as hereinafter provided.  This
          policy applies only to loss during the policy period within the United
          States of America, its  territories or possessions,  or Canada.  There
          shall be no coverage under this Policy when it is determined  that the
          vehicle  has been  removed  from the  United  States of  America,  its
          territories or possessions, or Canada.

     2.   NOTICE OF  LOSS-COVERAGES  A,B & D- The Named Insured shall as soon as
          practicable  reort to this  Company or its agent  every loss or damage
          which may become a claim  under  this  Policy and shall also file with
          the Company or its agent within ninety (90) days from date of loss, as
          herein defined,  a detailed sworn proof of loss.  Failure by the Named
          Insured to report the said loss or damage and to file such sworn proof
          of loss as hereinbefore provided shall invalidate any claim under this
          Policy for such loss.

          COVERAGE C-Notice shall be filed, as above,  within one hundred eighty
          (180) days from the date of loss as herein defined.

     3.   EXAMINATION  UNDER OATH-The Named Insured shall submit,  and so far as
          is within its power,  shall cause all other persons  interested in the
          vehicle  insured and members of the  household and employees to submit
          to  examinations  under  oath by any  persons  named  by the  Company,
          relative  to any and  all  matters  in  connection  with a  claim  and
          subscribe  the same;  and shall produce for  examination  all books of
          account,  bills,  invoices,  and other  vouchers or  certified  copies
          thereof it originals be lost, at such reasonable time and place as may
          be designated by the Company or its representatives,  and shall permit
          extracts and copies thereof to be made.

     4.   VALUATION-Unless  otherwise provided, this Company shall not be liable
          beyond  the actual  cash value of the  vehicle at the date of loss and
          the loss or damage shall be ascertained or estimated according to such
          actual  cash value with proper  deduction  for  depreciation,  however
          caused, and shall in no event exceed what it would then cost to repair
          or replace the same with material of like kind and quality.

                                   Page 2 of 5



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     5.   SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS-All adjusted claims shall be paid or made good to
          the Named  Insured  within  sixty  (60) days  after  presentation  and
          acceptance of satisfactory proof of interest and loss at the office of
          this  Company.  No claim shall be paid  hereunder if the Named Insured
          can collect the same from others.

     6.   NO BENEFIT TO BAILEE-This  insurance shall in no way inure directly or
          indirectly  to the  benefit of any  carrier,  bailee,  borrower or any
          other person or entity other than the Named Insured.

     7.   SUBROGATION-In  the event of any payment under this Policy the Company
          shall be  subrogated  to all the Named  Insured's  rights of  recovery
          therefor  against  any person or  organization  and the Named  Insured
          shall execute and deliver  instruments and papers and do whatever else
          is necessary to secure such rights. The Named Insured shall do nothing
          after loss to prejudice such rights.

     8.   PARTS-In  case of loss or  injury to any part of the  insured  vehicle
          consisting,  when  complete  for sale or use,  of  several  parts this
          Company shall only be liable for the insured value of the insured part
          lost or damaged.

     9.   DUTIES OF THE NAMED INSURED-In the event of loss or damage,  the Named
          Insured shall:

          (a)  make every professional  effort at its own expense to recover and
               safeguard the vehicles,  or any part thereof,  insured under this
               Policy,  initiate  suit or  cooperate  with  the  Company  in the
               conduct  of any suit and  enforce  any right of  contribution  or
               indemnify against any person or organization who may be liable to
               the Named Insured because of loss to which this insurance applies
               but there shall be no abandonment to the Company;

          (b)  do all things a  professional  should do to avoid or diminish any
               loss covered under this Policy;

          (c)  protect the vehicle  from any  further  loss or damage;  expenses
               incurred in  affording  such  protection  and any further loss or
               damage due to the Named Insured's failure to protect shall not be
               recoverable under this Policy.

     10.  SUIT AGAINST COMPANY-No suit, action or proceeding for the recovery of
          any claim under this Policy shall be  sustainable  in any court of law
          or equity unless the same be commenced  within twelve (12) months next
          after  discovery by the Named  Insured of the  occurrence  which gives
          rise to the claim. Provided, however, that if by the laws of the State
          within which this Policy is issued such  limitation  is invalid,  than
          any such claim(s) shall be void unless such action, suit or proceeding
          be commenced  within the shortest  limit of time permitted by the laws
          of such State to be fixed herein.

     11.  APPRAISAL-If the Named Insured and the Company fail to agree as to the
          amount of loss,  each  shall,  on the written  demand of either,  made
          within sixty (60) days after  receipt of proof of loss by the Company,
          select a competent and disinterested appraiser and the appraisal shall
          be made at a reasonable  time and place.  The  appraisers  shall first
          select a competent and  disinterested  umpire and, failing for fifteen
          (15) days to agree upon such umpire,  then on the request of the Named
          Insured or the Company,  such umpire shall be selected by a judge of a
          court of record in the State in which such  appraisal is pending.  The
          appraisers shall than appraise the loss, stating separately the actual
          cash value at the date of loss and the amount of loss,  and failing to
          agree  shall  submit  their  differences  to the  umpire.  An award in
          writing  of any two shall  determine  the  amount  of loss.  The Named
          Insured  and the  Company  shall  bear  equally  the  expenses  of the
          appraisal and umpire. The Company shall not be held to have waived any
          of its rights by an act relating to appraisal.

     12.  CONFORMITY TO  STATUTE-Terms of this Policy which are in conflict with
          the  statutes  of the State  wherein  this Policy is issued are hereby
          amended to conform to such statutes.

     13.  CHANGES-Notice to any agent or knowledge  possessed by any agent or by
          any other  person shall not effect a waiver or a change in any part of
          this Policy,  or estop the Company from  asserting any right under the
          terms of this Policy,  nor shall the terms of this Policy be waived or
          changed except by endorsement issued to form a part of this Policy.

     14.  DECLARATIONS-By  acceptance of this Policy,  the Named Insured  agrees
          that  the  statements  in the  Declarations  are  its  agreements  and
          representations, that this Policy is issued in reliance upon the truth
          of such  representations  and  that  this  Policy,  together  with any
          application(s) or  representations in connection  therewith,  embodies
          all agreements  existing  between itself and the Company or any of its
          agents relating to this insurance.

     15.  PRIMARY  INSURANCE-COVERAGE  A-It is  understood  and agreed  that the
          Named  Insured will require all  borrowers to agree to carry  physical
          damage  insurance  with  loss  payable  clause  in favor of the  Named
          Insured,  for such insurance and in such amounts as normally would  be
          required had not this insurance be effected. Failure on  the  part  of
          the borrower to provide such insurance shall not be deemed a violation
          of this  Policy  provided  the Named  Insured has  obtained  agreement
          from borrower to carry insurance.

     16.  IMPAIRMENT OF INTEREST-Under no circumstances will any payment be made
          for a loss under this Policy  unless the interest of the Named Insured
          is  impaired  by  reason  of  the  borrower  having  defaulted  in his
          obligation to the Named Insured.

     17.  LOCATION  OF  VEHICLE-COVERAGE  A-As  respects  damage,  it  shall  be
          necessary  for the Named  Insured  to locate  and to take title to the
          vehicle or be in a position to convey  good title to the Company  upon
          demand, before any loss shall be paid under this coverage.

     18.  LOCATION OF VEHICLE-COVERAGE B-There shall be no liability, under this
          policy unless at the time claim is made the vehicle represented by the
          Instrument  has been  located  by the  Named  Insured  or the  person,
          persons,  or corporation who has title to the vehicle has been located
          by the Named Insured and it definitely has been  determined  that such
          person,  persons,  or corporation has claim or title lawfully superior
          to the lien held by the Named Insured. The company shall not be liable
          for the  expenses  of the Named  Insured  in  locating  the  person or
          vehicle or determining the status of title described above.

                                  Page 3 of 5
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     19.  LOCATION OF VEHICLE-COVERAGE C

          A.   'SKIP' LOSSES ONLY

               This policy shall not apply (1) unless every professional  effort
               is made to (a) locate the vehicle  represented  by the instrument
               and  (b)  locate  the  person  or obligee of the  instrument,  or
               (2) if the Named  Insured is  successful  as  respects  (1)(a) or
               (1)(b) preceding. Expenses so incurred by the Named Insured shall
               not be  recoverable  under this  Policy.  When within one hundred
               eighty (180) days from the date of delinquency, the Named Insured
               determines  that a 'SKIP' has occurred within the meaning of this
               Policy, as distinquished from a borrower who is merely delinquent
               in his  obligation to the Named  Insured,  prompt  written notice
               shall be given to the  Company  or its agent  setting  forth  all
               circumstances  concerning the loss and  particularly  the efforts
               that have been made pursuant to the paragraph  above. The Company
               shall  then have  sixty  (60) days in which to locate  either the
               vehicle  represented  by the  instrument  or any  obligee  of the
               Instrument.

               If the Company locates the vehicle  represented by the instrument
               prior to payment of the claim,  its  maximum  liability  shall be
               100% of the  reasonable  expense of locating  and  returning  the
               vehicle to the office of the Named Insured,  subject however to a
               maximum  limit of  liability  to the  Company of $250.00 for this
               purpose.

          B.   CONFISCATION  LOSSES  ONLY-This Policy shall not apply unless the
               Named  Insured  locates the  vehicle  and  follows all  necessary
               procedures  to reclaim the  vehicle.  Expenses so incurred by the
               Named Insured shall not be recoverable.

     20.  VEHICLES  HELD  AS  COLLATERAL-With  regard  to  vehicles,  as  herein
          defined, held as collateral for loans, it is agreed that:

          A.   The Named  Insured  will hold the  Certificate  of Title with its
               records until the loan has been satisfied;

          B.   The Named  Insured  will  file or record  its lien with the Motor
               Vehicle Commissioner or with the appropriate authority of a State
               or territory or possession of the United States;

          C.   Unintentional  error or  omission in filing a lien with the Motor
               Vehicle  Commissioner  or  appropriate  authority  of a State  or
               territory or  possession  of the United  States shall not violate
               this requirement.

     21.  LIMITS OF LIABILITY-This Company shall not be liable under this Policy
          for

          A.   an amount exceeding the lowest of the following:

               1.   cost of repair or replacement of the vehicle; or

               2.   the  actual  cash  value of the  vehicle  at time of loss or
                    damage, less salvage value; or

               3.   the amount of any impairment of the Named Insured's interest
                    as  represented  by his  customer's  unpaid balance not more
                    than 90 days past due less interest, insurance, finance, and
                    other carrying charges,  computed pro rata as of the date of
                    loss,  less salvage  value.  Such carrying  charges shall be
                    deemed to accrue in equal  installments on the payment dates
                    fixed by the purchase  contract or loan  agreement and shall
                    not include  penalties or other  charges which may have been
                    added to such unpaid  balance  after the  inception  date of
                    purchase contract or loan agreement.

          B.   More than the balance due the Named Insured under 21.A.  less the
               amount  due under all other  valid  insurance  on the  damaged or
               destroyed vehicle, less salvage value.

     22.  PAYMENT OF LOSS-The  Company  shall have the option of paying the loss
          in money or pay repair or replace the vehicle or damaged  part thereof
          with other of like kind and quality,  with deduction for depreciation,
          or may return any stolen vehicle with payment of any resultant  damage
          thereto  at any  time  before  the loss is paid or the  vehicle  is so
          replaced, or may take all or such part of the vehicle at the agreed or
          appraised value, but there shall be no abandonment to the Company.

     23.  OTHER  INSURANCE-coverage  under this Policy is excess  insurance over
          any  other  insurance  or  indemnity  and  shall  not  be  treated  as
          contributing with any other insurance or indemnity.

     24.  ASSISTANCE  AND  COOPERATION  OF THE NAMED  INSURED-The  Named Insured
          shall  use  due  diligence  and do and  concur  in  doing  all  things
          reasonable and practicable to avoid or diminish any loss covered under
          this  insurance;  failure  to  record or file an  instrument  with the
          proper  Public  Officer or Public  Office shall not be  considered  as
          failure by the Named Insured to use due diligence.

     25.  EXTENSION  OF  MATURITY-The  Named  Insured  may grant  extensions  of
          maturity  without  the  consent  of the  Company  as it may be  deemed
          advisable in the regular course of business,  without prejudice to the
          rights of the Named Insured hereunder; but in no event shall the total
          period of the  loan,  including  extensions,  exceeds  sixty-two  (62)
          calendar months in all,  provided that this limitation shall not apply
          to any extension which involves any increase in the balance due before
          interest and  carrying  charges,  it being agreed that such  extension
          shall be considered a new loan and that premium  thereon shall be paid
          accordingly.

     26.  SETTLEMENT BY NAMED INSURED, INVALID-any settlement made by or for the
          Named Insured on any loan secured by an instrument in respect of which
          there is a claim under this insurance  without written  authority from
          the  Company  or its  representatives  to make such  settlement  shall
          render this insurance void as to any loss in respect of that loan.

     27.  INSPECTION   OF   NAMED   INSURED'S   RECORDS-The   Company   or   its
          representatives  may at any  reasonable  time  during  business  hours
          inspect the Named Insured's records for the purpose of determining the
          amount of premium due the Company under this insurance.

                                  Page 4 of 5

<PAGE>

<PAGE>

     28.  CANCELLATION  CLAUSE  - This  Policy  may be  cancelled  by the  Named
          Insured by  surrender  of the Policy to the Company or its  authorized
          agent or by mailing written notice to the Company  stating therein the
          date cancellation  shall be effected.  This Policy may be cancelled by
          the Company by mailing to the Named  Insured at the  address  shown in
          the Policy  written notice stating when not less than thirty (30) days
          thereafter such cancellation shall be effective; provided that, if the
          Named Insured fails to discharge  when due any of its  obligations  in
          connection  with the  payment  of  premium  for  this  Policy  or  any
          installment thereof, whether  payable  directly  to the Company or its
          agent or indirectly under any premium finance  plan  or  extension  of
          credit, this Policy may be cancelled by the Company by mailing to such
          Named Insured  written notice stating when not less than ten (10) days
          thereafter such cancellation shall be effective. The effective date by
          cancellation  stated in the notice  shall become the end of the policy
          period.


     29.  REPORTS  AND  PREMIUM - The  Named  Insured  agrees  to keep  accurate
          records of notes or Instruments  having  collateral of a type coverage
          herein as normally  processed,  purchased or made by the Named Insured
          and shall render to the Company or its authorized  representative,  on
          forms  provided  by the  Company,  a  statement  of such  transactions
          required for  determination  of premiums not later than the  fifteenth
          (15) day of the  month  following  the close of each  Audit  Period as
          specified in Item 5 of the  Declarations.  On this date the premium is
          due and  payable.  Premium  for  this  policy  shall  be  computed  in
          accordance with the Company's rules, rates and rating plans applicable
          to the insurance afforded herein.

     30.  MISREPRESENTATION  AND FRAUD - This Policy  shall be void if the Named
          Insured  has  concealed  or   misrepresented   any  material  fact  or
          circumstance  concerning  this insurance or the subject  thereof or in
          case of any  fraud,  attempted  fraud or false  swearing  by the Named
          Insured  touching any matter relating to this insurance or the subject
          thereof, whetehr before or after a loss.

     31.  ASSIGNMENT - Assignment of this Policy shallnot  be valid  unless  the
          company gives its written consent.

The policy  provisions  included herein along with the Declarations Page and any
endorsements issued complete the policy.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company indicated on the Declarations Page of the policy
has caused  the  policy to be signed by its  president  and  secretary, but this
policy  shall not be valid  unless  the  Declarations  are  countersigned,  when
necessary, by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

                          /s/    [SIGNATURE]                 /s/     [SIGNATURE]
                               Secretary                         President



                                  Page 5 of 5


<PAGE>

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.


                               ADDITIONAL INSURED


          The following is hereby noted and agreed:

          The following is added as an Additional Insured:

               Auto Bond, Inc. (a Colorado Corporation)
       Auto Bond Receivables Corporation (a Delware Corporation)
   or any affiliate, subsidiary, partnership or joint venture thereof

          This  policy is  extended  to include  the above  Additional
          Insured but only for its  interest  as such.  All rights and
          conditions  of the policy  remain with the insured  named in
          Item 1 of the Policy Declarations.

          Such inclusion of Additional  Insured shall not increase the
          Company's liability under this policy.

         ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.


                        /s/    [SIGNATURE]                   /s/     [SIGNATURE]
                             Secretary                         President


===============================================================================

The  premium  for  this  endorsement  is         Additional Premium    $
included  in the  premium  shown  on the         Return Premium        $
declarations unless a specific amount is
shown here.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENDORSEMENT NO.: 1                     Effective: 5-01-94

Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024

     Issued by:       Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
                       Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603

Insured: Auto and Acceptance Corporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dated Issued:                 Authorized Representative:
       5/9/94                  /s/   [SIGNATURE]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

                               ADDITIONAL INSURED
 
The following is hereby noted and agreed:
 
The following is added as an Additional Insured:
 
           NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, TRUSTEE FOR
                      AUTO BOND RECEIVABLES TRUST 1994-__

                      NORWEST CENTER, SIXTH AND MARQUETTE
                           MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55479-0069
 
This policy is extended to include the above Additional insured but only for its
interest  in property itemized in the attached  schedule which becomes a part of
the policy, herein identified as:
 
Schedule ___________________________________, which is hereby covered under this
policy. All rights and conditions of the policy remain with the insured named in
Item 1 of the policy Declarations.
 
Such  inclusion of Additional Insured shall not increase the Company's liability
under this policy.
 
         ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
 
                           /s/  [SIGNATURE]                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                               Secretary                        President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The premium for this endorsement is included in the      Additional Premium    $
premium shown on  the declarations unless a specific     Return Premium        $
amount is shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.:2                                          Effective: 5-01-94
 
Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-100024
 
            Issued by: Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
 
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                             Chicago Illinois 60603
 
Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation

 
Date Issued:                              Authorized Representative:
              5/9/94                                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
 
IN CONSIDERATION OF THE  PREMIUM CHARGED AND ALL  OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS  OF
THE  POLICY, A $500.00 DEDUCTIBLE  SHALL BE APPLIED PER  LOSS; AND THE POLICY IS
HEREBY AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
 
I. INSURING AGREEMENTS, COVERAGE C - CONFISCATION AND SKIP INSURANCE, Part 1. is
   deleted and replaced by:
 
   1. By reason  of the  inability of  the Named  Insured to  locate either  the
      borrower, the vehicle or any obligee of the instrument; or
 
I. INSURING  AGREEMENTS, COVERAGE D  - REPOSSESSED VEHICLE  INSURANCE is deleted
   and replaced by:
 
   COVERAGE D - REPOSSESSED VEHICLE  INSURANCE - To indemnify  the Named Insured
   for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days, against all risk of physical loss
   or damage  from  any  external  cause  to repossessed vehicles as hereinafter
   defined.

   Repossessed Vehicle insurance will cover:

  1. Repossessed vehicles   that  the   Named   insured  or   their   authorized
     representative has  possession of  and exercise  rights of  ownership over;
     and/or
 
  2. Vehicles while being repossessed  by the Named Insured or their  authorized
     representative; or
 
  3. While  such repossessed vehicles are held by the Named Insured for sale but
     excluding:
 
     a. Vehicles owned by the Named Insured for use in its business;
     b. Vehicles rented or leased by others;
     c. Vehicles sold  by the Named Insured subject to any security interest  of
        the Named Insured; or
     d. Vehicles  in  the care, custody or control of sales agencies or dealers,
        with the exception of dealerships owned by the Named Insured.
 
II. DEFINITIONS, Part A. is hereby  revised to include Certificates of Title  or
    other evidence of title.
 
II. DEFINITIONS, Part D.3. is deleted and replaced by:
 
   D. Date of Loss -
 
      3.  The Date of  Loss  under  Coverage C  shall be the date that the Named
          Insured notifies the Company of the loss.
 
II. DEFINITIONS, is revised by the addition of the following:
 
   F. ACTUAL CASH VALUE - 'Actual Cash Value'  shall be defined to mean 100%  of
      the  retail value  of the vehicle  on the Date  of Loss, as  listed in the
      Kelly Blue Book  for the  territory in  which the  vehicle is  principally
      garaged; less all deductions, including but not  limited  to  depreciation
      and mileage  adjustments,  as  prescribed  in  the  Kelly  Blue Book.  For
      vehicles which have no Kelly Retail  Value  available, or when the vehicle
      is located in a territory where Kelly is not customarily used, actual cash
      value will be determined  using the  best information available, which the
      Company believes  accurately  reflects the retail value of the vehicle and
      is  customarily  used  as  the basis  for establishing  retail  value  for
      vehicles in the territory in which the vehicle is principally garaged.
 
III. EXCLUSIONS, Part E. is deleted and replaced by:
 
    E. resulting  from any instrument due and payable more than seventy-two (72)
       calendar months after the making thereof, even though on the date of loss
       the date  of maturity  of the  instrument may  be less  than  seventy-two
       (72) months.
 
III. EXCLUSIONS, Part I. is deleted and replaced by:
 
    I. resulting from any loan made to a  dealer, whether or not the property is
       held for resale.
 
IV. CONDITIONS, Part 2. NOTICE OF LOSS is deleted and replaced by:
 
    2. NOTICE OF LOSS  - COVERAGES A, B  & D -  The Named Insured  or their duly
       authorized  representative shall  as soon  as practicable  report to this
       Company or its agent every loss or damage which may  become a claim under
       this  Policy  and shall also  file with  the Company or  its agent within
       ninety  (90) days from date of loss, as herein defined, a  detailed sworn
       proof  of  loss.  Failure by the  Named Insured  or their duly authorized
       representative to report the said  loss or damage and to file such  sworn
       proof of loss as hereinbefore  provided  shall invalidate any claim under
       this policy for such loss.
 
                                  Page 1 of 2
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

IV.  CONDITIONS, Part 9. DUTIES OF THE  NAMED INSURED is deleted in its entirety
     and replaced by:
 
    9. DUTIES OF THE NAMED INSURED
 
      A. Promptly notify the Company of the loss.
      B. Provide details as to how when and where the loss occurred.
      C. Provide  a copy  of the police report if the loss  is caused by  theft,
         vandalism or malicious mischief.
      D. Cooperate  with  the Company  in the  investigation, settlement  or the
         conduct of any suit.  The Named Insured will  not make settlement  with
         others  for loss to any vehicle. The  Named Insured will not, except at
         its own cost, voluntarily  make any payment,  assume any obligation  to
         incur any expense.
      E. Permit  the  Company to inspect and appraise the damaged vehicle before
         its repair or disposition.
      F. Take  reasonable steps after loss  to protect the vehicle from  further
         loss.  If  the  Named  Insured   does  not  protect  the  vehicle, such
         additional loss will be deducted from the Company's payment.
      G. Not, except at the Named Insured's expense offer any reward, assume any
         other  obligations  or   expense  unless   specifically  authorized  in
         writing by the Company.
      H. Submit a Proof Of Loss as required by the Company.
 
IV. CONDITIONS, Part  15. PRIMARY INSURANCE  - COVERAGE A  is hereby amended  as
    follows:
 
    15. PRIMARY  INSURANCE - COVERAGE A  - It is understood  and agreed that the
        Named Insured  will require  all borrowers  to agree  to carry  physical
        damage insurance with loss payable clause in favor of the Named Insured,
        for such insurance and in such amounts as normally would be required had
        not  this insured been effected. Failure on  the part of the borrower to
        provide such insurance shall  not be deemed a  violation of this  Policy
        provided  the Named Insured  has complied with  the following monitoring
        provisions.
 
        As a condition precedent  for coverage, the Named  Insured shall at  all
        times  monitor each  instrument for  other insurance  or indemnity  by a
        Company approved  automated insurance  monitoring system.  Through  this
        automated insurance monitoring system, the Named Insured must notify any
        borrower  identified as not having physical damage insurance, naming you
        as loss payee, in writing, of  the lack of primary insurance  protecting
        the  interest of  the Named  Insured. This  requirement shall  remain in
        effect for as long as coverage  exists on ay instrument written  through
        this policy, and as long as coverage exists under any instrument written
        through  this policy, the Company shall  retain the right to examine the
        Named  Insured's  records to  verify  that  this  requirement  is  being
        maintained.
 


         ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
 
                           /s/  [SIGNATURE]                     /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                               Secretary                         President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The premium for this endorsement is included in the      Additional Premium    $
premium shown on  the declarations unless a specific     Return Premium        $
amount is shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.: 3                                         Effective: 5-01-94
 
Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
 
            Issued by: Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
 
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603
 
Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation

 
Date Issued:                              Authorized Representative:
              5/9/94                                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
 
                                  Page 2 of 2
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
 
IN  CONSIDERATION OF THE PREMIUM  CHARGED AND ALL OTHER  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
THE POLICY, THE POLICY IS HEREBY AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
 
IV. CONDITIONS, Part 20. VEHICLES HELD AS COLLATERAL are deleted and replaced
    by:
 
    20. VEHICLES HELD AS COLLATERAL - With regard to vehicles, as herein defined
        as collateral for loans, it is agreed that:
 
       A. The Named Insured, an  Additional Insured  or an assign will hold  the
          Certificate  of  Title  with  its  record  until  the  loan  has  been
          satisfied.
       B. The Named Insured, and  Additional Insured or an  assign will file  or
          record  its  lien  with the  Motor  Vehicle Commissioner  or  with the
          appropriate authority of  a State  or territory or  possession of  the
          United States;
       C. Unintentional  error  or  omission in  filing  a lien  with  the Motor
          Vehicle Commissioner or appropriate authority of a State or  territory
          or possession of the United States shall not violate this requirement.
 
IV. CONDITIONS,  Part 25. EXTENSION  OF MATURITY is hereby  revised to limit the
    total period of  the loan,  including extensions to  not exceed  seventy-two
    (72) months in all.
 
IV. CONDITIONS,  Part 28.  CANCELLATION CLAUSE is  deleted in  its entirety  and
    replaced with the following:
 
    28. CANCELLATION CLAUSE  -  The Named  Insured  may cancel  this  policy  by
        returning  it to  the Company  or by  giving the  Company written notice
        stating when  thereafter  such  cancellation  shall  be  effective.  The
        Company  may cancel  this policy by  mailing or delivering  to the Named
        Insured and all Additional  Insureds at least  thirty (30) days  written
        notice  at each party's last mailing address known by the Company. Proof
        of mailing  of  any notice  will  be  sufficient proof  of  notice.  The
        effective date of cancellation stated in the notice shall become the end
        of  the policy period.  Cancellation of this policy  by either the Named
        Insured or the Company  will not affect coverage  for any vehicle  which
        was reported to the Company prior to cancellation of this policy and for
        which  premiums were paid. Coverage of  these loans will remain in force
        for the term of the instrument and are non-cancelable. Premium for  each
        vehicle   insured   hereunder   is  fully   earned   at   inception  and
        non-refundable.
 
IV. CONDITIONS, Part 31. ASSIGNMENT is deleted in its entirety and replaced with
    the following:
 
        31. ASSIGNMENT  - Assignment of the policy shall not be valid unless the
            Company gives its written consent.  In the event of assignment,  the
            obligation to pay all premiums shall remain with the Named Insured.
 
IV. CONDITIONS, Part 5. SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS is deleted and replaced by:
 
        5. SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS - All adjusted claims shall be paid or made good
           to  the Named Insured or their duly appointed agent or representative
           within  sixty  (60)  days  after  presentation   and  acceptance   of
           satisfactory  proof  of  interest  and loss  at  the  office  of this
           Company. No claim  shall be paid  hereunder if the  Named Insured  or
           their  duly appointed  agent or  representative can  collect the same
           from others.
 
It is agreed that neither the Named Insured nor the Company may make  subsequent
revisions  to the terms and conditions of this policy, with the exception of the
premium rate per vehicle, without notifying all Additional Insureds in writing.
 


         ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
 
                           /s/  [SIGNATURE]                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                               Secretary                        President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The premium for this endorsement is included in the      Additional Premium    $
premium shown on  the declarations unless a specific     Return Premium        $
amount is shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.:4                                          Effective: 5-01-94
 
Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
 
            Issued by: Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
 
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603
 
Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation

 
Date Issued:                              Authorized Representative:
              5/9/94                                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
 
    In consideration  of  the  premium  charged and  all  other  terms  and
    conditions,  Article  IV. CONDITIONS,  1.  POLICY PERIOD,  TERRITORY is
    amended to include the following:
 
                           MEXICO COVERAGE EXTENSION
              DAMAGE TO INSURED VEHICLES WHILE OPERATED IN MEXICO
 
                                    WARNING
 
    NOTHING IN THIS POLICY AFFORDS BODILY INJURY LIABILITY, PROPERTY DAMAGE
    LIABILITY, PERSONAL INJURY LIABILITY, OR OTHER LIABILITY INSURANCE  FOR
    CLAIMS  OR SUITS  RESULTING FROM  INJURY TO A  PERSON OR  DAMAGE TO THE
    PROPERTY OF OTHERS RESULTING, OR  ALLEGEDLY RESULTING, FROM ANY  ACTION
    OR NON-ACTION OF A PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INSURED UNDER THIS POLICY.
 
    UNLESS  THE  INSURED HAS  AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY  INSURANCE WRITTEN  BY A
    MEXICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, THE DRIVER OF A VEHICLE MAY SPEND MANY HOURS
    OR DAYS  IN  JAIL IF  INVOLVED  IN  AN ACCIDENT  IN  MEXICO.  INSURANCE
    COVERAGE  SHOULD BE SECURED  FROM A COMPANY LICENSED  UNDER THE LAWS OF
    MEXICO TO  WRITE SUCH  INSURANCE IN  ORDER TO  AVOID COMPLICATIONS  AND
    OTHER  PENALTIES  POSSIBLE  UNDER  THE LAWS  OF  MEXICO,  INCLUDING THE
    POSSIBLE IMPOUNDMENT OF A VEHICLE IMPROPERLY INSURED UNDER MEXICAN LAW.
 
    Provided that the place of residence  of the purchaser or borrower  was
    established as being within the United States at the time that coverage
    attached  under this  policy, this policy  is hereby  extended to cover
    damage to an insured vehicle while  such vehicle is located within  the
    Republic of Mexico.
 
    In  the event of loss or damage  to an insured vehicle while in Mexican
    territory, the adjustment of a claim  for such loss or damage shall  be
    at  the nearest point in the United States where such adjustment can be
    made.
 
    The cost of  towing, transportation  or salvage of  an insured  vehicle
    while  within Mexican territory shall  not be recoverable hereunder and
    is not a contingency insured against.
 

         ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
 
                           /s/  [SIGNATURE]                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                               Secretary                        President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The premium for this endorsement is included in the      Additional Premium    $
premium shown on  the declarations unless a specific     Return Premium        $
amount is shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.:5                                          Effective: 5-01-94
 
Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
 
            Issued by: Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
 
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603
 
Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation

 
Date Issued:                              Authorized Representative:
              5/9/94                      /s/  [SIGNATURE]
 

<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                        LENDER'S COMPREHENSIVE SINGLE
                             LICENSE INSURANCE

                         DEFICIENCY BALANCE ENDORSEMENT
         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
 
In  consideration  of  the  premium  charged  and  subject  to  all  conditions,
limitations  and exclusions of this  policy, our liability to  you is amended to
include direct loss you have sustained due to a deficiency which was the  result
of the actual amount  obtained in liquidating  the repossessed vehicle including
the total amount recoverable from all other applicable insurance being less than
the Net Payoff Balance  as of the date  of loss, subject to  a maximum limit  of
liability  of  $15,000  per  instrument.  Our   liability  for  physical  damage
insurance  and deficiency in Net Payoff Balance shall not exceed the Net  Payoff
Balance.
 
LIMITS OF LIABILITY, SETTLEMENT PROCEDURE, AND MAXIMUM COVERAGE
 
     (1) Under no circumstances  shall the Company's  liability for Loss  exceed
         the amount financed, as shown on the original loan.
     (2) Any claim due the Insured shall be payable within sixty (60) days after
         the  Insured's  compliance with  each  of the  conditions  precedent to
         settlement of the claim, including  the Company's receipt of the  claim
         for loss.
     (3) Payment of a claim shall be a full and final discharge of the Company's
         liability with respect to the original loan giving rise to such claim.
     (4) No   original  loan  agreement  insured   by  this  Policy  may  exceed
         ninety-five percent (95%) of the manufacturer's suggested retail  price
         (MSRP)  plus approved cancelable items  for new vehicles or ninety-five
         percent (95%) of  the retail  amount listed in  an approved  Automobile
         guide  approved by the Company, plus approved cancelable items for used
         vehicles. Sales tax, title fees and license fees are excluded.
     (6) All modifications of the original  loan agreement such as  rescheduling
         of  payments, substitution of collateral and transfer of equity must be
         approved in writing by the Company.
     (7) No claim  will be  paid  unless the  repossessed  vehicle is  sold,  in
         accordance  with the applicable federal and state laws and the approved
         remarketing plan filed with the insurer.
 
Coverage under this  Endorsement is  strictly and absolutely conditional to  the
Insured  maintaining and adhering  to the credit  underwriting criteria provided
and approved by the Company prior to the inception of this insurance coverage as
follows:
 
     (1) One year continuous employment.
     (2) Minumum annual  income of  $12,000  U.S. Proof  of  all income,  to  be
         considered  as a basis for repaying the obligation, (including alimony,
         child support, rental income, disability or pension income, etc.)  must
         be verified and documented in writing by the Purchaser and the Insured.
         If  self-employed,  only  the last  two  (2) years  Federal  Income Tax
         Returns can be  used for verification. There  can be  no exceptions  to
         this.
     (3) Lives  in Metropolitan area for  a minimum of three  (3) years with six
         month's  continuous  residence.   Consideration  will   be  given   for
         transferred  employees  with  the  same  employer  or  within  the same
         industry.
     (4) The monthly payment on any  original loan covering Subject Vehicle  can
         not  exceed  twenty percent  (20%)  of the  Purchaser(s)  monthly Gross
         Income. Purchaser(s) overall  Debt Ratio can  not exceed fifty  percent
         (50%) of monthly Gross Income.
     (5) If  the Purchaser does not have a  credit history the application  must
         be accompanied by an acceptable endorser or guarantor.
     (6) An acceptable endorser or guarantor must meet all credit  requirements.
         Additionally,  the Purchaser must meet income, employment and residence
         requirements.
     (7) There can be no unresolved bankruptcies.
     (8) There can be no more than (1) foreclosure or repossession.
     (9) There can be no open tax liens, judgements or lawsuits pending.
    (10) There can be no delinquent automobile notes for any  amount other  than
         the repossession referred to in #(8) above.
    (11) If married, both  husband and wife  must  sign the  note  regardless of
         whether or not both are employed.
 
                                  Page 1 of 2
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


SUBROGATION
 
    Anything contained in  the Policy  to the contrary  notwithstanding, in  the
    event  of any payment of  a claim under this  Policy endorsement, all of the
    Insured's rights of recovery  against the Purchaser for  any of its  losses,
    including  costs  of  repossession  or  loss due  to  a  sale  price  of the
    repossessed Vehicle being less than that of the Net Payoff Balance as of the
    Date of  Loss shall  be subrogated  to  the Company  and the  Insured  shall
    execute  and deliver  to the  Company any  and all  instruments or documents
    requested by Company and do whatever  else may be required pursuant to  such
    rights  of  subrogation.  The  Insured shall  do  nothing  to  prejudice the
    subrogation rights of the Company.
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Net Payoff  Balance means  the  outstanding balance  plus any  loan  pre-payment
provisions,  sales tax,  license and registration  fees, late  fees and approved
Over-Advances included in the original  instrument financing; less all  payments
and  corresponding interest more than 90 days  after the date of default and the
unearned portion of cancelable items.
 
In  no  event  shall  Net  Payoff  Balance  include  repossession,  disposition,
collection  or remarketing  expense, or any  other fee,  penalties or assessment
included in the instrument.
 
Over-Advances  means  the  cost  of  insurance  premiums  and  vehicle   service
contracts,  including,  but  not  limited to  warranty  insurance,  accident and
health, credit life and  credit physical damage  premiums and factory  installed
items  listed in an N.A.D.A.  guide, Official Car Guide,  Kelley Blue Book or an
equivalent Automobile Guide  approved by  the Company.  Conversion packages  and
customizing packages are excluded for advance purposes.
 
Date of Loss shall mean the date of sale of the repossessed Vehicle.
 
The  premium  for this  endorsement  is included  in  the premium  shown  on the
declarations unless a specific amount is shown here.
 


         ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
 
                           /s/  [SIGNATURE]                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                               Secretary                        President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The premium for this endorsement is included in the      Additional Premium    $
premium shown on  the declarations unless a specific     Return Premium        $
amount is shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.: 6                                         Effective: 5-01-94
 
Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
 
            Issued by: Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
 
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603
 
Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation

 
Date Issued:                              Authorized Representative:
              5/9/94                      /s/  [SIGNATURE]
 


                                  Page 2 of 2
 
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
 
It is  hereby  agreed  that  the  Insured's  credit  underwriting  criteria  and
Remarketing  Agreement (which is  attached hereto) becomes a  part of the policy
conditions.
 
Premium for  the  Deficiency Balance  coverage  as provided  in  Endorsement  #6
(ABAC-6)  shall  be  based  on  the  outstanding  loan  balance  per  vehicle at
origination of the loan per the following schedule:
 
Months 49 and over:  4.25%
 
Months 37 - 48:      4.00%
 
Months 36 and under: 3.25%
 


         ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
 
                           /s/  [SIGNATURE]                    /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                               Secretary                        President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The premium for this endorsement is included in the      Additional Premium    $
premium shown on  the declarations unless a specific     Return Premium        $
amount is shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.: 7                                         Effective: 5-01-94
 
Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
 
            Issued by: Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
 
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603
 
Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation

 
Date Issued:                              Authorized Representative:
              5/9/94                      /s/  [SIGNATURE]


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


        THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.






IN  CONSIDERATION  OF THE PREMIUM  CHARGED AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
THE POLICY, THE POLICY IS HEREBY AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:

1.   INSURING AGREEMENTS,  COVERAGE D - REPOSSESSED VEHICLE INSURANCE is deleted
     and replaced by:
  
     COVERAGE  D -  REPOSSESSED  VEHICLES  INSURANCE  - To  indemnify  the Named
     Insured for a period not to exceed  ninety  (90) days,  against all risk of
     physical loss or damage from any external cause to repossessed  vehicles as
     hereinafter defined. Repossessed Vehicle insurance will cover:
  
     1.  Repossessed  vehicles  that  the  Named  Insured  or  their  authorized
         representative  has  possession  of and  exercises  rights of ownership
         over, and/or

     2.  Vehicles  while  being  repossessed  by  the  Named  Insured  or  their
         authorized  representative;  or 


     3.  While  such  repossessed  vehicles  are held by the  Named  Insured  or
         approved remarketing facility for sale but excluding:

         a.   Vehicles owned by the Named Insured for use in its business;

         b.   Vehicles rented or leased to others;

         c.   Vehicles  sold  by the  Named  Insured  subject  to  any  security
              interest of the Named Insured; or

         d.   Vehicles  in the care,  custody or control  of sales  agencies  or
              dealers,  with the  exception  of  dealerships  owned by the Named
              Insured or an approved remarketing facility.

ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.



                                     /s/  [SIGNATURE]          /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                                               Secretary            President



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  premium  for  this  endorsement  is       Additional Premium     $
included in the  premium  shown  on  the       Return Premium         $
declarations unless a specific amount is
shown here.


ENDORSEMENT NO.: 8                     Effective: 05/01/94


Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024

          Issued by:  Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                      Chicago, Illinois 60603

Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation

Date Issued:                Authorized Representative:

   5/9/94                   /s/  [SIGNATURE]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         DEFICIENCY BALANCE ENDORSEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.


It is hereby noted that this Endorsement will supercede Endorsement #6 (ABAC-6)
in its entirety.


In  consideration  of  the  premium  charged  and  subject  to  all  conditions,
limitations  and  exclusions of this policy,  our liability to you is amended to
include direct loss you have sustained due to a deficiency  which was the result
of the actual amount obtained in liquidating the repossessed  vehicle  including
the total amount recoverable from all other applicable insurance being less than
the Net Payoff Balance as of the date of loss,  subject  to a maximum  limit  of
liability of $15,000 per instrument. Our liability for physical damage insurance
and deficiency in Net Payoff Balance shall not exceed the Net Payoff Balance.


LIMITS OF LIABILITY, SETTLEMENT PROCEDURE, AND MAXIMUM COVERAGE

(1)   Under no circumstances  shall the Company's  liability for Loss exceed the
      amount financed, as shown on the original loan.

(2)   Any claim due the Insured  shall be payable  within  sixty (60) days after
      the  Insured's  compliance  with  each  of  the  conditions  precedent  to
      settlement of the claim,  including the Company's receipt of the claim for
      loss.

(3)   Payment of a claim shall be a full and final  discharge  of the  Company's
      liability with respect to the original loan giving rise to such claim.

(4)   No original loan agreement  insured by this Policy may exceed  ninety-five
      percent  (95%) of the  manufacturer's  suggested  retail price (MSRP) plus
      approved cancelable items for new vehicles or ninety-five percent (95%) of
      the retail amount listed in an approved  Automobile  guide approved by the
      Company,  plus approved  cancelable  items for used  vehicles.  Sales tax,
      title fees and license fees are excluded.

(6)   All  modifications  of the original loan agreement such as rescheduling of
      payments, substitution  of  collateral  and  transfer  of  equity  must be
      approved in writing by the Company.

(7)   No  claim  will  be  paid  unless  the  repossessed  vehicle  is  sold, in
      accordance with the  applicable   federal and  state laws and the approved
      remarketing plan filed with the insurer.

Coverage under this  Endorsement  is strictly and absolutely  conditional to the
Insured  maintaining and adhering to the credit  underwriting  criteria provided
and approved by the Company prior to the inception of this insurance coverage as
follows:

(1)   One year continuous employment. Any transition period in employment (i.e.,
      employment gap) will not exceed 28 calendar days.

(2)   Minimum  annual  income  of  $12,000 U.S.  Proof  of  all  income,  to  be
      considered as a basis for repaying  the  obligation,  (including  alimony,
      child support, rental  income, disability or pension income, etc.) must be
      verified and documented in writing by the  Purchaser and the  Insured.  If
      self-employed, only the last two (2) years  Federal Income Tax Returns can
      be used for  verification. There can be no exceptions to this.

(3)   Has  residence  history  for a minimum of three (3) years with six month's
      continuous   residence.   Consideration  will  be  given  for  transferred
      employees with the same employer or within the same industry.

(4)   The monthly payment on any original loan covering  Subject Vehicle can not
      exceed  twenty  percent  (22%) of  the Purchaser(s)  monthly Gross Income.
      Purchaser(s) overall Debt Ratio can  not exceed  fifty  percent  (50%)  of
      monthly  Gross  Income.

(5)   If the Purchaser  does not have a credit  history the  applicable  must be
      accompanied by an acceptable endorser or guarantor.

(6)   An  acceptable  endorser or guarantor  must need all credit  requirements.
      Additionally,  the Purchaser  must meet income,  employment  and residence
      requirements.

(7)   There can be no unresolved bankruptcies.

(8)   There can be no more than (1) foreclosure or repossession.

(9)   There can be no open tax liens or  unsatisfied  judgements aggregating  in
      excess of $1,000.00.

(10)  There can be no open auto loans with delinquency presently 45 or more days
      past the time of approval for the auto loan.

(11)  If the income of the  applicant's  spouse is being  considered  during the
      approval  process,  both  husband  and wife shall sign the  original  loan
      agreement.


                                     1 of 2

<PAGE>

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           SCHEDULE OF NAMED INSUREDS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.


                                  DECLARATIONS
                                  (Supplement)

The  Declarations  of the policy is amended  to  include  as Named  Insured  the
organization(s)  shown in the SCHEDULE below, to the extent of their  collateral
interest:



                                    SCHEDULE

                            Name of organization(s)



                          SENTRY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                 ONE UTAH CENTER
                            201 SOUTH MAIN, SUITE 1400
                         SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84111-2215





ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.





                                      /s/  [SIGNATURE]          /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                                               Secretary            President



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  premium  for  this  endorsement  is       Additional Premium     $
included in the  premium  shown  on  the       Return Premium        $
declarations unless a specific amount is
shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.: 9        Effective: ATTACHED TO POLICY WHEN ISSUED


Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
     Issued by one of the Interstate Insurance Companies as named in the policy.
                   Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                   Chicago, Illinois 60603

Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation & Sentry Financial Corporation,
         As Their Interest May Appear.

Dated Issued:               Authorized Representative:

   10-6-94                   /s/  [SIGNATURE]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

<PAGE>



SUBROGATION


        Anything contained in the Policy to the contrary notwithstanding, in the
        event of any payment of a claim under this  Policy  endorsement,  all of
        the  Insured's  rights of recovery  against the Purchaser for any of its
        losses,  including  costs of repossession or loss due to a sale price of
        the  repossessed  Vehicle being less than that of the Net Payoff Balance
        as of the  Date of Loss  shall  be  subrogated  to the  Company  and the
        Insured shall execute and deliver to the Company any and all instruments
        or documents  requested by Company and do whatever  else may be required
        pursuant to such rights of subrogation.  The Insured shall do nothing to
        prejudice the subrogation rights of the Company.

DEFINITIONS

Net Payoff  Balance  means the  outstanding  balance  plus any loan  pre-payment
provisions,  sales tax,  license and  registration  fees, late fees and approved
Over-Advances  included in the original instrument financing;  less all payments
and  corresponding  interest more than 90 days after the date of default and the
unearned portion of cancelable items.

In  no  event  shall  Net  Payoff  Balance  include  repossession,  disposition,
collection or  remarketing  expense,  or any other fee,  penalties or assessment
included in the instrument.

Over-Advances   means  the  cost  of  insurance  premiums  and  vehicle  service
contracts,  including,  but not  limited to  warranty  insurance,  accident  and
health,  credit life and credit physical  damage premiums and factory  installed
items listed in an N.A.D.A.  guide,  Official Car Guide,  Kelley Blue Book or an
equivalent  Automobile  Guide approved by the Company.  Conversion  packages and
customizing packages are excluded for advance purposes.

Date of Loss shall mean the date of sale of the repossessed Vehicle.

The  premium  for this  endorsement  is  included  in the  premium  shown on the
declarations unless a specific amount is shown here.






ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.




                                      /s/  [SIGNATURE]          /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                                               Secretary            President


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  premium  for  this  endorsement  is       Additional Premium     $
included in  the  premium  shown  on the       Return Premium         $
declarations unless a specific amount is
shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.: 10                     Effective: 5-1-94


Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: 
        Issued by:    Interstate Fire & Casualty
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                      Chicago, Illinois 60603

Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation & Sentry Financial Corporation,
         As Their Interest May Appear

Dated Issued:               Authorized Representative:

   12-27-94                   

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CHANGE ENDORSEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.





In consideration of the premium charged, it is hereby understood and agreed that
Item 2. POLICY PERIOD on the Declaration Page is amended to read:


2. POLICY PERIOD

   Effective Date:   May 1, 1994
   Expiration Date:  Continuous Until Canceled







ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.

                                      /s/  [SIGNATURE]          /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                                               Secretary            President


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  premium  for  this  endorsement  is       Additional Premium     $
included in the  premium  shown  on  the       Return Premium         $
declarations unless a specific amount is
shown here.


ENDORSEMENT NO.: 11                      Effective: 5-1-94


Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
        Issued by:    Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                      Chicago, Illinois 60603

Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation & Sentry Financial Corporation,
         As Their Interest May Appear.

Dated Issued:               Authorized Representative:

   5-12-95


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                LENDER'S COMPREHENSIVE SINGLE INTEREST INSURANCE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         DEFICIENCY BALANCE ENDORSEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

It is  hereby  noted  that  this  Endorsement  will  supercede  Endorsement  #10
(ABAC-10) in its entirety.

In consideration of the premium charged and subject to all conditions,
limitations and exclusions of this policy, our liability to you is amended to
include direct loss you have sustained due to a deficiency balance which was the
result of the Actual Cash Value plus the total amount recoverable from all other
applicable insurance, being less than the Net Payoff Balance as of the Date of
Loss, subject to a maximum limit of liability of $15,000.00 per Instrument. Our
liability for physical damage insurance and deficiency balance insurance,
combined, shall not exceed the Net Payoff Balance.

LIMITS OF LIABILITY, SETTLEMENT PROCEDURE, AND MAXIMUM COVERAGE:

     (1)  Under no circumstances shall the Company's liability for Loss exceed
          the amount financed, as shown on the original Instrument.

     (2)  Any claim due the Insured shall be payable within sixty (60) days
          after the Insured's compliance with each of the conditions precedent
          to settlement of the claim.

     (3)  Payment of a claim shall be full and final discharge of the Company's
          liability with respect to the original Instrument giving rise to such
          claim.

     (4)  No original Instrument insured by this Policy may exceed ninety-five
          percent (95%) of the manufacture's suggested retail price (MSRP) plus
          approved cancelable items for new vehicles or ninety-five percent
          (95%) of the retail amount listed in an automobile guide approved by
          the Company plus approved cancelable items for used vehicles. Sales
          tax, license or title fees, inventory tax, and documentation or
          preparation fees are excluded.

     (5)  All modifications of the original Instrument such as rescheduling of
          payments, substitution of collateral and transfer of equity must be
          approved in writing by the Company.

     (6)  No claim will be paid unless the repossessed vehicle is sold in
          accordance with the applicable federal and state laws.


                                     1 of 4


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Coverage under this  Endorsement  is strictly and absolutely  conditional to the
Insured maintaining and adhering to the following credit underwriting  criteria.
On the date of the original Instrument, the Purchaser(s) must:

     (1)  Be employed and must have been employed at least one continuous year
          immediately preceding the date of the original Instrument. Any
          transition period of unemployment (i.e. employment gap) can not exceed
          28 calendar days and Purchaser shall not be in any transition period
          of unemployment on the date of the original instrument.

     (2)  Have a minimum annual gross income of $12,000 (U.S. dollars). Proof of
          all income to be considered as a basis for repaying the obligation
          must be verified and documented in writing by the Purchaser and the
          Insured. If Purchaser is self-employed, only the last two (2) years
          Federal Income Tax Returns can be used for verification. If the
          Purchaser has been self-employed less than two (2) years, Federal
          Income Tax Returns for the years of self-employment and proof of
          income prior to self-employment must be used for verification.

     (3)  Have verified residence history for a minimum of three (3) years
          immediately preceding the original instrument date with six (6) months
          continuous residence in the same community or metropolitan area.
          Consideration will be given for transferred employees with the same
          employer or within the same industry or profession, students and home
          buyers.

     (4)  Have an overall debt ratio, including the monthly payment on the
          original Instrument, which does not exceed fifty percent (50%) of
          Purchaser(s)' monthly gross income. Additionally, the monthly payment
          on any original Instrument covering subject vehicle can not exceed
          twenty-two percent (22%) of the Purchaser(s)' monthly gross income.

     (5)  Have the original Instrument co-signed by an acceptable Co-Obligor, if
          the Purchaser does not have a credit history or meet all of this
          credit underwriting criteria An acceptable Co-Obligor must meet all
          credit underwriting criteria. Additionally, the Purchaser must meet
          income, employment and residence requirements.

     (6)  Have no unresolved bankruptcies.

     (7)  Have no more than either one (1) foreclosure or one (1) repossession.

     (8)  Have no open tax liens or unsatisfied judgments with current balances
          aggregating in excess of $1,000.00.



                                     2 of 4

<PAGE>

<PAGE>



     (9)  Have no open automobile loans with delinquency presently forty-five
          (45) or more days past due.

All individuals whose income and/or credit histories are being considered during
the approval process of the original Instrument must sign the original
Instrument and become liable thereunder.

SUBROGATION:

Anything contained in the Policy to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event
of any payment of a claim under this Policy endorsement, all of the Insured's
rights of recovery against the Purchaser(s) for any of its losses, including
costs of repossession or loss due to the Actual Cash Value plus the total amount
recoverable from all other applicable insurance being less than the Net Payoff
Balance as of the Date of Loss shall be subrogated to the Company and the
Insured shall execute and deliver to the Company any and all instruments and
documents required by Company and do whatever else may be required pursuant to
such rights of subrogation. The Insured shall do nothing to prejudice the
subrogation rights of the Company.

DEFINITIONS:

Actual Cash Value, for the purposes of this Endorsement only, means the greater
of the price for which the Subject Vehicle is sold or the wholesale market value
at the time of the loss as determined by an Automobile Guide approved by the
Company applicable to the region in which the vehicle is sold.

Co-Obligor means a Co-Buyer, Co-Purchaser, Co-Signer, Endorser, Guarantor or any
other designation for a second individual who signs the original Instrument and
becomes jointly and severally liable for the debt and obligation owed on the
original Instrument.

Net Payoff Balance means the outstanding balance plus any loan pre-payment
provisions, sales tax, license and registration fees, late fees and approved
Over-Advances included in the original Instrument financing: less all payments
and corresponding interest more than ninety (90) days after the date of default
and the unearned portion of cancelable items. In no event shall Net-Payoff
Balance include destination fees, document preparation fees, or any other fees,
additional taxes, penalties or assessments included in the original Instrument,
or repossession, disposition, collection, remarketing expenses or any other
fees, taxes and expenses incurred.

Over-Advances means the cost of insurance premiums and vehicle service
contracts, including, but not limited to warranty insurance, credit life and
disability insurance and financed physical damage and/or liability insurance
premiums and factory or dealer installed items listed in NADA Official Used Car
Guide or an equivalent Automobile Guide approved by the Company for new vehicles
or factory installed items listed in NADA Official Used Car Guide or an
equivalent Automobile Guide approved by the Company for used vehicles.
Conversion packages and customization packages or items are excluded for
Over-Advance purposes.


                                     3 of 4




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



Instrument, for the purpose of this endorsement, in addition to the definition
of "Instrument" in the original policy itself, shall be understood to mean any
loan, lease or other agreement, e.g., a conditional sales contract, motor
vehicle retail sales contract, etc. which is scheduled for payment on a monthly
basis of not less than three (3) consecutive months and which (a) creates or
reserves a lien in chattels that is held as collateral for the loan made by the
named Insured or its assignor or (b) is a lease for a motor vehicle titled in
the name of the Insured.

Date of Loss shall mean the date of sale of the repossessed Vehicle.


The premium for this endorsement is included in the premium endorsement attached
to this policy.


ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.



                                      /s/  [SIGNATURE]          /s/  [SIGNATURE]
                                               Secretary            President



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  premium  for  this  endorsement  is         Additional Premium     $
included in the  premium  shown  on  the         Return Premium         $
declarations unless a specific amount is
shown here.

ENDORSEMENT NO.: 12                     Effective: 5-01-94


Is attached to and forms part of your evidence of insurance no.: CA4-1000024
        Issued by:    Interstate Fire & Casualty Company
                      Executive Offices: 55 E. Monroe St.
                      Chicago, Illinois 60603

Insured: Auto Bond Acceptance Corporation & Sentry Financial Corporation,
         As Their Interest May Appear.

Dated Issued:               Authorized Representative:

   5/31/95

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     4 of 4







<PAGE>
 



<PAGE>

Neither this Warrant nor the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise
hereof have been registered under the Securities Act (as defined below), and
this Warrant has been, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise
hereof will be, acquired for investment and not with a view to, or for release
in connection with, any distribution thereof. No such sale or other disposition
may be made without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act
or unless an exemption from such a registration is available.

                                                                 Warrant No. 1-A

                                     WARRANT
                                   to Purchase
                                  Common Stock
                                       of
                             AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO.

                  THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT Steven W. Bischoff ("Warrantholder"),
is entitled, at any time and from time to time from (and including) the Start
Date (as defined below) until 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Warrant
Expiration Date (as defined below), to purchase from AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO., a
Delaware corporation, 24.5 shares of Common Stock (adjusted as provided below),
in whole or in part, at the Purchase Price Per Share set forth herein, all on
the terms and conditions and pursuant to the provisions hereinafter provided.

                  SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. The terms defined in this Section 1,
whenever used in this Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
have the respective meanings hereinafter specified.

                  "Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock" means all shares of
Nonpreferred Stock issued by the Company after the date hereof, other than the
Warrant Stock.

                  "Affiliate" has the meaning attributed to it under the
Securities Act.

                  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or
a day on which commercial banks in the State of Texas are permitted or required
by law to close.






                                        1


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or
any other governmental body then administering the Securities Act.

                  "Common Stock" means the Company's authorized voting Common
Stock as constituted on the date of original issuance of this Warrant, and any
shares of stock into which such Common Stock may thereafter be changed, or that
may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution for, such
Common Stock by reason of any stock splits, stock dividends, distributions,
mergers, consolidations or other like events and shall also include stock of the
Company of any other class issued to the holders of shares of Common Stock upon
any reclassification thereof.

                  "Company" means AutoBond Acceptance Co., a corporation, and
any successor corporation whether by merger or otherwise.

                  "Convertible Securities" means evidences of indebtedness,
shares of stock or other securities which are convertible into or exchangeable
for Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock, either immediately or upon the
arrival of a specified date or the happening of a specified event.

                  "Current Market Price" per share of Common Stock for the
purposes of any provision of this Agreement at the date herein specified shall
mean, for any date after the initial public offering of the Company's Common
Stock:

                  (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a domestic exchange or
         quoted on NASDAQ, the average of the daily market prices of the Common
         Stock over a period of 20 consecutive Business Days prior to the day on
         which Current Market Price is being determined.

                  As used in this clause (i), "market price" for each such
Business Day shall be the average of the closing prices on such day of the
Common Stock on all domestic primary national securities exchanges on which the
Common Stock is then listed, or, if there shall have been no sales on any such
exchange on such day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on
all such exchanges at the end of such day, or if the Common Stock shall not be
so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices at the end of
such Business Day as reported by NASDAQ; or

                  (ii) if the Common Stock shall not be listed on any domestic
         exchange or quoted on NASDAQ, then the Current Market Price shall be
         Fair Market Value divided by the number of shares of Diluted Common
         Stock outstanding.






                                        2


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  "Current Warrant Price" per share of Common Stock for the
purpose of any provision of this Warrant at the date herein specified, shall
mean the product of (i) the Purchase Price Per Share in effect on such date, and
(ii) the number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable on such date.

                  "date hereof", "date of original issuance of this Warrant" and
similar references mean the date identified at the foot of this Warrant beside
the name of the Company.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(including any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), as the same shall
be amended and in effect from time to time.

                  "Fair Market Value" means the highest price for which the
Company and its subsidiaries could be sold as a going concern in an arm's length
transaction to an independent third party within 12 months after the Valuation
Date (as defined below), as determined by agreement or appraisal in accordance
with the procedures described below.

                  Within ten (10) calendar days after the date of the occurrence
of any event requiring the determination of Fair Market Value pursuant to this
Warrant (a "Valuation Date"), the Company on the one hand, and the Majority
Holders on the other hand, shall each designate a representative and such two
(2) representatives will meet and use their best efforts to reach an agreement
on the Company's Fair Market Value. If such representatives have been unable to
reach such agreement, the Company on the one hand, and the Majority Holders on
the other hand, will use their best efforts to agree within 20 calendar days
after the Valuation Date upon the selection of an independent appraiser
experienced in valuing businesses of this type. Such appraiser will have 20
calendar days in which to determine the Company's Fair Market Value, and its
determination thereof will be final and binding on all parties concerned. If the
Company and the Majority Holders are unable to reach an agreement as to an
independent appraiser within 20 calendar days after the Valuation Date, the
Company on the one hand, and the Majority Holders on the other hand, will each
within five (5) calendar days thereafter select one independent appraiser
experienced in valuing businesses of this type. The Company, and the Majority
Holders, will each cause the appraiser selected by them respectively to
determine independently the Company's Fair Market Value within 20 calendar days
after their appointment. If the lesser of the two (2) appraised values (the "Low
Value") exceeds or is equal to 90% of the greater of the two (2) appraised
values (the "High Value"), the Company's Fair Market Value will be the average
of the two





                                        3


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



(2) appraisals. If the Low Value is less than 90% of the High Value, the two (2)
appraisers will themselves appoint a third independent appraiser experienced in
valuing businesses of this type within five (5) calendar days after the two (2)
appraisals have been rendered. Such third appraiser will have 20 calendar days
in which to determine independently the Company's Fair Market Value. The
Company's Fair Market Value in such case will be the mean of the two (2)
appraised values which are closest to each other; provided, however, that in the
event the high and the low appraised values are equidistant from the middle such
value, the middle such value shall be deemed the Fair Market Value. The Company
will provide each appraiser with all information about the Company and its
Subsidiaries which any such appraiser reasonably deems necessary for determining
the Fair Market Value. The expenses of the appraisal process will be paid by the
Company.

                  "Financial Statement" means the annual audited financial
statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP, which the Company provides to its
shareholders.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles.

                  "Holder" means a holder of this Warrant.

                  "Majority Holders" means the holders of Warrants entitling the
holders thereof to exercise a majority of the Warrant Stock.

                  "NASDAQ" means, the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation System.

                  "Nonpreferred Stock" means the Common Stock and shall also
include all stock of the Company of any other class unless senior in respect of
the right to participate in dividends and distributions of assets, and shall
include the Common Stock.

                  "Permitted Transferee" means any transferee agreed to by
Company.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
association, trust, joint venture or other entity or organization, including a
government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

                  "Purchase Price Per Share" means the price at which the Holder
is entitled to purchase a Share from the Company pursuant to this Warrant, such
price being $405 per Share, subject to adjustment as provided for herein.






                                        4


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 (including
any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), as the same shall be amended
and in effect from time to time.

                  "Share" means one share of Common Stock, as such stock was
constituted on the date of original issuance of this Warrant, and thereafter
shall mean such number of shares (including any fractional share) of Common
Stock and other securities, cash or property as shall result from the
adjustments provided for herein, to such one share, specified in Section 4.

                  "Start Date" means the date that is six months after the first
date on which shares of the Company's Common Stock are sold to the public.

                  "Warrant" means this warrant and each warrant issued in
replacement of or substitution herefor or therefor in accordance herewith or
therewith, whether as a result of transfer, division or combination.

                  "Warrants" means this Warrant and all warrants issued to
others as a result of transfer of any portion of this Warrant to such others.

                  "Warrant Expiration Date" means the later to occur of (i)
March 12, 1998 and (ii) the second anniversary date of the completion of the
first public offering for shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  "Warrant Shares" means the Common Stock issuable, from time to
time, upon exercise of the Warrants.

                  "Warrant Stock" means the shares of Common Stock purchasable
by the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant.







                  SECTION 2. EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

                  A. Manner of Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised at any
time or from time to time from the Start Date until 2:00 P.M., New York City
time, on the Warrant Expiration Date for all or any part of the Shares. In order
to exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, the Holder shall deliver to the
Company at its office or agency maintained for this purpose pursuant to Section
14: (i) a





                                        5


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



written notice of the Holder's election to exercise this Warrant, which notice
shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased, (ii) either (a) a certified
or official bank check or checks drawn on a New York Clearing House bank payable
to the order of the Company or (b) an electronic funds transfer of immediately
available funds in an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Price Per Share for
all Shares as to which this Warrant is exercised. Such notice shall be in the
form of Exhibit A. Upon receipt thereof, the Company shall, as promptly as
practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days thereafter, execute
or cause to be executed, and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates
representing the aggregate number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon such
exercise. The stock certificate or certificates so delivered shall be registered
in the name of the Holder or, such other name as shall be designated in such
notice. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, one certificate representing
the aggregate number of shares of Warrant Stock issued upon such exercise shall
be so delivered. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such
certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder
or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have
become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date such
notice, together with such check or checks or other form of payment, and this
Warrant are received by the Company as aforesaid. If this Warrant shall have
been exercised and/or surrendered in part, the Company shall, at the time of
delivery of the certificate or certificates representing Warrant Stock issuable
upon such exercise, deliver to or on the order of the Holder a new Warrant
evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased and/or
unsurrendered shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all
other respects be identical with this Warrant, or, at the request of the Holder,
appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the
Holder.

                  B. Payment of Taxes, etc. All shares of Warrant Stock shall be
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the Company shall pay all
expenses (including any stamp or like taxes) in connection with, or that may be
imposed in respect of, the issue or delivery thereof; provided, however, that
the Holder shall pay all income, franchise and transfer taxes in connection with
such issue and delivery. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax or
other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue of
any certificate for shares of Warrant Stock in any name other than that of the
registered Holder of this Warrant (or any Affiliate thereof), and in such case
the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any stock certificate
until such tax or





                                        6


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



other charge has been paid or it has been established to the Company's
reasonable satisfaction that no such tax or other charge is due.

                  SECTION 3. TRANSFER, DIVISION AND COMBINATION. This Warrant
and all rights hereunder are transferable (i) only to Permitted Transferees,
(ii) in whole or in part, and (iii) on the books of the Company to be maintained
for such purpose, upon surrender of this Warrant at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for the purpose pursuant to Section 14, together with a
written assignment (in whole or in part) of this Warrant duly executed by the
Holder or its agent or attorney. Upon surrender the Company shall execute and
deliver a new warrant or warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees
(including, if such assignment is only a partial assignment by the Holder, in
the name of the Holder), and each such warrant shall be identical in form and
substance (including its date) to this Warrant except for the warrant number
(which shall be as determined by the Company), the name of the named holder of
the warrant (if an assignee of the Holder), and the actual number of Shares
(each of which shall be as specified by the Holder), and this Warrant shall
promptly be canceled.

                  This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants
upon presentation hereof (and thereof, in the case of combination) at the
aforesaid office or agency of the Company, together with a written notice
specifying the names and denominations in which new warrants are to be issued,
signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with the
preceding paragraph as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or
combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new warrant or warrants in
exchange for the warrant or warrants to be divided or combined in accordance
with such notice.

                  The Company shall pay all expenses and other charges payable
in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of Warrants under this
Section 3. The holder of a Warrant shall pay all taxes (other than any stamp or
like taxes, which shall be paid by the Company) in connection with such issuance
and delivery.

                  The Company agrees to maintain, at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for the purpose pursuant to Section 14, books for the
registration and transfer of the Warrant.

                  SECTION 4. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES. The number of shares of
Common Stock comprising a Share shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
as set forth in this Section 4.






                                        7


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  A. Stock Dividends, Subdivisions and Combinations. In case at
any time or from time to time the Company shall:

                  (1) take a record of the holders of its Nonpreferred Stock for
         the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend payable in, or
         other distribution of, Nonpreferred Stock, or

                  (2) subdivide its outstanding shares of Nonpreferred Stock
         into a larger number of shares of Nonpreferred Stock, or

                  (3) combine its outstanding shares of Nonpreferred Stock into
         a smaller number of shares of Nonpreferred Stock,

then the number of shares of Common Stock comprising a Share immediately after
the happening of any such event shall be adjusted so as to consist of the number
of shares of Common Stock which a record holder of the number of shares of
Common Stock comprising a Share immediately prior to the happening of such event
would own or be entitled to receive after the happening of such event; provided,
however, that in no event shall the Company take any action referred to in
Section 4.A(3) if the effect would be that a share after giving effect thereto
and to any corresponding adjustment of Shares would collectively constitute less
than one share of Common Stock.

                  B. Issuance of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock. In
case at any time or from time to time the Company shall (except as hereinafter
provided) issue any Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock at a price per share
that is lower than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the
date of such issuance, then the number of shares of Common Stock thereafter
comprising a Share shall be adjusted to that number determined by multiplying
the number of shares of Common Stock comprising a Share immediately prior to
such adjustment by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of
shares of Nonpreferred Stock outstanding immediately after such issuance of such
shares of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock, and (ii) the denominator of
which shall be an amount equal to the sum of (x) the number of shares of
Nonpreferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such shares
of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock plus (y) the number of shares of
Nonpreferred Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for
the total number of such Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock (as determined
in accordance with Section 4.G) so issued would then purchase at the Current
Market Price per share of Common Stock. No adjustment to the number of shares of





                                        8


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



Common Stock comprising a Share shall be made under this Section 4.C upon the
issuance of any Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock which are issued
pursuant to the exercise of any warrants or other subscription or purchase
rights or pursuant to the exercise of any conversion or exchange rights in any
Convertible Securities, if any such adjustment shall previously have been made
upon the issuance of such warrants or other rights or upon the issuance of such
Convertible Securities (or upon the issuance of any warrant or other rights
therefor) pursuant to Sections 4.D or E.

                  C. Issuance of Warrants or Other Rights. In case at any time
or from time to time the Company shall issue any warrants or other rights to
subscribe for or purchase (i) any Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock or
(ii) any Convertible Securities and the consideration per share for which
Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock may at any time thereafter be issuable
pursuant to such warrants or other rights or pursuant to the terms of such
Convertible Securities shall be less than the Current Market Price per share of
Common Stock, then the number of shares of Common Stock thereafter comprising a
Share shall be adjusted (as at the applicable date specified in the last
sentence of this Section 4.D) as provided in Section 4.C on the basis that (i)
the maximum number of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock issuable pursuant
to all such warrants or other rights or necessary to effect the conversion or
exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued
as of the date for the determination of the Current Market Price per share of
Common Stock as hereinafter provided, and (ii) the aggregate consideration for
such maximum number of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock shall be deemed
to be the minimum consideration received and receivable by the Company for the
issuance of such Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock pursuant to such
warrants or other rights or pursuant to the terms of such Convertible
Securities. For purposes of this Section 4.C, the date as of which the Current
Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be computed shall be the earlier of
(a) the date on which the Company shall enter into a firm contract for the
issuance of such warrants or other rights or (b) the date of actual issuance of
such warrants or other rights.

                  D. Issuance of Convertible Securities. In case at any time or
from time to time the Company shall issue any Convertible Securities and the
consideration per share for which Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock may at
any time thereafter be issuable pursuant to such Convertible Securities shall be
less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock, then the number of
shares of Common Stock thereafter comprising a Share shall be adjusted (as at
the applicable date specified in the penultimate sentence of





                                        9


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



this Section 4.E) as provided in Section 4.C on the basis that (i) the maximum
number of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock necessary to effect the
conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to
have been issued as of the date for the determination of the Current Market
Price per share of Common Stock as hereinafter provided, and (ii) the aggregate
consideration for such maximum number of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock
shall be deemed to be the minimum consideration received and receivable by the
Company for the issuance of such Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock
pursuant to the terms of such Convertible Securities. For purposes of this
Section 4.E, the date as of which the Current Market Price per share of Common
Stock shall be computed shall be the earlier of (a) the date on which the
Company shall enter into a firm contract for the issuance of such Convertible
Securities, or (b) the date of actual issuance of such Convertible Securities.
No adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock comprising a Share shall
be made under this Section 4.E upon the issuance of any Convertible Securities
which are issued pursuant to the exercise of any warrants or other subscription
or purchase rights therefor, if any such adjustment shall previously have been
made upon the issuance of such warrants or other rights pursuant to Section 4.D.

                  E. Superseding Adjustment of Shares. If, any time after any
adjustment of the number of shares comprising a Share shall have been made
pursuant to Section 4.D or Section 4.E on the basis of the issuance of warrants
or other rights or the issuance of other Convertible Securities, or after any
new adjustment of the number of shares comprising a Share shall have been made
pursuant to this Section 4.F, such warrants or rights or the right of conversion
or exchange in such other Convertible Securities shall expire, and a portion of
such warrants or rights, or the rights of conversion or exchange in respect of a
portion of such other Convertible Securities, as the case may be, shall not have
been exercised, such previous adjustment shall be rescinded and annulled and the
Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock which were deemed to have been issued by
virtue of the computation made in connection with the adjustment so rescinded
and annulled shall no longer be deemed to have been issued by virtue of such
computation. Thereupon, a recomputation shall be made of the effect of such
rights or options or other Convertible Securities on the basis of

                  (1) treating the number of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred
         Stock, if any, theretofore actually issued or issuable pursuant to the
         previous exercise of such warrants or rights or such right of
         conversion or





                                       10


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



         exchange, as having been issued on the date or dates of such exercise,
         and

                  (2) treating any such warrants or rights or any such other
         Convertible Securities which then remain outstanding as having been
         granted or issued immediately after the time of the last date of such
         exercise,

and, if and to the extent called for by the foregoing provisions of this Section
4 on the basis of the aforesaid, a new adjustment of the number of shares
comprising a Share shall be made, which new adjustment shall supersede the
previous adjustment so rescinded and annulled.

                  If the exercise price provided for in any warrant or right, or
the rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in Section 4.D or
Section 4.E are convertible into or exchangeable for Additional Shares of
Nonpreferred Stock, shall change or a different exercise price or rate shall
become effective at any time or from time to time (other than under or by reason
of provisions designed to protect against dilution) then, upon such change
becoming effective, the number of shares comprising a Share shall forthwith be
increased or decreased to such number as would have obtained had the adjustments
made and required to be made upon the issuance of such rights or options or
Convertible Securities been made upon the basis of (a) the issuance of the
number of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock theretofore actually delivered
upon the exercise of such options or rights or upon the conversion or exchange
of such Convertible Securities and (b) the original issuance at the time of such
change of any such options, rights and Convertible Securities then still
outstanding. If the exercise price provided for in any right or option, or the
rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in Section 4.D or Section
4.E are convertible into or exchangeable for Additional Shares of Nonpreferred
Stock, shall decrease at any time under or by reason of provisions with respect
thereto designed to protect against dilution, then in the case of the delivery
of Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock upon the exercise of any such right
or option or upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities, the
number of shares comprising a Share shall forthwith be increased to such number
as would have obtained had the adjustments made upon issuance of such right or
option or such Convertible Securities been made upon the basis of the issuance
of (and with respect to total consideration received for) the Additional Shares
of Nonpreferred Stock delivered as aforesaid.

                  F. Other Provisions Applicable to Adjustments Under this
Section 4. The following provisions shall be





                                       11


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



applicable to the making of adjustments of the number of shares of Common Stock
comprising a Share provided for in this Section 4:

                  (1) Treasury or Company Stock. The sale or other disposition
         of any issued shares of Nonpreferred Stock owned or held by or for the
         account of the Company shall be deemed an issuance thereof for purposes
         of this Section 4.

                  (2) Computation of Consideration. To the extent that any
         Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock or any Convertible Securities
         of any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase, any
         Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock or any Convertible Securities
         shall be issued for a cash consideration, the consideration received by
         the Company therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash
         received by the Company therefor, or, if such Additional Shares of
         Nonpreferred Stock or Convertible Securities are offered by the Company
         for subscription, the subscription price, or, if such Additional Shares
         of Nonpreferred Stock or Convertible Securities are sold to
         underwriters or dealers for public offering without a subscription
         offering, the initial public offering price, in any such case excluding
         any amounts paid or receivable for accrued interest or accrued
         dividends and without deduction of any compensation, discounts or
         expenses paid or incurred by the Company for and in the underwriting
         of, or otherwise in connection with, the issuance thereof. To the
         extent that such issuance shall be for a consideration other than cash,
         then, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the amount of such
         consideration shall be deemed to be the fair value of such
         consideration at the time of such issuance as determined in good faith
         by the Board. The consideration for any Additional Shares of
         Nonpreferred Stock issuable pursuant to any warrants or other rights to
         subscribe for or purchase the same shall be the consideration received
         or receivable by the Company for issuing such warrants or other rights,
         plus the additional consideration payable to the Company upon the
         exercise of such warrants or other rights. The consideration for any
         Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock issuable pursuant to the terms
         of any Convertible Securities shall be the consideration received or
         receivable by the Company for issuing any warrants or other rights to
         subscribe for or purchase such Convertible Securities, plus the
         consideration paid or payable to the Company in respect of the
         subscription for or purchase of such Convertible Securities, plus the
         additional consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the
         exercise of the right of conversion or





                                       12


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



         exchange in such Convertible Securities. In case of the issuance at any
         time of any Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock or Convertible
         Securities in payment or satisfaction of any dividend upon any class of
         stock other than Nonpreferred Stock, the Company shall be deemed to
         have received for such Additional Shares of Nonpreferred Stock or
         Convertible Securities a consideration equal to the amount of such
         dividend so paid or satisfied.

                  (3) When Adjustments to be Made. The adjustments required by
         Section 4 shall be made whenever and as often as any specified event
         requiring an adjustment shall have occurred. For the purpose of any
         adjustment, any specified event shall be deemed to have occurred at the
         close of business on the date of its occurrence.

                  (4) When Adjustments Not Required. If the Company shall take a
         record of the holders of its Nonpreferred Stock for the purpose of
         entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution or subscription or
         purchase rights and shall, thereafter and before the distribution
         thereof to shareholders, legally abandon its plan to pay or deliver
         such dividend, distribution, subscription or purchase rights, then
         thereafter no adjustment shall be required by reason of the taking of
         such record and any such adjustment previously made in respect thereof
         shall be rescinded and annulled.


                  G. Merger, Consolidation or Disposition of Assets. The Company
shall not consolidate or merge with another Person, or sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to another Person
unless the Company shall have notified the Holder no less than 20 Business Days
prior to the effective date of such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or
disposal, and shall have given the Holder the right to exercise all its rights
under this Warrant and participate fully in such transaction as a holder of
shares of Common Stock. Alternatively, at the Company's option, such transaction
shall be effected in such a way that holders of Nonpreferred Stock shall be
entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange
for Nonpreferred Stock, then, as a condition of such consolidation, merger or
sale, the Company or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may
be, shall assume the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and execute
an agreement providing that the Holder shall have the right thereafter and until
the expiration hereof to exercise this Warrant for the kind and amount of stock,
securities or assets receivable upon such consolidation, merger or sale by a
holder of the number of





                                       13


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant might have been exercised
immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale, subject to adjustments
which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments
provided for in this Section 4.

                  H. Other Action Affecting Common Stock. If the Company takes
any action affecting its Common Stock after the date hereof, other than an
action described in any of Sections 4.B through 4.H, inclusive, which would have
an adverse effect upon the rights of the holder of this Warrant hereunder, then
the number of shares of Common Stock comprising a Share shall be adjusted in
such manner and at such time as the Board shall in good faith determine to be
equitable under the circumstances.

                  SECTION 5. NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDERS.

                  A. Notice of Adjustment of Share. Whenever the composition of
a Share shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4, the Company shall forthwith
obtain a certificate signed by the Company's chief financial officer setting
forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the method
by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on
which the Board determined the Current Market Price pursuant to Sections 4.B,C
or D or the fair value of any evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock, other
securities or property or warrants or other subscription or purchase rights
referred to in Section 4.F) and specifying the number of shares of Common Stock
comprising a Share and (if such adjustment was made pursuant to Section 4.G or
Section 4.H) describing the number and kind of any other indebtedness, shares of
stock or other securities or property or warrants or other subscription or
purchase rights comprising a Share, and any change in the purchase price or
prices thereof, after giving effect to such adjustment or change. The Company
shall promptly, and in any case within 10 calendar days after the making of such
adjustment, cause a signed copy of such certificate to be delivered to the
Holder in accordance with Section 15. The Company shall keep at its office or
agency, maintained for the purpose pursuant to Section 14, copies of all such
certificates and cause the same to be available for inspection at said office
during normal business hours by the Holder or any prospective purchaser of all
or part of this Warrant designated by the Holder.

                  B. Notice of Certain Corporate Action. In case the Company
shall propose (a) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the
holders of its Nonpreferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the
holders of its Nonpreferred Stock, or (b) to offer to the holders of its





                                       14


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



Nonpreferred Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any Additional Shares
of Nonpreferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities,
rights or options, or (c) to effect any reclassification of its Nonpreferred
Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision, or
combination, of outstanding shares of Nonpreferred Stock), or (d) to effect any
capital reorganization, or (e) to effect any consolidation, merger or sale,
transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its property,
assets or business, or (f) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Company, then in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of
a Warrant, in accordance with Section 14, a notice of such proposed action,
which shall specify the date on which a record is to be taken for purposes of
such stock dividend, distribution or offer of rights, or the date on which such
reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer,
disposition, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the
date of participation therein by the holders of Nonpreferred Stock, if any such
date is to be fixed, and shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as
shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action on the
Nonpreferred Stock and the number and kind of any other property which will
comprise a Share, and the purchase price or prices thereof, after giving effect
to any adjustment which will be required as a result of such action. Such notice
shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above
at least 10 calendar days prior to the record date for determining holders of
the Nonpreferred Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any other
such action, at least 10 calendar days prior to the date of the taking of such
proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of
Nonpreferred Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

                  C. Notice of Warrant Expiration Date. The Company shall give
to the Holder, in accordance with Section 12, a written reminder of the Warrant
Expiration Date. Such written reminder shall be given by the Company not less
than 30 days but not more than 120 calendar days prior to the Warrant Expiration
Date.

                  SECTION 6. RESERVATION AND AUTHORIZATION OF NONPREFERRED
STOCK; REGISTRATION WITH OR APPROVAL OF ANY GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY. The Company
shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the exercise of
the Warrant such number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock as
will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Warrant. All shares of
Common Stock which shall be so issuable, when issued upon exercise of this
Warrant, shall be duly authorized, validly issued,





                                       15


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all liens, security interests,
charges and other encumbrances or restrictions (other than encumbrances or
restrictions imposed by this Warrant or the Warrant Agreement).

                  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment
reducing the Purchase Price Per Share below the then par value, if any, of the
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall
take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary
in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and
nonassessable shares, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges
and other encumbrances or restrictions (other than encumbrances or restrictions
imposed by this Warrant or the Warrant Agreement), of such Common Stock at such
adjusted Current Warrant Price.

                  Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment
in the number of shares of Common Stock comprising a Share or in the Current
Warrant Price per share of Common Stock, the Company shall obtain all such
authorizations or exceptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary
from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

                  SECTION 7. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

                  7.1 Incidental Registration. (a) If the Company at any time
proposes to register any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act for sale
to the public (other than with respect to the initial public offering of its
Common Stock), whether for its own account or for the account of security
holders or both (excluding any registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or
another form not available for registering the Warrant Shares for sale to the
public), each such time it will give written notice to all Incidental Rights
Holders (as defined below) of its intention so to do. For purposes of this
Section 7, the term "Warrant Shares" shall not include any shares which have
been (x) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in
accordance with any registration statement covering such shares or (y) sold
pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) and may be further
sold without limitation and an "Incidental Rights Holder" shall mean any Holder
in connection with the registration statement giving rise to the benefits of
this Section 7.1. Upon the written request of any such Incidental Rights Holder,
received by the Company within 20 days after the giving of any such notice by
the Company, to register any of its Warrant Shares and/or Warrant Shares
issuable upon exercise of a Warrant held by such Holder, the Company will use
its best efforts to cause the Warrant Shares as to which registration shall





                                       16


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



have been so requested to be included in the registration statement proposed to
be filed by the Company, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other
disposition by the Incidental Rights Holder (in accordance with its written
request) of such Warrant Shares. Alternatively, the Company may include the
Warrant Shares as to which registration shall have been requested by an
Incidental Rights Holder under this subsection (a) in a separate registration
statement to be filed concurrently with the registration statement proposed to
be filed by the Company. In the event that any registration statement filed
pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be in whole or in part, in connection with an
underwritten public offering, the number of Warrant Shares to be included in
such registration statement may be reduced or no Incidental Rights Holders may
be included in such registration, subject to and in accordance with subsection
(b) below, if and to the extent that the managing underwriter(s) shall give
their written opinion that such inclusion would materially and adversely affect
the marketing of the securities to be sold therein by the Company. Except as set
forth above, there shall be no limit to the number of registrations that may be
requested pursuant to this Section 7.1.

                  (b) Any reduction in the number of Warrant Shares owned by
Incidental Rights Holders requested to be included in a registration statement
pursuant to subsection (a) above, or the exclusion of such shares therefrom,
shall be subject to the following conditions:

                  (i)      No such reduction or exclusion shall be made if any
                           securities are to be included in such registration
                           statement for the account of any person other than
                           the Company or the Holders.

                  (ii)     Any such reduction in the number of Warrant
                           Shares owned by Incidental Rights Holders
                           otherwise permitted under this subsection (b)
                           shall be made pro rata among the requesting
                           Incidental Rights Holders based upon the
                           number of Warrant Shares requested to be
                           registered by such remaining Incidental
                           Rights Holders in accordance with this
                           Section 8.2.

                  (c) In the event that a distribution of Common Shares covered
by a registration statement referred to in subsection (a) above is to be
underwritten, then the distribution of Warrant Shares for the account of the
Incidental Rights Holders shall be underwritten by the same underwriters who are
underwriting the distribution of the securities for the account of the Company
and/or any other persons whose securities are covered by such registration





                                       17


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



statement, and the Holders that are selling Warrant Shares pursuant to such
registration statement shall enter into the agreement with such underwriters
contemplated under Section 8.4.

                  7.2 Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is
required by the provisions of this Section 7 to use its best efforts to effect
the registration of any Warrant Shares under the Securities Act, the Company
will, as expeditiously as possible:

                  (a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration
statement which, in the case of an underwritten public offering, shall be on
such form of general applicability satisfactory to the managing underwriter
selected as herein provided and shall include the Warrant Shares and use its
best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective
for the period of the distribution contemplated thereby (determined as
hereinafter provided);

                  (b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for
the period specified in paragraph (a) above and comply with the provisions of
the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Warrant Shares covered
by such registration statement in accordance with the Holder's intended method
of disposition set forth in such registration statement for such period;

                  (c) furnish to each seller of Warrant Shares and to each
underwriter such number of copies of the registration statement and the
prospectus included therein (including each preliminary prospectus) as such
persons reasonably may request in order to facilitate the public sale or other
disposition of the Warrant Shares covered by such registration statement;

                  (d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the Warrant
Shares covered by such registration statement under the securities or "blue sky"
laws of such jurisdictions as each seller of Warrant Shares or, in the case of
an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter shall reasonably
request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary under
such securities or blue sky laws to enable such seller to consummate the public
sale or other distribution in such jurisdiction to be sold by such seller,
except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify
generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction
where it is not so qualified





                                       18


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



or to consent to general service of process or subject itself to taxation in any
such jurisdiction;

                  (e) use its best efforts to list the Warrant Shares covered by
such registration statement with any securities exchange or automated quotation
system on which any security of the Company is then listed;

                  For purposes of Section 7.2(a) and 7.2(b), the period of
distribution of Warrant Shares in a firm commitment underwritten public offering
shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter has completed the distribution
of all securities purchased by it, and the period of distribution of Warrant
Shares in any other registration shall be deemed to extend until the earlier of
the sale of all Warrant Shares covered thereby or 120 days after the effective
date thereof.

                  In connection with each registration pursuant to this Section
7, the sellers of Warrant Shares will furnish to the Company in writing such
information with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as
reasonably shall be necessary and shall be requested by the Company in order to
assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws.

                  In connection with each registration pursuant to Sections 7.1
covering an underwritten public offering, if such underwriting agreement
contains restrictions upon the sale of securities of the Company, other than the
securities which are to be included in the proposed distribution, then such
restrictions shall be binding upon the sellers of Warrant Shares for a period
not exceeding 180 days (or such longer time as is customary and required) from
the effective date of the registration statement and, if requested by the
Company, such sellers shall enter into a written agreement to that effect. In
the event of the Company's initial public offering, if requested by the
Company's underwriters, the holders of Warrants and Warrant Shares agree not to
sell, pledge or otherwise transfer their Warrants or Warrant Shares for a period
not exceeding 180 days (or such longer time as is customary and required).

                  7.3 Expenses. All expenses incurred by the Company in
complying with Sections 7.1, including, without limitation, all registration and
filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and
independent public accountants for the Company, fees and expenses (including
reasonable counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state
securities or "blue sky" laws, fees of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc., fees of a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National
Market, transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and





                                       19


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



registrants, costs of insurance and but excluding any Selling Expenses, are
called "Registration Expenses." "Selling Expenses" as used herein means all
underwriting discounts and selling commissions and fees and disbursements of the
sellers of Warrant Shares and all other secondary shares (which counsel shall be
selected by the sellers of Warrant Shares), applicable to the sale of Warrant
Shares. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses and the sellers of
Warrant Shares will pay all Selling Expenses in connection with each
registration statement prepared or filed under Sections 7.1.

                  7.4 Indemnification and Contribution. (a) In the event of a
registration of any Warrant Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections
8.1, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted
by law, each seller of such Warrant Shares thereunder and each partner, officer,
trustee, director, employee, agent or Affiliate of such seller (collectively,
for purposes of this Section 8.5, a "seller"), against any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses, joint or several, to which such seller
may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Warrant
Shares were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 7.1, any
preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment
or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall pay or
reimburse each such seller for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
liable in any such case to a seller, if and to the extent that any such loss,
claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information pertaining to such seller furnished in
writing to the Company by such seller specifically for use in such registration
statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement.

                  7.5 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the
benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any
time permit the sale of the Warrant Shares to the public without registration,
on and after the completion of the Company's initial public offering, the
Company agrees to:






                                       20


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms
are understood and defined in Rule 144;

                  (b) use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a
timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

                  (c) furnish to each Holder forthwith upon request a written
statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of
such Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, a copy of the most
recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and
documents so filed by the Company as such Holder may reasonably request in
availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder
to sell and Warrant Shares without registration.

                  SECTION 8. NO IMPAIRMENT. The Company shall not take any
action, including, without limitation, by amendment of its certificate of
incorporation or by-laws or through any consolidation, merger or arrangement,
reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or
any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance
of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist
in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as
may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of the holder of this
Warrant against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Company (a) will take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid
and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock on the exercise of this Warrant, (b)
will not take any action which results in any adjustment pursuant to Section 4
of this Warrant if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable after
such action would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then
authorized by the Company's certificate of incorporation and available for the
purpose of issue upon such exercise, and (c) use its best efforts to obtain all
such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body
having jurisdiction thereof as may be necessary to enable the Company to perform
its obligations under this Warrant.

                  SECTION 9. TAKING OF RECORD; STOCK AND WARRANT TRANSFER BOOKS.
(a) In case of all dividends or other distributions by the Company to the
holders of its Nonpreferred Stock with respect to which provisions of Section 4
refers to the taking of a record of such holders, the Company will in each such
case take such a record and will take such record as of the close of business on
a





                                       21


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



Business Day. The Company will not at any time, except upon dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Company, close its stock transfer books or
warrant transfer books so as to result in preventing or delaying the exercise or
transfer of this Warrant.

                  (b) If this Warrant is divided between or among more than one
Holder, any time any action, waiver or consent of the Holder of this Warrant is
called for, such action, waiver or consent shall be binding if taken or given by
the Majority Holders (provided that any Warrants owned by the Company or any of
its Affiliates shall not be counted).

                  SECTION 10. LOSS OR MUTILATION. Upon receipt by the Company of
evidence satisfactory to it (in the exercise of reasonable discretion) of the
ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and
(in case of loss, theft or destruction) of indemnity satisfactory to it, and in
case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation hereof, the Company will
execute and deliver in lieu hereof a new warrant of like tenor and date.

                  SECTION 11. OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. As long as this Warrant
remains outstanding, the Company shall maintain an office or agent at         ,
where this Warrant may be presented for exercise, registration, transfer,
division or combination as in this Warrant provided. Such office or agent shall
be maintained at said address unless and until the Company shall designate and
maintain another office or agent for such purposes and give written notice
thereof to the Holder.

                  SECTION 12. NOTICES GENERALLY. No notice or other
communication shall be deemed given hereunder unless sent in any of the manners,
and to the persons, specified in this Section 12. All notices and other
communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) upon
receipt if delivered personally, mailed by registered or certified mail, or sent
by overnight courier or (b) upon dispatch if transmitted by telex, telegraph,
telecopy or other means of facsimile, in any case to the Holder at the Holder's
last known address appearing on the books of the Company or to the Company at
its address (or at such other address for a party as will be specified by like
notice).

                  SECTION 13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. No provision hereof, in
the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase shares of Common
Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder
hereof, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price or
as a stockholder of the Company,





                                       22


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company
or by anyone else.

                  SECTION 14. SURVIVAL. All covenants and agreements of the
Company, and all rights and duties of the Holder from time to time of this
Warrant or any Common Stock issued pursuant to exercise of this Warrant, shall
be deemed to survive any surrender hereof to the Company upon exercise hereof by
the Holder as contemplated by Section 2 or expiration of the right of the Holder
to exercise any unexercised balance hereof on the Warrant Expiration Date.

                  SECTION 15. CERTAIN WARRANTS DEEMED NOT OUTSTANDING. For the
purposes of determining whether the Holder entitled to purchase a requisite
number of Shares at any time has taken any action, any Warrants owned by the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company, shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

                  SECTION 16. AUTHORITY; EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. The Company
hereby represents and warrants that the Company has full corporate power and
authority to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Warrants and the Warrant
Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly and effectively
authorized by the Company. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

                  SECTION 17. GOVERNING LAW. This Warrant shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without
giving effect to the conflict of laws rules therein.






                                       23


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be
duly executed and its corporate seal to be impressed hereon and attested by its
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

Dated as of March 12, 1996             AUTOBOND ACCEPTANCE CO.



                                       By:  /s/ WILLIAM O. WINSAUER
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Name:  William O. Winsauer
                                          Title: CEO




Attest:



  /s/ JOHN S. WINSAUER
__________________________________
Secretary






                                       24


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


                                                            Exhibit A to Warrant


                                 EXERCISE NOTICE

                 (To be executed only upon exercise of Warrant)


                  The undersigned registered owner of Warrant No. _____
irrevocably exercises such Warrant for the purchases of _____ Shares of AUTOBOND
ACCEPTANCE CO. purchasable with such Warrant, and herewith makes payment
therefor, by check, in the amount of $___________, all at the price and on the
terms and conditions specified in such Warrant and requests that certificates
for the shares of Common Stock hereby purchased, and any securities or other
property issuable upon such exercise, be issued in the name of and delivered to
______________________________________________________________ whose address is
____________________________, and, if such Shares shall not include all of the
Shares issuable as provided in this Warrant that a new Warrant of like tenor and
date for the balance of the Shares issuable thereunder be delivered to the
undersigned.



Dated:  _____________, 19__




                                       _________________________________________
                                       (Signature of Registered Owner)



                                       _________________________________________
                                       (Street Address)



                                       _________________________________________
                                       (City, State, Zip Code)


                                                                              or



                                       _________________________________________
                                       (Signature of Transferee)



                                       _________________________________________
                                       (Street Address)



                                       _________________________________________
                                       (City, State, Zip Code)





                                       25
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 16.1
 
                                                                    May 31, 1996
 
Board of Directors
AutoBond Acceptance Corporation
301 Congress Avenue
Austin, Texas 78701
 
Dear Sirs:
 
     Reference   is  made  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (the
'Registration Statement'), of AutoBond  Acceptance Corporation (the  'Company').
We  hereby concur with the statements in  the Registration Statement made by the
Company, under the caption 'Change in Accountants,' concerning our status as the
Company's principal accountants.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          MANN FRANKFORT STEIN & LIPP

<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1
 
                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     AutoBond Funding Corporation I, a Delaware corporation
 
     AutoBond Funding Corporation II, a Delaware corporation
 
     AutoBond Funding Corporation 1995, a Delaware corporation
 
     AutoBond Funding Corporation 1996-A, a Delaware corporation



<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
     We  consent to the inclusion in this  Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report  dated May  1, 1996,  on  our audits  of the  consolidated  financial
statements  and financial statement schedule of AutoBond Acceptance Corporation.
We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption 'Experts.'
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Austin, Texas
June 6, 1996

<PAGE>






<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                         CONSENTS OF DIRECTOR DESIGNEES
 
                                                                    May 31, 1996
 
Board of Directors
AutoBond Acceptance Corporation
301 Congress Avenue
Austin, Texas 78701
 
Dear Sirs:
 
     Each  of  the undersigned  hereby  consents to  being  named as  a Director
Designee in  the  Registration Statement  on  Form S-1  of  AutoBond  Acceptance
Corporation.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          Robert Kapito
 
                                          Manuel A. Gonzalez
<PAGE>




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                              5
<LEGEND>
 
     This  schedule contains  summary financial  information extracted  from the
consolidated balance sheet and  consolidated statements of  income on pages  F-3
and  F-4 of  the Company's  Form S-1  Registration Statement  as filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 1996.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>           1,000
       
<S>                                    <C>            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                        YEAR            3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                    DEC-31-1996     DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                       JAN-01-1996     JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                         DEC-31-1995     MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                       93             670
<SECURITIES>                                  0               0
<RECEIVABLES>                                 0               0
<ALLOWANCES>                                  0               0
<INVENTORY>                               4,029           2,764
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              0               0
<PP&E>                                        0               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                0               0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                           11,065          13,081
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                     3,759           3,251
<BONDS>                                       0               0
<COMMON>                                      1               1
                         0               0
                                   0               0
<OTHER-SE>                                3,025           4,051
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>             11,065          13,081
<SALES>                                       0               0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                          5,437           3,525
<CGS>                                         0               0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                             2,283           1,151
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          1,463             287
<LOSS-PROVISION>                            619             456
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                        2,100             593
<INCOME-PRETAX>                           1,072           1,631
<INCOME-TAX>                                199             560
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         873           1,071
<DISCONTINUED>                                0               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                               0               0
<CHANGES>                                     0               0
<NET-INCOME>                                873           1,071
<EPS-PRIMARY>                              0.17            0.19
<EPS-DILUTED>                              0.17            0.19
        
<FN>

IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
</FN>


<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission